Russ Bickerstaff's Comic Reviews

Reviewer For: You Don't Read Comics Reviews: 1712
8.4Avg. Review Rating

7
007: For King and Country #3

Jun 28, 2023

For all its flaws, its still nice to see Bond on the comics page. The story is simple and breezy. Bond appears suitably Bond-like on the page. Everything seems more or less as it should. One would hope for more of a flashy stylishness in a contemporary Bond comic, though. Aside from a smartphone, theres very little on the page that would have felt out of place during any other era in the history of the franchise. This should feel timeless. In the hands of the creative team assembled for the issue...it just feels a bit old.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
007: For King and Country #4

Aug 7, 2023

The series hits its stride in an issue that mixes in a bit more dramatic intrigue than the prior issue did. Johnsons skill at bringing together dramatic dynamics in the foreground serves as a solid foundation for action, even if everything going on in the background is really quite silly. Its an attempt to weld a super soldier-style story into a 007 tux. There might be some way of doing it well, but its at odds with Johnsons style.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
2000AD #2337

Jun 22, 2023

Abnett and Bettins Azimuth should be a fun series to follow. The density of Abnetts writing feels that much more electric than anything else in the anthology right now. This is not to say that there isnt a hell of a lot going on in the issue besides. And some of it is QUITE good, but Azimuth feels like a breath of fresh air next to the rest of it. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
2000AD #2338

Jun 28, 2023

Suzi Nine is fun in a second round in 2000 A.D. Writer Dan Abnett has like...three different things going on with three different indie publishers that are all DRASTICALLY different. Azimuth is strikingly different from Abnetts Vampirella for Dynamite, which is completely different from the Wilds End hes doing for BOOM! Studios. As for 2000 A.D.--this week, its another mix of action and weirdness that leans a little too heavily into familiar territory with a couple of notable exceptions. Azimuth alone is well worth picking up this weeks issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
2000AD #2342

Jul 28, 2023

One of the oldest running sci-fi comics anthologies continues to look good as it pushes into the second half of its fifth decade in existence. Abnett is a major talent working on a number of different series for a number of different companies, but his work in 2000 A.D. continues to be some of his best. Dredd might seem a bit tired even in his current series, but he maintains a solid presence as a second mascot behind its fictional editor Tharg the Mighty. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
2000AD #2343

Aug 10, 2023

Writer David Barnett also delivers a fun opening for a story of a guy named Herne who is looking to save a young girl from the cult that is on her trail. The contemporary fantasy makes for a nice addition to the rest of this weeks offerings in one of the most reliably good sci-fi anthology comics in history. There I.S. some dead weight to this issue, but there is more than enough to carry the momentum from one cover to the other.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
2000AD #2345

Sep 1, 2023

The anthology takes a quick break from the usual next week for what appears to be an issue of one-shots aimed at more of an all-ages crowd, which should be a weird experiment for the anthology. As it is right now, the series is weighted heavily in a classic cyberpunk format. A brief escape from that might be fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
2020 Rescue #1

Mar 4, 2020

Schwartz and Burrows are off to a promising start with a whole new angle on the Iron Man concept in an issue that exhibits a very together heroine who exhibits all of the strength, power, and poise of an Avenger. The art pulls together a fascinating script with dynamic action and nuanced portrayal of drama. The story itself may be cast in a mold that goes back to the dawn of the original Iron Man character, but Schwartz and company make it feel fresh.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
20th Century Men (2022) #1

Aug 24, 2022

Though there ARE some really interesting ideas crawling up out of the intricate history that Camp is working with, the story has a long way to go before it can really define itself as being a truly novel look at the 20th century as seen through the lens of superhero myth. The three heroes of opposing nations prepare for a serious clash in a very sophisticated political world. It will be interesting to see where Camp and Morian point the upcoming pages. Camps initial glance at the Cold War is compelling enough to warrant serious consideration of the second issue. It will remain to be seen where the series goes from there.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
3Keys #1

Oct 5, 2022

Lovecraft was prolific. Messina has a huge playground to move around in for a series with his work as a foundation. Three women dont know each other, and theyre all descendants of the same guy...AND they all have great cats that (evidently) only they can see as spirit guides. Its such an appealing contemporary horror fantasy. Messina and company really have something here, and it feels so cleverly formed even in the first panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
3Keys #3

Dec 15, 2022

Its very rare that the art does this good a job of covering for a story. The story doesnt really worry itself too much about whether or not it is making any sense to the readers. And it doesnt really have to. It matches the mood of a Lovecraftian vibe so perfectly in this respect. So often it is the case that authors working in Lovecrafts realm slip and think of the deities as being actively evil. Its nice to read something that moves in circles big enough to be truly apathetic to the concerns of mortals. Theres big stuff going on. Mortals dont matter in the scope of 3 Keys. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
3Keys #4

Jan 19, 2023

One gets the impression that Messina is only barely scratching the surface of what could theoretically be a very long-running series. Messina is working with such a small canvas in an issue that largely concerns itself with what appears to be the first half of a combat conflict that starts off in a comic shop. There are so many possibilities that come in a pop fusion of Lovecraft and contemporary horror action with clean lines and sharp colors. With any luck, Messina can keep it up for a while longer. This is fun stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
3Keys #5

Feb 16, 2023

Messina has worked on a profoundly big canvas for the duration of the series. Lovecrafts writing is real and dangerous for a group of young women living in New York. While it IS huge, Messina limited the five issues of the series to a relatively small cast of characters. Theres so much more that could be done in the world of 3 Keys that could be great fun to explore if Messina was given the opportunity to do so. It would be interesting to see what he might do with the style in future issues if he ever decides to explore the concept more fully. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
80th Anniversary 100-Page Super Spectacular: Catwoman #1

Jun 12, 2020

This is an accomplished celebration of an 80-year-old character who still has a great deal of potential slinking around the edges of every panel. Chen and Mearas arguably do a better job with this particular 100-page anniversary issue than a similar team attempted with Wonder Womans 750th issue. Catwoman is seen from a variety of different compelling angles that all cast the thief in a way that maximizes her mystery and appeal. Given how much ground is covered here, its actually kind of surprising that the volume is only 100 pages long. This collection feels big enough to be a year in the life of Selena Kyle.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
80th Anniversary 100-Page Super Spectacular: Wonder Woman #1

Oct 13, 2021

The composition of the 100-page celebration has been carefully thought out. The first two stories establish new directions for ongoing titles. At the same time, the rest of the book moves through Wonder Womans history in chronological order from the Golden Age to the Silver Age to the Copper Age and beyond. Not every story is totally brilliant, but the anthology works remarkably well as a whole, giving the reader a somewhat breathtaking look at the history of one of comics greatest heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
A Town Called Terror #1

Apr 13, 2022

There isn't quite enough story delivered in the first issue to truly get into what the series is ultimately going to be about. There's a real danger in ambiguity on this level to open a series. Readers might not feel interested enough in what's going on to care about a second issue. Thenit might seem potentially good but then fall apart as the mystery begins to reveal itself to be something less appealing than the shadow and mystery that dominates the pages of early issues. As for now, it's one to watchmaybe out of the corner of the eye to see if it might turn into something worth watching a bit more closely.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Absolute Power (2024): Ground Zero #1

Jun 26, 2024

Its going to be a huge crossover. Waid and company have clearly staked out the specifics of their territory in a crossover thats meant to be the culmination of a few other crossover evernts that have happened in the recent past. Theres no way its going to live-up to its intended intensity, but judging from the opening chapter, its going to be fun to watch everything develop anyway. DC is clearly moving around the talent quite well in terms of opening issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Absolute Power: Task Force VII (2024) #1

Jul 12, 2024

It is so very, very difficult to keep everything running smoothly in a huge and sprawling crossover event. Thus far Absolute Power has managed to feel reasonably well-integrated. The crossover reaches into mid-summer with a bit of an awkward posture that doesnt set-up the second half of the summer all that well. The series should improve as the crossover continues. The narrative just needs time to catch-up with everything thats happened so far and provide some sense of perspective on it all. As it is FAR too much has gone on and so very, very little of it seems to have been framed properly in page and panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Absolute Power: Task Force VII (2024) #3

Aug 1, 2024

It is remarkably difficult to keep things moving on a weekly series without having the whole thing feel rushed. There's quite a lot that has to happen in a very short span of time if everything's going to wrap up at the beginning of October for Absolute Power to usher-in the All-In Initiative and the coming Absolute Universe that DC rolled-out around the San Diego Comic Con. It's a hell of a lot to coordinate and they're actually doing a pretty good job of it. It's nice to know that, in and amidst all of the confusion and chaos  every now and again there's going to be a chapter like this that's actually written pretty well.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Absolute Wonder Woman (2024) #1

Oct 26, 2024

Thompson is taking her tie with the amount of story covered in the first issue of the series. It would have been all too easy to rush through some of the basics of Dianas origin and then dive straight into the fish-out-of-water story of a warrior from Hell in Southern California. Thompson clearly wants to ensure that shes giving the idea room to breathe before it completely dives into the adventure that is going to be consuming Dianas life. Very cool stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Acts of Evil: Ghost-Spider Annual #1

Sep 4, 2019

The basic elements of an extremely clever standalone story are clearly visible in this issue. Its a really impressive creative team. Without a more inspired theme at the heart of it all, this annual is only capable of appealing on a very superficial level. Is it a displaced heroine mistaken for someone else by a theme park gone wrong? A premise like that deserves something deeper than Ayala was able to conjure here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Acts of Evil: She-Hulk Annual #1

Aug 28, 2019

The 2019 annual preserves the unique blend of comedy and weird action which made She-Hulk so endearing a few decades ago and I periodic flashes over the years since then. The story may seem a bit derivative of early adventures with Jen, but as it isnt a flavor of narrative that makes it go the comics rack with any great frequency. Its great to see a return of She-Hulk under her own cover. Too bad its just a one-shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aero #1

Jul 3, 2019

There may be questions about the possibility of her longevity, but Aero comes across as an admirably badass hero in her first outing under her own title

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aero #2

Aug 7, 2019

A back-up story of Aeros earlier years is written by Greg Pak with art by Pop Mahn. The story featuring an escaped government super-agent is an interesting twist on an old superhero trope. Its a nice supplement to the larger action of the main feature, but Liefen and Kengs work has such a large and sweeping feel about it that the story from Aeros past comes across as a dreamy afterthought on the dynamic action that opens the issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aero #3

Sep 18, 2019

Aero continues to look really, really good in her third issue. The lack of in-depth characterization in the main feature maintains a sense of mystery about Lei. But the background on the heroine and her daily life will be missed if things dont slow down for her in issues to come. The action has been great, but there needs to be more of a personal angle on the heroine to balance-out a closer walk with the new character. The international feel of the comic is amplified at issues end with the creators notes by Liefen and Keng that appear in both Chinese and English translation. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aero #4

Oct 16, 2019

As quickly as things play-out in the back-up story, the focus on dynamic action in the main story eats-up a lot of pages. Its a very tight close-up on a hero that doesnt allow her a whole lot of room to breathe. This isnt a bad thing, but it IS a bit difficult to relate to a hero who really ISNT given a whole lot of downtime between action sequences. Its a very engrossing sense of action. Its just too bad that there hasnt been more time outside the action to get to know Aero better thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Aero #5

Nov 20, 2019

By now, Aero has established a really nice rhythm about it that could quickly start to feel repetitious if things arent broken-up a bit more. It might be nice to see Keng given an opportunity for a non-action-based issue to provide the character with a bit more of a personal grounding for the action in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aero #6

Dec 11, 2019

Liefens decision to finally allow readers a glimpse of Lings professional life pays-off in a fun issue. Lei Ling sees the effect of her influence as a superhero as the mysterious crystalline spires continue to rise in a very well-balanced, even-tempered breather between action issues. The sudden collision of lives for Aero/Lei Ling at the end of the issue does an excellent job of launching the series into the complexity of impending action for next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Aero #7

Jan 8, 2020

Its cool to get a look at traditional super-heroism done in a more classical golden-age sort of a milieu. As refreshing as it is to return to that in a more of a modern style of storytelling, its still very firmly rooted in a version of the superhero concept thats pretty much-been played-out over the decades. The blend of US and Asian styles of super-heroic storytelling is going to need to be more of a focus on future issues if Aero is to remain aloft for months and the year to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aero #8

Feb 12, 2020

Aero looks beautiful. It moves quite well. Theres a general feeling of Marvel-ness about it, but without firmer grounding in the rest of the Marvel Universe, it feels a bit distant from the rest of the world. This isnt a bad thing, but it DOES keep it from benefitting from the volume of the rest of everything that so many others have created for Marvel over the course of the past half-century or more. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Aero #9

Mar 18, 2020

Theres very little here that is inherently original. Superheroes have always had to deal with juggling romance and duty. Theyve always had to deal with maintaining a secret identity and giant monsters and things. Liefen and Keng handle the standard superhero tropes with a class and poise that makes it all feel new. It will be interesting to see what distinctive style the creative team will add to the Iron Man crossover coming next issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Aero #10

Aug 28, 2020

The opening of Aero's first major crossover continues to show the unique mix of superhero tropes that make Aero its unique voice. The blending of golden-aged heroism with silver-aged plot construction and a slow and steady pacing contrast boldly against the quick clustering of action that typically shoots through a standard superhero comic. With the tenth issue's connection to the main Marvel Universe, Aero begins to feel a bit more like a part of a larger tapestry. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aero #11

Sep 16, 2020

The crossover continues into a third issue next month as Aero closes out her first year's worth of story. With the tandem action finished, there's hope yet that the crossover can turn into something more equal with issue twelve. As written by Liefen, the rapport between Stark and Ling IS fun. A third issue's interaction should wrap-up the current story arc quite well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Aero #12

Oct 21, 2020

Liefen and Keng have worked through whole issues weighted so heavily in one part of Aeros life or the other. Its nice to see an issue that spends a little bit of time in a few different corners of Aeros life. Aeros first big crossover comes to a close in an issue that conjures a tastefully shifted look at a traditional superhero story. Hero. Student. Professional. Its all so familiar and all so fresh and new at the same time.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Age of X-Man: Omega #1

Jul 17, 2019

On the whole, a project the size of The Age of X-Man is an excellent idea. Projects SHOULD be this ambitious.  For all its faults, The Age of X-Man DID dazzle with its possibility. This conclusion casts glances at what might have been. The opening monologue has the title character lamenting how something so ambitious as a whole new world quickly grew too big for him to be able to handle. Thompson and Nadler might have been talking about the Age of X-Man event with that opening monologue as well. Reach for a huge achievement, and you might fall victim to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Age of X-Man: Alpha #1

Feb 5, 2019

This is the opening of a 32-page epic thatll play out over the course of five months. Anything as huge and overwhelming as that is bound to have some flaws here and there. This opening issue sets a pretty high bar for the rest of the event. If most of the rest of The Age of X-Man can live-up to the quality of this issue, it should be one hell of a journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #1

Mar 14, 2019

As an introduction, the first issue of Apocalypse and the X-Tracts is a fun introduction to the fringe of The Age of X-Man. As a standalone narrative, it felt too flat and scattered to make much of an impact on its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #2

Apr 10, 2019

Seeley does an excellent job of pasting together an issue out of odd corners of plot that needed to come together in this issue, but it seems to lack enough cohesion to really feel like it has any place on its own outside of the massive machine that is The Age of X-Man. Its doubtless that this series wasnt placed where it was to be filler for the event, but any specific reason for the series to exist has yet to present itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #3

May 8, 2019

As usual, an issue featuring a disparate group of characters can feel more than a bit scattered as a whole. Dramatic and aggressively percussive moments are held quite well in an issue that quite nearly finds the perfect grounding. Its not perfect, but it feels like Apocalypse and the X-Tracts is finally getting into a really good rhythm right before the mini-series comes to a close.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #4

Jun 12, 2019

Any one of the threads in this issue would have been much more satisfying if it had been allowed to develop in its own chapter. Eye-Boy, Kitty Pryde and the Son of Apocalypse are each interesting enough to carry their own title. The Age of X-Man begins to draw to a close, and it becomes all too apparent that the scope of the event was made WAY too big to be totally enjoyable. Had the multi-title event been allowed to occupy a slightly smaller space, it could have been brilliant. All that Seeley can manage with an issue like this is a fun and breezy, little dance with elements that have been echoing through Marvels Mutant titles for decades. Given the right scope, The Age of X-Man could have been so much more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #5

Jul 10, 2019

All things considered, the penultimate issue of the Age of X-Man could have been far worse. Themes of intention and exploitation by well-meaning messiahs might hit the page in awkward angles, but at least theyre being addressed.  Theres a lot of exciting potential in the overall premise being explored in the event. Its too bad that it hasnt been given very much room to develop. Its possible that next weeks Age of X-Man: Omega #1 will breathtakingly wrap-up everything seen in this and all of the other series in the event, but given the awkward composition of the story, it seems doubtful.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #1

Feb 13, 2019

The Age of X-Man is now in its third week. One of the big challenges moving forward is going to lie in keeping each of the titles distinct and integral to the overall structure of the event. If anything feels at all like its not totally necessary for the development of the world as a whole, the integrity of the whole 32-part event might start to falter. With the first issue of NextGen, Brisson cleverly lays the foundations for a coming-of-age in a world of mutant social integration.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #2

Mar 20, 2019

A solidly entertaining issue for the second month in a row lends Next Gen the distinction of being one of the better (and possibly the best) of the Age of X-Man mini-series. Exciting characters are going through exciting things.  The danger is right around the corner from everybody, and there isnt a character in this issue which isnt in over his or her head in ways that arent totally apparent to them just yet. Hopefully, Brisson and To can maintain this quality through the end of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #3

Apr 17, 2019

Though it doesnt meet the potential of characters searching for truth in a world fabricated by authority, the drama in the third issue of Next Gen is engaging enough to keep the pages turning in another oddly enjoyable trip to the Age of X-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #4

May 15, 2019

Though it doesn't quite manage to hit the true potential of its premise, NextGen is making a simple drama fit remarkably well onto the comic book page. Like so much of the rest of the best of the Age of X-Man event, the fourth issue of NextGen is bringing a distinctively moody kind of mutant drama to a mainstream comics page much more accustomed to far more aggressive physical action. It's been a fascinating experiment thus far. NextGen continues to find some success with the venture.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #5

Jun 19, 2019

NextGen would have worked quite a bit better on its own outside of the confines of a rigid multi-title event. There are a lot of subtle moments in and within the student body of a totalitarian state run by superhumans that could have carried tremendous impact with this particular group of characters. Too bad it wasnt given a longer timeline.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #1

Mar 7, 2019

Drama and atmosphere are satisfying in the first of five issues that are likely to take place entirely in prison for superhuman mutants. The introduction to the series isnt quite as amusing as it could have been.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #2

Apr 3, 2019

The first issue ended with a note. The second issue ends with something much more devastating. The mystery ramps-up pretty heavily in this issue. Theres a steady increase in intensity over the course of the issue that gets kind of crazy at the end. Its a fun trip, but itll be interesting to see if Ayala and company are able to maintain the kind of tight, clean rhythm for the remainder of the mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #3

May 1, 2019

Its a smart issue. Ayala and Peralta manage to keep Bishops presence at the center of the book even though he doesnt physically appear in the comic book until the penultimate page. Hes only seen for two whole panels, but the reader sees everything through his conceptual perspective. Its a very deft narrative construction. Quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #4

Jun 6, 2019

The big climax of tension at issues end brings-up a rather strange problem for the final issue of the series. Its starting on something that really feels like its the end of the series, but theres still a whole issue to crunch through before the story reaches its conclusion. Prisoner X #4 feels like the culmination of everything. Ayala and company do an excellent job of delivering on that climax. Itll be interesting to see where they take it for another 20 pages as the series ends next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #5

Jul 3, 2019

The big finale to the series feels a bit abrupt when it all comes to rest in the final panel, but it IS leading to the significant conclusion in the last issue in a very compelling way. Taken as a part of the larger run of the Age of X-Man, Prisoner X might emerge as the most satisfying corner of the event, but on its own, it feels more than a little lacking. With Prisoner X Ayala, Peralta and Horak do an excellent job of telling a solid story that almost has an ending. Too bad the story isnt over at issues end. It feels too modular to be 100% satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #1

Feb 21, 2019

Every other title in the Age of X-Man event seems to be focussing on people dealing with various problems. With this title we have someone seemingly having the time of his life. Its a sharp place to start and a smartly-framed contrast to the rest of what is shaping-up to be an interesting journey into a parallel Marvel universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #2

Mar 20, 2019

Between troubles on the set and troubles of the heart, McGuire and Frigeri are giving Nightcrawler some fun obstacles to roll through, but without his flashy personal stylishness, the character feels a little flat on the page. No one wants to see a stoic Nightcrawler. His passion is part of what makes him Nightcrawler. If McGuire and Frigeri can start to bring that to the page a little bit more, Nightcrawler will feel a bit more himself as the series continues into its second half.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #3

Apr 17, 2019

With only a couple of issues left to go in the mini-series, McGuire and company appear to be right on track to really get this series going right before it has to end. With the sheer number of titles that comprise the Age of X-Man mega-event, it was bound to happen that one of them might end up frustratingly reaching its most satisfying moments uncomfortably close to the end of the event. For now, its okay, though. The Amazing Nightcrawlers third issue is one of the few genuinely good issues in the Age of X-Man thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #4

May 22, 2019

The trend in The Age of X-Man seems to be reaching a state of fully realized potential at the end of the mini-series that make-up the event. The ending might be satisfying enough to be truly frustrating for The Amazing Nightcrawler really feels like its becoming interesting one month before it ends.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #5

Jun 19, 2019

McGuires work here feels a bit stifled by the massive superstructure of the Age of X-Man event. In Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider shes got much more leeway to do whatever the hell she wants...a situation which allows her to develop nuanced humor and drama in very clever ways. Shes easily one of the best writers working for Marvel right now. Its too bad that she had to be hampered by the event that this series is a part of. McGuire could be great with Nightcrawler if she was given just a bit more room to develop her own story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #1

Feb 6, 2019

With this first issue of the first full series in the Age of X-Man event, Thompson and Nadler have lowered another foundational chapter into place that feels fresh and clever. As a whole, the event is hugely ambitious. This one chapter feels appealingly modular. There IS a conflict that gets resolved in dramatic fashion at the beginning of the issue, but theres A LOT of world-building going on here that shows careful thought toward the narrative mega-structure of a series with weekly chapters coming out through the middle of the year.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #2

Mar 16, 2019

Theres a hell of a lot going on in the multi-mini-series Age of X-Man event. Its a sizable finite story playing out in a micro-verse with so many moving parts. Chapters like this are going to inevitably crop-up here and there as the overall story shifts from one major event to the next. Necessarily there is going to be the occasional issue that is doing more work going over what has already been expressed in other chapters. Hopefully, there arent too many issues like this, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #3

Apr 10, 2019

A lot is going on in this issue, but not enough of it feels consequential enough to have any real impact. The aerial conflict between Magneto and Storm and X-Man really should have had an explosive intensity about it as it is one of the few scenes in the series thus far that really speak to the central themes of the Age of X-Man. Too bad it feels so uninspired.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #4

May 15, 2019

With everything beginning to end the way that it is, the Marvelous X-Men had a chance to be the central anchor for the Age of X-Man event. It has proven to be a bit too much story to cram into a single title, which is a disappointment. Writers in the past have managed to juggle disparate characters in the ever-evolving roster of X-Men characters. In the space of a world created to live for only half a year, Thompson and Nadler appear to have a bit too much to try to tackle.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #5

Jun 12, 2019

Its easy to be critical of Thompson and Nadler for the end of this series, but this issue isnt really the end. The final conclusion of the events which flowed through this series will happen in The Age of X-Man: Omega which will come out when all of the rest of the series comes to a close this summer. Its difficult to imagine the chapter which would make the five issues of this series feel at all satisfying as a contiguous whole, but there is every possibility that everything will wrap-up with some level of satisfaction once everything is lowered into place in that final issue of the event. This issue, though? This issue isnt terribly good.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #1

Feb 27, 2019

The cheesiness of a dystopia that outlaws love is muted here in a very dramatic story that trudges through the drudgery of establishing another collection of familiar heroes in another parallel universe. Given the animalistic emotional nature of the people our heroes are going out to deal with, the issue is not without its impact as the opening round of the Age of X-Man titles begins to draw to a close.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #3

Apr 24, 2019

Williams does well to focus the story on a romance between Psylocke and Blob. The specifics of that relationship add a delightful sense of sophisticated emotional connection that is so often missing from mainstream superhero comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #4

May 29, 2019

It's strange pacing that sees a group of people sullenly dragging themselves through the ongoing frustration of perpetuating a false world. The significant shift at the end of the issue has been foreshadowed ever since the first issue, but the sudden change at issue's end still manages to hold an emotional impact leading up to the end of the Age of X-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #5

Jun 26, 2019

Once again, another Age of X-Man title draws to a close with ample power that suggests that it might have become much better if it had been allowed more than five issues room to breathe. Williams has had some very compelling moments scattered around the fast-moving deterioration of a grim dystopia. Given even twice the length of time, it has been allowed, the Age of X-Man could have developed into something with admirable complexity. In X-Tremists as with every other title its clear that this multi-mini series event has been a bit rushed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Aint No Grave (2024) #4

Aug 7, 2024

Silent issues can be very, very tricky to manage. When an entire chapter of a story needs to play-out entirely without words, it can feel more than a bit disjointed...especially if theres a lot of characterization that needs to take place as is the case with this issue. Theres a point, though...a point in depression where the verbal end of thought is just...totally vacant and vacuous and all thats left is the cold reality of whats going on. Young and Corona do a strikingly brilliant job of bringing the full reality of that non-verbal aspect of depression to the page in a haunting issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Aint No Grave (2024) #5

Sep 11, 2024

Dr. Elisabeth Kubler-Ross came-up with the five stages of grief. Then she said that not everyone goes through them in order. And not everyone goes through all of them necessarily. And...well...its really just a vague model that people can take comfort in, but its not a bad outline for a cleverly non-traditional cowboy western horror-fantasy. Theres been real poetry in the series as it has made its way to its own inevitable conclusion. Its a very sharp sort of an allegory that looks at the deeper horror at the heart of every good-guy cowboy story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Alien (2023) #5

Sep 1, 2023

With the story reaching its ending, there's a fundamental problem with the series: it needs a fresh perspective. What made the franchise's original films so appealing was that it was a progression of different sub-genres. The first was sci-fi horror. The second was sci-fi action. The third was sci-fi drama. The fourth was franchise sci-fi legacy. Johnson's series needs something significantly new to offer the franchise aside from the comic book format that's been a part of the franchise for a long time. And though the overall design of the series fits the film's production design perfectly, it all feels superficial. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All Eight Eyes (2023) #3

Jun 22, 2023

One might imagine that theres going to be a big plot twist at the end of the series thats going to allow it to all make sense. And one hopes that doesnt happen. Some horror is just inexplicable. Theres so little to the basic premise of the story that its easy to feel like Foxe and company are going to lower some kind of a trick ending on things at some point next issue. Theres really no reason to think that this is going to happen, though. Foxe hasnt given any indication of a big plot twist coming at the end of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All The Things We Didn't Do Last Night (2024) #1

Jul 3, 2024

Llovet mentions a bit of the background on the story at issues end. She really wants to make this thing work. The hitman and the jewel thief could end up a really clever combo if Llovet had the good fortune to be able to follow them further on other adventures. Theres a stylishness to the idea that could work in a variety of different settings without ever getting dull. And while that may never happen, All the Things We Didnt Do Last Night is a very, very fun, little dream in comic book form.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
All-Out Avengers (2022) #1

Sep 8, 2022

There are eight characters. And then theres one major villain. Its a big ensemble for a story with no introduction that drops right in the middle of the climax. Its all juggled with great finesse by the entire team. The fact that the story involves quantum teleportation is a pretty cool thematic synchronicity. The next issue finds a similar group of Avengers who have been captured by mega-villain Doctor Doom. Somehow Doom has gotten ahold of Captain Americas shield on the cover. That cant be good.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
All-Out Avengers (2022) #2

Oct 12, 2022

Landy is beginning to develop a larger plot around the edges of the series thats playing with the format. Specific memories of how they came to be where they are...simply arent there for everyone. Its a clever way to draw the overarching plot into the form of a series that launches readers and characters alike directly into the middle of the action. It may have an awful title, but two issues in, All-Out Avengers is beginning to look like something special. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
All-Out Avengers (2022) #3

Nov 26, 2022

Its difficult to tell how long Landy could keep the current format going before it starts to feel boring and repetitive. The action sequences playing out in the first three issues of the series maintain great momentum and gain a great deal of momentum simply by staging compelling action sequences. The plot that Landy has tying them all together is just extra. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Out Avengers (2022) #4

Jan 4, 2023

Landys focus on three anonymous AIM agents feels intriguing. They may not be granted a whole lot of time on the page, but they make a fun deviation from the usual in a superhero comic. Given the right momentum, it would be interesting to see three or four anonymous identical AIM agents in their own series. It would be fun to see Landy and company play around with faceless gold scientists a little more closely. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
All-Out Avengers (2022) #5

Jan 26, 2023

The final twist is the big set-up for the next mini-series. Given the villain involved in the next series, its difficult to imagine it being nearly as much fun as All-Out Avengers has been. The villain in question has been kind of a problem ever since he debuted back in 1984. With the right direction, it could really turn into something. Landys done a good job with this series. Hopefully, he can do something similar with the next one. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Almighty (2023) #5

Jun 7, 2023

The promotional copy for the fifth issue suggests that this is the end of the first volume of the series. Laroche provides some sense of conflict that could be carried into a second series, but he would have to find a way to conjure some depth out of all the awkward, exhausted, post-apocalyptic surface tension if hes going to conjure much more than a restless insomniac vision of life after the fall of civilization. There needs to be more in and within the panels if Almighty is going to bring a bit more weight to the comics rack.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Alpha Flight (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

Alpha Flight has been a tricky team to get right. Its not often that the teams delicate balance between politics, emotion, and action has been placed on the page in a way that makes any kind of sense. John Byrne did a brilliant job with the first run on the first series back in the early 1980s. The series has been hit-or-miss since. Thankfully, Brisson and Godlewski are doing a good job of bringing it all to the page. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #1

Oct 23, 2019

Mary Jane is an actress. Mysterio is a filmmaker. They have a mutual acquaintance. It makes sense that they would work together...kind of surprising that it hadnt happened earlier actually. Its a delicious set-up for a slightly off-center superhero comic. Given the right momentum, Williams and Gomez could really turn Mary Jane into a major leading lady.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #2

Nov 20, 2019

Williams and Gomez are playing with a really unique series that might have a charming opportunity for success in the current era. With entertainment news traveling as quickly as it does, the average movie fan knows a lot more about filmmaking now than ever before. Superhero films are some of the most successful movies there are. A comic book about a super-villain movie inside the Marvel Universe just might be interesting enough to gather readers as the story gains momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #3

Dec 12, 2019

Williams has settled-in to the milieu of Mary Jane with this issue in a way that feels both smart and sophisticated. She manages this without compromising action and pacing. The series is beginning to reach some of its potential with this issue. A slightly more detailed look at Hollywood in the Marvel Universe in the course of production, these first few issues could go a long way towards making this series something original AND accomplished. Various elements of cast, tone, and mood need to lower into place a bit more, but this is a striking move in the right direction for the young series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #4

Jan 8, 2020

Williams manages a balance between the Hollywood drama and the more traditional superhero-style action that feels more or less appealing. Theres clearly more than enough going on in Williams story to hold interest together for many, many issues to come. The problem is going to lie in keeping the action consistent without compromising the fact that at its heart, this IS a series about a Hollywood actress in a world of superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #5

Feb 19, 2020

Shooting the Mysterio biopic only took a little less than half of a year on this side of the comic page. In the months to come, Mary Jane will return to New York for a little bit of time with her boyfriend and begin to promote the movie. Itll be interesting to see Williams distinct mutation of the rest of an actresss work on a big Hollywood motion picture.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #6

Mar 18, 2020

The series has spent nearly its entire first half year trying to find the right rhythm. A nearly issue-length talk show is rarely attempted. There WAS that oddly memorable time back in 1984 when the Avengers appeared on Late Night with David Letterman for almost the full-length of issue #239, but it wasnt handled nearly as cleverly as it is here. Leah Williams shows a considerable talent for constructing a solidly entertaining story in an issue that is smartly rendered for the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #13

Nov 11, 2022

Peters bruised and beaten. He wasnt expecting whats happened, and hes going to have a hell of a time rolling into his next issue, but this one continues a time-honored tradition of keeping Spidey spinning through the danger without allowing him much of a chance to rest. It would be exhausting if it werent for someone like Wells handling it as well as he does and someone like Romita Jr. bringing it to the page with such a breadth of style. Things arent going to get any easier for Spidey next month but then...when have they ever been easy for him?

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #19

Feb 8, 2023

Honestly, the sudden turn towards a somewhat cliche murder-mystery with a large ensemble was kind of a surprise. The classic Agatha Christie sort of feel to the issue would be tedious were it not...yknow...Spider-Man and a whole bunch of classic Spidey villains as the ensemble in question. Dodsons visual wit matches Kellys sense of humor almost perfectly beat-for-beat. The pair makes a really good team for a pleasant little excursion from the work that Zeb Wells and John Romita Jr. have been rolling through lately.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #23

Apr 6, 2023

Peter Parker casually runs into issues with half of the Fantastic Four and Captain America. Theres a sense of desperation as Parker rushes to try to do what he needs to do. Wells and company put together a remarkably sharp issue that doesnt require a whole lot of familiarity with Spideys recent past. A general familiarity with the Marvel Universe is all thats absolutely necessary. Issue #23 is a perfect example of how a long-running series can keep going indefinitely: keep established readers entertained while steering clear of the kind of muddled plot that would be boring to new readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #26

Jun 1, 2023

There are going to be those who complain that Kamala deserved to die in her own series. Its worth noting that...well in advance of the release of this issue, it was well-known that she was going to die. The Amazing Spider-Man #26 may be a Spider-Man comic, and he may be in it A LOT, but he and his life and his concerns DO fade out into the background of his own title for at least one month. THAT doesnt happen very often to a major character like Spider-Man. Kamala DOES deserve better, but Amazing Spider-Man #26 might as well be a Ms. Marvel comic. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #28

Jul 7, 2023

Wells works with all of the standard Spidey tropes in slightly new ways. Its not terribly insightful or groundbreaking, but it DOES take a certain amount of vision and talent to put together all of those familiar elements that Spidey has been dealing with over the decades in a way that doesnt feel excessively repetitious. The overall feel of the new Doc Ock is interesting...but lacks anything beyond the physical that would make him seem any more interesting than he has been in the past.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #29

Jul 13, 2023

Wells is mixing comedy and serious drama in a way that makes it kind of difficult to interface with the center of the story. A few pages before the end of the issue, its just...silly. It all kind of falls apart by the end, but there ARE some really good moments splattered throughout the issue that almost reach a kind of brilliance with some very witty dialogue by Wells. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazons Attack (2023) #1

Nov 8, 2023

It might start a little slow, but Campbell's story draws together several elements that should be fun as the story continues. The fundamental grounding of the current "Amazons Attack" story might feel a bit silly. Still, Campbell is building something interesting in what should be a fun adventure drama that should deliver an interesting new dynamic to the world of Wonder Woman and the rest of the Amazons if all goes well. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
An Unkindness of Ravens #1

Sep 23, 2020

Panosian and Ignazzi burn through the first 20% of a five-issue mini-series on the first day of a new school year. The subtly immersive world theyre putting together will be wrapping itself-up long before the end of the school year on this side of the comics page. A thoughtful, measured introduction like the first issue of An Unkindness of Ravens deserves something that might at least fill a bit more of a single school year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
An Unkindness of Ravens #2

Oct 28, 2020

The begins with the ending of Wilmas first day in school and ends early on in the afternoon of her second day. The first day she met with the outcasts. The second day she meets with the popular girl. Theres a very steady balance being executed in the first couple of issues of the series that will be fun to follow so long as Panosian and Ignazzi maintain the same moody, dramatic pacing that theyve established in the first couple of issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
An Unkindness of Ravens #3

Nov 25, 2020

Theres really no specific reason why this particular teen horror drama should work in a comic book format. Panosian and Ignazzi conjure it for the page with its own distinct fingerprint. An Unkindness of Ravens part of a long, distinguished tradition for the sub-genre. It manages to settle quite cozily into its own corner of the genre with a smart sense of poise. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
An Unkindness of Ravens #4

Dec 23, 2020

The mystery of the series reaches a kind of an intense turning point this issue. The path that the series takes from here could fall in a direction that might feel quite silly. Depending on how Panosian and Ignazzi handle the next couple of issues, the seriess strengths could really land in the panel center. Wilmas reaction to whats going on and the worlds response to her reaction could guide things in a really appealing direction moving forward. An Unkindness of Ravens #4 does a really outstanding delivering that dramatic turning point in the series plot. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
An Unkindness of Ravens #5

Jan 27, 2021

Ambiguity in and of itself isnt necessarily scary or intriguing. Still, Panosian and Ignazzi play with a shadowy lack of definition that allows the comics page to feel a bit more like deep paragraphs of a long and winding young adult novel in an enjoyable fifth issue. Theres still a great deal of potential in the series as Wilma explores the deeper aspects of local culture and her connection to it. Still, the real danger in a story like this is keeping it interesting without plunging the narrative into a hopelessly convoluted narrative in the issues to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ant (2021) #1

Oct 20, 2021

 Silver Age-style heroism still works in Larsens hands, but itll be interesting to see where Larsen takes it this time. Its kind of weird seeing something done in the format of an old comic that wouldnt have looked out of place decades ago that has the occasional flash of a modern comic. (The stars in the night sky in the first couple of pages are kind of disorienting. As is the rich sheen that Larsen has managed to render on the surface of the heros costume.) The ground that hes covering here with Ant has been so heavily covered in the course of the 60s, 70s, and 80s. An origin story is all well and good, but its going to be challenging to keep moving with it if he doesnt find some way to inject new life into an old superhero format. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Antarctica (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

The restlessness of the opening issue of the series really could have been cut entirely. So much of the introduction to Hannah and her life leading into her trip to Antarctica could have appeared as flashbacks. That sort of set-up might have resulted in a little more immediacy in the first issue, but its difficult to find any real fault with starting Hannahs story a bit earlier until it becomes apparent exactly where Birks is taking it in the issues to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Arcade Kings (2023) #1

May 17, 2023

Burnetts sci-fi mutation of the traditional late 1990s video arcade makes for a fun milieu for the nomadic hero trope. There may not be anything terribly original about the story, but Joe seems like kind of a cool guy, and Burnetts art swiftly slides the story through page and panel in a way that allows for a very distinct narrative fingerprint. Burnett lowers a few different subplots into place in the first issue that could be interesting in subsequent chapters. It will remain to be seen if the nomadic hero trope will hold up over the course of the next few issues of the series. Burnett might have something special here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Arcade Kings (2023) #2

Jun 21, 2023

Burnetts big accomplishment with the series thus far has been the ease with which hes given everyone very simple and instantly recognizable motivation for their actions. Arcade Kings isnt a world of simplistic notions of good and evil. So often, this type of story uses that dichotomy as a crutch to launch the action. Burnett is telling a simple action story without resorting to good and evil. Very cool. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Arcade Kings (2023) #3

Jul 22, 2023

Burnett is allowing the world to expand a little more as he introduces a new character on the other side of the narrative. As cool as the itinerant hero is in the first couple of issues, it's cooler to see a contrasting hero who is every bit as valorous while being much more firmly anchored in a single location. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Army of Darkness: Forever #9

Jun 26, 2024

The ninth issue in the series might nor quite be living up to its potential, but  that doesnt mean that its not fun. Fleecs and Mhan have a very firm grasp of Ramis sense of visual movement and continue to do a really good job of bringing it to the page. Its a very clean and smartly-delivered action package. The series is nine issues in and theres still so much that could be done with the premise. Fleecs and company have found some interesting elements to add into the mix. The robot, the baby demon and the multiple Necronomicons alll feel like a very natural progression from the early 1990s action feature. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Army of Darkness: Forever #10

Jul 24, 2024

Ash is really the heart of the whole Evil Dead franchse. Its difficult to get a feel for an Army of Darkness series that doesnt place him pretty solidly in the center of everything. And though he DOES appear in nearly every scene in the issue, the story doesnt dive to heavily into the psyche on the single most appealing of The Army of Darkness--its hero. The family drama that Sheila is involved in is interesting enough, but it doesnt feel like something that has its heart rooted in the Evil Dead..

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Army of Darkness: Forever #11

Aug 30, 2024

Given the kind of momentum Fleecs is giving the series, theres really no reason that it couldnt keep going for years. In order for it to run with the kind of longevity its capable of, Fleecs is really going to need to slow the pacing and allow the weirdness to emerge with a bit more class and substance. This would also allow new readers and people not already as familiar with the franchise to get into it on a panel-by-panel basis that could expand the reach of both the property AND the comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Auntie Agatha's Home For Wayward Rabbits #3

Jan 9, 2019

Its strange to see Auntie Agathas world so fully realized after only three chapters. Since issue one, its felt like a series that has been running for years, complete with the interpersonal dynamics between a girl, her rabbits, and her elderly auntie. Giffen and Roman have created something that is quite enticingly unlike anything else. Its a sitcomic book and wouldnt feel quite right in any other format. Hopefully this is the halfway point of something that will have a long and healthy life, even after the mini-series reaches its conclusion. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Auntie Agatha's Home For Wayward Rabbits #4

Feb 13, 2019

Given the slow, refreshingly relaxed pace of the comic book, Giffen and Roman are establishing something that could continue for years without ever feeling anywhere near as tired or fatigued as Sawyer is throughout this issue. Theres a vivid freshness about the whole thing even though the hipster funny animal genre has been more or less dead for decades. The cast of characters feels immense. Theres so much that can happen on a tiny, little property with so many strange rabbits.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Auntie Agatha's Home For Wayward Rabbits #5

Mar 11, 2019

Giffen and Roman end the issue on quite a little cliffhanger. They do so in a way that is suitably stagnant for a series which has become so defined by idle moments in the lives of those living in impending doom of losing their homes and ultimately their lives. Once again, Giffen and Roman brilliantly develop a very unique blend of satire and serious drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Auntie Agatha's Home For Wayward Rabbits #6

Apr 17, 2019

Theres a lot going on here beyond the surface. Its difficult not to see a deeply flawed contemporary society reflected in the strange collection of psychologically challenged bunnies living on a rural farm that has been targeted for demolition. On some level, were all Sawyer trying desperately to save our homes from the utter destruction of sinister forces. Were all dealing with the dysfunctional dynamic of so many others who are far too wrapped up in their own infinite gallery of psychoses to be able to tackle the challenges of continued survival. Its just a funny animal comedy, but theres a very deep allegory going on here. Hopefully Giffen and Roman will be able to continue their exploration with the rabbits for a long time to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Avengers (2018) #16

Mar 7, 2019

The pairing of Aaron and Marquez has achieved pleasant alchemy with this issue. The Avengers have tried to go in the direction of the demonic and supernatural in the past without quite managing anything anywhere near as impressive as theyve accomplished on a more cosmic level, but with Aaron and Marquez crafting the story, they fit right into the action horror superheroing. If they can string together a few more issues like this, the Avengers might finally have a satisfying brush with the supernatural.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Avengers (2018) #17

Mar 20, 2019

Blade is hanging out with a mini-Man-Thing. Jen literally blows-up. Blade performs a decapitation and Captain Marvel shoots a blast right through the head of a vampire. There's witty dialogue and brisk pacing. Its a fun conclusion to the story for Aaron and Marquez. Next month, Ed McGuinness takes over the art as the War of the Realms crossover event. Aaron has an opportunity to take the team in new directions as the Squadron Supreme re-enters the picture once more like the United States latest superhero team.  

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2018) #18

Apr 24, 2019

The idea of super-powered heroes being brainwashed by the government was kind of disturbing when Moore tackled it in Marvelman back in 81, but in an age as truly messed-up as the one we have come to live in, the idea needs to be ratcheted-up in order for it to have the kind of impact it needs to have. In the current political climate, the darkness of a fictional manipulative government needs to be that much more sinister in order to have any impact at all. Aarons going to need to get darker if this Squadron Supreme is going to make an impact.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2018) #19

May 22, 2019

Last issue the Avengers title cast its focus on a few characters that have largely been forgotten. Here its focussed on a character who is far more interesting than how hes been treated in the past. Its a clever approach to a mega-crossover: invite the readers to take a closer look at minor side characters caught-up in the rush of events rather than the standard ensemble so often found filling the pages of the book. Sometimes when things get really stressful, you just need to hang out with a gorilla.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Avengers (2018) #20

Jun 26, 2019

So much of what Aaron has been doing with his end of War of the Realms in the Avengers seems to have been a process of testing various characters for future projects. The Squadron Supreme issue felt a bit off, but this issue and the one before it (featuring Gorilla-Man) show a willingness to further explore aspects of the Marvel Universe that have faded out of the center of the frame in recent months. This closer look at She-Hulk turns out to have been one of the best issues in the whole War of the Realms event thus far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2018) #21

Jul 10, 2019

The issue pulls things forward for all of the characters with a degree of wit but without much flair. Ghost Rider granting a watercraft Speedboat From Hell qualities aside, a bunch of characters lounging around isnt a terribly engaging way to frame the inner lives of the characters. The conflict between Black Panther, Coulson and a matching set of Nick Fury L.M.D.s would be interesting if it were allowed to cover more of the issue, which seems to be trying to cram too much into a single installment without finding a way to bring it across dynamically.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Avengers (2018) #22

Jul 30, 2019

Somewhere in the midst of everything, theres also a moment between Thor and Iron Man in a Turkish desert. Theyve been called in to investigate the strange appearance of what appears to be a fossilized Iron Man helmet in a cave. The addition of that scene amid Reyes problems, helps to keep the issue running on a few different tracks. In a way that recalls the kind of deft traffic control, Chris Claremont had in The Uncanny X-Men when his run on that series was firing on all cylinders. Aarons Avengers seems to have found firm footing now that the smoke has finally cleared on the War of the Realms crossover event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2018) #23

Aug 28, 2019

Aaron and Casselli do an admirable job of keeping everything together in an issue that could have easily disintegrated into a lot of disjointed scenes between different groupings of Avengers. The magical milieu could start to get a bit tired if it carries on for too much longer, but the series seems to be in quite capable hands with Aaron and Casselli.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2018) #24

Sep 25, 2019

Specific details with the background aside, this issue is the Avengers fending-off a threat against...themselves. A cool as the combat is, its not the sort of triumphant defense of the earth, the universe and more. That has made for some of the better stories history of the team. Hopefully, with this issue behind them, the team can start to focus on the actual business of protecting the earth. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Beyond (2023) #1

Mar 30, 2023

With the initial background of the story well and fully established, Landy can focus on what he seems to be best at: telling a solidly entertaining action story featuring some really powerful characters. All of the silliness of the cosmology of the Marvel Universe has been dealt with. Now, the mini-series can get down to the business of developing some serious and seriously witty action moments. Landy and the art team are at their best when everything is gliding smoothly forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Beyond (2023) #2

Apr 27, 2023

The larger story that is being presented has yet to completely resolve into anything that would be terribly compelling. That doesn't mean that a bigger payoff isn't coming. It just seems like Landy hasnt quite found a way to frame this part of the larger serial in a way that is terribly interesting. In the larger run of things, Landy set himself up with kind of a challenge for this particular issue. It DOES deliver information important to the story, but it's difficult to bring it to the page in a way that feels like it's catapulting the action forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Beyond (2023) #3

May 31, 2023

From the All-Out Avengers title that Landy and Land had done last year to the current Avengers Beyond series, the creative team has been doing a good job of maintaining an enjoyable level of quality. There hasnt been the kind of versatility in theme and tone that one might hope for in the better superhero team comics, but action and intensity have been maintained for Landy and Land throughout.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Beyond (2023) #4

Jul 7, 2023

As had been the case with Landys All-Out Avengers, the writer is clearly planning things in a way that could really turn into something later on. There are clearly plans that involve bigger themes and a more extensive plot. The fourth issue in the current series doesnt feel like it has the kind of momentum it would need to turn out as satisfying as All-Out Avengers. With Landys preceding Avengers mini-series, there was an intriguing plot construction that seemed to be leading somewhere. With Beyond, Landy seems to be a bit more directionless than he was with the previous series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Beyond (2023) #5

Jul 28, 2023

All the cosmic energy burns off of Marvel Manhattan one more time. Everybody gets back to all of those things that they were doing before. Theres kind of a lot of other activity in Marvel Manhattan...and all over the world, for that matter. Theres an impossible city in orbit around the Earth. Interdimensional cityslayers from that city are attacking Manila, Helsinki, Toronto, Sydney, and Vatican City. The Avengers have to go to work on that in their OWN title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers: 1,000,000 B.C. #1

Aug 24, 2022

In another era, Marvel might have tried a whole line of comics set in the world of the Upper Paleolithic. Given the right angle, it could have turned into a very primal look at the heart of the conflicts that have come to define the heroes on pages, panels, and screens of various sizes over the past eighty years or so. A single issue telling the story of Thors birth just seems kind of...weird. Theres so much more they could do with the era.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: No Road Home #3

Feb 27, 2019

The A-Team/B-Team approach to the large ensemble substantially aids the third issue of No Road Home. Theres almost enough here between the two different groups to warrant a pair of satisfyingly interlocked mini-series, but expanding the action too much might make the series feel that much more padded-out and cumbersome. The creative team behind the book seems to have found just the right amount of action to fill the book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Avengers: No Road Home #4

Mar 7, 2019

Nyx is actually a really cool villain with a profoundly resonant background, so the issue feels satisfying as it leads-in to the halfway point of the twelve segment No Road Home mini-series. The story of Nyx and her kids almost feel drawn from some end of Neil Gaimans Sandman and into a more aggressively brutal Marvel iteration of godliness. This issues pacing sets things up quite well for rising action that will doubtlessly rush through the fifth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers: No Road Home #5

Mar 16, 2019

The introduction of one more hero at issues end is meant to have a bit more impact than it probably does. This may be a mega-popular legendary hero who first appeared at the dawn of the twentieth century, but Marvel has a decades long history with the character and his appearance here just isnt nearly as impressive as it needs to be. . . And given that the introduction at issues end is kind of a jarring smash-cut of a thing, its difficult to say quite precisely where the series is going from here, but a major conflict has ended, and further adventure awaits next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: No Road Home #6

Mar 20, 2019

Its nice to see more Conan for Marvel. With this crossover and titles like Conan and Blit, it almost feels like the barbarian was never really gone. That being said, this crossover doesnt REALLY feel like a crossover. Its just...Scarlet Witch hanging out with a barbarian. It wont really start to feel dynamic until the second half of the ten-part mini-series really sets in next issue with greater integration between the realm of Marvel and the realm of Robert E. Howard.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: No Road Home #7

Mar 27, 2019

Nyx and Rambeau are a fun match supported by a lot of drama around the edges of an issue that advances the series to its final three chapters. Conan feels like a bit of an afterthought in an issue that might have been better served with some greater integration. The Avengers/Conan meeting could have had more impact had Zub, Waid and Ewing been a bit more focussed on it, but they really ARE juggling a lot here.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers: No Road Home #8

Apr 3, 2019

The series enters its penultimate chapter next issue. Its been kind of a hit-or-miss proposition with every issue in the series so far. Fusing Conan with the Avengers in a huge dual-setting mini-series has been a very ambitious exercise. With any luck, the final two issues can close the story with a well-balanced finale.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers: No Road Home #9

Apr 10, 2019

The series begins to draw to a close in one corner of the Marvel Universe as the big War of the Realms crossover picks-up elsewhere. The intensity of this particular mini-series owes a lot to the deep emotional characterization that has been thoughtfully brought to the page, and thats what really matters as the series draws to a close

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: No Road Home #10

Apr 17, 2019

The ten-issue No Road Home mini-series had been a relentlessly sketchy patchwork of a narrative, so its fitting that the end would be as scattered as it is with Vision confronting Nyx in Long Island and an extended epilogue. While its far from a perfect story, clever art and earnestness in the story make the series very difficult to dismiss as a purely commercial exercise. Theres real love thats been poured into this thing. And like any love thats worth anything, its flawed and inconsistent.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Barbarella (2024) #1

Oct 2, 2024

Of course, addressing the fourth wall, the way this comic book is always kind of dangerous. It runs the risk of moving into incredibly cheesy territory from a variety of different directions. A story like this is really easy to do and it's really difficult to do very well. There are so many opportunities for the narrative to move in a direction that takes it to the fact that it doesn't. As weird and paradoxical as that is, it's not nearly as fun as it should be when this sort of multi-layered story is attempted. Hopefully Northcott and company can live-up to the potential of what theyre attempting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Barbarella (2024) #2

Nov 14, 2024

There have been a few different attempts at exploring Barbarella on the comics page since she was inteiduced over half a century ago. While the current series isnt exactly inspired, it is definitely enjoyable for a number of different reasons they dont seem to be expiring towards that kind of depth. Its nice to see them maintaining the appeal of an old and spacefaring venture hero. It would be nice to see them move off into more thoughtfully rendered a satire. All of the basic elements are there. Its just a matter of finding the right balance of comedy and drama, to make it work. Theyre not quite there yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Barbarella: The Center Cannot Hold #3

May 31, 2023

Even with the knowledge gained from the Unnamable, Barbarella still has quite a lot to deal with. Theres still the threat of the Architects on the horizon. Thanks to her adventure in the third issue of the series, shes got a better idea of how shes going to handle the fourth. Shes learned something, and she didnt have to resort to any kind of negative energy to gain that knowledge. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Barbarella: The Center Cannot Hold #5

Aug 10, 2023

Hoyt, Bogani, and Sanchez call the fantastic grandma to a close with a great deal of style and flair. It's all drama, and there could be a better deal of action. However, that doesn't matter. Because it all looks so good while everyone is discussing dramatic matters pertaining to a distinctly non-human culture. Once again, the title character manages to keep herself totally on track the entire issue, and everything feels more emotionally engaging than one might typically expect from a light space opera. It's precisely the type of thing that makes for an outstanding Barbarella story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2016) #27

Oct 10, 2018

Barbara Gordon is a fun character to follow into shadows, whether or not they are rendered in great detail. Shes not some old, rich guy with a vendetta; shes risking a lot more than some multi-millionaire avenging his parents. If Scott could pair her up with a villian that had a bit more depth, this could be a very clever evolution beyond the traditional Batman formula, but Scott falls just a bit short of the well-balanced brilliance that could make her truly unique.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2016) #28

Oct 25, 2018

Scott guides the story through the penultimate chapter with a somewhat stilted rhythm. It's an awkward collection of moments to try to frame inside a single issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2016) #30

Jan 2, 2019

Scott Explores divisions between father and daughter in the first part of a story in which shadows of the past loom into the present. Its a promising opening to a new chapter for Barbara. Shes gaining some level of independence having been recovering from serious injury in the recent past. With the opening of the story established, this new chapter in the life of Batgirl should find some interesting new momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2016) #31

Jan 30, 2019

Scott and company arent reaching for something revolutionary with this story. Its a solidly-produced earthbound crimefighter fiction with a badass heroine trying to aid in a fair election, which is admirable in the current political climate. Just enough of a mix of topical action and intrigue to make for an entertaining read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2016) #32

Feb 27, 2019

Batgirls shaken at issues end. Scott has put her through some really intense action over the course of the issue and theres a definite tension leading to the upcoming chapters. (The next one comes in the form of a crossover tie-in to The Batman Who Laughs miniseries.) This issue works remarkably well on its own, though. Scott has been doing a good job of delivering individual issues that feel self-contained while building ongoing tension in a larger story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #33

Mar 27, 2019

Though the issue fits into a more massive crossover event, Scott and Casagrande put together a story that stands quite well on its own. There are more profound implications of the overall psyche of Barbara Gordon that carry plot lines from previous issues, thus making this a chapter in the life of a crime fighter that works well both on its own AND as a part of a long-running saga.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #34

Apr 24, 2019

The latest issue of Batgirl is the opening of a three-part story Scott is calling Terrible. The three-part story is off to an engaging beginning featuring a compelling combination of decent writing, decent art and a very precisely-balanced amount of stylish weirdness. The quality of Babs adventures appears to be looking up for the next couple of issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batgirl (2016) #35

May 22, 2019

Batgirls defiance in the face of nearly insurmountable odds has a profound impact. Her names on the book, so we know shes going to be alright, but Scotts tumbling her through the kind of hell that makes Batgirl all the more impressive. Shes going to survive this AND the third part of the story next month, but things are about to get worse for her...and just like seeing her escape that tube, itll be fun to see Batgirl escape all of the strife Scott has planned for her in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2016) #36

Jul 3, 2019

Given how many moving parts there are in a story like this, its challenging to get everything to come together ideally under deadline. The great thing about Scott, Pelletier, and Rapmund is that they work well enough as a team to overcome anything that might be dragging from month to month. Here the action is given its place in the art while the emotion is given its place in the dialogue. Next month it might be different. The important thing is that Batgirl can crawl through the hell and make it onto the splash page of the next issue. Shes good at that.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #37

Jul 24, 2019

Its pretty rare when one creative team can take over for another this smoothly. Writer Mairghread Scott had done such a good job with her run aided as she was by artist Paul Pelletier. They had a very satisfying end to their run last issue. Castellucci and Di Giandomenico take over this issue and take over without the usual sort of awkward disappointment and stiff acclimation that has to occur with a new art team. Castellucci and Di Giandomenico  have hit the page ready to go right away on the first panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #38

Aug 28, 2019

Castellucci and Carmine Di Giandomenico are dragging Batgirl through some really, really rough times to show relentless heroism. With any luck, the teams tenure with the character will last long enough to see her rise triumphant out of the disheveled mess of her life in the first couple of issues of their time with her. So far this has been a thoroughly engrossing walk with Barbara Gordon.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #39

Sep 25, 2019

As closely as Batgirl is focussed-on with the new creative team, theres so much churning around in the narrative background that shes not given the moments to breathe. That would make for a really intimate 20 pages with her. This lends some power to a character who is so lost in trying to help other people that she doesnt time for herself. A lot is going on in her life. The new creative team is doing a remarkable job of bringing Barbaras life to the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batgirl (2016) #40

Oct 29, 2019

Castellucci and DiGiandomenicos brilliant execution of Babs chronicles amid a big, oppressive multi-title crossover speaks to a very deft mastery of the street-level superhero genre that should be great fun to see develop further once the title wheels itself out from underneath the massive machinery of The Year of the Villain. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #41

Nov 30, 2019

Castellucci's time with Batgirl is only a few issues old, but already it's feeling like the writer has a very profound understanding of what makes the hero unique. The fusion between art and story is also very well-articulated. This is a fairly basic hero-villain interaction that echoes a story template that goes back to the dawn of the superhero. Castellucci and Di Giandomenico give the story enough distinct personality to make it feel new and refreshing in spite of this. With any luck, the two can continue on with the series for a long time to come. It'll be interesting to see where they can go with Babs.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #42

Jan 6, 2020

Batgirl has liberated herself from the relentless discipline shes come to expect from herself. The change in her personality came about out of necessity. From here, her story could potentially cascade into several different directions now that shes free and clear of the year of the Villain crossover event. As good as Batgirl has looked throughout much of 2019, Castellucci and DiGiandomenico certainly seem to be casting her in a direction that appears to be a substantial improvement over last year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #43

Jan 29, 2020

The act of thrusting a gritty, earthbound hero into a fantasy world is often used as a form of distance from the heavier aspects of the characters life. Here Castellucci is using the fantasy world to explore the deeper elements of Barbaras life into a fantasy world. It makes her inner struggle that much more visually appealing. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2016) #44

Mar 1, 2020

The chapter comes to a close quite effectively. And though it's not terribly accomplished in its execution, Castellucci's story DOES focus on the inner emotional life of Batgirl in a way that makes her all the more endearing for fur or e issues. It's just too bad that there wasn't more of an appreciation for the weirdness of the issue amidst the action. Nana is battling some serious demons here in and out of her mind. It'll be interesting to see where Castellucci takes her next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2016) #45

Mar 26, 2020

Castellucci tosses around details in the script that both render a story and provide some insight into the personality of Batgirl herself. The art team casts a lot of detail around the edges as well. The story itself might suffer from some lack of originality, but Castellucci and Di Giandomenico give Batgirls world such a distinct style and flavor. Theres a new villain. Theres a new threat to Gotham that goes beyond the immediate concerns of the hero. Castellucci is taking the Babs life in an interesting direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batgirl (2016) #46

Jul 1, 2020

Its nice to see Batgirl and Batwoman hanging out together, but its not like they get a lot of time together. The messiness of the overall composition of the issue echoes the complexity of Babs life. It all comes along quite well. Its a satisfying chapter in the life of Batgirl. Theres an emotional connection from reader to character. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #47

Jul 21, 2020

A Batgirl tie-in to the Joker War tie-in could have been really tedious if it hadnt been handled correctly. The relationship between Batman and the Joker has been garishly over-rendered over the years. Batgirl could have been a pale reflection of that. An issue that pulls everything into a tight close-up in a run-down, little Gotham City apartment, transcends the crossover to become something far deeper and more satisfying than anything else in the Joker War crossover thus far. Anything else in the series is going to have a hell of a time topping the elegant minimalist appeal of this issues conflict.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batgirl (2016) #48

Aug 26, 2020

Cecil Castellucci seems to be inadvertently borrowing Chris Claremonts beautiful red-headed doppelgnger element for Batgirls latest mystery. Though it clouds the triumph of Batgirls recovery a bit, the mystery DOES propel the issue in a new direction that should prove to be every bit as fun as what Babs has been tumbling through throughout the rest of Castelluccis run thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirl (2016) #49

Sep 23, 2020

Due out the week of Halloween, the next issue is the final issue of this series's run. It's arduous to imagine Castellucci ending on a more impressive note than the one she nails in this issue. The plot might merely be playing about with themes that have been explored in the superhero genre for decades. Still, Castellucci does a brilliant job of bringing it together in a powerful finale to a two-part series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2016) #50

Oct 28, 2020

The character has an enduring appeal. Theres no question that shell be back for a sixth series. Too bad Cecil Castellucci isnt able to spend more time with her right now, though. Castellucci had a compelling connection with the character that found her able to twist and turn with the editorial demands of all the godawful crossover events shes had to slog through. With any luck, Castellucci or someone else similarly in-tune with Babs and her personality is able to pick-up the character whenever she inevitably appears in the first issue of her sixth series. And with any luck at all, thats not going to be too long from now. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batgirls (2021) #1

Dec 15, 2021

Conrad, Cloonan, and Corona put together a remarkably sharp first issue. Theres a good connection between what editorial seems to be looking for with the series, what the writers are putting together, and the visual style of Corona. The series would be served much better by a slightly tighter look with more of a solid definition, but that will likely come in time as the creative team becomes more familiar with the team adventuring around on-page and panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batgirls (2021) #2

Jan 12, 2022

Cloonan, Conrad, Corona, and Stern definitely have something unique in Batgirls. Theres a great sense of momentum and combustion about the action that feels like it could be great fun if the visuals could only be honed just a little more to allow for more of a sense of modulated intensity. This may come in time as the creative team settles down into a deeper understanding of how everything comes together on a finished issue of the series. The Batgirls are really cool. Given the right rhythm, they could have quite a run together.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #3

Feb 10, 2022

The subtle overlay of tiny elements of interaction between the three leads is cleverly placed over a larger story with its own emotional resonance. As the series settles into its third issue, the series has really found an enjoyable rhythm between action, drama, and something more. As sad as it is to see Babs out of the mask again, the new team feels like a perfect fit for her that should work quite well for a hopefully long run in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #4

Mar 9, 2022

With clever bits of personality emerging from very appealing characters in a very immersive and gritty world, Cloonan, Conrad, Corona, and Stern are developing something very endearing. Its a version of Gotham City that seems to have found its own voice just a few issues into the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batgirls (2021) #5

Apr 13, 2022

Three women. A car. A motorcycle. A bat motif. It all works. Conrad and Cloonan have even managed to find a relatively novel group of villains for the trio to stare down in their opening story. It all fits together so well. Bat-based Gothamite heroes have been fighting crime and insanity on page and screen for the better part of a century, but Conrad and Cloonan seem to have found a new approach to the action that feels so pleasantly like starting all over again.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #6

May 11, 2022

In the first six issues of the series, Cloonan and Conrad have firmly established a fresh perspective on Bat-based heroism that should have a nice, long run. Cloonan, Conrad, and Corona make for a really good team that makes a firm and appealing impression on Gotham City. Its been fun so far. If Cloonan, Conrad, and company can continue to allow the team to evolve in their own corner of Gotham, Batgirls has a good future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #7

Jun 15, 2022

In addition to delivering an appealingly fresh, new take on the Gotham bat crime-fighting trope, Cloonan, Conrad, and Corona Are developing an interesting new take on the nature of a rogues' gallery. The team has its own little corner of Gotham City to work with. It's a provocative microcosm with a lot of exciting potential that could filter around the central action's edges. The extended three-woman crime-fighting team is a very appealing mutation of the traditional Batman concept. It will be interesting to see where it goes in the coming months.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #8

Jul 13, 2022

The second major plot arc of the series completes with another hugely satisfying conclusion. Theres a great sense of momentum being built and a genuine feeling of character development in and amidst the team as the series reaches the end of the second third of its first year. The clever swashbuckling mixes with the dark damage of one Batgirl and the cheerier humor of another (who happens to serve as series narrator.) Its a hugely appealing dynamic that Conrad and Cloonan have developed for a delightful action series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #9

Aug 10, 2022

Nine issues in and the team finally gets something of an extended breather before barreling straight into the jaws of one of its darkest, most earthbound threats. Once again, Conrad, Cloonan, and company manage to balance an unsettling number of plot elements into a single, cohesive narrative that feels every bit as substantial as anything that any Gotham-based hero has managed in the past. The larger-than-normal bat ensemble adds a sense of community that embraces a much more satisfying bigger picture of Gotham City than what often finds its way into a single issue of ANY series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #10

Sep 14, 2022

The gradual development of ensemble conflict and setting makes Batgirls one of DCs better-balanced books. Conrad and Cloonan have found a compatible artist in Googe, who has a style so similar to the seriess original artist that the visual world of the series doesnt feel at all inconsistent across the first ten issues. It doesnt hurt that the seriess original artist (Jorge Corona) continues to do such a good job with the covers every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #11

Oct 12, 2022

Cloonan and Conrad have been playing around the edges of the Gotham City milieu. Theres an intricate and nuanced understanding of the psyches of all three members of the team. With the eleventh issue, they dive directly into something far more central to Batman-related storytelling. They do so in a way that maintains the cleverly witty dynamic between Cass, Steph, and Babs. Conrad and Cloonan are expanding Gotham City much more than many of the other attempts that are currently on the comics rack.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirls (2021) #13

Dec 15, 2022

Case continues next issue. With a bit more of a handle on things, itll be interesting to see how he manages with the first issue in his rearview. Its going to take some getting accustomed to a new artist, but Conrad and Cloonan have built up such impressive momentum so far that its hard to imagine the next few issues being anything other than a great deal of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #14

Jan 18, 2023

The fourteenth issue of the series feels like a perfect point for a silent issue. That being said, its difficult to imagine how its going to fit into the overall rhythm of the series. At first glance, its woven pretty cleverly into the ongoing composition of the story. When it shows up in the eventual trade paperback, it might feel like a bit of a sudden lurch in tone and style between the thirteenth and fifteenth issues. On its own, though, its a lot of fun. Conrad and Cloonan manage something thats almost clever enough in rendering a coherent story that it could serve as a good place for new readers to jump on. The best silent issue kind of needs to be able to do this.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #15

Feb 16, 2023

There has been a very clear progression throughout Conrad and Cloonans series that has palpably brought Cass and Steph together. The tension feels as impressively well-rendered as the action. Everything feels quite fluid in a series that has proven itself to be one of the more reliably good titles in mainstream comics over the course of the past year or so. A little more time with all THREE Batgirls would serve the series well, but the relationship between Steph and Cass is deeply satisfying at the center of the book. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #16

Mar 15, 2023

The Batgirls have come a long way since they started. Conrad and Cloonan have taken Steph and Cass through a nice variety of different adventures in the first sixteen issues of the series. Next, the Batgirls leap into Spring in Aparo Park with a couple of completely new villains. Then theres the return of the Saints in May. The first year and a half with Steph and Cass hasnt exactly been flawless, but Batgirls has easily proven itself to be one of the most reliably satisfying comics in the mainstream superhero genre.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #17

Apr 26, 2023

Conrad and Cloonan are clearly setting up for a deeper look into the nature of crime in their new From Hells Heart storyline. The black market arms dealers who serve as this issues minor villains add some depth to the themes that the writers are going to be exploring. Its the sort of thing thats been done countless times before, but Conrad and Cloonan seem to be tackling the theme with an impressive sense of overall composition that should be interesting in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #18

May 17, 2023

Only one issue left. Conrad and Cloonan have accomplished quite a lot in less than two years with the series. Its just too bad it has to end at only 19. The creative team has done an exemplary job of taking a tired, old setting and breathing new life into it for a couple of years. With any luck, there will be a future for the three Batgirls somewhere down the line. As for now--theres one more issue in June.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) #19

Jun 21, 2023

Ideally, a series thats been as good as Batgirls doesnt have to end. If it DOES have to end, though, it really SHOULD end with an issue like Batgirls #19. The final chapter in the series pays homage to the characters and their struggles while providing a satisfying conclusion to central conflicts and holding open the possibility of more at some point in the future. Its all quite meticulously placed on the page while embracing everything that makes the Batgirls such a fun trio to hang out with every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batgirls (2021) Annual: 2022

Nov 30, 2022

The whole creative team has shown a great deal of progress over the course of its time together with Babs, Steph, and Cass. The annual shows the poise and nuance that come with an ample amount of experience together as a team. Its been fun to watch the team grow together on both sides of the comics. Its not very often that teams match up this well. With any luck, the three characters, the two writers, and the two artists will continue to haunt their own distinctive corner of Gotham for quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman & The Joker: The Deadly Duo #5

Mar 8, 2023

Silvestris work makes good use of one of the more iconic cities in the DC Universe. It would be very, very cool to get a comprehensive tour of Gotham City between Batman and Bruce Wayne. The history of the subway system that Silvestri is managing in this issue is actually a lot of fun. The Gotham City of the DC Comics Universe has never had quite the grand tour that its really deserved, and a story spanning every major neighborhood would be captivating.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #132

Feb 8, 2023

Its a fun experiment. Make Wayne the center of a story in familiar territory that couldnt be any more alien to him and see what happens. Zdarsky still hasnt found quite the right way to deliver it that would make it a distinctly Batman-like story. A big part of the problem lies in the fact that...so much of what makes Batman distinct is actually pretty superficial. Take away the distinct look and feel of things, and it doesnt feel like something distinctly Gotham. There IS a way to make this type of experiment work, though. There must be. Zdarsky just hasnt found it yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #133

Mar 8, 2023

Zdarsky has a really interesting idea. Batman in the Gotham City of a parallel universe is too clever a concept to rush through this quickly. The idea of a seasoned Bruce Wayne having to start over completely in a world that never knew Batman would be a lot of fun for a multi-title crossover. Instead, Zdarsky has to rush through it as a multi-issue arc in a single title. It all feels a little too compressed to manage the full impact that it could have had if it were allowed more room to breathe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #134

Apr 5, 2023

It is difficult to imagine the story continuing for much longer the way it is. It certainly seems to be reaching its climax. Bruce is likely to return home at some point in the next couple of months. The Earth he is on is not without its charm. It would take a longer walk in and amidst the darkness to truly find something worth exploring, though. There have been far too many brushes with dystopian mutations of familiar worlds in comic books over the years. Zdarsky would need to spend more time in this world for it to provide a greater depth of insight.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #135

May 9, 2023

As fun as it is to see everything tumble through at the end of the issue, Zdarsky and company take a hard turn when everything looks like it will resolve somewhere around Page 26. Really, they could have ended it there, and it would have been a solid glance into drama with Batman. Though the art in the final pages is impressive, it scarcely justifies ruining the ending of an otherwise interesting and reflective drama. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #12

Feb 22, 2023

Supergirl and Robin might make a really good team for Worlds Finest. Batman and Superman have had it together for so long that its nice to see a relatively untested pair in the center of the panel. An awkward date between superheroes is a nice outlet for that. As obvious a comic premise as it is, its not one that makes it between the covers all that often. Waid and Lupacchino have nailed a perfect little sitcom in a very fun one-shot story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #14

Apr 26, 2023

Once things are really going, the novelty is going to wear off. Bruce Wayne has been accused of murder, and there is something uniquely interesting about that. Its not going to last too much longer, though. Things will begin to turn a corner as Waids story reaches its climax. If everything has been lined up right, it just might be some kind of satisfying end, but its difficult to tell, and it already feels as though the action in the foreground might overpower everything else once the story reaches its big conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #16

Jun 21, 2023

Waid, Mora, and Bonvillain tell a solidly entertaining narrative in another fun issue of a popular series. Its too bad that there isnt a more balanced story being placed on the page. Heroes in peril help out other heroes in peril as AI looks to take over. Theres a lot of action moving around the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #17

Jul 24, 2023

Intricate plots are fun. A war with AI could be maddeningly sophisticated given the right angles. Waid and Mora keep the complexity out of the way, allowing for a really fun action climax with well-directed aggression that seems to be moving across the page in the right way. It might be big, dumb action on one level, but its big, dumb action that is very smartly executed with a sharp sense of style. Waid and Mora ARE working with a large group of heroes in the book, and none of them seems to get enough time on the page or nearly enough credit for being as powerful as they are, but then...thats always the problem with a superhero party thats as big as the 17th issue of Batman / Superman: Worlds Finest.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #18

Sep 1, 2023

There are clues in the script that suggest that Batman has only been operating for about a year as the story opens. Clark Kent is only starting in his career as a reporter. Waid envisions a contemporary first meeting between the two legends. It's the opening of a fun two-part story that serves as a surprisingly fresh team-up, given how often the two characters have appeared together over the past century. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #34

Dec 21, 2024

Waid and company continue to find a fun energy that keeps the energy rolling throughout the issue with style and poise. The story itself might not feature a whole lot of novel energy about it...and even the idea of teaming-up Batgirl with a lesser character in the presence of...pets isnt really all that new or original either...but iots all quite a bit of fun on the whole and it all moves from beginning to end in a fun rush of energy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman Beyond (2016) #27

Jan 9, 2019

Jurgens delivers a solidly satisfying bit of storytelling here that fails to live-up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman Beyond (2016) #28

Jan 29, 2019

Its nice to see Jurgens etching the echoes of the past into a future Batman, but it would be nice to see it develop into something new, which just might start to really assert itself once the action dies down and the drama ramps-up in the next issue. A new Robin lies in the hands of a very old Joker. Grayson isnt far away. Things could get interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman Beyond (2016) #29

Feb 27, 2019

Its a suitable climax to a long-running conflict. Booth and company close-out a series with some level of satisfaction, but its totally clear that this is no final ending, but theres a somber moment at issues end that feels like a much-needed rest amidst the reflection on a lifelong conflict. Theres no real insight here, but there doesnt need to be. Aggression and retribution remain as meaningless as ever, but theres a pearl of moody wisdom about the ending that feels appropriately final even if it isnt the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman Beyond (2016) #30

Mar 27, 2019

Obviously, this isnt actually the end of an era. The Joker is worth too much money to ever get rid of the guy for good. So whats the point in killing him off here? It makes for a potentially good story. Its just too bad that the story in question isnt framed better. Heroes have been dying in comics for decades. The death of an iconic villain seems relatively rare in comparison. Theres a lot that could have been explored here. Jurgens and company have missed an opportunity with this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman Beyond (2016) #31

Apr 24, 2019

Batman Beyond has great potential to go beyond the traditional concepts of a Batman story. Jurgens seems to be heading off in a direction that mixes the shadowy crimefighting with a technologically advanced future, but the title is still largely lost in the standard Bat-Formula action story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman Beyond (2016) #32

May 22, 2019

Its really nice to know that there are still issues like Batman Beyond #32. Its the type of chapter that could have appeared in just about any similar Marvel or DC title going back to the dawn of the silver age. But without anything more to offer in the deliciously attractive potential of Gotham in the future, this is just another issue in the series that fails to live up to the possibilities of the premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman Beyond (2016) #33

Jun 26, 2019

A story of mystery and suspense pulls Batman Beyond into the very entertaining territory. Its nothing new to anyone who might have read Batman over the decades, but Jurgens and Leonardi navigate McGinnis and his colleagues through a really entertaining story with tension that holds together throughout the issue. With questions of identity, memory, and motivation sliding in around the edges of the story, Juergens could potentially lead this series in a captivating new direction that could possibly influence the story into some very fresh territory if everything lines up in the right way. Even if this new direction doesnt live up to its potential, the series continues to be fun thanks to the efforts of a couple of very experienced storytellers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman Beyond (2016) #34

Jul 24, 2019

Batman Beyond has ventured into a potentially interesting territory in. A world featuring a villain of fluid identity. Theres a great deal of potential in the villain cast against an amnesiac hero in a story of the future. If Jurgens and Leonardi can find the right place to cast the story, this could turn into a very interesting narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman Beyond (2016) #35

Aug 28, 2019

Jurgens has a long history writing superhero comics. Batman has been through a lot over the years. Jurgens and company may not be adding a whole lot of new elements to a traditional superhero story. But the entire creative team does a good enough job of distracting from the tired, old central themes of the story to make it FEEL fresh,

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batman Beyond (2016) #36

Sep 25, 2019

At its heart, there's nothing more revolutionary than a conflict between super-powered individuals. There's nothing particularly original being presented here, but with a story that delivers the standard superhero/supervillain action so well. It's as entertaining as ever with Jurgens and Leonardi at the top of their games, this is an enjoyable issue nonetheless. With any luck, the new direction hinted at the end of this issue could bring about chapters of this level of quality.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batman Beyond: Neo-Gothic (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

It appears as though the series is going to run through a very comprehensive look at this particular vision of the future. More than just a crime procedural, it is an adventure set in a world that is being presented to audiences in a slightly new and fresh perspective. With any luck, the creative team will do something that will involve a lot more of an intrepid adventure through this particularly dark city of the future as the series progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman Incorporated (2022) #2

Nov 9, 2022

Its an intriguing experiment, but Brisson has so many moving parts to the plot that its all more than a little disinteresting. The creative team holds moments together, but they keep getting smashed into the ether with the coming of the next scene. It would be a lot more fun if it was a lot less frustrating. Brisson and Timms have something here, but its not all that clear what they have.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batman Incorporated (2022) #7

Apr 12, 2023

Brisson and company direct the flow of traffic quite well in the course of the issue. The group of crime fighters all come across as being distinct and dynamic in the larger flow of action. No one moment feels too rushed or too heavy-handed, which is particularly impressive given the weird buffet of different personalities laid out between the covers of a very, very busy series of action scenes. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman vs. Robin (2022) #3

Nov 9, 2022

The relatively limited scope of each combat aside, Waid and company do an excellent job of composing and executing an action-based drama with a rather large ensemble of characters. The scope of this one issue could have easily been expanded into a much more satisfying five-issue mini-series, but Waid has places to go and things to address in the series that wont wait for a more nuanced exploration of Batmans relations with various Robins. Its really too bad, as this feels like the most compelling point in the series thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman vs. Robin (2022) #5

Mar 1, 2023

In the end, Batman gets his Spartacus moment. Waid does a pretty good job of drawing emotion to the page, but theres no escaping the fact that the ending to this series is breathtakingly silly. What Waid is attempting with the end of the series is admirable, but theres just NO WAY that the magical rite involved will be anything other than a very, very weak finale to a series that could have been so much more than it was.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman: Gotham Knights - Gilded City (2022) #1

Oct 26, 2022

Its a video game tie-in. Its a good video game tie-in that seems to navigate pretty well under its own power. But its still a video game tie-in. The story is enjoyable, though. Narcisse and Abel bring a fun energy to the premise, but it will remain to be seen if it has much life beyond the fact that its promoting the big push for the new game. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: One Bad Day (2022): Two-Face #1

Sep 21, 2022

A great deal more could be said about the dichotomy between killer and hero. A lot more has been said about it in the past, and a lot more has been said about it in the past with Batman and Two-Face. Tamaki and company find a very specific niche for the action that sheds just a bit more light on both Batman and Two-Face while allowing a bit more insight into a couple of the Batgirls as well. The stories have been evolving over the decades. Tamaki makes her impression on one of DCs most memorable villains.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Batman: One Bad Day (2022): The Penguin #1

Oct 19, 2022

One Bad Day has been a fun close-up on some of Batmans antagonists. Each one has had its own fingerprint. Ridley is wise to give the Penguin some momentum throughout an extended spotlight. It really SHOULD have been a mini-series at least, though. Ridley makes a strong case for Penguin as the protagonist of his own series, starting from the bottom and working his way up, but hes already come quite a ways between two covers, and it would feel strange trying to lift him up from where he is now at the end of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Batman: One Bad Day (2022): Catwoman #1

Jan 25, 2023

Wilson and McKelvies Catwoman is easily the single most satisfying entry in the One Bad Day series thus far. Clever and subtle characterization of Selina throughout the issue stands as one of the better treatments of Catwoman to have hit page and panel in recent years. Everything fits together so well from beginning to end. It might be interesting to see what Wilson and McKelvie might do together with a full series like this. Its such an emotionally engaging story. 60+ pages feel nice and cozy, but it would be SO nice to see this team work together again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: The Adventures Continue: Season Three #6

Jun 30, 2023

The DC Animated Universe continues to grow and develop. Burnett and Dini have been working in it forever. Their consistency in writing continues to serve the comic book incarnation of a Batman animated series that has been around for over three decades. Its an impressive accomplishment that Burnett and Dini still manage to find new inspiration for fresh stories after all these years. Granted---it IS all variations on and echoes of what has come before, but its still a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Audio Adventures (2022) #7

Jul 28, 2023

Gotham City has been in so much peril over the many, many decades its been around. Its kind of hard to do that in a way that feels fresh, original, and genuinely dangerous. The author and company manage to do something that feels more or less precisely where it needs to be in order to bring across a genuine sense of danger. However, the tension seems to be moving just a little bit too quickly for it to really come across as anything more than a very quick and breezy fugue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: The Brave and the Bold (2023) #2

Jun 30, 2023

Not everything in the issue works perfectly. Though Rodrguezs art on the Superman story is undeniably cool, Cantwells story seems to need longer chapters to build up the narrative momentum that it needs to engage the reader. The mix of different stories within the anthology should bring forth a sense of experimentation. The best moments within the second issue of Brave and the Bold work really well on their own without having to connect up with a larger narrative structure. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: The Brave and the Bold (2023) #3

Jul 28, 2023

The sharp and stylish anthology series continues to find a variety of different appealing angles on action and drama in the DC Universe. Brissons Stormwatch series has been entertaining enough that it could easily fit under its own title with the current creative team. Not everythings brilliant, but it all fits together quite well in a package that feels like it could keep going and even potentially introduce entirely new features with marginal characters that could lead to something bigger down the road. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #21

Nov 9, 2022

Once again, the mix of stories feels pretty vast. Gotham City is a big and menacing place with lots of corners that are being explored under many covers every month for DC. Urban Legends manages one of the most diverse looks at the city in a single title. Theres a very natural flow of action from the Batman story at the beginning to the Batman story at the end. Not all of it is perfect, but its quite a journey from start to finish.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: White Knight Presents: Generation Joker #1

May 10, 2023

The White Knight concept advances certain elements of the Batman mythos in interesting ways. It may feel more than a little bit like a weirdly insubstantial fugue on many of the central figures in Gotham City, but its managed to find the right angle on everything to give it fresh depth. Honestly, though, that may be a little more than it deserves. Batman and his extended ensemble have been around for a long time. DC might be served a bit better by exploring new characters altogether.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: White Knight Presents: Generation Joker #2

Jun 21, 2023

As fun as the idea is, Generation Joker doesn't really have any right to be anywhere near as entertaining as it is. After all, this is just a few different elements that have been fused together into a road trip action comedy sort of situation. Andolfos art brings together a three-person writing team in a way that makes it all feel so vibrant and full of life. It's just too bad that the artist doesn't have more room to explore a more dynamic visual range. There's just way too much going on in every single page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: White Knight Presents: Generation Joker #3

Jul 22, 2023

There's still time for the series to live up to the potential of the themes being explored. The writing team is certainly circling around at the deeper end of the premise. They just haven't zeroed in on it yet. And that's a little frustrating. Three issues in, and they were still playing around on the surface-level silliness of the premise. There is so much more that could be explored about a pair of kids dealing with the legacy that they were now forced to be a part of. There's a legacy of madness there, and they really could be doing more to integrate and interface with the legend of one of the more popular villains in the history of comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: White Knight Presents: Generation Joker #4

Sep 12, 2023

Its taken a while for the story of Jackie and Bryce to pick up enough narrative momentum to build into something impressively engaging. By the fourth issue, all of the writers seem to have found a dynamic that works as the story progresses into some pretty poignant territory that explores certain inevitabilities inherent in the pantheon of heroes and villains inhabiting Gotham City.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Battle Chasers (2023) #10

Jun 14, 2023

Its a more or less seamless extension of the series that was abandoned two decades ago. Madureira and company are picking it up like the last 20 years didnt even happen. Theres an almost heroic level of integrity in that faithfulness to the original series. Its a quick, breezy jaunt from beginning to end. Monika and Garrison return in a thoroughly enjoyable adventure that will hopefully lead to a series that runs much longer than the original one. Madureira and company have firmly resurrected a series that didnt appear to have any chance of ever returning to the comics rack.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Battle Chasers (2023) #11

Jul 22, 2023

The only problem with Madureiras pacing is that it takes SO LONG for a plot to develop. A typical writer might have chosen to try to cram both #10 and #11 into a single normal-length issue. With Lullabi as the artist, it could have even worked that way, but Madureiras a lot more patient than that, and what results is gorgeous in places. (Red Monika continues to be fairly dazzling even in the presence of a giant monster.) Its kind of difficult to feel an emotional connection with much of whats going on on the page, though the series has been back for two months now and very little has happened. It looks really, really good, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Belle (2020): Ancient Instincts #1

Jul 25, 2023

Xaviers art can feel a little bit stiff in places, but the dialogue is crisp and occasionally quite witty. And theres a slaying scene involving a decapitation towards the end of the book that has got to be one of the more dramatic and graphic deaths on the comic book rack so far this year. The complex emotional dynamic that Xavier nails in that one panel is positively haunting. Belle might feel a bit generically superheroic on the surface, but Franchini and company make her engaging and relatable enough to hold her own regular series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Betsy Braddock: Captain Britain (2023) #4

Jun 1, 2023

Betsys been through a lot. Shes been many different people since she debuted back in the 1980s. Braddocks latest incarnation as Captain Britain has proven to be an appealing one. Howards writing has moved Betsy into a remarkably satisfying place that balances drama with action, mystery, and magic. It really is the perfect mixture for a decent Captain Britain story. Georgievs art fits the overall presence of Howards writing quite well. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Betsy Braddock: Captain Britain (2023) #5

Jun 22, 2023

Betsy is an appealing enough character that she really deserves a bit more of a central focus. Howard is trying to give her extended cast a bit too much of the plot. The inner struggles of Betsy should rest more or less at the center of the book, but shes not allowed nearly enough time on the page to develop into anything more than the leader of a team. Its cool to see her in charge, but there should be more of a focus on her and who she is in the center of her own book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Bettie Page (2023) #1

Jun 7, 2023

Andolfo establishes a cozy adventure for Bettie in the first issue of her fifth series with Dynamite Entertainment. The Queen of the Pinups continues to be a pleasant and engaging character to hang out with for 24 pages. From form to color to plot, its all so well-constructed that it scarcely seems to matter that there really isnt anything new being explored. The depth of the color aside, the story and its artistic rendering wouldnt seem entirely out of place in a mid-20th century issue of Millie the Model. Thats not a bad thing. The contemporary shading on a retro comic feels more or less perfect. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bettie Page (2023) #2

Jul 12, 2023

Andolfo and Blengino have established a story that seems familiar enough without feeling tedious. Given the universal recognition of Bettie, there might be a tendency to want to take the character in a direction that would be more weird and abstract simply for the sake of contrasting against how iconic a figure she is. Andolfo and Blengino have found a perfect spot for Bettie in a surprisingly enjoyable shallow mystery. Theyre also managing to engage the reader in the peripheral characters. The charm of the current series might well run out in a few issues, but by then, the story will most assuredly have come to a close. Everything in the series is so well-balanced.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Beyond (2022): Mary Jane & Black Cat #1

Feb 2, 2022

There was a time when Peter Parker could have been said to have been having a midlife crisis. It was back in the mid-1980s (back then, continuity could still be said to reach back to the character's origin in the early 1960s, which would have made him middle-aged at the time.) He just come back from another planet with an alien costume. Spider-Man he was hanging out with Black Cat. As Peter Parker, he was getting into severe emotional territory with Mary Jane. One woman represented one side of his wife. The other represented the other. Ultimately he got married to Mary Jane. MacKay Takes the traditional dynamic between the two of them and pears them beautifully in a really, really breezy action story that's got a little bit of emotional weight to it as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Birds of Prey (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

Thompson has done a good job of slowly adding layers to the first chapter of the story. She gives away just enough added depth and detail with each scene. The mystery of what it is that's going on is slowly revealed until the big final reveal at the end of the issue. At that stage, there are so many more questions that are brought up that make the second issue feel that much more impressive. It's going to be a fun ride with Thompson.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Adam (2022) #12

Jun 21, 2023

The challenge with any cosmic-level conflict lies in making the power FEEL powerful as it all concludes. By the time the series hits its twelfth issue, theres already so much thats going on. Priest and Barrows do their best to wrap everything up. Theres some sense of finality about it, and there IS a real sense of heroism radiating off the page, but Priest has tried to build way too much in the course of the first 11 issues. It looks good, and it makes sense, but it isnt entirely satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #1

Jun 6, 2019

Mackay establishes the new ongoing series firmly on the right foot. Theres nothing terribly fresh about the story, but it IS a story well-told with art that delivers style and action to the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cat (2019) #2

Jul 10, 2019

A few thieves enter the home of a sorcerer supreme to steal an artifact. One of them is a ticking time bomb. Anything could happen. Its a simple premise that MacKay and Foreman have a great deal of fun with. That fun easily transfers to the reader in another thoroughly enjoyable issue of the Black Cats new series. If MacKay and Foreman can maintain this level of quality and originality, this series is going to be a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cat (2019) #3

Aug 7, 2019

The first issue of the series was Marvel's best-selling single-issue of the year thus far. It will remain to be seen if the series continues to be as wildly popular as that first issue, but MacKay's writing is so dizzyingly enjoyable that it certainly DESERVES to be Marvel's consistently highest-selling book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cat (2019) #4

Sep 11, 2019

MacKay and Foreman have done a really smart job of bringing Black Cat into the center of her own series throughout the first four issues of the series. The initial story arc continues in a really fun place that explores the Marvel Universe with a very unique perspective taken from a very, very alluring anti-heroine. Its a great team that will be fun to watch as Black Cats run continues into the final months of 2019. Even if theyre not in a completely novel territory with Black Cats adventures, its a very refreshing perspective on a universe thats been around or decades.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #5

Oct 2, 2019

The series continues a thoroughly enjoyable pounce through its first major plot arc with clever work by MacKay and Foreman on an enjoyable climb around the edges of the familiar. Its a smarty unique look at the Marvel Universe fro the shadows with an appealing character who would appear right at home around the edges of almost any Marvel panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #6

Nov 7, 2019

A lot is going on here. McKay is working on a story with many moving parts that never comes across as being too busy or cluttered with supporting details. It all feels very deftly paced as Black Cat concludes the first half of the first year of her own title. Its been an exciting journey across the shadows of the Marvel Universe thus far. Where McKay takes the series in the second half of his first year with Felicia shows every sign of being a really, really interesting place once everything has finally settled into place come next summer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Cat (2019) #7

Dec 4, 2019

MacKay and Foreman launch themselves into the second half of Black Cats first year with the new series. Its been an enjoyable journey, but this transitional issue feels like its interrupting the energy that the creative team has been building up to this point. Its been interesting so far. MacKay and Foreman are going to be opening Felicia into a different world within the coming issues. This is rather a strange entry into it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #8

Jan 8, 2020

MacKay's time with Felicia reaches a bit of a crescendo here that feels like it might be heading somewhere. The little side elements of Felicia's personal and professional life provide opportunities to take her life in various different directions once this central arc finally plays its way through throughout the next several issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #9

Feb 5, 2020

The first issue in a two-issue crossover with Logan will continue the next installment. In a chapter that is likely to explode into action. Which is certain to show once again that Logan IS the best he is at what he does. With MacKays appealing approach to Black Cat, it should make for one of the more memorable team-ups of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #10

Mar 4, 2020

MacKay and company shoot Felicia through a crazy amount of action this issue in a seamlessly energetic run as the series begins to wrap-up its first year. Once a marginal character, Hardy is beginning to feel like an indispensable part of the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2019) #11

Jun 17, 2020

The cleanly episodic nature of MacKays first year of Black Cat works well with the long pause for COVID. The overall tension looming in the background of Felicias life seems to have hung around in the shadows. As the character might well have been planning her heist with her accomplices while in lockdown. Many other titles hit the comics rack this month with a sudden jolt of a million, little subplots that shoot out of the page in mid-stride. Its nice to see Black Cat jumping out of the quarantined shadows with something fresh that continues to expand on everything thats happened in the past year without any graceless lurching at plot points. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Cat (2019) #12

Aug 5, 2020

MacKay has been working steadily and diligently through the first eleven issues to reach this narrative point. Hardy has been a great deal of fun to hang out with throughout the year's worth of action that she's lived through thus far. This issue brings her craftiness to a crescendo that will be difficult to match in the issues to come. Thankfully, there's some breathing room coming as the series pivots its narrative a bit in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cat (2019) Annual #1

Nov 13, 2019

The story in Black Cats first annual serves as the prequel carefully orchestrated serial that MacKay and Dowling are working on in the monthly series. Marvels work with Felicia Hardy has been smooth and reliably enjoyable for the first half of her first year with her own title. Its been a great launch for Felicia. The Annual feels like a celebration of the success of the series thus far. Complete with a satisfying guest appearance by the character who ushered her into the Marvel Universe back in 1979. After years of supporting appearances, Felicia is finally ready to move comfortably into her own title. The poise and polish of this annual make that perfectly clear. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) #1

Dec 16, 2020

The issue ends with a text-based address from Black Cats associate Dr. Korpse. Its a nice wrap-up to the issue that gives it a solid foundation. One of the great challenges with a monthly comic in the modern era lies in maintaining its presence in the mind of the reader between issues. Dr. Korpses letter to the reader at the end of the issue allows the title to steal a nice, little corner of the readers consciousness until late January when Felicia returns again. Its a nice touch.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) #2

Jan 21, 2021

MacKays adventures with Felicia continue to be some of the best stuff Marvel is contributing to the comics rack. Theres so much potential with a character who delights in flitting from one end of the Marvel Universe to another, occasionally deciding to do something heroic like shes doing in the second issue of her new series. MacKay might not always be able to nail something quite this fun, but itll be interesting to see him try in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cat (2020) #3

Feb 24, 2021

Theres little question that Felicia is going to do what shes going to do. Its interesting to see the tipping point which points her in the inevitable direction that she ultimately takes. It reveals a tremendous amount about her as a person. More so than anything else in MacKays impressive run with the Black Cat, this is a very intimate interlude with the title character. In a way, the entire series to this point has been leading to this one issue. In its own way, this is an impressive climax. Itll be interesting to see where MacKay takes Felicia next. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Black Cat (2020) #4

Mar 31, 2021

The pulse and pacing of this issue seem to be setting-up Black Cats next arc in a very thoughtful way. Black Cats willingness to work with a new hero is a powerful way to construct the latest adventures of a villain. MacKay and Vakueva are building something interesting around the edges of a prominent character. Itll be interesting to see where theyre going with this latest toy for Felicia Hardy to bat around the pages of her own book. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) #5

Apr 14, 2021

Black Cat's big climax also seems to be setting things up for the next major plot arc as certain revelations are made about Black Fox that might be explored in greater detail once the whole mess beneath Manhattan draws to a close. It'll be interesting to see how MacKay and company finesse the transition away from the one central quest that Felicia has been dealing with since she started working with MacKay. The character has a really interesting relationship with the writer. Time will tell if that relationship continues to be fruitful. As it stands, Felicia is one of the more interesting characters in all of Marvel. Hopefully, MacKay can maintain that.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Cat (2020) #6

May 13, 2021

A few slip-ups aside, MacKays work on Black Cat has been delightful. The sixth issue in the series continues to show the writers gift for emotional intricacy. Felicia is one of the more interesting characters in the Marvel Universe right now, and a lot of her appeal seems to be coming directly from MacKay.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) #7

Jun 2, 2021

Once again, MacKay has managed a very well-orchestrated chapter in Felicias life that fits perfectly into the larger picture of a series he has been working on for quite some time. His sense of pacing with the overall series has been exquisite. The reader has been offered an opportunity to get to know Felicia quite well throughout MacKays run with her. It will be interesting to see where he goes with her in the issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Black Cat (2020) #8

Jul 28, 2021

Above and beyond all else, MacKay is doing an outstanding job of maintaining a solid character arc for Felicia. Shes gone through a great deal of development in the course of MacKays time with her. Given all that shes been through and where shes likely to go with her latest job, its going to be interesting to see where MacKay takes her from here. Shes already cycled through so many weird corners of the Marvel Universe, and now shes shooting right out into a heist with cosmic-level implications. MacKays going to have to tread deftly through his latest series with Black Cat. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) #9

Aug 18, 2021

Two issues in, and the Infinity Score storyline is proving to be a lot of fun. MacKay has had enough time with Black Cat that hes able to play a little bit with the relationship hes developed with her. There seems to be an areal connection between artist and writer that allows for some really fun energy. Once again, it is becoming very apparent that Black Cat is one of the most appealing characters in the whole of the Marvel Universe, thanks to MacKay. The Spider-Mans girlfriend of the past is solidly in the rearview. Shes her own person, and that person is a hell of a lot of fun to hang out with for 20 minutes per month. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) #10

Sep 29, 2021

The first in-issue acknowledgment of the end of the current run of the series comes in the form of a note at the issues end by Felicias accomplice Dr. Boris Korpse. Its a classy, stylish way of formally letting readers know whats coming in Giant-Size Black Cat: Infinity Score in November. Black Cat has had a series end before in the era of MacKay. Hardy and MacKay have had a perfect working relationship. Its sad to see it end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020) Annual #1

Jun 30, 2021

Black Cat is fun in South Korea, but shes not the only one in the issue. The continuation of the cross-annual Infinite Destinies event continues to lumber its way through the summer in the third installment of a story that doesnt really have anything to do with Black Cat. The Infinity Gems havent really been interesting since Thanos Quest back in the early 1990s, so its nice that the crossover only hits like an afterthought in an otherwise enjoyable annual.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cat (2020): Infinity Score #1

Dec 15, 2021

Another series ends. This one is a bit more difficult to take than many of the series endings in the past couple of years. The team assembled for this book was one of the best. Everything was sharply balanced. Felicia slinks off into the darkness, and the Marvel Universe feels just a bit bigger, having been the central focus of the panels for a couple of years.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Black Cloak (2022) #6

Aug 10, 2023

With the events of the first part of the story already finished, it'll be interesting to see which direction Thompson takes the arc in. It's pretty romantic stuff. And it has quite an emotional weight to it. There's no question that Thompson is working with effortless and broad strokes. That doesn't make what she's putting on the page any less powerful. Given what happened, the second arc could be drastically different from the first. It will be interesting to see which direction she pushes it in, given that things will be dramatically different after the end of the sixth issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cloak (2022) #7

Aug 21, 2024

Black Cloak is shaping-up to be one of the more consistently impressive and original series to have come out in the past five years. There is SUCH a sense of invention about it that echoes through a very novel look at a very familiar kind of story. The narrative feels like it falls pretty tightly between Raymond Chandler and J.R.R. Tolkien. Its a fun and stylish walk between two covers.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cloak (2022) #8

Sep 28, 2024

What continues to be the most remarkable thing about Black Cloak is its immersiveness. It isnt just Thomspons sharply-realized urban fantasy world...it isnt just the fact that McClaren has a brilliant sense of design for fashion and architecture. Its also the fact that the color and the dialogue and the perspectives and the central emotionality of it all come together in a way that feels very real...even in a world of monsters and humanoids flying around the place with leathery wings. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Cloak (2022) #9

Oct 18, 2024

It could be really difficult to take the rhythms of the story in episodic format. The world is so very rich and richly realize that brief little exposures to it, and that feeling more disorienting then they will win the series is collected into a trade paperback later on. certainly things are moving in a direction where it will likely be quite satisfying once everything is finally committed to the page. As for right now, its fascinating to get a little glimpse into this other world that seems so very well rendered.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Cloak (2022) #10

Nov 24, 2024

In retrospect is kind of weird to think that somebody had something like this before. Police procedurals in fantasy settings have been done before. But not quite like this. This has its own feel about it with so many fresh ideas that seem to hit the page at such interesting angles and so many different ways. It's just really a tremendous amount of fun from beginning to end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Panther (2021): Unconquered #1

Nov 15, 2022

Unconquered worked well enough that it wouldnt be all that difficult to imagine a series of one-shots being popular. Marvel has been quite successful over the years in exploring its own Manhattan. There are so many other places in the world that could be every bit as interesting...supporting multiple series and their own end of the Marvel Universe. Wakanda and the surrounding area would be a perfect stage for further exploration of the world. Hill and Duarte render an enjoyable action drama far from New York in a location that has had some really entertaining stories over the years, going back to McGregor and Bucklers Jungle Action comics of the 1970s and beyond.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Black Panther (2023) #2

Jul 25, 2023

The deeper themes of Ewings series will have a chance to expand and open up in the issues to come. The initial sketches of a nation in transition seem to hit page and panel a bit unevenly, but Ewing is doing a good job of establishing them with a degree of grace as Black Panther and Beisa get a bit closer in the second issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2019) #1

Jan 16, 2019

The Soskas and company have a really resonant dynamic that feels quite unlike anything else being brought to the racks so far this year. The Soskas vision for Black Widow feels uniquely fresh while remaining true to the type of story that works best for Marvels redheaded Russian spy. An opening as satisfying as this shows great potential for the remaining four issues in the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2019) #2

Feb 21, 2019

The Soska sisters bring on the brutality in a second issue that allows Black Widow to be extremely vicious to low-level villain who clearly deserve it in a surreal amplification of the street-level criminal darkness thats actually lurking out there in the real world. The villains have been revealed in this second issue. Now the Soskas have the rest of the series to navigate Black Widow through them in pursuit of justice for young victims like the one she encounters this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2019) #3

Mar 27, 2019

Theres no question that the Soskas have a very definite plot for the series with a clear progression. Theres an end coming. Its undeniable. Too bad it cant keep going after the end of this story.  The Soskas have a very sophisticated grasp of what makes Black Widow such an interesting character.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2019) #5

May 15, 2019

Bolstered by Flavianos art, Jen and Sylvia Soska have sculpted a neat, little corner of the Marvel Universe that would be great fun to dive into again. Just as the story feels like its wrapping up, theres the full realization that the story is ending. Theres a kind of satisfaction in that, but theres a strong desire for more with Jen, Sylvia, Flaviano, and the badass red-headed Russian super-spy. With any luck, the Soskas will return to another mini-series at some point soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2020) #1

Sep 2, 2020

The disconnect between the first half and the second half of the first issue is potent. There's a real balance between Black Widow and Natasha's lives that makes for an interesting contrast. If Thompson and Casagrande can maintain that balance while keeping the mystery of the composite character solidly present, this could be a strikingly well-composed series. Arcade's addition as a villain could make this a very existentially trippy journey into espionage--particularly if the adventure somehow finds itself into the potentially surreal territory of Murderworld.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #2

Oct 7, 2020

The danger resting around the edges of Natashas life rests beneath the mystery of what happened to the Black Widow. And though this may be a very familiar premise for a story, Natasha seems to be navigating her way through it in a novel way in a distinctly Marvel application of the spy-with-amnesia sub-genre of cloak-and-dagger intrigue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Black Widow (2020) #3

Nov 4, 2020

Theres an attempt at overall continuity being made her. Its admirable. Black Widow has been through so many things over the years and now shes finally got what a part of her has always wanted. Theres a two-page spread featuring art from many different artists that flit through her memory while shes unconscious. Its kind of breathtaking to see the work from so many different artists from so many different eras all coming together to fuse into a vertiginous perspective of the woman and what shes going through right now. The Marvel Universe has come to be so hopelessly convoluted over the decades. A true moment of perspective on continuity like the one near the end of this issue is rare.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2020) #4

Dec 2, 2020

The editorial team on Black Widow has done an excellent job of bringing together two different art teams on a single issue. The flow of moods across different artists seems remarkably well-orchestrated. DC had tried something similar in the pages of Catwoman not too long ago to lesser effect. Theres a powerful direction to the narrative that exists quite well in drama and action. Its a sharply-rendered issue. Natasha is given a challenge that is uniquely hers. So often, earthbound superhero stories can feel pretty interchangeable. Thompson has constructed a story that is so uniquely Natasha. Plot and character feel perfectly integrated with this issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2020) #6

Apr 28, 2021

Thompson manages some really sharp moments in a very stylish issue, but there isnt a whole lot of mystery lurking around the edges of everything. Minor subplots can be a bit of a distraction, though. Thompson seems to know how to put exactly enough on the page to keep the story moving.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2020) #7

May 27, 2021

Adam Hughes adds quite a bit to Issue Seven with a highly kinetic cover. It's a stylish opening to an issue that's cleverly executed throughout. Not only is Thompson rendering a really fun action/suspense story... she's doing so while adding depth to Black Widow that expands cleverly on the story arc that opened the current series. With thoughtful construction opening the current plot arc, the series is in very good hands, moving forward into a summer that will see the character also slink out of the shadows into a very high-profile movie.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2020) #8

Jun 30, 2021

The team on Black Widow is remarkably well-modulated. Everyones work on the book seems to sharply support everyone elses work. A team rarely feels this in synch. Once again, Adam Hughes cover artwork serves as an appealing opening to the eighth chapter of what is rapidly asserting itself as one of the most reliably good monthly comics on the rack this year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #9

Jul 28, 2021

Thompson and Casagrande are delivering a lot of story in this issue, but the balance between detail and action is a bit difficult to come to terms with. It's hard to feel much of what Natasha is fighting for as so little of her current life has really been brought to the page. Granted, it IS only starting to assert itself. Still, the breakneck pace of the action compromises the power of what's going on...and it's causing issues that might be serious further down the line if some level of stability isn't brought to the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #10

Aug 25, 2021

With the first big adventure in San Francisco well and fully worked-out, Thompson and company can spend a little more time establishing Natashas world. Throwing action at her right away IS a good choice. Still, its challenging to get a solid focus on the conflict without having the extended ensemble of friends and associates established just a little bit more prior to the conclusion of the four-part story that ends in Black Widow #10.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2020) #11

Sep 15, 2021

Thompson/De Latorre and Bellaire form an outstanding team. That team is bringing an enjoyable team to page and panel in a dazzlingly composed quartet of heroes who find a relatively unexplored home in San Francisco. The whims of marketing, editorial, and sales have a tendency to tangle things up over time, but for the time being, Black Widow has definitely found a state of grace that seems to be working. Its fun. Its stylish. And with any luck, itll maintain its footing for at least another year or so.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Black Widow (2020) #12

Oct 27, 2021

Casagrande bows out of the next issue of the series. Guest Artist Rafael Pimentel takes over the visuals in a story with a new character out of Natashas past that should lend interesting friction to Natashas attempt to start fresh in a new city. Thompson continues to guide Natasha in intriguing directions as the series enters its second year.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Black Widow (2020) #13

Jan 12, 2022

It can be really, really difficult to make any mega-villain seem like a towering threat in advance of a multi-part series. The Marvel Universe is cluttered with vicious killing machines. They all seem more or less alike. Thompson gives The Living Blade just enough personality by issues end. Theres honor in The Living Blade that lends a nicely conspicuous kind of dramatic gravity to a storyline that should be a lot of fun in the course of the first half of 2022. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2020) #14

Mar 3, 2022

The action at the auction reaches the second issue. Things explode at the end. It's a bottomless quagmire that the heroes find themselves in. Typically a single operation like this running for more than a couple of issues could tend to feel a bit sluggish. Thompson and Company keep it moving in a way that avoids any potential difficulties with pacing. And that stinger at the end is very provocative. Just when it looked like things were about to wrap up in a clean fashion, things get all the more complicated simply and brutally with a quick slice of action. It's very smart storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #15

Apr 9, 2022

Natasha's adventures end for now in a bit of a rush. She's earned the rest at the end of the series, though. There might have been a bit more of a satisfying end to this issue of Thompson, and company would have had like...maybe twice as many issues as they did to tell the same amount of story. Natasha, Yelena, and company have developed a fun rapport that is beginning to develop into something respectably unique...just in time for the end of their series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow: Widow's Sting (2020) #1

Oct 28, 2020

The tendency in modern comic books is to work on story arcs that take several issues to resolve. Theres a definite appeal in taking Black Widow into the realm of something more concise. The super-spy mission in the Marvel Universe holds so many different possibilities that it really COULD serve as the basis for a really appealing series of one-shots if Marvel was to invest some time in developing something like that for Natasha. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black's Myth: The Key To His Heart #1

Jun 21, 2023

A werewolf P.I., a half-djinn assistant, and a half-demon intern. Southern California seems more or less a perfect place for this sort of thing. Palicki modulates the rhythm of the contemporary urban fantasy in a way that feels perfectly well-suited to another pleasant fusion. Palicki and company are working with so many tropes that are so harrowingly close to cliche, but they have managed to more or less successfully avoid them all so far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black's Myth: The Key To His Heart #2

Jul 25, 2023

There are ways to bring conversation to the page that serve even the black-and-white format of Blacks Myth. Dave Sim did remarkable things with intrigue and drama on the comic book page back in the 1980s. Its all a matter of fusing the sequential format of the drama to the mystery in a way thats both visually appealing and closely tied to a series of pictures. Cavalcanti hasnt quite worked it out yet, but theres some very powerful drama making it to the page, so its well worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Blackbird #1

Oct 13, 2018

A world of magic just ever so slightly out of step with everyone in LA has great potential. The urban fantasy genre has been covered by so many others so many times before, and in so many other ways, so the series DOES run the risk of potentially veering off into clichd territory. Nina comes across as a very subtly unique character with the potential to transcend the genre. If Humphries remain true to those narrative elements that make Nina unique, he might just have something special here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackbird #2

Nov 9, 2018

Blackbird continues to coax magic and mystery out of a magical urban fantasy genre that has become overdone in the course of the past 20 years or so. This is quite an accomplishment. Theres something really appealing in the haunting brevity of the series thus far. The first two issues combined might only be a dozen minutes worth of reading, but Humphries and Bartel are building a world that lingers in the imagination well beyond the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackbird #4

Jan 9, 2019

The series may have missed an opportunity to do something truly original, but as pop urban fantasy Blackbird keeps it light, rolling into its fourth issue. Moments of clever originality between Nina and Sharpie continue to rest around the edges of a supernatural family drama that is beginning to pick up steam as relationships continue to get more and more complicated each month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Blackbird #5

Feb 13, 2019

The big revelation at the end of the issue delivers quite an impact. In a way it feels as though the end of the fifth issue reaches a resolution on so much that it almost reaches its own kind of ending. Not everything is resolved, but the central mysteries set-up in the beginning of the series have all been revealed. Humphries and Bartel could take the series in an infinite array of different directions from here. It will remain to be seen if they can keep the satisfying balance that they had achieved in the first five issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackbird #6

Mar 11, 2019

With so much of the initial world-building out of the way, Humphries and Bartel can start to explore sophistications in the plot in issues to come. The two have yet to find the perfect balance between drama and magic that will fully realize Blackbirds potential, but this sixth issue is a rare instance of an urban fantasy series eschewing everything else, but the conflict between actions and intentions of people chance and circumstance have pitted against each other. The first arc ends in satisfying drama that is thoughtfully brought to the page.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Blade (2023) #1

Jul 25, 2023

Its a promising opening to a new series. Rarely is a single issue this balanced between creative personnel. Everyone working on the project seems to have an equal impact on the story. Hill is delivering a script that really is a blueprint for action for someone with a very precise idea of how to deliver it to the page in a way that allows for the colorist to come in and bring it all to life. If every issue is going to be like this, the current incarnation of Blade should be a fun one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blood Squad Seven (2024): Strikefile #1

Nov 1, 2024

Casey and Company have a long way to go before the series really starts to feel like its on the thing. Its echoing so many other series of so many other errors that it hasnt really managed to found a ton space yet. But its still relatively early on, and theres a lot of things that could happen as things progress into the future for a series which seems to have gained quite a bit of momentum. Its nice to see them, taking a moment for a standalone story involving some of the tensor aspects and implications of the superhero genre.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blood Tree (2023) #5

Jun 7, 2023

Tomasi plays with expectations. Some of the revelations that hit the page in the penultimate issue feel pretty obvious. Some of them hit like a hammer. Tomasi and imi have a solidly haunting story that theyre bringing to the page, but the finer points of it seem drowned in the dreamy nightmare of a story that never quite manages to provide the proper perspective. Theres something deeper being explored between the homicides and the men who are investigating them, but any insight into that seems firmly planted outside the panels.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blood Tree (2023) #6

Jul 7, 2023

The story ends in an uneasy kind of peace. The final showdown with the killer features fire, rain, and a whole lot of bullets. Its caught somewhere in between the real and the unreal. Its not over-the-top darkness like Frank Millers Hard Boiled, but its scarcely the kind of complex realism that is so very, very rare in police procedural dramas. Its just...kind of a fun trip into a Silence of the Lambs sort of drama that never quite goes far enough in any direction to register much of an impression.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bloodline: Daughter of Blade (2023) #5

Jun 22, 2023

The series draws to a close. Its been fun. Lore and company have done a good job of telling an interesting story. It makes a pretty good case for further adventures with Brielle. Brielle DOES come across as the type of character who could carry her own ongoing series. She hasnt quite been dropped into the heart of the bewildering mess that is the totality of the Marvel Universe, so there are a lot of different directions she could be taken in if the right creative team decided to sponsor her. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Blue Book (2023) #1

Feb 23, 2023

Project Blue Book was a government study on UFOs that ran from 1952 to 1969. Tynion has set up an opportunity to explore a few different stories from that era that might gain something from a comic book format if he can find a novel way to approach them. There are so many stories that havent had the kind of exposure that The Interrupted Journey has had over the decades. Tynions back-up on Coney Island is fun, though. A few supporting pages of the weird could contribute to a relatively well-rounded mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Blue Book (2023) #5

Jun 28, 2023

Tynions interest in the Hill abduction case is kind of a fun trip back to an old mystery, but the author isnt really adding anything to the story that makes the journey worth making. Still--Oemings art and the coolly distinctive visual feel of the issue make it graphically appealing in a way that old accounts of alien abduction so rarely are. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Bomb Queen: Trump Card #1

Aug 26, 2020

Theres a tremendous amount of potential in a politically-charged Bomb Queen set four years into a dark future. The surreally graceful and sexy fascistic villainy of Bomb Queen could be incredibly appealing when contrasted with the fumblingly graceless greed of a bloated wannabe fascist egotist who is all too real on this side of the comic page. Hopefully, Robinson can manage a more slickly appealing dynamic for the rest of the series now that the backstory has been dealt with. 

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Bomb Queen: Trump Card #2

Sep 30, 2020

Robinson spectacularly fails to update the spirit of that U.S. anti-hero honesty at the heart of the second issue of Trump Card.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Bomb Queen: Trump Card #3

Nov 4, 2020

The first issue hit comics racks the week of the Republican National Convention. The third issue is released the day after the election. The series wraps-up next month with the fourth issue in the series, which makes it to comic shops on December 9th, the day after the officially mandated deadline for resolving all disputes for the 2020 U.S. Presidential Election. The final issue matches-up with the last possible day that the winner would be announced on this side of the comics page. Intended or not, the timing for this series has been a bit weird. 

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Bomb Queen: Trump Card #4

Dec 16, 2020

If the action's narrative flow was as gorgeous as the cover, it could have been beautifully revolting. Instead, it just feels crude. Bomb Queen is an appealing premise. Once again, Robinson fails to completely live up to the character's true potential. Look carefully into her eyes in any given panel. There is the definite feeling that Bomb Queen knows that she knows something Robinson doesn't. She seems to be aware that she's doing so much more with so much more grace than anything Robinson seems to be able to articulate. Maybe she's waiting for the right moment to come along into something that lives up to her true power. Or perhaps she doesn't care. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Book of Slaughter #1

Jan 4, 2023

Tynions clever delivery of this has Maxine entering the house library to peruse the book before the issue launches into 25 pages. On the next page, Maxine solemnly closes the book and makes a very important decision. For 25 pages, the reader is given direct contact with the text that the main character is reading. Its a very intimate moment with Maxine. Tynion has a great deal of patience with the narrative to drop everything and outline the background of the series for an entire issues worth of text right in the middle of the issue like that, but the patience pays off.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
C.O.W.L. (2014): 1964 #1

Aug 7, 2024

The overall pacing of the issue seems really, really cool. there's a profile amount of depth to it. However, it feels kind of weird knowing that this year is already a quarter of the way finished by the end of the issue issue. One gets the feeling that a larger scope of what's going on be a bit difficult to pull off in for tiny issues of this sword. They do such a good job of, delivering the substance of the moment July 23, 1964. But it's just a snapshot of a single moment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #14

Jul 7, 2023

The actual center of the issues conflict may not be terribly interesting, but Sam Wilson is, in and of himself, more than enough to carry the bulk of the book straight through. Theres a strong and palpable sense of inner conflict that could easily be the center of everything. That psychological connection between character and reader is often a lot more difficult to achieve than a fully engaging action conflict, so Onyebuchi is doing a solidly respectable job with the title.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Carnage Reigns (2023): Omega

Jul 8, 2023

The action hits the issue in the first couple of pages and doesnt really let up for the entire length of the book. Theres a kind of purity in that. Moraless adjustment to the armor Stark has made for him is a fun addition to a story that features Stark doing something a bit more challenging than he is often called upon to do. Everyone seems to be reaching just a bit further than they normally would, which ends up being a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #3

Oct 10, 2018

Its fun to see this sort of noir feel for Kyle and Catwoman. Shes a badass. Not afraid to turn down an offer she cant refuse or climb out of an icy tub and into her costume with a few broken ribs. Theres no fear. There doesnt seem to be any sense of self-preservation either. It will be interesting to see how this plays out in the long run. An unflappably cool character is only cool for so long. Sooner or later shes going to have to have a more emotional reaction. For now, this is actually really cool, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #4

Oct 14, 2018

Its always nice to dive into a characters past. As cheesy as it feels in places, the Catgirl mood actually kind of works. Itd be fun to dive into a juvenile Catwoman a bit more through Jones panels, but it feels like a rather strange departure from what the series has been thus far, though itll be interesting to see where Jones takes the narrative with Doctor Finick in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2018) #5

Nov 16, 2018

The overall rhythm of Jones work continues to feel breezy and appealing, even as the delivery doesnt quite live up to the potential. Catwomans charisma carries the issue through kicks and flips and the power of relentlessly slick attitude.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #7

Jan 16, 2019

Jolle Jones isnt going to be returning to draw Catwoman for the next few months, but shes clearly delivering the same moodiness that she brought to the page in the first six issues of the series. Itll be interesting to see how she works with other artists in the future as Selena Kyles adventures in Villa Hermosa continue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Catwoman (2018) #8

Feb 20, 2019

The heroic thief is a difficult balance to meet strike in any adventure. Lending a seemingly indomitable hero with an authentic level of vulnerability can be equally difficult--especially when her name is written on the cover of the issue. Between Jones pacing and the art teams careful framing of Catwomans adventure in this issue, theyve come really close to casting her as an endearingly heroic AND vulnerable hero in this issue. Itll be interesting to see where Jones and company take her next.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Catwoman (2018) #9

Mar 11, 2019

With this issue Selina has acquired a talented pair of accomplices in Ram V and John Timms. Itd be nice to see her working with the two of them in more of a long-term relationship. Naturally the dynamic would be likely to change throughout a multi-issue story, but its undeniable that Ram V and Timms have done something here that manages to rival anything that Jones had built-up in her initial run writing AND drawing the series. The cleverly concise 22 pages here feel every bit as masterful as Kyle herself in a thoroughly enjoyable issue. Next month Selina saunters back over to work with Jolle Jones with artist Fernando Blanco to resume the regular chronicles of the Catwoman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #10

Apr 10, 2019

Presumably, Jones and Blanco will have a chance to settle down into something a bit less disjointed next issue, but for the time being the creative team is juggling a lot of different elements with admirable poise in Catwomans tenth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #11

May 8, 2019

For about four pages, this issue is impressively breathtaking as Catwoman ride a motorcycle in pursuit of the truck. Its not enough to make the issue entirely satisfying, but its really impressive that Jones and company did as good a job as they did making that one action sequence feel as intense as it does. If only the issue had animated by a bit more of that kind of action it might have been amazing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Catwoman (2018) #12

Jun 12, 2019

Visual inconsistency aside, Jones packs a lot of plot and character development into 20 or so pages. Through it all, Catwoman remains a rather great mystery at the heart of the series. Shes a mystery hidden in plain sight. The series focuses so mainly on the surface of her life and what shes doing that her inner thoughts arent allowed to make it to the page. This maintains more than enough mystery to keep her interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #13

Jul 10, 2019

Things collide in this issue in a way that may not precisely feel cohesive, but at least its true to form for Kyle at this stage in her life. Things arent neat and tidy. Sometimes theyre gloopy and murky. Sometimes they get ugly. Every now and then shes got to hop onto a bike and go for a ride. Issue thirteen might not feel very connected, but it IS an impressive 20 pages or more with a fascinating character.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #14

Aug 14, 2019

Ram V teased his two=parter on Twitter back in May: #14 and #15 see Selina going up against a gallery of villains for control of the city she calls home. Sounds like fun. Gentleman Ghost was fun at the hands of Ram V and Andolfo. Itll be interesting to see what they have in store for Catwoman next issue. In the course of the story, it becomes apparent that a price has been put on her head. Who will step out of the shadows to take down Catwoman? 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #15

Sep 18, 2019

Things drift back in the direction of Joelle Jones for the next several issues. And though her style is slick and intriguing, Ram V. and Andolfo will be missed in issues to come. This is Ram V.'s third Catwoman issue this year. It would be really nice to see him return for more fill-ins later on. And if Jones ever decided to leave the book, they'd have a brilliant back-up in Ram V.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #16

Oct 12, 2019

Joelle Jones manages to heroically dive into the series once more after a two-month hiatus in writing the comic and absence as an artist that stretches much further back than that. The story feels fresh and interesting even if it consists of old tropes from crime dramas echoing out of every significant medium going back to Dashiell Hammett and beyond. Jones wields the heroic crime drama medium with great finesse.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #17

Nov 15, 2019

Catwoman has been sliding through elements of magic in Villa Hermosa thus far. For month events have been leading down a far less earthbound kind of adventure for Selena. The poetry of this latest issue files quite nicely into a dark world of magic that should serve as a very appealing addition to the adventures of Catwoman moving forward into the end of the year and beyond.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #18

Dec 20, 2019

The guest appearance of Zatanna makes for a fun excursion from the central plot. Its an appealing diversion that allows Jones to cast her own distinct light on a delightful character. Jones should do this sort of thing more often. Kyle is so completely solitary. Its very refreshing to see her in the presence of others who are compatible with her personality.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #19

Jan 8, 2020

Its a promising psychological turn for the title character. Some of the art in the book is very, very good. Some moments feel very poetic. Given a more choppy narrative, the multiple artist approach could have worked. A lack of consistency, though, doesnt really set well with the overall thrust of the story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #20

Feb 19, 2020

As entertaining as it is, there isnt a whole lot of story this issue. The simple plot structure keeps the story firmly grounded in action heroism that maintains an even flow of action from beginning to end. The ending of this issue is suitably dramatic, but it sets up a bit of a challenge for the next installment what with it being the case the final showdown between Catwoman and Creel does appear to be starting on the very first panel of issue 21. An issue-length physical conflict is unlikely. Itll be interesting to see how Kyle and Blanco wrap-up this part of Catwomans life in March. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Catwoman (2018) #21

Mar 11, 2020

Catwoman edges towards her 80th-anniversary celebration next month with an issue that feels like one of the better single issues in her long and winding history. The character still has a great deal of life in her. Jones has proven that shes not tied to any one city. From here, she can really go anywhere she wants and still be interesting to give the right treatment. Occasional faltering aside, Jones has done a very good job with the overall flow of the better part of the first couple of years of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #22

Jun 12, 2020

Once again, a Catwoman story by a guest writer feels a bit more fresh. It can be challenging to find the right momentum for a character who works so well in moments like this where she can strike quickly and slink back into the shadows after the close of the last panel. Sevenbergen and Aneke give a fun enough adventure here that they inadvertently pull some of the appeal away from the momentum of the rest of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #23

Jul 14, 2020

It would be really nice to see Selena settle-down into something longer-term than a quick vacation like this. It's not unwelcome, though. Northcott, Murphy, and Tormey bring the reader on what promises to be a fun, little action vacation date for the end of this summer. Judging from the opening chapter, it's not going to be too terribly deep, but it looks like fun given the momentum that the creative team manages by issue's end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Catwoman (2018) #24

Aug 20, 2020

Selina's vacation ends this issue. She's once again proven that she is her own person and beholden to no one else. That being said, she's still under contract to DC Editorial. Vacation's over next month as her handlers haul her into the massive jaws of the "Joker War" crossover that has come to infect all of DC's Bat titles. If this issue is any indicator, Selina should come out on top.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #25

Sep 16, 2020

Catwomans recent adventures have been amplifying her loner status. With this chapter, shes clearly ready to get back into a more social mood. Her new role as thief guru allows Ram V the opportunity to show Kyle from a distinctly different angle. Between enemies on both sides of the law and allies, she will be trying to train, Ram V has a wide range of different elements to work with in coming issues. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #26

Oct 21, 2020

It might have been nice to see Kyl start with absolutely nothing and work her way up to being the largest player in Gotham Citys underworld, but Ram V is showing a clever progression here. When she was away in Villa Hermosa, Catwoman was trying for something too elegant for her tastes. You can take the cat out of the alley, but you cant take the alley out of the cat. Shes learned this and shes ready to move. Its an interesting development in her life.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Catwoman (2018) #27

Nov 17, 2020

It's difficult to quantify every element of an issue that makes it work. At times, something as simple as a good opening splash page can set the tone. With a high-angle shot of Catwoman crouching atop the glowing neon of the issue's title high above the alleyway where the action starts, Blanco commits a gorgeously simply visual to this issue that does a brilliant job of drawing the reader into another satisfying encounter with Catwoman.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2018) #28

Dec 16, 2020

Ram Vs style and form have faltered a bit as his run on the series has continued. Bits of the story may seem remarkably silly. Hes got a firm hold on Selinas style and strength. If he can continue to keep his distance from all the weird periphery that hes been engaging in and embrace some of the oppressively inky visual poetry of the artist hes working with. In that case, this series could really take off. For now, though, it feels a bit muddled.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #29

Mar 17, 2021

Kyle's swift ascent into a very luxurious lifestyle in her particular corner of Gotham comes across a bit too swiftly. She's lounging on a rooftop poolalready a crime queen in Gotham, having only just arrived back a few months ago. Ram V could have spent a little bit more time charting her course to the top, but the story this issue has a lot of interesting angles that are more than satisfying as Catwoman gets pulled into a fun little mystery. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #30

Apr 21, 2021

With Catwoman stumbling through action as quickly as she is, she isnt allowed a whole lot of time to establish a firm grounding. Shes clearly in charge here, but there isnt enough stable ground in her life to keep all of the crazy action in perspective. She goes from a warehouse hospital to a shady place elsewhere in Gotham before heading off to an extravagantly sinister get-together for Gothams wealthiest sociopaths. Any one of those places would seem a lot more interesting if she could settle into place for a few panels.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #31

May 19, 2021

Pam's a fun emotional contrast against Selina, her emotional tenderness could create an exciting balance with Selina's shrewdly pragmatic intellect. The two make for an intriguing pair. Elsewhere the ensemble that Ram V is working with seems to lack a whole lot of interest. Still, he is only beginning to set things in motion for the current story arc, so things could get a lot more engaging as the action commences over the next few months. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #32

Jun 16, 2021

Fernando Blanco returns as artist next month. For one, brief moment, the art and story of Ram Vs run with Catwoman feels absolutely exquisite. Blanco does an excellent job with the character in his own style, but a glimpse at something as dynamic as issue #32 is bound to give the overall flow of action in the ongoing serial a bit of an awkward bump. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #33

Jul 21, 2021

Ram V is definitely exploring particularly dark political territory in the series that reflects some of the darker shadows of life in a nation that's tearing itself apart. Catwoman is an intriguing force in a heroic serial set in a world that is crumbling faster than our own.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2018) #34

Aug 18, 2021

There's definitely a way to make the conflict between Father Valley and Catwoman feel interesting, but Ram V hasn't really found it yet. Valley's best scenes were around the edges of Catwoman's life, and her conflict with him always seemed a lot more interesting from a distance prior to the conflict of Catwoman #34. With any luck, Selina will find better momentum elsewhere. She's got her work cut out for her at chapter's end. Hopefully, Ram V is in the right mood to give her the kind of direction she needs.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Catwoman (2018) #35

Sep 22, 2021

One gets the impression that Ram V might have been able to do a bit more outside the oppressive weight of a massive crossover event thats come to infect all of the titles lorded over by Catwomans boyfriend. She really should be a bit more oriented towards the center of her own title. Still, editorial concerns are always going to draw everything into the massive orbit of a planned crossover event. If Ram V had just a bit more control, maybe even the narration would be a little better and not, ...getting too close without burning up... Ugh.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #36

Oct 20, 2021

Ram V has managed some interesting developments in and around the edges of the Fear State crossover. Its too bad that everything is moving at a pacing that makes it difficult to connect with emotionally. Ram V is clearly capable of delivering a more thoughtful sort of action. The pacing of Fear State doesnt seem to allow him much range, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Catwoman (2018) #37

Nov 24, 2021

The best issues in a massive crossover event hold their own weight as distinctive chapters. The latest issue of Catwoman lacks the kind of finesse that would make it terribly intelligible outside of the clash of events of the rest of the crossover. Even in context, there seem to be too many gaps in the course of events in the chapter to feel like anything other than a reasonably pleasant mess.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #38

Dec 22, 2021

Next month, Selina tumbles from Villa Hermosa with Jolle Jones to Alleytown with Ram V and into the open arms of Tini Howard, who makes her DC Comics debut with her run on the series. She's out of Alleytown and into the business of stealing from the biggest criminals in the second-largest city in the DC Universe's U.S. It's a new writer. It's a new artist. Hell... it's even a new logo. Catwoman moves on from an intermittently satisfying current arc in January of 2022. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #39

Jan 19, 2022

Howard, Leon, and Bellaire do a brilliant job of opening the current era in Catwomans life. It will be interesting to see the series play out from here. Howard is a seasoned storyteller who knows what shes doing. Leon and Bellaire work remarkably well together...each artist admirably amplifying the work of the other. Its been quite a while since Catwoman reached the level of achievement it has in the 39th issue of the current series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #40

Feb 23, 2022

Howard had mentioned in an interview that she pitched the idea for her run on Catwoman with the opening scene of the previous issue more or less as it appeared on the page. From there, she just had to fill out the rest of it. And though it kind of feels like she might be filling out an equation, shes doing so in a way that feels fresh and interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Catwoman (2018) #41

Mar 16, 2022

It may lack some of the stylish punch of the preceding issue, but Catwoman #41 Continues to show Howards unique perspective on the character, which continues to be really appealing. The story in question isnt altogether different from many other Catwoman stories that have made it to the page over recent years. However, the author is working with familiar details in a way that makes them feel unique and fresh. Its a whole new perspective on the classic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Catwoman (2018) #42

Apr 20, 2022

And now that things are firmly established for Selina in Gotham City... she's going to leave town with Harley. A road trip. It's kind of a bold move for Howard to suddenly jar things in a different direction, but it DOES help keep things fresh in what will hopefully be a long relationship between Howard and Kyle. Howard has a very entertaining take on the character subtly different from anyone else who has worked on the series in the past three years. It'll be interesting to see where she takes Selina and Harley in the near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Catwoman (2018) #43

May 18, 2022

Howard throws in quite a few sharp, little details as swift and lightly fun as the issue is. Her treatment of Harley is clever. Its been established that the character knows the reader is there. Theres more than one instance of her subtly brushing up against that wall in the course of a really, really enjoyable issue. There isnt a whole lot of thematic depth to whats going on, but its a fun, little journey that Howard is embarking on in Catwomans latest.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #44

Jun 29, 2022

After all of the cramped clutter of the large ensemble that appeared in Catwoman prior to the appearance of Harley, Tini Howards latest arc with Selina feels a lot like a fast-paced summer vacation. Bengals wide sweeps of action hit the page with Bellaires bright, beautiful colors. The fact that there happens to be a hell of a lot of depth beneath it all is quite impressive given the fact that Howard and company have delivered a story with the pulse and humor of an action-adventure comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #45

Jul 20, 2022

On an issue-by-issue basis, true multi-title integration is really, really difficult to manage. Either theres some big dozen-issue crossover that derails the momentum of the individual titles without actually doing much, or the elements that crossover are minor curiosities. With the 45th issue of Catwoman, Tini Howard manages a deep integration with nearly every title in the Batman family of comics that makes Gotham City feel remarkably vibrant while also providing a fascinating look into the psyche of the title character. The central plot of the story might not be all that interesting, but Howard makes the title character and her world seem totally captivating. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #46

Aug 24, 2022

Selina may have had a bit of a road trip with Harley in recent months, but she hasnt had a chance to really explore what it is that shes doing. This issue allows shadows from her past to overshadow the page. Issues like #46 allow Catwoman a chance to put everything into perspective before it all gets plunged into danger in the next storyline. Howard has had one of the more satisfying runs with Selina of the past few years. Itll be interesting to see where Tini Howard ushers the story next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #47

Sep 21, 2022

From so many angles in so many ways over the course of the past few years, creative teams working with Catwoman have gotten her moving in the right direction, but its always been a bit of a problem wrapping things up in a way that feels fluid. It seems as though Howards got a solid handle on things, though. Howard continues to manage a well-modulated run with Selina as she saunters gracefully through this latest phase of her life. The international adventure should add another layer of intrigue to her. The challenge will be allowing Catwoman to land on her feet on the other end of it all in a way that allows for both a sense of greater stability AND further challenges in future issues of the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) #48

Oct 21, 2022

Howard is moving things forward in an interesting way. Its an approach to the character that's both respectful of her past and respectful of her need to go beyond it. Shes been to so many places just in the past year. Howard lends Catwomans personality a kind of stature that seems totally cohesive with everyone shes been over the course of the past five or ten years. That being said, as bewildering as the plot might be to first-time readers, Howard tells a succinct story that feels respectively complete in its own right.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Catwoman (2018) #50

Dec 21, 2022

And now Catwoman is...on a leash, so to speak. Its kind of a bold move for Howard. It would be really, really interesting to see Kyle gradually work her way up from rock bottom in one of the most totally awful places in all of Gotham City. If Howard is patient enough, the issues to come could be a potentially breathtaking look at the psyche of one of DCs longest-lived anti-heroes. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2018) #51

Jan 25, 2023

With the initial set-up out of the way, Howard and Basri could easily develop into something more sophisticated in future issues. Having hit rock bottom, Kyle has a long way to go before she can really get a handle on where her life is going. Its an opportunity for Howard to define Catwoman from the ground up if shes willing to try. It may be a fairly shaky start, but theres no question that things could go in a fascinating direction in the issues to come.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Catwoman (2018) #52

Feb 22, 2023

Selina is kind of a challenge to work with as a writer. The ultimate thief who is always in control of any situation is only as clever as the situations that she finds herself in. Eiko proves to be a little more of an interesting character in the 52nd entry of the current Catwoman series, as shes clearly in WAY over her head. Theres more of a sense of heroism to the larceny that makes for much more of an impact. Theoretically, Selina could have picked up more personality in prison if she was given more of a challenge to deal with from rock bottom. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Catwoman (2018) #53

Mar 22, 2023

As nice as it is to have Kyle punctuating the action throughout the issue, her inevitable prison break seems kind of dull next to all thats going on in Eikos life. A new face working under the auspices of Kyles prison presence just feels more interesting than the Catwoman comic book has managed over the course of the past couple of years. Now that its up and running, there are a lot of different directions that things might move in once Catwoman emerges from prison in the months ahead. With any luck, Eiko and Dario can find a place once Kyle is out of prison. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #54

Apr 26, 2023

Selinas been Catwoman for so long that its kind of disappointing to see her slide back into the role at issues end. With things shifting back in the direction of the status quo, Howard and company can get back to more traditional Catwoman stories, but Kyle has been drifting quite a bit over the course of the past few years, and there doesnt seem to be a whole lot of momentum in her adventures of late. Eiko seems a lot more captivating.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #55

May 17, 2023

Its the style that really sells the series more than anything else. Theres a real sense of urgency about the action, even if the overall framing of the story lacks some degree of satisfying definition. Catwoman has been through a lot over the course of the past few years. Howard has a distinct perspective on Selina and her world that has been enjoyable thus far, but there hasnt been enough time with any one element of that world to fully explore its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2018) #56

Jun 21, 2023

Howard and company submerge Catwoman in a complex underworld that would probably fit better on the page if every character had the time and space to develop a little more than they do. It would be nice to see Howard have the opportunity to do this, as she clearly has meticulously worked out a very complex interconnected drama that might have a great impact under the right circumstances.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) Annual: 2021

Jun 30, 2021

Christian maniacs are always fun to explore in justice-based adventure fiction. The deeper concerns of biblical fanaticism aren't really explored in any great depth. Still, it's fun to see one of the great villainous power structures from antiquity shown for the corrupting power they have always had. It may be pretty well-trodden territory that Ram V is exploring here, but it's a fun issue. It's just...mistitled.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Catwoman (2018) Annual #1

May 29, 2019

Kyle acts as the leader of a group of apprentice thieves. It's a fun concept. Jones has been placing Kyle out of her comfort zone in exciting ways throughout the series thus far. With this issue, 'she's pushing the character in a direction that feels much more compelling than previous issues in the current series thus far. If Jones can develop more like this in the future, Catwoman could have quite a bit of vitality moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cherish (2022) #1

Nov 2, 2022

The opening shows some promise. If Caitano and Remalante Jr. can find a sharper definition in and within the drama of Cherishs daily life, there will be more of a balance between the two ends of the series. Collins has a clear definition of the overall plot that shell use to expand on the elements of Cherishs personality, which will make her more interesting on the page. The first issue is a promising step in establishing a comic that will develop in the issues to come. Theres a lot of good that could be expanded on as the series progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cherish (2022) #4

Feb 16, 2023

Overall, the idea of Cherish is not without some potential. The tragic backstory of the hero seems to be dragging down the possibilities. A character with skills and drive like Cherish could really chart interesting territory in the near future of the setting. There are quite a few places in and within the cyberpunk subgenre that comic books dont often explore, and Cherish is uniquely lined up to explore these places. Theoretically, once Collins has navigated around the backstory, Cherish might have room to breathe and get into some of the more shadowy dramatic aspects of cyberpunk.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Chicken Devils #4

Jun 22, 2023

The seriousness of the drama really hits at the end of the issue. The story ends with the fifth issue. Things have gotten out of control. And yet everything still feels so static and isolated. Its a very nuanced and complicated drama. The physical action is really only there to amplify it in various directions. Buccellato and Monaco have something interesting in the series. Its the type of story that could easily be made as an indie drama or a one-season streaming series. Presenting it in comic book format lends a remarkably vivid quality to it that no other format could do justice to.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Chilling Adventures (2022): Camp Pickens #1

Jun 22, 2023

Archie Comics has found a nice format for horror. Theres nothing brilliant in the book, but it IS an interesting pop experiment that finds a weirdly familiar voice and just sort of...goes with it. The overall feel of it may be a bit weird, but in the end, the tiny narrative nuggets have a way of sticking around in the back of the mind well after theyve been read. Anything memorable in the comic book format is worth paying attention to. Archie Comics clearly knows what its doing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cinderella vs. The Queen of Hearts (2023) #1

Apr 13, 2023

With the initial encounter out of the way, Franchini and company can now dive right into the heart of a body action comedy, which should have a slick visual appeal that will give it a great deal of momentum leading through the final two issues of the series. Given the right angles, both of the leads could even gather a bit more substance before the series hits its final panel in a couple of months. There may not be much going on in the story after 30 pages or so, but the series can only improve now that all of the main pieces appear to be in play. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
City Boy (2023) #2

Jun 30, 2023

There is so much potential for exploring Cameron's powers on every level, from individual people to neighborhoods to aspects of infrastructure. In the first couple of issues of the series, Pak is exploring City Boys power in more of a traditional superhero story. Cameron is different enough from other superheroes that it will take a while to really settle into the kind of story he has the potential for. Hopefully, people stick around long enough for the premise to embrace its originality.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cloak and Dagger: Negative Exposure #2

Feb 5, 2019

Hallum and company are delivering a story with a shrewd sense of composition which should play well when the three-part Marvel Digital series materializes on paper in comic shops late this coming March. One more two-chapter issue awaits in February as the conflict with Mr. Negative will likely be a predictably satisfying conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Clobberin' Time (2023) #1

Mar 30, 2023

Skroce wouldnt be picking up a series like this if he wasnt a big fan of the Thing. Theres real love thats put into Ben Grimms appearance on the page. Its a rich and cuddly kind of craggy rockiness that Skroce is bringing to the page. Next month, Ben teams up with a rugged little bruiser as he fights alongside Wolverine. Hes not a bad choice for the second issue of a five-part series. Skroce is off to a good start.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Clobberin' Time (2023) #3

Jun 1, 2023

Valenza adds a bit of crucial depth and atmosphere around the edges of the action, but Skroce runs everything else with an expert sense of showmanship. Given how completely Skroces art and writing style dominates the series, Clobberin Time really sets itself apart from much of the rest of the mainstream comics rack. If it werent for the fact that Skroce is working with some of the biggest-named characters at Marvel in one of the most recognizable settings in comic books, Clobberin Time would feel a lot like an indie comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Coffin Bound #1

Aug 7, 2019

Without substantial background or backstory, Simpson and Dani are throwing the readers directly into the end of everything with a story set in a world that no longer makes a whole lot of sense. The reflection of life and death is thrown into a deeply enjoyable adventure horror drama. Izzys a fun character. From the first installment, we know that shes not going to be successful unless shes dead. Judging from the opening act, its going to be a hell of a journey to her death.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Coffin Bound #2

Sep 11, 2019

The story unearthed in this issue grabs hold of the reader with slickly sick visuals and feverishly scattered poetry. Coffin Bound is not the most appealing experience between two covers to make it to the comics rack this month. But its definitely going to leave a mark on anyone curious enough to want to pick it up. Itll probably take about another month for the scars of this issue to fade....just in time for Coffin Bound #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Coffin Bound #3

Oct 9, 2019

The horror of the story is clinging together quite well for now, but time will tell if it ultimately builds-up into a satisfying account. The pulse of this issue suggests a kind of narrative decay that might make the story increasingly disjointed. For now, its okay. The third issue is a delicious nightmare. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Coffin Bound #4

Nov 6, 2019

The showdown happens at issues' end without resolution. It's a rather sudden and abrupt end to something that had been building- up to that final meeting for the entire run of the series thus far. Izzy is a very compelling character caught between longing for oblivion and longing for something else altogether...a very distinctive character. It'll be interesting to see her return to the page next summer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Coffin Bound #5

Aug 5, 2020

Watters is progressing the story in an interesting angle that's still feeding off his dark poetics. There's a remarkable concise breeziness about the moody darkness that Watters and Dani are bringing to the page. With deeper philosophical themes coming to the fore in issue five, Coffin Bound begins to run the risk of getting too deep too soon into the second major plot arc. If the past is any indicator, Watters seems to have a firm handle on the kind of pacing needed to keep things from getting too weighty. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Coffin Bound #6

Sep 2, 2020

The lack of driving direction only serves to amplify the directionless jitter of the story's pacing. Anxiety seems to seep in around the edges of every panel. It's not easy to see where the story is going, but all of the conflict's fundamental elements are clearly there. It's just too bad that the story isn't more motivated to move through the panels of an issue like Coffin Bound's sixth. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Coffin Bound #7

Oct 7, 2020

This is an issue that ends with Entropy declaring, "Full stop. All is silent." There's a genuine sense of finality about it. There is an issue coming in November, though. The lack of momentum in the plot hampers Coffin Bound a bit. This isn't exactly a problem, though. After the end of everything that Watters and Dani have been delivering through the series, there's a deep undercurrent of life. The central appeal of the series from the very first page has been a sense of finality. It's beautiful, but Coffin Bound's non-traditional narrative structure makes it a bit difficult to know how to interface with it as a reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Coffin Bound #8

Nov 4, 2020

Doll isnt actually doing a whole lot this issue. Its a moody journey for her, but theres so much in it that feels so very, very weighty. Watters has sometimes submerged the series in so much poetry that any overall sense of plot feels hopelessly lost, but the final issue of the second plot arc comes across with the striking impact of an aesthetic body-blow. Given the center of the panel, Doll seems like a really compelling character. With any luck, shell be the central character of the next four-issue arc. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Commanders In Crisis #1

Oct 14, 2020

The first issue of Commanders In Crisis could have played-out in a much more savvy series of something like 6 issues. Clearly, Orlando and Tinto have places to go and things to do with a plot that has a great deal of places to be beyond the first issue. If Orlando can settle-down into a steadier, less manic rhythm with the series in the issues to come, Commanders in Crisis might turn into something interesting. As of right now, its way too much, way too soon. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Commanders In Crisis #2

Nov 18, 2020

The central premise of the series continues to be interesting, but Orlando's attempt to start an entire superhero universe in the middle of a huge crisis-level crossover ends up falling flat in its second consecutive issue. There ARE many interesting aspects of the series. Heroes drawn from multiple earths coming together to try to save the last one...fantasy amid a political world that has interesting echoes into our own. It has the potential to be really compelling. Orlando's trying to do too much to live up to the potential of his presenting ideas.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Commanders In Crisis #3

Dec 16, 2020

Perhaps the biggest problem with Orlando's approach to introducing a whole new series is that he's been missing that dramatic hook that could really distinguish a whole new world of superheroes that's an amalgamation of different legends from different superhero worlds that don't exist. It's a good idea that Orlando hasn't been able to conjure to the page in a way that feels terribly engaging. All the characters here seem far too involved in what's going on in their own lives to make it feel terribly interesting to the reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Commanders In Crisis #5

Feb 10, 2021

The radiosapien villain and the TV writing AI application that are given brief encounter on the page in a single issue of Commanders in Crisis would be enough to fill a couple of issues of their own. Orlando and Tinto pound both of these encounters into an issue that also features an attempt at Watchmen-esque history, romantic interpersonal relations, and WAY too many other things to allow the reader to settle into the book. It's frustrating. The concepts that Orlando is exploring ARE interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Commanders In Crisis #6

Mar 10, 2021

There are some appealing images. The villain surveys a few of her identicals in presumably amniotic aquarium tubes. That's fun. The combat in an Atlantis-like place is also kind of cool. It's not like the visual world that Tinto's bringing to the page isn't interesting. It's just not in the service of anything terribly interesting. Orlando's script has fun elements in it. Tinto's art works well in places. The story isn't being framed in a way that engages the reader, though. It all continues to feel like a hectic mess of action and drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Commanders In Crisis #7

Apr 7, 2021

Orlando and Tinto's experiment seems to be working on some level. They'd set themselves up with a tremendous challenge in attempting to make an entire multiverse breathe through a single series. The overall premise DID hit the ground running in the first issue, but for the most part, Commanders in Crisis has been reaching too far to try to be too many things in too short a stretch of pages and panels and things. It's a mess. The beauty in this issue makes it an appealing mess, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Commanders In Crisis #8

May 12, 2021

Theres still a hell of a lot in the basic premise of the world of Commanders in Crisis that feels like its been solidly missed by Orlando. The specifics of a tenuous multiverse on the verge of possible extinction could hit with a powerful sense of impact if the foundations of the world were just a bit more intelligible. Orlandos interest between Frontier and Thunder Woman goes a long way towards establishing that background. However, theres still so much ground to cover that really should have been explored in earlier issues of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Commanders In Crisis #9

Jun 2, 2021

Orlandos been pretty restless with the narrative of this series throughout. The ninth issue makes this feel all the more frustrating by flashing by a few really clever moments that could have made been expanded into issues all their own. (The villains could have been expanded into their own series.) There is a delicate art in ensuring that everyone in a large ensemble gets enough time on the page. Orlandos not doing a perfect job of maintaining an engaging balance between characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Commanders In Crisis #11

Aug 4, 2021

It's all been one big mess of a story with way too many characters. This probably would have been okay had it just been one big compelling mess of a story for the better part of 11 issues. As it is, there's a tremendous amount of potential in every single character in Orlando's colossal ensemble. It could be argued that the series hasn't really found its unique superhero voice until the last seven pages of issue #11...and that's largely because it's one character at the center of those seven pages... Sumara's a fascinating person. It's nice to finally sort of meet her. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Commanders In Crisis #12

Sep 1, 2021

There's probably more than a few really good ideas that have come to the surface in the course of the 12 issues of Commanders in Crisis. It's all been too much of a jumble to really make much of an impact, though. Had Orlando benefited from 3 or 4 writing teams, the series could have been much more of a cohesive multiversal experiment rather than the big jumble it ended up being.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Convert (2024) #1

Aug 30, 2024

The familiarity of it all is so very, very engaging in so many different ways. The starkness of one human trying to survive in a lush wilderness is brought to the page vividly and without unnecessary ornamentation. The problem begins to set-in that it might not have enough going for it beyond the basic elements of human survival. The developments that begin to move the narrative at issues end could really go in a WHOLE bunch of different directions and itll be interesting to see were Convert goes in the next issue as the narrative reaches its halfway point.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convert (2024) #2

Sep 28, 2024

Expectations continue to shift as the series progresses. The truly strange potential of something that would be very breathtakingly weird has been settled. Arcudi and Finley are working on some thing that is much more standardized. There's a tradition of single traveler in a foreign land that has roots in fantasy science fiction that go all the way back to Edgar Rice Burroughs and beyond. It's familiar ground. It's kind of fun to see it done again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convert (2024) #4

Nov 24, 2024

There's a dreaminess to it that feels like it could fade in time. The memory of this particular story rest somewhere on the edge of a whole bunch of other stuff that came before it. It seems to be a fusion a lot of different stories that I've been told before and it's enjoyable. But it seems to be a strange dream that is only, resting in the shadow of so much else. Never quite reaches its own kind of reality in a wave that would feel profound. And so in the end, it feels very light and substantial while still managing to rest somewhere in the heart of the most profound dream.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Creepshow (2022) #1

Sep 21, 2022

The two stories follow the general theme of different kinds of greed taken too far. Its easy to feel a sense of satisfaction in seeing victims becoming victims in a pair of horror stories. No one is really innocent, and no one is totally evil, so all of the gore and murder is somehow appealingly acceptable in the opening issue of a potentially fun anthology mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Creepshow (2022) #2

Oct 27, 2022

Neither story may completely live up to what its capable of, but its still really, really cool to see horror anthology comics continuing into the present long after their heyday in the mid-20th century. Given the right inspiration, Creepshow could become a very influential ongoing series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Creepshow (2022): Vol. 3 #3

Nov 29, 2024

The opening story seems like pretty basic one. The comic book medium is one that is inherently self-referential. Condons story seems like a perfectly natural fit. Although, there would be a lot of opportunities to get into the horrifying nature of artist, writers, publishers, retailers, and collectors. It wouldn't be that hard to find 1 million different kinds of horror in around comic book shops.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Creepshow (2022): Holiday Special 2024

Dec 15, 2024

Its fun to get a couple of additional horror stories for the holidays under the Creepshow cover. And its nice to get a little bit more time with the Howards, who have been a great deal of fun in the shadows between the panels of the comics. Great to see it all come together so well. Theres nothing terribly deep or disturbing. No new nightmares here, but its all a great deal of fun for the holidays as the year draws to a close.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Crypt of Shadows (2019) #1

Jan 29, 2019

A return to horror anthology feels like a good move for Marvel. The initial issue lurks around in the potential of such a series with a clever, little plot structure featuring stories that are breezy, little narrative chills. The traditional action that glides around on the page of most comics is nice and everything, but its nice to see some of the inky darkness return to Marvels pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cult of Carnage: Misery (2023) #2

Jun 22, 2023

Everything fits together remarkably well considering the different dramatic elements that are coming into play. If a writer or artist leans a bit too heavy with any of the themes, the entire thing would collapse. To a certain extent, the success of Misery requires that the narrative not take the teams too seriously. But to a certain extent, it really just needs to focus on the momentum of the action. And this is precisely what everyone involved is doing with this series. And that's why it manages to be as successful as it is.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cyber Force (2024): Shootout #1

Aug 7, 2024

The deeper questions of what it means to hunt an android that is essentially very human or lost to a very schematic look at the human-like person  hunting another. there's a lack of finesse or artistic insight that really makes this worth anything more than a simple shoot out. Which is really too bad. Because there is more to be said that hadn't been expressed with this sort of action story by Phillip K. Dick over half a century ago in the novel that inspired the Bladerunner franchise. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cyborg (2023) #2

Jun 21, 2023

Vics reaction to the situation is understandable, but the drama is kind of unduly amplified when one considers Vics history. Hes been through SO MUCH over the years. An android claiming to be his dead father? Even if he only died a couple of weeks ago, Vic should really have a bit more of a measured reaction to the whole situation. Hes going to be angry, but its not like he didnt know that something like this might happen. Hes not going to openly accept the android as his father, but his anger seems a bit out of place given all that hes been through.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Damage Control (2022) #1

Aug 24, 2022

Though the first issue of the series might not make a huge impression, there are lots of little details that make for a reasonably fun first issue, like the fact that the apocalyptically missed memo was going to an underwriter named Stanley Forbush. Kind of fun to think that Forbush Mans dad was the difference that saved the planet. If the overall plot had paid a bit more attention to detail, it might have been a better issue. (I dont know...mention SOMETHING about the 13th floor needing physical mail because its a pocket dimension that doesnt get good internet. More of that sort of thing might have helped...) 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Danny Ketch: Ghost Rider (2023) #2

Jun 22, 2023

Its been nearly 3 decades since the last time Mackie spent time hanging out with the Spirit of Vengeance. A couple of issues into his big reunion, and its apparent that there are fresh echoes moving through the night between co-creator and creation. Hopefully, Mackie has the time to explore things with Danny Ketch for a long time to come. Another half-decade would be nice.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Daredevil & Echo (2023) #2

Jul 8, 2023

People have tried to pit Daredevil against more traditional devils, but outside of Ann Nocentis brilliant run with the character back in the 1990s, its never worked all that well. Combine the supernatural with a relatively nuanced new ally, and the new series is encountering a bit of a challenge right away. Things should settle down once the series has built up enough narrative momentum to really get going. For now, though...its still faltering in a mix of different elements that arent exactly common to Daredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Daredevil (2022) #14

Sep 12, 2023

Its inevitable that Zdarski is going to have to bring Matt back into the mask, but Elektra continues to be really, really appealing as the title character in the book. The darkness in her tragic backstory and the loss of love feels like a very, very strong and intense dramatic anchor for all of the violence and action. Its really fun to see it play out the way it does. But then theres that last scene...and a coming video serial with Charlie Cox...so its inevitable that hell be back. With any luck, Zdarski is able to take his time with the brooding former assassin as Daredevil. Shes really cool.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #1

Jan 19, 2022

The brutality of Elektras background is contrasted against the person that shes trying to be as the series opens. The series opens as shes fighting for her very life. Its a compelling beginning, but if the series is to make progress towards something truly refreshing, Elektra is going to have to dive further into the selfless heroism that will truly make her a Daredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #2

Feb 10, 2022

Framing the contrast is really nice. But it's only going to go so far. The opening issue firmly established Elektra's inner conflict. Hear that inner conflict is expanded on. Zdarsky and Company are doing a good job of bringing it all to the page in a way that seems simple enough to almost achieve a kind of flawlessness. Without a greater scope in issues to come, the story might have some difficulty maintaining a sense of direction moving forward, but Zdarsky has done a good job of keeping the action moving so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #3

Mar 3, 2022

It's too bad this is it for Daredevil Elektra. Zdarsky has shown some appealing character development for the Woman Without Fear that feels like a compelling contrast to the blind lawyer from Hell's Kitchen. Elektra was interesting as an assassin in all of her incarnations. Still, Zdarsky makes a compelling case for her as a lone hero in her own book. Three issues are simply not enough. It remains to be seen how things will develop in the remainder of Devil's Reign, but it would be nice to see Elektra under the horns again. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dark Crisis: Worlds Without A Justice League (2022): Wonder Woman #1

Sep 14, 2022

This sort of thing is far from new. Heroes have been thrust into paradise to throw them off their quests since Odysseus set foot on the Island of the Lotus-Eaters...and possibly on back to the dawn of storytelling itself. The distinctive visions of utopia offered up to the heroes will continue to be interesting as Green Arrow is offered his heaven next to Black Canary next month. To truly make for a novel exploration into this sort of thing, the stories would really need more space to sprawl out. An issue like this makes the exercise seem too rushed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dark Ride (2022) #1

Oct 5, 2022

Williamson might be able to pull off something a lot more disturbing than meets the surface of the series in the first issue. With horror and Halloween imagery lurking around every corner of the page, there might be room for something altogether more frightening as the sanitized, commercial visions of Halloween horror hide something a lot more menacing underneath. Time will tell if Williamson and company can make it work.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Dark Ride (2022) #7

Jul 12, 2023

Williamson has an excellent rhythm for the series. The seventh issue brings the ensemble to a very crucial moment. Its a conflict that has been brewing for quite some time. Its a bit strange to see it flow out the way that it does in the seventh issue. One might have expected something more dynamic in the showdown. Its just a conversation before the food arrives at a restaurant. Williamson, Bressan, and Lucas make the pre-dinner conversation quite engrossing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Spaces: Good Deeds #1

May 17, 2023

It takes a lot of guts to fade in on a moody murder drama over the course of a long, slow, sustained first issue. Its not exactly an issue that dares the reader to look at it, but it isnt particularly interested in appealing to any eyes that happen to be scanning through it at any given moment. One has to respect the attitude of a story that is so very, very sure of itself that it doesnt need to slam itself in the readers face just to get people intrigued. With the mood and tone for Good Deeds being what it is, itll be fascinating to see where its going from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dark X-Men (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

The delicate balance between the supernatural and the social is really, really difficult to maintain. Foxe and company run the risk of leaning a bit more in the direction of the supernatural with the opening issue, but this IS Dark X-Men, so its totally understandable. The challenge moving forward is going to lie in making certain that theres enough of an X-component to the series to keep it grounded in the appeal that has worked so well for these characters over the decades. Its not easy. The past few decades are littered with forgettable X-titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Darkwing Duck (2023) #6

Jun 30, 2023

The temptation to work with as large an ensemble as possible seems to have won out over the desire to work with something a bit more cleverly satirical and nuanced than the traditional episode of the series. Its a series that will have had a great deal of appeal for adults who would have grown up with the cartoon. It wouldnt be that difficult to point a series at them that also appeals to their kids, but that would have required a bit more conceptual work on the part of the creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Darkwing Duck (2023) #7

Jul 22, 2023

It's remarkable how short-lived the original cartoon was. The three-season series was largely a series of one-shot episodes. The patience given to a single issue of the comic book series feels roughly equivalent to a 22-minute episode of the series. So it feels a little bit indulgent to have a multi-part story for the comic book. Really, though...the fact that the series has been off the air for over thirty years makes ANY further exploration of the character feel at least a bit indulgent.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC / RWBY (2023) #1

Mar 1, 2023

With the initial mix-up taken care of, the series has a chance to move forward. It would have been a bit more interesting to deliver a little more detail on the RWBY end of the crossover, but the monster hunters ARE the guests on the page in a DC comic book, so it makes sense that Batman would get the center of the page in the first issue. Still--its not like theres any scarcity of Batman in DC comics. It would be nice if he could share the page more evenly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
DC / RWBY (2023) #2

Mar 30, 2023

Next month, Bennett and company slide into a deeper mysticism in an issue that features the magical end of the DC Universe, including appearances by John Constantine, Zatanna, and Wonder Woman. This milieu is a much more natural fit for a team of mystical warrior women, which could potentially work against the series if there isnt enough contrast between the two universes in collision. It could also work to the advantage of the series, as the conflict is no longer hampered by weird juxtapositions as the series approaches its midway point. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DC / RWBY (2023) #3

Apr 26, 2023

Overall, the story has been a thoughtful tour through various angles of the DC Universe. Gotham City gives way to Themyscira in a largely fun third issue. The ideas that Bennett is working with ARE interesting. Magic infecting one universe from another...its an intriguing idea with lots of potential across a universe as big and diverse as DCs. Its too bad not every issue in the series is framed with the right narrative spin to keep it all living up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC / RWBY (2023) #4

May 24, 2023

The series continues as the genesis of the crisis is revealed. Theres a perfectly logical reason for why everything is happening as it is, and it all seems to come together with some level of charm. Team RWBY articulates with the DC Universe in an enjoyable way. Given the right momentum, RWBY might even be a nice addition to the DC Universe as a whole. DC/RWBY doesnt quite make the kind of impact it needs to form a truly novel connection between the two properties, but its been fun so far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC / RWBY (2023) #5

Jun 30, 2023

Bennett and company have a couple of issues left to go in the series. The overall arc of the plot has had a nice composition to it. Having been in several different locations, the series returns to Gotham City next month before wrapping up in August. It's been a fun and well-structured journey through the DC Universe with a couple of characters who aren't from around here. Though it's difficult to imagine them becoming an integral part of the DC Universe, it's nice of them to visit every now and then. 2021s crossover with the Justice League was fun. Its going to be nice to watch this years crossover wrap up at the end of summer. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DC / RWBY (2023) #6

Jul 28, 2023

There need to be more actual events going on for each character to have more of a presence on the page. This would also allow the threat to develop in a way that is much more engaging. It feels like Bennett tried to do too much in too small a span of time. Its very difficult to manage the kind of ambitious storytelling that Bennett is really trying to do with the series. The story needs to be large enough to fill six issues and interact with enough of the DC Universe to really live up to its title. However, there just isnt enough time for everything. And there isnt enough time spent on any one thing. It feels cluttered.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC / RWBY (2023) #7

Sep 12, 2023

DC/RWBY hasn't always hit the page with perfect pacing for human Motion, but overall, the rest of the action in the final installment brings it all to her clothes with a delicate sense of poise. Had Bennett been a little bit more conscientious about making sure that everybody had the right amount of time on the page throughout the DC universe, it would've been just a bit more well-modulated. As it is, though, it's a memorable ending to a strange dramatic fugue in a very strange summer for the DC Universe with all of its many, many crossovers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
DC Pride (2021): 2023 #1

May 31, 2023

As with any anthology, DC Pride 2023 has its weaker moments as well. Not everything feels completely in sync with the format of a short-form comic book story, but theres more than enough here to make for an inspiring series of stories told from angles not often found on the pages of a mainstream comic book. The whole thing feels like it was pulled from a parallel dimension that might have had a more inclusive mainstream comic book industry stretching all the way back to the Golden Age. As always--its really nice to see the mainstream embrace a bit more of the full spectrum of human experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC's Legion of Bloom (2023) #1

Mar 22, 2023

Seasonal one-shots with DC can be rather hit-or-miss. Legion of Bloom is a particularly nice embrace of a new season. It feels a bit like a feverishly packed spring break from the big crossover with the Lazarus Planet and the emerging Dawn of DC shake-ups that seem to be coming down the line in the months to come. Its a nice little break with a whole bunch of stories before things get serious again this coming summer and beyond.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Dead Eyes (2019): The Empty Frames #1

Sep 11, 2024

Theres a clean and simple pacing to the story that opens and closes with the central premise of the series. The middle ground helps to establish exactly what kind of a nice thug Dead Eyes really is in cleverly stylish rendering. Its all very, very sharp. Nice to see Dead Eyes come back once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Dead Eyes (2019): The Empty Frames #3

Nov 24, 2024

The filth and brutality of the issue marks a pronounced moment at the end of the issue that feels like a nice moment of accent. It really hits the page and just the right way. And it's going to be interesting to see where it goes from here. Because there's a quite a lot that could happen in that fourth issue. Things could take a pretty turn. But overall, the events of the third issue quite an impact it remarkably vivid straight through.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dead Mall (2022) #2

Nov 30, 2022

Dead Mall is moving at a deliciously slow pace that could easily stretch out for a delightfully agonizing few dozen issues. Cesare and Stoll wouldnt even have to add any characters to the ensemble. The dynamic between the conflict and the characters clearly draws a lot of inspiration from cheesy horror films, but a series like this could remain quite entertaining even if it ran the same plot out much longer than the traditional three-act Hollywood plot structure. Its a shopping mall. There are SO many themes that could be covered in the course of the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dead Romans (2023) #4

Jun 21, 2023

Kennedy could be exploring deeper territory with the issue given the matters of the heart that hes covering in the fourth issue of the series, but hes wise to let the deeper resonance of the theme remain shrouded in the fog, just out of reach of the central conflicts. The central conflict feels more at home in the center of the panel than deeper concerns that rest just outside the spoken dialogue. Sometimes the language just isnt dark enough, and the ugliest thing you can write about war can only be delivered by the artist. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dead Romans (2023) #5

Jul 22, 2023

The brutality of the series continues to march on in the midst of some basic history that Kennedy is covering. Its generally a fun ancient war march. Ancient war drama is so often focused on generals and emperors and powerful heroic figures. Its actually kind of cool to see a war drama from ancient Rome that firmly has its boots on the ground. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Deadly Tales of the Gunslinger Spawn (2024) #1

Dec 21, 2024

Theres something in the interplay between the supernatural and the earthbound. Theres something in the interplay between hell and earth that could be really interesting if it was given the right kind of momentum to really be explored. As it is, theyre not really managing to do that all that well here. Feels a little weak. It feels a little missing in action. Somewhere in the midst of everything, it seems to have lost the kind of pulse. It needs to really be able to live up to his potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Deadpool (2022) #8

Jul 8, 2023

Wong and company are putting Wade Wilson through the hell...of a perfectly normal life situation with friends. Things are wrong, and...inevitably, there IS the sort of life that typically inhabits a superhero comic book, but its nice to see Wong hang the possibility of that in front of Deadpool long enough for him to get a taste of the life he doesnt have. Its a nice little shot at hell for a guy who has a life thats anything but normal.

View Issue       View Full Review
1.2
Deadpool: Badder Blood (2023) #2

Jul 25, 2023

Once again, its apparent that the series isnt really offering anything that hasnt been done countless times before with various X-books over the years. This wouldnt be all that bad if it was executed with any competence of execution. Deadpool is a very cool character. He deserves better than Liefeld. And...he IS getting better than this...with Alyssa Wongs series. The first couple of issues of Liefelds series just arent any good. But, yknow...the color is actually really cool. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Deadweights (2024) #4

Jul 12, 2024

The balance between they take cage that writer and artist are working with in this series is really, really touchy. If you move too far in one direction or another, it's going to end up falling down it's going to make it largely. However, the creative team on this particular book has done a very good job of maintaining the Nursia that keeps it on the razors edge between something remarkable. At the center of it all are a couple of guys who seem remarkably well-rendered intellectually and emotionally on a number of different levels that hit the page both visually and verbally.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Deadweights (2024) #5

Aug 7, 2024

The overall minimalism of the execution of the action really aids in the impact of the issue. On the surface level, the overall plot is not unlike anything that's ever been done on a comic book page before. It's the writer and artist managed to mesh things a emotionally with the central characters that really brings in the power of Deadweight. these are people who really have no business trying to do what they were trying to do. But they're the only ones who can do it. Its a fun skewing of some traditional superhero tropes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Deep Cuts (2023) #2

May 31, 2023

Once again, Higgins and Clark have nailed a very sharp story that manages to resonate even though its telling the type of artists journey that has been delivered to page, stage, and screen countless times before. The distinct package thats being delivered by Higgins and Clark feels quite refreshingly unlike anything else thats currently on the comics rack.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Deep Cuts (2023) #3

Jul 12, 2023

Clark and Higgins show a masterful sense of rhythm with respect to the overall plot structure of the one-shot story. Dramatic moments hang in the air and on the page just long enough to make an impression before the next major plot point glides into view. Its a remarkably delicate and intricate drama that continues to establish Deep Cuts as one of the best new series of 2023.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Dejah Thoris (2023) #4

Jun 21, 2023

Brown and Pinna capably frame the story of a young Dejah Thoris running into the Goolians for one of her first times. The tension and intensity of the encounter could have (and should have) been a lot more powerful than Brown and Pinna are managing in the fourth issue of the current series. Writer and artist have plenty of time to catch up with their own momentum next month in the fifth issue of the series. Theres nothing specifically wrong with what theyre doing--it just lacks the explosive sense of adventure that would really propel it across the page. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dejah Thoris (2023) #5

Jul 22, 2023

The plot of the series thus far has been enjoyable. The actual execution of the plot is lacking in intensity. If it was to be amplified in certain areas, it could really be something remarkable. Edgar Rice Burroughss characters and setting are inherently very appealing. There's clearly something in them to have lasted for as long as they have. Dejah is a really interesting character. Its so very, very difficult to frame her in a way that does justice to her potential. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Destro (2024) #2

Jul 18, 2024

The Energon Universe thats being explored in a number of different titles seems like a next natural step for the tow big Hasbro franchises in the comics. The challenge is going to lie in keeping everything dynamic without getting it to sprawl hopelessly out of control. There are a great many different characters in both G.I. Joe and The Transformers that could drag the momentum conisderably. For now, everything feels perfectly well-executed in another enjoyable walk with a notable villain.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Destro (2024) #3

Aug 21, 2024

Yesterday I was shot with a bullet. I was shot fro the sky with rockets. says Destro, But I did not have time to die... Theres real poetry to what Watters is delivering to the page, which is a bit odd for a guy who seems to have been originally just conceived as an action figure with a cool-looking chrome head. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Destro (2024) #4

Sep 19, 2024

Watters momentum going into the third issue was quite impressive. That momentum gets reduced a bit as Destro finds the woman he thinks is looking to have him killed. It really SHOULD be more of an intense showdown, but something gets lost between the script, the art and the issues that have led into the third. It doesnt quite hit the potential that it really could have managed and so it feels like a brief moment of  gradual motion before the narrative settles-down into its big finale next month. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Destro (2024) #5

Oct 18, 2024

The action holds quite a bit of impact. However, the drama that is driving, the conflict had a largely been concluded in the issues prior to the big finale. This is not to say that this issue is completely without its charm. Quite the contrary, in fact. Theres a great deal of work being done to set this particular series into the larger essence of the rest of the Energon Universe. Its going to be interesting to see how everything develops as the overarching universe continues to fuse G.I. Joe with The Transformers. Theres a great deal of potential in that particular crossover as more and more mini-series pop-up and the new G.I. Joe flagship series opens-up next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1065

Oct 26, 2022

Two-Face is the one guy who shows up in both features. It would be interesting to see him become the central character in Detective Comics. It wont happen, but both Ram V and Simon Spurrier are making him feel like a much more fascinating character than Bruce Wayne. Its kind of a fun journey from the first feature to the second. Spurriers story picks up Two-Faces journey more or less directly from where Ram V leaves it at the end of the main issue. Shermans art is a natural shift into Harvey Dents perspective from the less stylized art of the main feature.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Detective Comics (2016) #1069

Mar 1, 2023

Seriously: just get rid of Batman in Detective Comics. Gotham City is a lot more interesting. Two-Face. Commissioner Montoya. Jim and Barbara Gordon. Theyre all a lot more interesting than Bruce...and hes got more than enough titles already. Ram V shows great potential for the city to exist on its own without Batman. There certainly is a hell of a lot going on without him. Montoya and Gordon would be more than enough to hold down the title of Detective Comics. Ram V has found a hell of a lot of life inhabiting the corners of Batmans world. It would be nice to see a single title linger there in the corners of the panels for an extended period of time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1070

Mar 30, 2023

Ram V is letting the mystery into Detective Comics in a way that feels fresh and fascinating. The story might be running the risk of heading down a ridiculous path, but its nice to see a writer trying something new with the series. There have been countless issues over the decades that have played it WAY too safe with the series. Ram Vs work is positively courageous next to the drudgery that had been the series for so much of the mid-to-late 20th century. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1072

May 31, 2023

Ram V might need a few more pages to bring across what hes trying to deliver in Gotham Nocturne. Every chapter seems almost haphazardly cut into weird, jagged shrapnel of narration. Theres a far more elegant suspense somewhere in the heart of what Ram V is trying to say with the series, but hes been jerking the narrative around so aggressively that its difficult to settle into the rhythm of the story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1073

Jun 30, 2023

As bad as it is, Gotham Citys been through worse. Ram V is putting it through the usual kind of torture. Its fun to watch him go to work on it with a strange mix of horror, superhero conflict, and straight-ahead psychodrama. Theres nothing in the story that is specifically new in any practical way, but its pretty rare for a writer to dive this far into the psyche of Batman and still make it seem like its something at least vaguely new. Batmans been torn apart and reassembled so many times by so many authors that its truly rare to see Ram V manage something as interesting as Detective Comics #1073.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Disney Villains: Hades (2023) #1

Sep 1, 2023

Kalan's Hades has no business being anywhere near as appealing as it is. The overall premise is silly, and the plot's basic nuts-and-bolts are tedious. Still, Kalan and Ranaldi nail the fun of the story with such brilliance that it almost makes the mini-series opening feel much more appealing than anything that Disney managed with the original 1997 film.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Disney Villains: Maleficent (2023) #3

Jul 8, 2023

Due to its sheer simplicity and engaging sense of action, Maleficent #3 might be one of the single most memorable comics to come out so far this year. Lee isnt trying to do anything too complicated. Shes just telling a simple story of a simple conflict that isnt at all unlike a million others that play out in nature every single day on the planet. Its fun to see her bring it onto the comics page without substantial embellishment. Any other artist/writer would be tempted to add something in the way of additional story. The purity of Lees vision is captivating. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Disney Villains: Maleficent (2023) #5

Sep 1, 2023

Maleficent's appeal continues on the page as it did in live-action in recent memory and cell animation in the late 1950s. Lee's approach to storytelling maintains the ineffable visual of the story in a way that makes for one of the more memorable entries into Dynamite Comics' Disney Villains series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Disney Villains: Scar (2023) #3

Jun 21, 2023

Once again--it IS nice to see a style of visual that attempts to take an old, traditionally animated movie and bring it forward to the comics page with some sense of darkness. The old classic Disney film had such a prominent style that any deviation from it will seem like a massive change in the visual reality of The Lion King. In any case...doing justice to The Lion King is an unenviable task. Lean too far in a direction that takes no chances, and it comes across as a pointless piece of artistic product. Lean too far away from it, and its going to feel like it doesn't do justice to the original. The creative team of Scar is doing an admirable job in light of this. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Disney Villains: Scar (2023) #4

Jul 26, 2023

As it is largely ancillary to the movie, Brown and company don't need to have any kind of finality about the series. It ends on its way into the end of the movie. And it feels largely incomplete as a result. Given how nauseatingly close Disney animated features always tend to run to the traditional 3-Act Hollywood plot structure, its actually really cool to see a fragment of characterization presented as a complete story. Granted...its only a supplement to the movie that has inspired it, but taken on its own, this particular Disney Villains series feels like a strangely elegant mutation of something that is far more commercially digestible. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Do A Powerbomb #1

Jun 15, 2022

Johnson clearly has his heart in the right place with an epic heroic adventure for the mat, but there are so many ways that a story like this could fall into inadvertent comedy if hes not careful. The supernatural might feel perfectly at home in the wrestling ring. Still, it could just as quickly become very, very silly as is apparent by some of the tone that seems to overcome art and script when the whole reality of the premise begins to sink in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Mirage (2019) #1

Aug 24, 2019

The afterlife has a very distinct feel in the hands of Visaggio, Robles, and Bellaire. Given how extensively its been explored in horror and fantasy fiction, thats quite an accomplishment in and of itself. Visaggio sets up a huge challenge for herself given the promise of an adventure that mirrors into an inverted reflection of the ancient Greek tale of Orpheus descent into the underworld to rescue Eurydice. This could be a really fun journey. Given Visaggios thoughtful treatment of the opening chapter, theres every reason to think this is going to be a powerful mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Mirage (2019) #2

Sep 25, 2019

Theres an attractive gravity underlying the central mystery of the series that echoes into the second issue. The flashback to earlier events robs the narrative of some of the supernatural exploration that made the first issue so intriguing. But it DOES serve to ground the story on both sides of the veil between life, death, the past, and the present. Far from compromising the appeal of Shan, her decision to do what she has to do to get into the Temple of Isis makes her that much more interesting as the series reaches its midpoint next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Mirage (2019) #3

Oct 23, 2019

A little bit more has been revealed about the mystery, and the things seem to be going in an interesting direction. Even if this particular issue feels more of an exercise in replicating kind of magic, which has been bound to the page by more prominent publishers elsewhere. The story could potentially turn into something really special as it further mystery is revealed in the final issues of the miniseries.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Doctor Strange (2018) #10

Feb 5, 2019

With the big 400th issue celebration out of the way, Waid and Saiz are now free to send Strange chasing after an old villain with a history that goes all the way back to Stranges earliest adventures between the covers of Strange Tales. Waid and Saiz make an excellent team. Hopefully Waid will have a similarly satisfying collaboration with British artist Barry Kitson when he takes over the art for issue #12.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doctor Strange (2018) #11

Feb 21, 2019

The combat that plays out in this issue isnt terribly interesting, but it IS part of a larger movement for Doctor strange that seems to be pushing the Master of the Mystic Arts in an interesting direction. Barry Kitson takes over the art with the next issue, which places Doctor Strange in the path of the world-devourer Galactus. So...yknow...things arent going to get any easier for him in March.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doctor Strange (2018) #13

Apr 24, 2019

The overall story Waid and Kitson are delivering here is genuinely fun and interesting, but the execution lacks the kind of brilliance needed to live up to some of the most cosmic forces in the Marvel Universe. Not actually bad, but its a fun story that could have been awesome if it had been framed in a better way. As the story continues next issue, Waid and Kitson are likely to draw more on character development with Strange in a way that will distract from the cosmic scope of the action. The hero is joining forces with his ex-wife Clea as the dread Dormammu waits in the shadows. With any luck, that will put the story on a firmer, more manageable footing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doctor Strange (2018) #14

May 22, 2019

The development at the end of the story features a fascinating transformation for Galactus as the dark magics encroach around the planet devourer. Its too bad so much of the rest of the issue feels like a mad rush to arrive at. This issue really could have been much, much more had Waid simply wanted Galactus to be more of a long-term co-star in the book. As it is, hes clearly got designs for a larger story thatll wrap-up in a couple of months. Too bad. This could have been much more interesting if it was given the chance to breathe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2018) #15

Jun 26, 2019

This is the first issue of the series thats been released since it was announced that Doctor Strange would be coming to a close again. There are a few issues left before Strange exits again, but the recent announcement makes this issue feel like a bit of a passing. Dr. Strange will doubtlessly return in one form or another once the remaining series ends near the end of 2019. Hes had so many series over the years. Whats one more resurrection to a sorcerer supreme?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2018) #16

Jul 24, 2019

There are four more issues left to go in Kitsons Doctor Strange. Promotion suggests that the final issue features An event so epic that it shakes Doctor Strange to the core and makes him completely reevaluate his life and role. So its not exactly going to be a boring ending. Itll be interesting to see how Waid brings the series to a close in the next four issues. The epic battle in this issue is placed in a bit of a strange moment. FOUR MONTHS from the end of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2018) #17

Aug 14, 2019

Doctor Strange is beginning to settle down into the background of the Marvel Universe again. Hes had his series, and like the others before them, this one too will come to an end. This issue feels like a really solid ending to the current series. There are still three issues left in the run. It will be interesting to see how dramatic momentum moves in a final three Installments after the overwhelmingly cosmic events of this issue

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Doctor Strange (2018) #18

Aug 28, 2019

Doctor Strange #18 is a sharp departure from the usual. A standalone house call involving an invading demon is such a deliciously simple concept for a Doctor Strange issue. Surprisingly, a story like this hasnt been tried more often in the long and winding history of the series. Its a great deal of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Doctor Strange (2018) #19

Sep 11, 2019

This issue and the one that came before it stand as cleverly-rendered examples of how to bring a very contemporary Doctor Strange story to the page. Without all the cosmic clutter that can grow to compromise the action. Its not terribly new stuff. Its nothing that Strange hasnt dealt with numerous times over the decades. But Waid and Saiz are showing readers just what theyll be missing when Strange vanishes again after next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2018) #20

Oct 2, 2019

It may not be a totally satisfying end for the series, but Stranges story isnt over. One series ends, the next begins in Doctor Strange Surgeon Supreme, which has Waid returning to write the exploits of the sorcerer in December with artist Kevin Walker. Before then, however, theres the small matter of a Doctor Strange Annual written by Tini Howard. Set on Halloween night, the issue goes on sale on October 30th.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2018) Annual #1

Oct 30, 2019

Existing as it does sort of outside the formal timeline set-up between the end of the last Doctor Strange series and the beginning of the next, this is a fun, little excursion into some other time for a few quick moments of magic and horror just in time for Halloween. Howard and Pichetshote engage the Marvel universe from its darker edges in a fun glance into the shadows as the nights begin to get longer before a couple of months before the arrival of a whole new decade. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2023) #3

Jun 2, 2023

The third issue of Stranges latest series further establishes MacKays grasp over realms of magic, which hes been exploring from various angles in various ways for the past few years. MacKay has a very respectable progression for Doctor Strange. From life to death to life again, theres a definite sense that Stephen and Clea have progressed since they started hanging out with MacKay. MacKays clever blend of social drama and the weird realms of Marvel magic has served the Sorcerer Supreme quite well in the recent past. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Doll Parts: A Lovesick Tale (2024) #1

Dec 15, 2024

Vecchios energy on the series has made a very firm and powerful start. However, there are as many land mind for the writer artist as they are for the main character. And things could get really silly really quickly depending on how well Vecchio is able to maintain the right level of complexity. it's not going to be easy. But it certainly is going to be worth it if Vecchio can make it work without faltering too much. Theres real potential for something truly shocking AND emotionally deep at the same time, which isnt an easy thing to manage for standard psychological horror. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dr. Strange (2019) #1

Dec 30, 2019

This is a very enticing opening for Doctor Stranges new life. Between Strange and Night Nurse and the new life of Jane Foster in HER new series, Marvel Medical holds a great deal of promise. Medical dramas have an enduring popularity on television. Marvel could potentially lead in an exciting direction by opening a whole new sub-genre of superhero story with this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dr. Strange (2019) #2

Jan 29, 2020

This issue is a bit of a departure from the surgeon aspect of Stranges new life. The life of a medical professional might have been a bit more interesting to maintain for a second issue straight, but Waid has places to take the story. It would be kind of a major disappointment if the surgeon/magician thing ended up being more of a background detail when there are so many possibilities in Stranges duality between medical science and magic. The series continues to be fun regardless of any missed potential, however, as Waid and Walker do a solidly entertaining job of bringing Strange to the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dr. Strange (2019) #3

Feb 12, 2020

This is an interesting initial study of how Stranges life as a surgeon/magician might come together. Anchoring the story in both the hospital AND a fantasy dimension of magic gives the character a momentum that could carry the series in several different interesting directions.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Draculina (2022): Blood Simple #4

Jul 8, 2023

Its dense, complex fun that has to do with devils and demons and things. Compare the emotional complexity of this with a longer-running series like Spawn, and it feels positively brilliant by comparison. Spawn is also dealing with very direct conflicts between angels and demons, and it isnt anywhere NEAR as engaging as what Priest is bringing to the page in Draculina. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Drawing Blood (2024) #4

Aug 1, 2024

Comic books are difficult to bind to page and panel. The comics medium may not be as obsessed with itself as film or television or theater, but comic books DEFINITELY love looking at themselves between the panels. Its difficult to do something that feels new. Its kind of weird to have Eastman doing a story about an Eastman like character with an Eastman-like artist. Its not bad, though. Just...weird.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Drawing Blood (2024) #5

Aug 30, 2024

Five issues in and the series still seems to be finding its footing somewhere between comedy, drama and something else altogether. A straight ahead biographical look at co-creator Eastmans life might be a bit more fun...as would something that really leaned-in to the surrealism of the premise. AS it is, Drawing Blood seems to be. Trying to balance things a bit too much for its own good. It seems to be moving in the general direction of something memorable. Thats enough for now...

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dread the Halls (2024) #1

Dec 5, 2024

On the whole, its a very well put-together series of holiday horror stories that manage to stay pretty far away from the slashe nature of traditional Yuletide homicide horror stories. There are some truly clever bits of storytelling that are bent around some traditional imagery in a way that feels quirky refreshingly new in a number of different levels. The progression of stories feels quite strong with each story leading quite naturally to the one that follows it. Its an admirable collection that feels like a welcome addition to comic book holiday horror. Lots of fun in this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DuckTales (2024) #1

Nov 10, 2024

Barks adventures with uncle Scrooge, and the ducks were the product of some rather brilliant pacing. Everything seem to move briskly into adventure and worlds that seemed very imaginatively sat out. But theres something thats missing when an issue like this focuses so far on establishing the setting at the tone and all of those familiar elements that everybody remembers from the cartoon show. It feels a little slow in getting going. And thats kind of against the overall spirit of what Berks had created in the beginning. that being said, it should be interesting to see where this goes. Theres a lot of directions that one could take it in that wouldnt necessarily be outside the realm of the original series, but would be an expansion due to a decidedly different format.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dune: House Harkonnen (2023) #7

Jul 25, 2023

It's a soap opera with panels. And the fact that it just happens to be in a space fantasy setting is what sells it. The political drama would be a lot more potent if it were focused on a little bit more closely. It would also feel like a closer walk with the world of the novels if the deeper philosophical aspects were explored. Once again--the authors are doing a pretty good job of being faithful to Dune...insofar as a casual fan of the series would be to enjoy, in any case. An ideal comic adaptation would tie in a bit more to the visual.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Dungeons & Dragons: At the Spine of the World #1

Nov 11, 2020

All background shortcomings aside, the central story of the six characters in question feels remarkably fun, and there's enough of a contrast between each and every one of the characters to feel genuinely appealing. The fact that Garcia, Mendez, and company are able to put together as much as they are in 20 pages is quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Dungeons & Dragons: Saturday Morning Adventures (2023) #2

Apr 27, 2023

The script format of a four-part series begins to seem like something that might have fit rather nicely between a couple of episodes of the old Saturday morning series. That means that the first couple of issues would constitute a single episode. The overall feel of the story is true enough to the original series that it is a little weird being fitted around the plot structure of a couple of issues of a contemporary comic book, but it remains a lot of fun to hang out with a few old friends again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Edenwood (2023) #1

Nov 8, 2023

The background and world-building that are going on in the first issue. Have an incredible density about them. This is going to be kind of a challenge moving forward. The series could be remarkable if the world-building settles down a bit in the issues to come. Yes, it is. Things are whipping across the page very, very quickly. And this does deliver a really impressive "fog of war" sort of an effect on the reader. Still, it will get really old quickly if Daniel doesn't settle the narrative down at least a bit and allow the central drama to dictate the pacing of the action.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Elvira in Monsterland (2023) #2

Jun 28, 2023

Elvira has appeared in A LOT of comics over the course of the past couple of decades. Some artists get her poise and personality. Some dont. The creative team of Avallone, Baal, and Pereyra might be some of the better people to work with the character over the years. The second issue of the current series is silly and weird, but its also perfectly lined up with the love of cinema thats made the character such an enduring pop cultural icon. The next issue will make for an interesting contrast. Elvira seems to have popped up inside An American Werewolf in London (1981). Early 1980s horror? That should be fun...

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Elvira in Monsterland (2023) #3

Jul 22, 2023

Next up: Kaiju. Thatll be fun. (Gamera would be particularly weird in the context of the series.) Regardless of how long the miniseries is going to be, theres little question that itll feel like its ending at least a bit too soon. The character of Elvira has been looking for this kind of opportunity and story for at least a couple of decades, whether she realizes it or not. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Elvira in Monsterland (2023) #5

Oct 18, 2023

Elvira seems to have made a very successful leap from her long-running 1990s indie comics series to a very steady contemporary run with Dynamite Comics. Having survived another series, Elvira will take on the xenophobic mind of a twisted little racist guy who just happened to write some very phenomenal and hugely influential horror as Elvira meets H.P. Lovecraft. The current page-and-panel adventures of Elvira continue to feel like a natural progression for the Mistress of the Dark as she continues a longstanding relationship with the comics page. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Exorcists Never Die #3

Jun 28, 2023

Ellen and Syd just defeated Gluttony. Next month, its on to Greed. THAT is something thats been echoing around the margins of the series since the first issue. Its going to be one heck of a dragon to try to slay as the stakes get just a little bit higher in a series thats proving to be a lot cooler than the basic premise has any right to be. The third issue was a solid mix of jarring action and deep psychodrama. If Orlando and company can hold onto it, the series could be one of the better debuts for 2023. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Exorcists Never Die #4

Jul 28, 2023

Envy is next. There are quite a few ways to play out a conflict with the abstract entity of Envy, but only a few of them are actually going to feel all that interesting. Envy can make people do some very, very vicious things, but Envy in and of itself isnt really a very powerful force without someone to work through. Orlando is going to have a hell of a time framing the conflict on the same sort of heroic level that hes managed with the other sins thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Exorsisters #4

Jan 23, 2019

The sisters open the issue in an alley and end it swimming in darkness. Their journey continues. Boothby and Lagac have something that feels effortlessly unique here. This is a great accomplishment as the urban fantasy genre has been tread quite heavily by pop fiction in recent years. Cate and Kate are a lot of fun to hang out with for 30 pages per month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Exorsisters #5

Feb 20, 2019

Having finally arrived at the origin of Cate and Kate, the central pulse of the series is firmly established in the fifth issue of the series. The central mystery of who the characters is a delicate matter in this type of intrigue-based series. Now the backstory is fully rendered the series get on with the business of reaching what will likely be a satisfying conclusion to this story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Exorsisters #6

Jun 6, 2020

Boothby and Lagac have a really solid feel for the rhythm and the pacing of the occult action sitcom, but the single-issue format doesnt allow for much substantial development. The first issue to be released in many months is a potent reminder of the series absence throughout the recent past. Its frustrating to have had such a long wait for this issue, but its nice to see Kate and Cate return for the first of what hopefully is another satisfying string of months.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Exorsisters #7

Jul 1, 2020

Leading-off towards more information about Cate and Kate and their lives. Boothby has been cautious about slowly revealing their backstory in the course of a series that feels like it's still only just getting going about seven issues in. Boothby and Lagac' are working at a satisfying pace with nothing but room to expand as the series continues into what will hopefully be a long run. Cate and Kate are genuinely interesting people. Boothby and Lagac have managed to build a powerful emotional connection from them in seven slim issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Exorsisters #8

Jul 29, 2020

The mystery of Cate and Kate has been gradually lifting throughout the series thus far. There's a danger in starting any protagonist in the shadows. Once they become revealed in greater detail, they might come across as being a lot less intriguing. To Boohtby's credit, Kate and Cate are actually MORE appealing now that they've had eight issues to inhabit. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Exorsisters #9

Aug 28, 2020

An issue of Exorsisters goes by WAY too fast. The light comedy of the series would make it exceedingly easy to binge. Still, Boothby has a very sharp sense of classic comic book hero characterization about Cate and Kate that they feel much more substantial than the nine issues that they've appeared in thus far. The best characters in comics have a way of lingering between chapters in a way that intensifies their charm in the space between one installment and the next. Boothby's managed that charm with deft heart in nine issues of Exorsisters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Exorsisters #10

Oct 7, 2020

The events at issues end call into question exactly how the series might continue. Boothby and Lagac have developed something really, really enjoyable with Cate and Kate. With any luck, there will be more issues on the horizon. The unique horror-comedy world theyre bringing to the page has a lot of potential. With just a bit more work, the series could turn into something big and expansive, with the two title characters at the center of something much more complicated than what Boothby and Lagac have explored thus far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Extreme Venomverse (2023) #5

Jul 25, 2023

It's remarkably strange how far things have come from the early 1990s. There used to be an arrow where the only real variants were on the covers. Shoot ahead a few decades, and now there are countless variations of nearly every major superhero and villain. Extreme Venomverse has been a weird exploration into this on the verge of the symbiotes 40th anniversary this coming January. Its been a weird journey. Some of it's been fun. Some of it has just been strange.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fables #159

Jun 30, 2023

Loughridges color palette feels very sylvan. The light and dark greens and the Earth tones give the issue a feeling of calm. There's enough shadow in and around the dialogue that it never runs the risk of feeling garishly overpowered. All too often, fantasy doesn't work the mundane effectively enough to make the magic seem wondrous. Willingham and company are doing a great job of modulating the fantasy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fairlady #2

May 15, 2019

The fusion of genres seems to improve both of them. The nauseating world-building and constant drone of backstory that so dominates the high fantasy genre fades-out in the rigorous structure of the detective murder/mystery. The monotony of the milieu of the down-on-his-luck gumshoe detective is freshened-up by the magical fantasy setting. The greatest weaknesses of both genres seem to fade-out in the fusion. There's brilliance in the single mystery per issue format as well. Readers can jump in at any chapter, which isn't something typically found in the fantasy genre. It's the type of fusion that could find an audience not ordinarily interested in dungeons, dragons or sorcery.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fairlady #3

Jun 19, 2019

Schirmer and Balboni have only begun to scratch the surface of a very, very exciting, and idiosyncratic fantasy world. Jenner is given a bit more depth in a story that finds her contrasted against legendary barbarian warriors with basic skills far more advanced than her own. Shes dwarfed by legends but still manages to remain the most interesting character in her own book. Jenner is making quite an impression in her first three issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fairlady #4

Jul 17, 2019

Schirmer and Balboni blend genres in a moody comedic mystery that feels quite distinctly unlike anything else available right now. Jenner and her friends fuse well with the monthly comic book format once more. The episodic nature of a monthly comic book is perfectly grafted to yet another fun excursion into another world.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fairlady #5

Aug 21, 2019

Things have gone very, very badly for Jenner in this issue. The dive into the darkness this issue shows a willingness to vary the mood and tone. To show a real progression in Jenners long-range character development that could be quite dynamic over time. The challenge here might be keeping things fresh over the very, very long-haul as so much seems to be happening for the young Fairlady in such a brief time. The series appears to be rounding-out the first half of its first (of hopefully many) years very dynamically. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Falling in Love On the Path to Hell (2024) #3

Aug 14, 2024

If the romance is to play ut in a way thats going to feel balanced, the gunslinger is going to have to reach some level of equilibrium with the samurai at some point. Beyond that, the real challenge is going to lie in making a romance blossom between two characters who may not even speak the same language. Theres a definite rapport between the two central characters, but drawing them both into a romantic situation is going to be very, very tricky in light of the situation they find themselves in with hostilities from others and the nightly incursions of the undead.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Falling in Love On the Path to Hell (2024) #4

Sep 19, 2024

The action between the leads continues to hold enough gravity to keep the action moving quite well. The art has been integrated quite well with the writing. Though some of the personality may be missing from a traditional romance, its going to be interesting to see where things develop from here as the series continues towards its inevitable end that will be arriving in the months to come. The action may feel a bit uninvolved if the pacing doesnt begin to pick-up now that the two central characters have finally introduced themselves to each other.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fearless (2019) #1

Jul 24, 2019

The issue is appended with some of the women involved in the book. Its an appealing package that would work exceedingly well as an ongoing series. The Marvel Universe is populated by fascinating women who would be all kinds of fun in little bite-sized narratives placed together in a single issue like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fearless (2019) #2

Aug 21, 2019

As with the previous issue, Fearless #2  ends with Q&A with some of the women involved in making the comic book. The Q&A at the end of the book was particularly effective for The Unstoppable Wasp. It's a nice way to round-out an issue of this series as well. The behind-the-scenes stuff helps tie-in some of what's being presented in comic book format with a bit of a social discussion at issue's end. It's too bad that Fearless has been designed as a mini-series. Popular in a bygone era, the multi-story anthology comic book still has great appeal in an issue that is over WAY too soon. 'There's no reason why this 'can't be an ongoing series is there?

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Fearless (2019) #3

Sep 25, 2019

Theres only one issue left to go in the mini-series experiment. The anthology series was a major staple format for comics in their early days. It works strikingly well, especially in an era of high-priced individual comics. $5 for 20+ pages might appeal to more people if the issues in question had more than a single chapter to offer potential readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fearless (2019) #4

Oct 23, 2019

The final issue of Fearless wraps-up what really should be the first in several such series. Theres a lot of great female talent drawn-into working with Marvel. Fearless has been an excellent opportunity to get a concentrated look at all the women working with the company. And some of the characters who might otherwise get overlooked. Sadly, anthology series just dont sell as well as they had in earlier eras, and this sort of thing is likely to exist as a bit of trivia in the long and winding history of a company that has come to dominate the pop-cultural landscape. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Feeding (2024) #1

Oct 26, 2024

The Feeding is the type of thing that would have been totally compressed in 1950s horror anthology and the m crushed under the weight of way too much unnecessary narration. The stylish nature of the whole thing feels sharply delivered in a way that feels more or less perfect. Though it DOES seem to suggest a kind of a deeper theme about the nature of hunger and expression, there really isnt a whole lot going on on the page that necessarily feels all that deep, which is a pity. Its a fun story that had a lot of potential to go deeper than the surface.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fence: Redemption #1

Jun 7, 2023

Pacat and company continue to craft an appealing story with a fun group of characters. Its too bad that the fencing aspect of the story isnt a little more integrated with the ensemble drama. Its the first issue of a new Fence series, though. Pacat has plenty of time to get into it in the months to come. Its the beginning of a new training camp. Things are going to feel a bit stiff and awkward early on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Feral (2024) #5

Jul 24, 2024

So the first major story arc is finished...and its done so in a way that maintains a very sharp and sweeping sense of adventure. Ferals great strength lies in maintaining a very real sense of earthbound drama to a group of slightly anthropomorphized cats.  The ensemble of character and the overall setting of the series could lend itself to a great deal of potential for being QUITE long-running without the creative team having to resort to too much excess fantasy. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Feral (2024) #7

Nov 1, 2024

Its a briefly moving adventure that has a very natural progression about it. And one of the bits of genius about it is the fact that it gets so far into the minds of anthropomorphized aspect the reader moves along with it, and as obvious as the ending for this particular issue feels in retrospect, it still comes across as a remarkably surprising given everything thats happened in the course of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Feral (2024) #8

Nov 30, 2024

Fleecs and company do a really good job of keeping that balance between perfectly normal realism and heroic adventure fiction in a dark world. Its something that wouldnt ever have made it onto the big screen with Disney, but the quality of the art makes it look like it could have done. Its dark and sinister stuff that doesnt rely on the cheap contrast between wholesome cartoonishness and gratuitous darkness to make its impact the way so many others have in the past.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fight Girls #1

Jul 14, 2021

While this sort of thing HAS been tried before over the years, Chos approach to it is refreshingly simple. The dystopian future world in which it is set gradually bleeds in around the corners of the page. The clean lines, bright colors, and fast pace of the comic make it feel almost iconic right out of the gate in the series first issue. The test here for Cho is going to lie in keeping the remaining three challenges in four chapters of the series from being repetitious. Hes established a pretty tight format. If he veers too far from that format, it loses some of its purity. If he sticks too closely to it, it could get stale by the end of the second issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fight Girls #2

Aug 11, 2021

A second challenge is completed in the second issue. The basic format appears to be one challenge per issue with a big finale in which the implications of the intrigue come to the fore. Its a fun idea for a series that still has a chance of delivering the unexpected. A format that feels as simple and regimented as Fight Girls has plenty of room for sudden changes to come out of nowhere because the basic narrative rules that Cho has set up seem so totally rigid and inflexible. Itll be interesting to see what Cho does with this as the series reaches its midway point next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fight Girls #3

Sep 15, 2021

As the series progresses, its apparent that. Cho is lining things up for an essentially political cloak-and-dagger wrap-up in the fifth issue. The pacing has been maintained in a way thats come really, really close to being repetitious, but Cho has done a really, really good job of keeping it interesting throughout. So much of the appeal in the series has proven to be the repetition. Rarely has a sport-like series worked this well while keeping so close to the game-by-game nature of an athletic competition motif.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fight Girls #5

Nov 8, 2021

Cho and Richs work has been a really primal exploration thus far. As anticipated, the final issue appears to be a big wrap-up after the final competition. All that cloak-and-dagger drama in and around the edges of everything will likely form the center of everything. The central focus of the series is now completely out of the way. The series has been so very dedicated to the competition that it will be interesting to see an entire chapter focussed on political intrigue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Fire & Ice: Welcome to Smallville (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

Starer, developed a really interesting concept and a fun cast of characters that fit into a potentially interesting premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fire and Ice (2023) #1

Aug 5, 2023

Willingham and Manco are working with something far more technically accomplished than what Bakshi managed with the original film. Theres great thematic substance to Willinghams script that also seems a great deal denser than what rested at the heart of the 1983 film. If they meet success in the prequel, maybe Willingham and Manco can do something about an adaptation of the movie as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Fire and Ice (2023) #3

Sep 19, 2024

Yes: there IS the feeling of an early 1980s feature in Heavy Metal Magazine, but theres more here than just that. The sheer brutality of some of the visuals and the raw nature of emotion on the page allow the series to once again transcend the un-engaging density so common found in high fantasy. Its fascinating stuff to see echoed on the contemporary comics page having been committed to film decades ago. Theres a kind of timelessness about it that carries a feeling every bit as fresh now as it did back in the early 1980s when it debuted on the movie screen. Theres a deep pulse to the action that continues to maintain quite a bit of momentum as the series progresses. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fishflies (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

Fishflies inhabits a chillingly poetic narrative space. Psychological horror twists into something far more supernatural and deeply unsettling as the story progresses. Above it all, Lemire does a strikingly good job of bringing across the uniquely strange relationship between Franny and the dying man. Their interaction exists mostly in silences and unspoken words. And there is SUCH a profound sense of stillness about the horror right up until that final page. Lemire takes such a hard turn in that final panel of the first issue...it will be interesting to see where he takes it in the final five issues. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fishflies (2023) #7

Jul 18, 2024

The small-town restlessness and listlessness are drawn slowly and steadily across the page as intimate emotional horror gradually asserts itself in the big, final chapter of the series. And then there are a couple of really tense explosions of action and...the pacing is really well-executed in the final issue...as has it been over the course of much of the rest of the series. Its been a provocative journey. In the end, its all remarkably well-developed. Its just too bad it couldnt have maintained the wonder of weird fantasy straight through to the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #792

Feb 8, 2023

With things moving as quickly as they are, the One-Minute War could easily continue for the rest of the year without feeling like its getting tired. Each issue seems like its moving along with such a satisfying celerity. Theres no reason why the story should have to speed up to get to its inevitable resolution when a simple raid behind enemy lines can be as satisfying as it is in issue #792. Its not anything new, but Adams and company make it feel fresh anyway.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Flash (2016) #793

Feb 22, 2023

With so many characters to be juggled in and amidst the central conflict, its some kind of miracle that Adams and company manage to keep it all together in a way that feels at all coherent, let alone...fun. The multi-generational Flash team is unlikely to continue working together forever, but Adams and company make it all so enjoyable that its difficult to imagine the current incarnation of the hero working any other way. Its just too much fun like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Flash (2016) #794

Mar 8, 2023

Given Adamss treatment of the ensemble, its not hard to imagine the current Flash series splitting off into a couple of different titles that would have a chance to focus on a couple of different Flashes. It wouldnt be the strangest thing thats ever happened. Adamss writing certainly HAS found the right appeal for just about every character in the ensemble. Adams, Dias, and Guerrero are developing an entertaining dynamic for every hero in the book. The villains scarcely have any time to make much of an impact, but it really doesnt matter. The Flash family is interesting enough to carry the title.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #795

Mar 22, 2023

The interaction between the Speed Force and Einsteinian physics has always been at least a little tenuous. Exactly what it is that Adams is doing here is a little silly, but the drama in the ensemble holds it all together remarkably well, even in the absence of any menace on the part of the villains. Given everything that Flash #795 has to contend with, its kind of impressively coherent.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2016) #796

Apr 5, 2023

One way or another, it all gets resolved. The sinister-looking villain does what sinister-looking villains do. The cool-looking hero does what the cool-looking hero does. Theres a combat. Theres a resolution. Things have shifted a bit by the end of the issue, but that much is to be expected when things move as quickly as they do in a story like the One-Minute War.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #797

Apr 26, 2023

The journey into a deeper darkness may be coming with the next couple of issues. Granny Goodness always had a potential for greater darkness than what truly managed to hit the page before. Adams appears to be moving things in the direction of some very seriously weighty drama in the issues to come. It may lack the crazy energy of the huge group dynamic of the past several issues, but the story thats emerging here does seem to be entering into promising territory.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Flash (2016) #798

May 9, 2023

The Flash has dealt with so much over the decades. Its a natural place for him to find himself in as he approaches the big 800th issue milestone in the near future. Adams and company will have their work cut out for them in trying to make it all feel new. Flash has been across time and space so many times in ways that have really shaken the DC Universe. Its going to be difficult to do it in a truly new way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Flawed (2022) #1

Sep 29, 2022

Its an impressive opening issue. As a hero, Gem is just really, really cool. Shes somewhere between Batman and the Punisher, but something far darker and badass than either of them had managed. As a whole, Flawed is deliciously over-the-top. Its urban horror action on a level that feels powerful enough to launch its own franchise. With any luck, the right people see this, and it takes off.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flawed (2022) #2

Oct 27, 2022

The Egyptian background of the character DOES compromise the mystery of who she is a little bit. Brown and Prenzy might have run the risk of revealing too much about their hero too quickly, but theres more than enough appeal for the time being to keep the momentum going into the third issue. As presented in the second issue, the villains that Gem is dealing with dont seem all that interesting, which could prove to be a problem later on, but theyre still in the background of the action for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Flawed (2022) #3

Nov 30, 2022

The issue closes out with a letters section and a very cool little essay on superheroes and mental health written by Professor Julian C. Chambliss of Michigan State University. Chamblisss essay doesnt connect directly to the rest of the chapter, but its an enjoyable, little thought-provoker that feels right at home in an issue featuring a hero who is also a psychotherapist. There isnt a whole lot in the essay thats all that insightful for people already quite familiar with superhero stories, but its a really intriguing addition to the end of the issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Flawed (2022) #4

Jan 4, 2023

There isnt much in the substance of the actual story thats terribly new or inventive, but Brown and Prenzy are bringing it all to the page with such distinct style that Flawed makes an immense impact on nearly every page, both in art and script. Flawed is a dark and slickly appealing place, but it keeps all of the horror close enough to the panel to maintain a lucid perspective on the brutality thats being continually sliced and pounded into the page. At the rate Brown and Prenzy are going, theyll need to let up on the darkness a little if the series is going to maintain for much longer.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Free Agents (2024) #1

Jul 3, 2024

The premise is interesting. Busiek and Nicieza simply arent embracing the concept in a way that feels all that interesting. Theoretically the plot could have worked if the artwork felt a little bit more like it was in the spirit of Jim Lee or Todd McFarlane or any of a host of others who had done this sort of thing back in the 1990s, but it still would hav felt like a weak echo of what it needed to be in order to really deliver on the idea. If the writers can focus a bit more on the idiosyncrasies of this particular group of displaced paranormals....maybe there might be something in it...

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Free Agents (2024) #3

Sep 6, 2024

A group of inter dimensional heroes present in a vaguely recognizable superhero world SHOULD be the type of thing that would naturally sort of draw-in a reader, but FreeAgents never really manages to make much of an impression as it struggles about on the page more or less fruitlessly. Its not that the third issue in the series completely lacks any appeal at all...its just that it doesnt feel interesting enough to make much of an impression on a crowded comics rack for superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Free Agents (2024) #4

Oct 2, 2024

Its just too bad that there isnt more distinguishing the action. Clearly theres a serious threat involving a powerful object falling into the wrong hands. It just simply is NOT where it would need to be in order to really feel narratively dynamic. The characters themselves DO seem interesting, but its difficult for any author to juggle all of the different characters in such a large and sprawling extended ensemble. Some of the drama supporting all of the action felt particularly compelling, but its all in the distance amidst all of the weird energies flowing in and around the pages of the issue. Theres so much potential in the many characters in the ensemble. A better Free Agents could happen if only the writers would let the series find its own rhythm. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Future State (2021): Catwoman #1

Jan 20, 2021

Future State may have had potential for some sort of a grand design that failed to materialize. Still, Ram V and Otto Schmidt take it in an interesting direction that could turn into something starkly appealing if everything comes together in the second issue. A classy futuristic costume seems to fuse a couple of different eras of Catwoman into a single image. The glittery darkness of an oppressive Gotham City in the background on a high-speed rail, the first issue of the two-part series definitely has pieces to be something special. Given the right reception, this version of Catwoman could even be worthy of her own series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Future State (2021): Catwoman #2

Feb 17, 2021

Theyve been thrusting contemporary characters into dark futures for decades. This particular vision of Catwoman isnt terribly interesting. Its kind of fun when its not distracted by Selinas boyfriend, but it lacks enough vision to make much of an impression beyond the basic premise. Its fun, but the need to tell a compelling action story shouldnt override the need to add something to the legend of a character who has been around for the better part of a century.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
G.I. Joe (2019) #3

Dec 18, 2019

The third issue in the series casts a closer look at Roadblock. Hes an interesting character, but prying the narrative away from the drama with Scarlet that had been so interesting in the first couple of issues is problematic. Allor has the opportunity to work with an ensemble as large as the G.I. Joe franchise. Its challenging to maintain a feeling of continuity in an ensemble this big. If Allor can keep the ensemble tight in the issues to come, he and Evenhuis might really have something interesting on their hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
G.I. Joe (2019) #4

Jan 5, 2020

This issue provides some key background on Cobra while also moving the plot forward as political intrigue begins to emerge. As an early chapter in the series, Allor and Walter have delivered a solidly entertaining fourth issue. The overall momentum of the serial still hasnt quite reached dramatic equilibrium as the full reality of the villains still havent been brought to the page yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Joe (2019) #5

Feb 12, 2020

Allors tour through Cobra totalitarianism continues to remain thoughtful as it reaches the end of its first half-year. With the fifth issue, he introduces a revamped group of Dreadnoks that have animalistic valor about them appealing enough to carry a title all their own. Allors crafted a fun tour through a mutation of the decades-old G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero property pioneered by Lara Hama in the 80s. Nearly every character hes introduced would work well in his or her own series. The challenge moving forward is going to lie in keeping the overall rhythm of the serial from getting lost in so many individual characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
G.I. Joe (2019) #7

Aug 20, 2020

This is easily the best issue of this new G.I. Joe series. The drama crawls stylishly across the page while casting a glance at a portion of the military experience thats not quite glamorous enough to make it to page or screen all that often. The issue ends with a list of places to look for crisis intervention, mental health, and awareness resources. Anyone who needs this information can find it elsewhere. The informations presence at the end of this issue is very reassuring, though. Theres so much available for those really suffering the way that Scarlet is this issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
G.I. Joe (2019) #8

Sep 10, 2020

Allor has been bouncing around a hell of a lot in his new dystopian G.I. Joe series. While hes making a solid case for a whole line of comics set in the world hes creating, the series itself hasnt built-up enough momentum to feel terribly coherent as a whole. Its all awash in so many different moods and so many different sub-genres of action fiction. Allor doesnt seem to have much of an eye towards the bigger picture in his particular brand of G.I. Joe, but theres still plenty of time to bring it all together once all of the different moods have played through the opening issues of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
G.I. Joe (2019) #9

Oct 28, 2020

Allors willingness to engage the brutality of war is admirable. Theres a kind of fearlessness decision to place an urban warfare battle in a sewer with various characters dying on their way in. Its a dark, dark story. Allors G.I. Joe rebellion against a Cobra-ruled world is cleverly novel. Its too bad there isnt more of a solid overarching plot to tie all the issues together. Allor had managed some clever moments throughout the series thus far. It would be nice to feel like there was some better understanding of how each individual issue fits into the larger scope of the world that Allors creating.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
G.I. Joe (2019) #10

Nov 11, 2020

Allor and Evenhuis pack a lot of intricacy into twenty pages. All of the elements of the story come together without slowing down the action OR the drama. No one aspect slows the rest of it down, and nothing comes crashing into anything else. Whats being covered in the issue isnt anything new, but its fun to see it put to the page so well in what will hopefully be the next of many chapters for Allor and Evenhuis.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
G.I. Joe (2019) #308

Jul 18, 2024

Hama knows how to frame an action sequence. He knows how to execute a well-balanced chapter in a long-running ensemble series. It all feels pretty solidly executed, but its not enough to make it feel as tense and intense as it needs to in order to be a memorable chapter in a series that has been running for as long as it has. Hama has a lot of experience with the franchise, though. Theres no question hell be able to turn things around in the next couple of issues. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
G.I. Joe (2019): Castle Fall #1

Mar 17, 2021

Allor, Evenhuis, and Peer have done some very, very vivid work on this series. This IS a climactic issue, but it'd be really nice to see this particular creative team continue with the work it's doing here. And honestlythese three people could work together on just about an action comic, and it would be worth reading. They've got a remarkably excellent creative rapport that has served the franchise well over the course of 2020.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
G.I. Joe (2024) #1

Nov 14, 2024

It is undeniable and inevitable that things will be moving in a direction greater integration as the Energon Universe continues to develop. What had been a simple and pragmatic solution to gunfire in cheap animation back in the 1980s becomes a central plot in a first issue of a new series. The laser rifle style action of the old animated series is given a bit of a sinister look here in an issue that lends considerable darkness to the final splash page. It is that final page that really drives the fact that the new series is NOT a weak iteration of the old franchise. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Joe (2024) #2

Dec 21, 2024

There is a lot that could be done around the edges of everything to make it a little bit more sharp and a little bit more defined. Its really difficult to work with the elements in question without having them all rush onto the page a little too eager to be too terribly coherent. And this is an action story, so thats kind of a Requirement. However, bringing it to the page in a way thats going to be compelling is always a challenge.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero (2023) #309

Aug 21, 2024

Theres a focus largely on waring factions of villains and the unsavory types here and there. There IS some appeal in the heroes, but they dont get enough of the center of the panel to  feel as interesting as the should be. They ARE the title characters in the series. Every now and then the villains are going to need to show what kind of badasses they are just to add to the menace, but it always feels weird ending an issue of a heroic action series without much in the way of heroism. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero (2023) #310

Sep 19, 2024

Its cool to read a comic that the author has been associated with for nearly half a century...it would just be really, really nice to have more of a sense of that author/series connection in every single issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero (2023) #311

Nov 24, 2024

Its not easy to execute this kind of actio non a way thats going to be terribly engaging, but Hama seems to know that hes working with an art team that can pull-off the larger elements of modern urban warfare in a way that feels compelling. Given thaw things have been going, it seems likely that the Battle of Springfield might well come to an end in the next few issues. Its nice to see Hama allowing the conflict to sprawl out over the course of a whole bunch of issues. Theres going to be a kind of a satisfaction I nesting it all come to an end in a couple of months or so.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Garbage Pail Kids (2022): Trashin Through Time #5

Jun 26, 2024

If there wasnt such a pounding need to rush the characters through as much as possible as quickly as possible, it might have been fun to explore a more nuanced look at the psyche behind the classic image of Adam and that perpetual atomic mushroom cloud looming over his head. Really...any one of these characters might be interesting to get a closer look at in more of a narrative context, but this series is far too interested in cramming the characters into every panel to make much of a deeper analysis of the characters behind the images. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gargoyles (2022) #7

Jul 8, 2023

Given enough time, Weisman will have to give Demona a little more dramatic depth. Shes clearly a very formidable antagonist, but she IS somewhere near the center of the conflict, and shes going to need to show something of a sophisticated motivation behind what shes doing for the Here In Manhattan story to have a solid weight as it reaches its climax.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gargoyles (2022) #8

Jul 26, 2023

The TV series may have only run for a very brief time back in the 1990s, but there WERE 78 episodes in total. A comic book series would take quite a few issues to make up the kind of ground that the TV series did. Weisman is doing a solid job of laying out everyone in the ensemble and moving them through the motions on the page, but Gargoyles has a pretty large cast of characters, so its going to take a WHILE to get the momentum running on the series. Its nice to see it off to such a solid start, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gargoyles: Dark Ages (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

Weisman keeps the politics clean and simple as the issue opens...only allowing just as many different moving elements in the story as can comfortably fit between two covers. Given this attention to pacing and overall narrative rhythm, theres very little doubt that Dark Ages is going to be a well-designed series. Its not envisioning a whole new reality for the Gargoyles...only building on the back of the rich history of the series to bring something entertaining to the page that appears to be off to a good start.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gargoyles: Dark Ages (2023) #2

Aug 10, 2023

Given how well laid out each issue has been concerning the dramatic impetus of the ensemble, Weisman has a solid idea of how to keep the momentum of the series going. There is a do you love motion towards the end of the second issue, which we all catapult things into the third. Weisman has the first two issues ending in cliffhangers that feel remarkably strong, given how little story has actually made it across the page by the end of the second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gargoyles: Quest (2024) #3

Aug 1, 2024

The central problem seems to lie in the fact that Weisman hasnt been able to frame the story in a way that works. The overall adventure involving a series of ancient magical artifacts in the so-recently-contemporary 1990s really SHOULD be a lot more fun than Weisman is able to conjure for the series. Its too bad as he is playing with some very, very fun characters that simply dont have much of a chance to be fun here. Falstaff and Puck and Shahrizad really SHOULD be great fun in the shadow of the Gargoyles. Things move too quickly in the series for them to properly show their charm.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gargoyles: Quest (2024) #4

Nov 10, 2024

And the next major moment is approaching. Theres some major decisions that have to be made. Villain is for it by all practical insect, tense and purposes totally successful. So whats next? Theres a lot that could happen. And of course a lot thats going to have to happen in order for things to truly get completely resolved. Its only a matter of time cutter. And certainly thats coming down the line very soon its going to be interesting seeing how they get there, though. The tone and rhythm and movement of the series continues to do a good job of advancing the interests of a series which was practically forklift on television.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Geiger (2021) #1

Apr 7, 2021

After-the-bomb sci-fi has been around forever. Johns has a hell of a lot of guts to try heading back into a world after a nuclear war, after all it's been through over the years. From Dr. Bloodmoney, Mad Max, to many others, the world after the bomb has been explored in a great deal of detail. Johns and Frank make a few steps in the right direction in a new series's first issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Geiger (2021) #2

May 12, 2021

It kind of feels like Johns was trying to fuse too much into the world of the series. The fact that this is becoming apparent only two issues in suggests that he might have done well scale it back considerably. The title character is fun. The children he runs into at chapters end are appealingly human and emotionally engaging. Everything that happens in Vegas, this issue...really should have just stayed in Vegas. The title character is interesting enough. He doesnt need the silly potential antagonist of...the king of Las Vegas. Its just goofy. 

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Geiger (2021) #3

Jun 9, 2021

The action hero loner is a challenging thing to finesse without seeming hopelessly trite. Tariq Geiger narrowly manages something fresh, original, and mysterious beyond the cliche of the action loner with a dark past. Having a couple of kids to look after will likely pull the narrative really far into the cliched direction that will probably end up in some pretty silly territory with the villains that Johns has carved out for the series. In light of this, its nice to know that there are enough panels in the first three issues to make for a really solid and enjoyable one-shot. There have been some excellent moments in the series thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Geiger (2021) #4

Jul 7, 2021

The story still feels very weak and derivative. There's something compelling about the overall sense of drama and the contrast between a couple of kids and the grizzled warrior defending them. With the contrast between the king and the hero, Geiger could develop into something powerful, but it's still only establishing the rhythm of the story and the flow of traffic between drama and action.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Geiger (2021) #5

Aug 4, 2021

Johns has been working in comics for long enough to know to trust a pair of great artists. Hand Frank and Anderson a decent idea, and they can really run with it. The problem is that 90% of the issue is tied up in hackneyed post-apocalyptic narrative that really doesnt need to be there. Give the artist a bit more room to run with the basic iconography of the action, and Geiger could be AMAZING...a glowing warrior of the wastes patrolling the end of humanity with his vicious two-headed wolf? That would be very, very cool. Its too bad that Johns is trying to lay in so much else around a simple, enjoyably iconic idea. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Geiger (2021) #6

Sep 1, 2021

Johns really hasnt done anything terribly original with Geiger, but it IS interesting to see him try to develop this whole universe in which The Unnamed fight the Unknown War. Its a timeline that goes back to the American Revolution and forwards to 2050 and beyond. Its an ambitious idea for a massive American chronology. With any luck, the rest of The Unnamed is going to have a bit more originality than Geiger.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Geiger (2024) #4

Jul 12, 2024

Johns is really trying to develop a whole world here. Hes been developing it for a few years now, but its still missing something. Theres some sense of novel innovation, but not nearly enough to distinguish it in the sprawling history of post-apocalyptic sci-fi. The clever fusion of that genre with a carefully-crafted superhero universe has been an interesting exercise, but Johns hasnt developed enough from there to keep Geiger fresh a couple of years out from his debut a few years ago..

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Geiger (2024) #5

Aug 14, 2024

The battle between The Glowing Man and The Electrician could have been staged at any point in the history of comics. Its a kind of a universal sort of a battle that feels quite at home on the comics page. Johns and Frank do a good job of finding something new and unique in a conflict the likes of which has been echoing through page and panel for decades now. Its breathtaking to see something truly new on the comics page, but sometimes it can be equally as satisfying seeing something old and familiar placed on the page in a slightly new and novel way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Geiger (2024) #6

Sep 11, 2024

The biggest success here is probably Barney himself. The two-headed dog has always been one of the more charming aspects of Geiger. Hes a really expressive mascot who never comes across as being all that anthropomorphized...but still manages to be the emotional center of the series. The identical twin heads amplify the emotionality of the comic book the an intense degree. Its really, really cool to see him more in the center of the panel...even if its only for a single issue before Zdarsky and company get back to more of the same next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Geiger (2024) #7

Oct 9, 2024

This series has been kind of hit or miss overtime. Some of the issues look really, really good. Johns work on the issue of the current series doesn't quite live up to the best in the serial flower. However, there are more than a few beautifully haunting moments that occasionally strike pose on the page. And things continue to look pretty good in various places from various angles. Given a long enough timeline, the series could really turn it into something remarkable. And certainly it seems popular enough that I could manage just that.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ghost Rider (2022) #15

Jul 8, 2023

Perhaps the biggest issue is the lack of definition in the entire concept of a Spirit of Corruption. What exactly it is that it's going for is kind of hard to define. And it's just sort of a blanket evil. Might as well be something a lot more abstract than that. Because the concept of corruption kind of messes with the entire idea of the demonic activity that's going on. It just clashes with it in a way that makes it a little bit more murky than it should be. Overall, however, the basic premise of this kind of pursuit of the supernatural is actually really interesting. Given the right momentum, Percy could come up with a better approach.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Ghost Rider (2022) #17

Sep 12, 2023

More clever moments of comedy like the one mentioned in the above paragraph might have aided the issue a bit, but Percy brings both heroes to the page in a way thats a lot of fun, even in the issues darkest moments. Team-ups arent often quite this much fun. Unlike some of the best team-ups, Ghost Rider and Wolverine clearly DONT belong together, but its going to be really fun to watch them continue to work together in the course of the brief crossover series that theyre engaging in at Summers end. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ghost-Spider (2019) #1

Aug 21, 2019

McGuire and Miyazawa have done such an excellent job with Gwen this year. This new chapter moves Gwen in a direction that allows for her to advance in a new direction of character development while staying true to the roots of the firmly established tradition of Marvel wall-crawlers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #2

Sep 25, 2019

Its way too easy for a heros personal life to come across as minor details in the background propping-up the next in a long line of conflicts with colorful villains. Here the personal experience that is so often treated as supporting filler detail becomes a vibrant part of the heros. As McGuire and Miyazawa manage an impressively-articulated progression in the life of Gwen Stacy one issue at a time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #3

Oct 23, 2019

The danger now rests on both sides of the dimensional commute for Gwen. Shes got problems back home. Shes got problems at college. Shes got problems in and out of the mask. Peter Parker rarely had to deal with this sort of thing when he was in college. Its very reassuring to see Gwen so effectively juggling everything that McGuire is throwing at her.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #4

Nov 27, 2019

Events seem to have begun to crash-in on Gwen from both universes now. Gwen's ability to balance things between two worlds is going to live in McGuire's ability to do the same with the scripts. If McGuire can keep it interesting, everything should continue to swirl appealingly around the page. Still, this style of story could easily lose its appeal if it starts to feel like a dull and formulaic variation on the sort of spider story that's been going on for decades. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #5

Dec 18, 2019

After all the weird specifics of Gwen's life throughout the past several issues, it's nice to see McGuire and Miyazawa handling a more traditional spider-story. Gwen is looking good as the trap slowly snaps shut on her, and she struggles to find a way out. The series could launch in a number of different directions for her here. It'll be interesting to see what McGuire comes up in 2020. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #6

Jan 8, 2020

With half a year finished on Ghost-Spider, McGuire has built a very thoughtful and methodical progression to Gwens life that feels a lot less scattered than her male counterpart had been at this stage in college. Its a very clean character arc that feels every bit as hectic and crazy as Parkers days at ESU decades ago, but without all of the clunkiness of the late silver age/early bronze age storytelling. McGuires approach is a definite improvement that makes Gwen feel like that much more of a coherent person. Its quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghost-Spider (2019) #7

Feb 19, 2020

After spending the bulk of the first half of the first year of this series establishing Gwens new life, McGuire is now allowing herself to begin to explore more of the realm of Earth 65 in a fun, little mutation of classic characters. The reimagining works well as it gives McGuire further opportunity to explore not only what makes this Gwen so interesting, but also what makes the world she comes from so unique. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #8

Mar 18, 2020

McGuire has built-up quite a run with Ghost-Spider over the better part of the past year. Shes a fun character to hang out with for 20 pages or so a month. Guara fits the distinctive momentum of McGuires scripts quite well. The challenge moving forward lies in keeping Gwens adventures distinct from all the other Marvel Spider titles. There are decades of history with Peter Parker. Its going to be difficult to maintain the right balance, but for now, McGuire and Guara definitely have everything in order.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Ghost-Spider (2019) #10

Jun 19, 2020

McGuire and Guara put together a very, very engrossing issue here that tells its own story while fitting into an engrossing ongoing saga. Somewhere in the midst of everything else, McGuire is giving Gwen a much more gradual and nuanced walk with her version of the black costume than Spider-Mans editors allowed themselves back in the mid-1980s. In addition to everything else, its that much more satisfying to see Gwen going through some of what Peter did decades ago with the singularity of vision afforded a single author. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Giant Man (2019) #2

May 29, 2019

The second part of a two-part series, Williams Giant-Man is going to be kind of easy to overlook. Its a marginal story in a much larger War of the Realms event featuring heroes who arent exactly popular. Williams has really managed something witty and sharp in the series thus far, though. Its too bad that four humble giants will likely get lost in the mix of a massive multi-series crossover. This is actually a really fun story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Giant Man (2019) #3

Jun 12, 2019

Castiello's art strikes the right balance between dramatic moments of dialogue and aggressive fight scenes. The script allows him to move pretty fluidly between both in a fantastic setting that glides between the concerns of the four heroes and the danger of what they're trying to do. The fantasy feels very earthbound. The grandeur of a towering castle of ice in the middle of Florida could have been framed with a bit more of a sense of fantasy that Castiello manages, but the flow of the drama and the action might have suffered. Williams had a very definite idea of how the rhythm of the story needed to be approached. Castiello was wise to follow that rhythm without attempting to frame too much of the visual immensity of ice giants in a final show-down in Florida. That being said, it's too bad that there wasn't more time to explore the fantastic visual potential of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Giant-Size (2024): Silver Surfer #1

Jul 12, 2024

Marvel continues to celebrate the 50th annual of the giant sized format with an appealing issue. It's nice to see vintage work from the early 90s and a talented guy like Ron Lim. Its fun without being totally revolutionary or anything like that. And it's nice to see a relatively unsung villain like Terrax getting a bit more of a central look in this latest outing for Silver Surfer. It also serves as a pretty solid showcase for the Surfer himself, who once again manages a distinct brand of heroism.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Goddess Mode #2

Jan 16, 2019

Theres so much about this issue that continues to feel very electrifying as Quinn and company bring the world of Goddess Mode into full view. The distinct blending of Matrix-style 1990s pop cyberpunk with Midsummer Nights Dream fairy world has a lot of potential. The world-building and character rendering in this issue is a lot of fun. Itll be interesting to see how Quinn adjusts once the background of the world is fully established in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Goddess Mode #3

Feb 13, 2019

Quinns got a lot going on in Goddess Mode. The ground level of the series might feel like The Matrix of superhero comics, but this would be a pretty superficial read of what Quinn and company are doing here. By drawing Price into a world of superpowers and super peril, shes developing a fusion between genres thats cooly electrifying in its third chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Goddess Mode #4

Mar 27, 2019

On the whole, its another satisfying slide into the fantasy cyberpunk of Goddess Mode. Quinn is beginning to run the risk of falling so far into exposition that its going to completely overtake the issue. There are a few pages where most of the real estate is wholly covered in dialogue balloons.  This is perfectly fine for the development of concepts, but the visuals and the story begin to feel as though theyre sliding apart on different tracks. Hopefully, there will be a greater script/art integration in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Goddess Mode #5

Apr 24, 2019

With the origin of the fairy world firmly established, the series can now focus on actually telling the story, which it does quite well here. Quinn and Rodriguez bring visual and conceptual intensity together in a very unique story that feels special without feeling too alien. Its very much a fantasy story, but the characters in the ensemble are human enough to be more or less universally relatable as they struggle for motivation when its way too easy to give up. The issue feels a little bleak, but the emotion feels authentic enough to sell it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Goddess Mode #6

Jun 19, 2019

If the rumors are true, the DC Vertigo imprint that Goddess Mode is a part of is coming to a close. Its possible that Quinn and company werent entirely ready for the end of the series. Maybe things ended up getting rushed at the end because they didnt plan for it. If that was the case, perhaps it would have been better to lengthen aspects of the final argument into something much less final. It would have been much more satisfying if everything fell off a cliff with no resolution at all.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godfell (2023) #4

Jun 7, 2023

Astone grants the visuals a rich spectrum of color that feels somewhat immersive. It all looks good. Its too bad the story assembling around the edges of the art doesnt have a bit more momentum. Sebela and Hennessy have a really unique fantasy story on their hands. If they can manage to frame that story with just a little more focus, itll go a long way towards making a classic. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla: Here There Be Dragons (2023) #1

Jun 22, 2023

The decision to hammer in the ancient seafaring atmosphere of the series with multiple stories might actually be a rather clever one. Its all well and good to set a monster story in the golden age of piracy, but once Godzilla shows up, he pretty much takes over the book. Winding a few different narratives into a single story allows the creative team much more time to establish the ancient nautical end of the story before everything gets coated in kaiju. If youre really going to fuse kaiju and piracy, youre going to need to focus on the piracy first.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gospel (2022) #1

Nov 15, 2022

The story of stories is one of the more difficult things to maintain. Things can fall all too quickly into a nebulous territory as various plot elements begin to fall apart under their own weight. Morris has set up quite a job for himself, keeping everything in play without having plot elements crash into each other, but the first issue is clearly moving in the right direction to lead into interesting territory in the chapters to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2023) #3

Jun 30, 2023

Green Arrow is regaining some footing in the course of things. Its nice to see that happen, but Williamsons series seems far too connected to Green Arrows earlier exploits to feel like its truly exploring new territory with the character. Throwing the character into a strange relationship with time and space is a nice step in the right direction, but Williamson needs to find something a bit more engaging if the premise is going to live up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Green Arrow (2023) #13

Jun 26, 2024

Absolute Power hits its second issue with a very promising opening that could mean good things for the rest of the event.Williamson and company manage a sharp sense of poise about the issue that should do a good job of welcoming unfamiliar readers who might be drawn to the title because of the crossover while integrating the title well enough for regular readers who might be interested in following the event further into other titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Green Lantern (2023) #1

May 10, 2023

Jordan has been through many different convolutions over the decades...arguably more than any major mainstream superhero this side of Wonder Woman. Its nice to see a creative team willing to take him back to a traditionally balanced superhero format. Adams and company arent completely reinventing the character, but seeing him return to his roots feels very much like seeing Hal Jordan come back to Earth one more time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Green Lantern (2023) #2

Jun 14, 2023

Adams and company take a well-balanced approach to Hal and his life. Hes a sharp guy with a hell of a lot of charisma that guides the narrative gracefully from the beginning to the cliffhanger ending of another thoroughly satisfying issue. Larger concerns in and within the current plot arc will take a little while to emerge, but for now, Green Lantern is gliding quite well through all of the different angles on the life of Hal Jordan. Its nice to see Adams taking a slow and measured approach to this particular Green Lantern.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grimm Spotlight: Iron Maiden

Aug 4, 2022

Vals got some great lines in the run of the script that make her a very distinct personality. It would be all too easy for the alter ego of a superhero to get washed out in the process of an origin story. Pangburn does a very sharp job of making her a fun person to hang out with for 30 pages or so. The visuals arent perfect, but theyre strong enough to make an appealing impact.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Grommets (2024) #3

Aug 1, 2024

And then...so much of the story DOES take place in a video arcade in a mall in 1985 thats so completely dominated by video games of the early 1980s, which just feels...weird. It wouldnt be so much of a distraction were it not for the fact that there REALLY isnt that much story going on in the foreground. Theres a kind of beauty to an issue that simply had a couple of kids skateboarding to the mall in 1985 to get high, but it would need to be executed just a BIT better in order to achieve what its going for.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Grommets (2024) #4

Aug 30, 2024

The definition that Dinisio puts into the colors really draws Grommets out of the authenticity. Its kind of disorienting. So often period dramas from the 20th century feel the need to throw a wink and a nod to contemporary audiences about the quaintness of an earlier time. Remender and Posehn do a really good job of keeping it all grounded in the reality of 1985. The story isnt wearing the era like a costume...it really DOES feel totally ensconced in it...and much of the drama thats in the issue could easily be placed in any other era. Thats quite an accomplishment given how often these things tend to devolve into campy nostalgia.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Grommets (2024) #6

Nov 29, 2024

Grommets asserts its distinctive approach to the indie comics page with style and poise in another satisfying issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Groo (1998): In The Wild #2

Sep 12, 2023

In the second issue of the current series, the artist's big, flat tapestries of massive crowds of people serve a story that involves the oppressive mass of the masses in the service of commerce. The big crowd shots serve a deeper meaning in another satisfyingly simple adventure for one of the longer-lived satirical characters on the fringes of pop cultural fame. Sixty years is a long time to be working in ANY industry. Aragons' style is charming enough to maintain for another sixty years or more, though it's undoubtedly the case that this is likely to be the later period beloved artists' impressively long career. The guy IS 85. It's just cool that he continues to produce stuff with such resilient heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Groot (2023) #3

Jul 22, 2023

Though hes clearly the center and soul of the issue, the title character serves as more of a sidekick to the guest stars, which tends to be the case with characters that dont speak clear English. Its difficult to maintain a central focus on the title character if theyre not going to allow a deeper perspective on his own articulated thoughts and emotions, but its just really nice to see him hanging out with an old hero from the Silver Age in a story set some time ago on a distant planet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Groot (2023) #4

Sep 12, 2023

Abnett is a remarkably versatile writer. Hes doing some staggeringly intricate work for 2,000 A.D. in his Azimuth series. His work on Wilds End is hauntingly still. And with Groot, hes managed a very contemporary-feeling sort of a vintage space ranger-type story. Theres a definite momentum in a traditional tale of early Mar-Vel that could gain a whole new series if Groot does as well as it should.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2023) #1

Apr 13, 2023

Lanzing, Kelly, and company have plenty of time to bring the series into focus. A cowboy-heavy space western set in the Marvel Universe has plenty of potential. It just needs to find the right direction. The first issue is not without considerable visceral impact. Everything seems to be moving in the right direction. It just doesnt seem to have found the right direction by the end of the first issue. This isnt a great sign. The ensemble is good, though. The setting is interesting. The basic elements need to come together a bit more to really gain speed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2023) #3

Jun 22, 2023

The first really close look at the heart of Groot in this series seems like its in more or less the right spot. Kelly and Lanzing clearly have a very solid perspective on how to handle things. Theres a thoughtful approach to the story that feels like its trying to avoid Marvel space-fantasy cliches. The whole creative team IS coming up with something distinctly new without completely reinventing the concept of space fantasy. Its not brilliant, but its a great deal of fun, and thats exactly what Guardians of the Galaxy has always been in its best moments.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2023) #4

Jul 25, 2023

The series continues to gradually coalesce as the team is gradually drawn together. Its fun to watch Lanzing and Kelly revealing aspects of events that scattered the team. Theres a sense of anticipation and build-up to the big climactic resolution, but it feels like its running the risk of totally falling apart by the time the story reaches its final issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Gunhawks (2019) #1

Feb 9, 2019

This Gunhawks revival  has a classy feel about it that fits right into a well-worn genre that might still have some life left in it. The anthology format of Marvels other 80th anniversary revivals is sorely missed in this issue. The issue-length doesnt feel padded-out in any way. Its exactly as long as it needs to be to get the story across, but a title like Gunhawks feels like it could really benefit from another story or two between the covers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gunning For Hits #1

Jan 9, 2019

This is a very promising start to a story that will seamlessly bleed over into a number of other formats. Its not difficult to imagine this story translating well with actors - on a glowing rectangle of some sort. Moritat has done a great job of delivering Rougvies inside-the-music-industry drama to the comic book page, punctuating a very promising debut.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gunning For Hits #2

Feb 13, 2019

The issue wraps-up with Rougvie speaking directly to the reader in a long bit of text that provides some background on the thought thats gone into the series. Rougvies work with the creative team on coming up with a way to dynamically show the power of music on a comics page makes for reading thats every bit as interesting as whats going on in the actual narrative. That final bit of text at the end of the issue, the Spotify playlist that goes along with the issue and so much more continue to make Gunning for Hits a refreshingly deep multi-track series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gunning For Hits #3

Mar 11, 2019

Once again, Rougvie, Mills and Silver put together a very novel and unique style of story to the comics page. In these first three issues, Rougvie and company have painstakingly drawn a very distinctive narrative onto the page. There might be a bit of a jarring cut between the story and the Back Matter at issues end and there might not be a clear sense of where things might be at the beginning of the next issue, but this third issue of Gunning For Hits feels nearly flawless nonetheless.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gunning For Hits #4

Apr 10, 2019

Once again, one of the more unique offerings on the modern comic book rack continues to make a one-of-a-kind impression in an issue that shuffles around the central focus of the ongoing story. Its difficult to measure the pacing of the series as Slade and Billy seem to be burning through the narrative relatively early. Billys band is already emerging to impending success, which suggests that Rougvies plans for the series will likely expand to cover the life of Mills in decades to come beyond the current era of the late 1980s.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gunning For Hits #5

May 8, 2019

Success and failure play in a crisp narrative stereo feel that works impressively well this issue. The build-up to the end of the issue is punctuated by a fun couple of pages that have Rougvie writing the rough copy for a total evisceration of the doomed album by a fictitious music critic. As the issue ends, its already apparent that the album is bad. Its a nice little stylistic punctuation for Rougvie to go into detail on just HOW bad it is in the narrative text at the end of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Gunning For Hits #6

Jun 5, 2019

The first arc in the story of Martin Mills wraps-up with clever style. Theres a quick turnaround on the review of Slades album prompted by the events of the issue that serves as witty punctuation to the first six issues of the series. Rougvie definitely has something fresh here. Itll be nice to see it develop with the next instalment, which Rougvie will get to once hes finished work on a nonfiction book hes working on about the history of Rykodisc.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Gunslinger Spawn #21

Jun 14, 2023

Not everything works. Some of the costuming is remarkably silly. As beautiful as it is, so much of Gunslinger Spawn #21 is so repetitious that it could have been easily edited down to half an issue. The interplay between demons and dinosaurs and time travel and magic and gunplay could really find a way to come together brilliantly, but it would take a more clever sense of thematic modulation than McFarlane is attempting. There have been moments over the course of the series thus far that seem to have been reaching for something bigger. Its consistently disappointing to see McFarlane fail to live up to the potential of the premises weirdness.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Gunslinger Spawn #22

Jul 22, 2023

Although it is the case that the aggression of the 22nd issue of the series is kind of overwhelming, there clearly is a dramatic gravity thats holding it all together. Its just a bit lost in all of the action thats scratched into the page. Somewhere under the weight of all that blood and aggression lies a hell of a lot of emotion thats going to have to wait for issue #23 to really emerge.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Gunslinger Spawn #23

Sep 1, 2023

Dakota comes across as a fun character in an otherwise messy issue. Given the right narrative momentum, she could become something special in her title. Time traveling. She was working with dinosaurs and wearing a ridiculous-looking hat. It all works so well in the center of the panel. Cowboys and dinosaurs could be a lot of fun under the right circumstances...particularly with a dinosaur wrangler like Dakota.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Gunslinger Spawn #35

Sep 6, 2024

As annoying as it all is, Gunslinger #35 still manages to congest a respectable amount of grit and monstrous brutality onto the page. It makes a hell of an impact for an issue that feels largely inconsequential even in light of the outcome of the battle. The overall intensity of the battle would have felt a lot more impressive if there was more of a larger picture in the overall comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Gunslinger Spawn #37

Nov 10, 2024

Every now and again a spawn title hits on something that really would work well on its own as a completely different series. This particular manhunt would work really well as a matched pair trying to make their way through a world that is infested with the spawn of hell. Would be really fun to see that two of them continue on in some fashion. However, so many ideas ricochet around the Spawn Universe and so little of it meets the center of the page the way that it should.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Gunslinger Spawn #38

Dec 5, 2024

The overall sense of action on the page IS a nice place to build from as the series continues. Artwork has been known to do a pretty good job of outsmarting a bad script, but McFarlanes writing proves to be a bit too much of a challenge for a talented group of artists who put together an otherwise entertaining entry into a long-running series. Given the right momentum, the art team could easily work its way around McFarlanes script. They just have to find the right strattegy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Gwen Stacy (2020) #2

Mar 11, 2020

Gage and Nauck give a powerless Gwen Stacy plenty of room to move. Its a hell of a challenge to deliberately force a supporting character into the center like this. Still, Gwen has proven over the years that shes every bit as appealing a character without powers as she is in an alternate dimension as the Ghost-Spider. That being said, the real challenge for Gage in the months to come is going to lie in continuing to tell a story about an everyday high school girl growing up in the Marvel Universe. Its easy enough to wrap Gwen up in drama with her father for the first few issues, but sooner or later shes going to need to define herself a bit more. THAT could be a challenge.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hack / Slash: Body Bags (2024) #1

Oct 26, 2024

There is quite a lot going on in the first issue. However, Seeley and company manage to keep it all moving with the right amount of momentum and everything feels more or less perfectly poised to crash together in future issues as the series continues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hack / Slash: Body Bags (2024) #2

Dec 5, 2024

Theres still time for Seeley and company to tie the story into something much more meaningful and clever, but this IS the second isue of the series and things could end up getting really dull really quickly if Seeley isnt able to find a more meaningful depth to what it is that hes doing. Its not going to be easy given all of the momentum thats come before it, but theres every chance that Seeley and company could manage something magnificent if they really work towards it. There ARE a lot of moving parts and theres every chance that things could.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hack / Slash: Hot Shorts #1

Oct 12, 2022

Seeleys work continues to have a coolly jagged indie feel about it. This may be a glossy offering from one of the biggest comic book companies in the US, but it still manages to feel like something that would have shown up at the comic shop in black and white on cheap newsprint somewhere in the late 1980s. Its a stylishly indie aesthetic that feels like it might have been unearthed a few decades ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
HaHa #2

Feb 17, 2021

This may be a six-issue mini-series, but it has great potential to be open-ended. The first two issues of the anthology have opened-up on a promising, new series that just might find be able to find its audience. Clown-related drama has a unique relationship with the comics page that will be interesting to see explored further so long as Image can find enough of a range in different art and story styles to keep it interesting issue after issue after issue. There are so many different directions possible for a series like this. Hopefully, Image can find enough sales to keep the series going long enough to find its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
HaHa #3

Mar 24, 2021

The series feels like it could go on forever like this, with Prince telling a different clown story every issue. Haha seems interested in telling only stories that are strikingly different from each other in every way other than their darkness. The pairing of Prince and Langridge feels more or less perfect in what stands as one of the best issues in the series so far. A silent issue in any comic book series is a rarity. A silent issue in clown-based darkness feels like a more perfect match for the perfect match of talent.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
HaHa #4

Apr 21, 2021

The fourth in the series proves that Prince has a very clear idea of how to adjust and articulate the world of the clown in a way that can deliver a universe of diversity. Each story has been distinctly different. The challenge for Prince may lie in closing out the series with some larger sense of composition that would make it feel whole. As it is, the entirety of the six issues are beginning to feel like a weird, darkly comic fugue that flashes across the comics rack.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
HaHa #5

May 26, 2021

Haha, has had a genuinely diverse series of moods. The penultimate issue is a perfect match for the strange patchwork of stories that Prince has crafted for the series. Theres no telling what Prince might do in the interest of wrapping up his appealingly quirky, little journey in July. As ephemeral as each story from each issue has been, its going to be sad to see the final chapter saunter its way to the rack next month. Itll be a bittersweet moment for the indie rack to see this series come to an end in July. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
HaHa #6

Jul 14, 2021

The entirety of the anthology series doesnt approach any kind of sense of finality, but its not for lack of trying. Prince and company manage some moments of thematic expansion as Prince covers some of the bigger themes that have been ricocheting through the series. The art team manages a few beautiful panoramic panels. The series lacks an overall sense of composition that would make it feel like anything other than a dark stumble through the kind of simple, unsullied sadness that doesnt often make it into pop fiction. Its sad. Its simple. Its not terribly compelling, though. It holds a mood perfectly. And maybe thats all it really needs to do. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hairball (2023) #1

Apr 7, 2023

Theres a dark drama to the series that could run the risk of being really, really silly, but Kindt, Jenkins, and Jenkins are taking the subject matter very seriously...which COULD backfire in future issues, but the series premiere feels like a sharply-rendered horror drama from beginning to end. And thats a hell of an accomplishment given that its a horror story about a black cat and an adopted girl.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Halloween Party (2022) #1

Oct 12, 2022

Duggan and Posehn end the issue with some suggestion of a follow-up for the holidays, which could be fun if the two writers managed to get the right kind of edge for it. With Halloween Party, the writers have nearly found something that could be interesting and genuinely fun. The current issue could have worked so much better. They would have needed to find the right hook to make all of the weirdness feel like it had some point to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Hallows' Eve (2023) #4

Jun 22, 2023

It might've had a bit of a challenging start, but Hallows Eve finally feels like it's going somewhere. There's little question that Schultz and company are going to wrap this up in a way that feels satisfying enough. The series has really found its momentum just one issue before it closes out. It's a clever idea. With any luck, Schultz will have a chance to explore Janine and her powers a little bit more in the future. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2016) #50

Sep 26, 2018

Anniversary issues can feel excessive and unnecessary. It can be fun when a creative team takes a look back while carefully advancing the story in a new direction. Humphries takes a different route here: just invite a bunch of people over to have fun with the character. Its a huge party. Like any good party, it gets pleasantly out of hand. (Even the Anti-Monitor shows-up.) Not everything works, and it may not be perfect, but its the perfect approach thats perfectly suited to Harley.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2016) #51

Oct 13, 2018

Harley's title is casually cartwheeling off in an interesting direction that could break new existential spoofery beyond the accomplished works of Gerber, Giffen and Byrne.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #52

Oct 16, 2018

Its very reassuring to see a character who is both crazy and relatable. Its also reassuring to see her walk the narrow path towards becoming something other than a detriment to society. As the storyline progresses, itll be interesting to see how Harleys long term character development is going to affect how everyone relates to her, on and off the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2016) #53

Nov 9, 2018

Harleys journey to legitimate, responsible adulthood continues. The subtle Harley-is-America aspect to the story continues to be appealing. Here Humphries continues his exploration of modern American pop consciousness trying to grow-up into some kind of responsible adulthood. Humphries attempt to address this in internet video culture within this framework isnt quite handled with the kind of sophistication hed managed in previous issues. However, its interesting to watch it continue to unfold in this issue, even when the quality falters a bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn (2016) #54

Nov 28, 2018

Humphries seems to be centering the story a bit less on the title character. This being said, Harley is trying to figure out who she really is. As she searches for her own identity after supervillainy, theres added depth in Humphries focus on the lives of others she comes into contact with.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #57

Jan 9, 2019

Harleys been through a lot. In this issue Humphries and Timm have tossed the captivating clown girl onto the page at just the right angle. As this is the beginning of a multi-issue story, theres hope that the next few issues could be the beginnings of a fascinating new chapter in the heroines life in 2019. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #58

Feb 5, 2019

Humphries, Timm and Harley work some clever magic together for an issue with #58. The bad news is that Timm steps aside net issue. The good news is that Sami Basri is taking over for him. Basri has a solid handle on the character which should continue a very fun series as it moves beyond a remarkably enjoyable team-up with Batman.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #59

Mar 6, 2019

Humphries issues of Harley have been strangely erratic in kind of an appealing way. Traveling off into some weird Kafka fugue for 20 pages seems to fit the kind of weirdness that the title has been engaging in of late. It makes perfect sense in context even if it seems like kind of a departure from everything shes dealt with thus far a strange, little dream of an issue thats not without its charm.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #60

Apr 3, 2019

Harley really has some kind of serious breakthrough this issue.  Humphries, Basri and Sinclair bring together a really complicated world for Harley to inhabit that feels every bit as complex as Harley herself. On the surface, its a fun little sci-fi adventure, but there IS deeper dramatic energy lurking beneath the surface of it all for those who are interested in something deeper. This issue continue to exhibit the sharper elements of Humphries era of Harley Quinn, delivering a good story that works on any level a reader wants to engage it on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2016) #61

May 1, 2019

Seeing Harley run amok in a D&D-inspired fantasy world is a lot more fun than it has any right to be. Humphries and Schmidt do an outstanding job of bringing the world of Dark Fantasy Gotham to life with striking wit and smart drama that doesnt detract from the reforming clown girl at the center of it all. Thrust a modern character into a Medieval fantasy world may not be a terribly fresh concept for pop fiction. (Twain did it all the way back in 1889.) Humphries and Schmidt do an excellent job of making it fun anyway.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Harley Quinn (2016) #62

Jun 5, 2019

Humphries run on Harley Quinn continues to gracefully convulse through story elements that really have no business working. Nothing about Harley and her supporting characters necessarily has any reason to develop into anything more than a silly, little exercise in weak comedy, but Humphries manages to make Harley fun enough that its always a pleasure to hang out with her for 20 pages a month. Her two-issue glide through fantasy has turned out to be a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #63

Jul 3, 2019

Above all, Humphries and Schmidt handle a challenging subject with heroic looseness.  Theyre so wildly open to comedy, tragedy and everything else that theyre able to integrate this issue with a larger plot arc in her own title while gracefully shoving the last couple of pages into the Year of the Villain with all the subtlety of a giant wooden mallet. It doesnt sound like it SHOULD work, but it sure as hell does. Harley is going through a lot right now, but shes in good hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #64

Aug 7, 2019

Somewhere in the midst of the issue, Harley makes bitter mention of crossover events that everyone complains about, but everyone still buys. Humphries is having fun with a bad crossover that hes clearly been cornered into. Its really satisfying to see Humphries manage to make the crossover fit so well into the ongoing drama of Harleys life. It all comes together so perfectly that it would have practically have had to have been planned by some sort of evil super-genius looking for the only way he could possibly wrangle the anarchic energies of a slowly-reforming clown-girl psychopath

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #65

Sep 4, 2019

The degree to which Humphries' story works on multiple levels may suffer a bit this issue. The physical action of the issue takes a backseat to a conversational drama that is satisfying in its own way. Without holding a great deal of appeal for anyone who would be interested in the issue on an action/adventure level. This isn't a serious problem as the story is totally engrossing on a dramatic scale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Harley Quinn (2016) #66

Oct 9, 2019

The coming changeover in Harley Quinns life accompanies a promising development in Quinns interaction with the Year of the Villain crossover event. Having fully resolved Harleys cosmic trials, Humphries and Basri allow Harley to turn her attention to the fourth wall once more. Its a natural progression into the future of one of the more consistently satisfying comics of the Year.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #67

Nov 7, 2019

Harley Quinn's first trudge through the holidays without her mother continues next month as Thanksgiving gives way to a Christmas issue. Humphries has been really deft in giving each moment in Harley's life over the past Year a very distinct sense of progression that is so often missing in long-running series. The path to reformation is now compromised by a need to recover.  Handling the loss of her mother as she has shunned offerings of great power from a couple of different angles. Harley deserves some time-off for the holidays. This issue is part of a fun excursion for Harley.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2016) #68

Dec 7, 2019

The sudden shift from Christmas to an entirely new theme in the last couple of pages is a bit jarring. Humphries really seemed to be building up to something with the death of Harleys mom towards the end of this year. One might hope that Humphries has broader plans to deal with Harleys ongoing psychological life. One might expect that Harley might want to avoid deeper issues as they generally arent too much fun. Time will tell who wins out in the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Harley Quinn (2016) #69

Jan 6, 2020

The series continues. Harley has come down from a hell of an adventure at the end of last year. Not every issue is going to be utterly brilliant. This one seems to be a muddle between possible high points. Harley just engaged with the cosmic end of the DC Universe before dealing with the death of her mother. Here shes loafing about with a weak joke. At least shes not hanging out with an even weaker Joker. Its nice to know that some standards are still firmly in place, even in the least inspired issue of her current series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn (2016) #70

Feb 11, 2020

Its fun to see Harley roll through a parade of weird backgrounds in a variety of different stories, but this issue and the one before it are a bit of a jarring departure from the high weirdness that cartwheeled through the title in the second half of 2019. With any luck, Humphries and Basri can find that energy again in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2016) #71

Mar 4, 2020

After the death of her mother, Harleys series hasnt had quite as much impact as it had before. Harleys restless and so is her comic book...not quite finding the footing it needs to really define itself. The loose talent in the pairing of Basri and Humphries is still there, but its not quite connecting-up the way it had at the end of last year. There are a few elements in play in this issue, which could lead to something better. Time will tell if Humphries and Basri are able to capitalize on it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2016) #72

Jun 6, 2020

Harley's adventure in California continues. Any real potential for Harley exploring life in the wake of everything that's happened seems as distant as ever when it really SHOULD be closer to the center of the story. The jerkiness of the pacing could be a bit more charming, but Humphries and company don't even necessarily manage that much in another issue that is just beyond the reach of being good. The story isn't finished yet, though. Judging from the state of things at issue's end, there's one more issue that could bring recent events into sharp focus if Humphries can manage it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2016) #73

Jun 12, 2020

Humphries and Basri give Harley a needed infusion of direction and vitality. Harleys life may still lack a great deal of direction, but shes much more in the rhythm of her own psychosis as the current storyline reaches the end of its fourth chapter. Harley might not ever find a totally well-adjusted lifestyle. Still, Humphries continues to push her in a direction that at least FEELS like its progressing to some sort of stability even though shes unlikely to ever really stabilize.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Harley Quinn (2016) #74

Jul 9, 2020

Humphries has had a hell of a run on the series. Hes been working towards next months series finale for well over a year now. Harleys reformation has taken a long and gradual road with plenty of subtlety even as the narrative has sometimes jerked around haphazardly while its protagonist has been engaging in some very dark behavior. The series draws to a close next month with a big 75th-anniversary issue. Humphries will have worked on the series for two years by the time it draws to a close. Its been a nice long run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2016) #75

Aug 20, 2020

Humphries saw this issue coming for quite a long time, and so he'd had quite a bit of time in which to put it together. The overall feel of it feels more or less right. It would have been nice for Humphries to have had a bit more time to develop the gradual road to redemption that Harley seemed to be navigating throughout his run. This feels like a sudden tumble to an end and another beginning for Harley. One series ends, but the show MUST go on. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn (2021) #20

Aug 24, 2022

In Hollywood terms, its Aliens meets Suicide Squad. Its also a crossover to the Metal family of DC comics, so Phillipss work is...pleasantly derivative. Just toss a few things together and have some fun with them. Harleys march to Issue #30 of her current series is respectably enjoyable without trying to go for anything too deep. Its kind of a disappointment after the weird mix of things that found Harleys mother dying of cancer not too long ago, but its the right kind of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2021) #22

Sep 29, 2022

A revenant Harley is a really clever idea. All too often, the dead are given a humorlessness. Harley has seen death. That cant be easy, but she wouldnt be Harley if she didnt come back from it with a clear sense of humor. Theres every indicator that shes going to be just as weird and whimsical having been through the Lazarus Pit. Phillips and company have their work cut out for them. This should be fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Harley Quinn (2021) #23

Oct 27, 2022

Harley is one of the few characters in mainstream comics who thrives on a wide range of different lives. So often a character has to have a firmly grounded status quo to gain the kind of momentum that lends itself to a big following. Having been through everything that Harleys been through over the decades, its getting more and more difficult to find truly new surroundings for the chaotic clown girl. Phillips and company are doing an admirable job of throwing Harley in a new direction after her own death. It will remain to be seen whether or not they can keep the momentum going into Harleys next big change. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Harley Quinn (2021) #24

Nov 26, 2022

The bomb that Phillips and company mix in at the end promises to launch the storyline in another really, really weird direction that should be a lot of fun as the series reaches its 25th issue before the end of 2022. Harley has had some difficulty finding the right equilibrium after writer Sam Humphries stopped hanging out with her some time ago. Phillips has clearly managed to find the right pulse.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2021) #25

Jan 4, 2023

The funhouse clown car of the final splash page is fun. It could mean good things for the next issue if everything comes together at the right angles, but its going to be really, really difficult to keep everything from feeling indistinct. Its hard enough to keep every character distinct in a massive crossover issue. Doing so under the circumstances that Phillips is working with at the end of the 25th issue will be a real challenge.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn (2021) #26

Jan 25, 2023

Things seem to be coming together on the overall rhythm of the post-mortem-Harley-back-from-the-dead thing. The Harley Who Laughs might be more of an interesting character if Phillips were to spend a little more time fleshing out the villain. She comes across as an abstract evil, which doesnt do her a whole lot of justice. Theres still time, though. Tensions certainly HAVE developed since the beginning of the storyline, and Phillips IS moving the conflict ahead by issues end.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2021) #27

Mar 1, 2023

Phillips has good instincts for the chaos and the craziness that is Harley. Shes just not working with it in a way that would result in a well-framed plot. And maybe Harley doesnt NEED a well-framed plot, but the series is always a lot more satisfying when theres some kind of an eye on a steadier story construction than the one that Phillips has managed the past few issues. All of the right elements are clearly apparent in Phillipss work, though. Given the right momentum, she could cast Harley in really fun new directions. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2021) #28

Mar 30, 2023

From the traditional Gotham City crime war to court to community college to an encounter with an overwhelmingly cosmic entity, its a hell of a lot of ground to cover in very little time, but Howard manages to make it work. With a better connection to the script, Sweeney Boos work could really take Harley in an interesting new direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2021) #30

May 24, 2023

As strange as things have gotten, they've been a lot weirder for Harley in the years past. Howard is taking the character a little bit less seriously than she's been taken before. And that's perfectly fine. She's a very dynamic and rubbery sort of a hero who could easily fit into just about any corner you happen to shove her in. It's one of the reasons why she's been so successful for so long. She can do serious heart-crushing drama, and she can do totally bonkers slapstick. Sometimes in the same panel. Howard seems to understand this. And she seems to be moving the character in a direction that can fully embrace every angle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2021) #31

Jun 30, 2023

Harley has been all over the place in the past few years. Howard might be having fun with throwing Harley into some weird journey through various different worlds, but its really, really difficult to do that with Harley in a way that feels fresh or new. Shes had some very big conflicts that have hit the page in a number of different ways, and Howard simply isnt putting anything in front of Harley that readers havent already seen before. This compromises the wild irreverence of Harleys energy. As the issue opens, it DOES feel like anything could happen. Its just a little hard to engage with the energy as a reader at this stage.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn (2021) #41

Jun 26, 2024

Tini and Sweeney continue to have a great deal of fun hanging with Harley, That fun continues to transfer off the page remarkably well in a way that feels distinctly unlike anything else on the comics rack right now. The rubbery comedy of the action playfully serves as a counterpoint to deeper emotional connections being made deeper in and within the heart of a really fun and engrossing story. Theres nothing necessarily all that original about what Tini and Sweeney are doing. It still manages to be a great deal of fun, though. And with Harley...thats all that really matters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Harley Quinn (2021): 30th Anniversary Special #1

Sep 21, 2022

So many comic book characters thrive on being simple and iconic. Character development and change over time are great, but veer too far in one direction or the other and the character begins to lose appeal. Harley thrives on being herself through an insane array of different roles and personalities. It might be what makes her that much more dynamic and durable than just about any other character that has been introduced in the superhero genre over the course of the past 30 years. Her 100-page super-spectacular wisely showcases so much of the range that Harley has managed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn: Black + White + Redder (2023) #1

Jul 24, 2023

Harley Quinn is hit-or-miss. She can be a lot of fun if shes caught at the right angles. Its really, really difficult to do so, though. Shes such an erratic personality. What works well with one writer might not necessarily work really well with another. The cool thing about an anthology is that if one creative team doesnt necessarily have a fun relationship with the clown girl, theres a good chance that shes going to get along with at least one of the other two. In this issue, that connection is made quite well with Maguire and Zdarsky.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Harley Quinn: Black + White + Redder (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

Once again, an anthology issue proves that you only need three colors and three stories to fill a fully satisfying comic between the covers. Harleys personality works well in bite-sized jokes, even if they have no coherent punchline. Shes a lawless person who makes three stories come to life even if she isnt the center of every level in the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Haunt You to the End (2023) #1

Jun 14, 2023

Theres a whole John W. Campbell Who Goes There? feel to the series. A group of experts in a few different areas dive into the unknown. Some of the better examples of this sort of thing in pop fiction tend to be sci-fi horror. Cady and Mutti take a group of people who dont seem to believe in ghosts into the heart of supernatural horror while also fusing the narrative with a post-apocalyptic vibe. Its a fun mash-up that could easily play with the audiences expectations. Itll be interesting to see where Cady and Mutti take it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Haunt You to the End (2023) #2

Jul 12, 2023

The clever mixing of environmental and supernatural horror should be fun to explore in future issues of the series, but it will remain to be seen whether or not the series can get enough distance from the central ensemble to get a good look at the world that theyre exploring. The ensemble of characters IS interesting in places, but it lacks the kind of compelling dynamic that would serve the center of the series alone without something more being added in. As the central conflict begins to set in at the end of the issue, there DOES appear to be a chance that the plot will begin to balance out. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #2

Dec 29, 2021

There are quite a few villains in Marvels rogues gallery that could be responsible for the mind control. Nijkamp has done a respectable job of allowing the plot to slowly evolve in a way that maintains interest without revealing too much. Within the confines of a five-issue series, this is a lot of fun. The art fits well with the script...its primarily action/drama with just a hint of the humor that Nijkamp is delivering to the story. Kate can tackle more exciting stuff than strange goings-on at an estate in the Hamptons, but Nijkamp has clearly found an enjoyable backdrop for a fun mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #3

Jan 19, 2022

The middle of the five-issue mini-series is well-poised as Kate deals with family issues that happen to involve one of the single most powerful artifacts in the whole of the Marvel Universe. Kate can handle it. Nijkamp may have bit off a little more than she can handle in the final two issues of the series with a fragment of a cosmic cube involved. Still, shes done a solidly exemplary job of putting everything together in the first three issues, so a satisfying conclusion is more or less assured.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #4

Feb 10, 2022

With Kate and her sister firmly unified, the series seems to be well set up for its final chapter. The action involving a fragment of the Cosmic Cube should be suitably impressive if Nijkamp manages to frame the story's climax with the kind of energy that she has managed to capture in the penultimate issue of the series. Kate's fun in her own series, but the specific trappings of her family's estate aren't proving to be quite the right stage for her energy this time around. It's been fun, but Kate will have to wait a bit longer for something that fits her personality a bit better.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #5

Mar 16, 2022

A tumble with Kate Bishop and friends really SHOULDNT be sedate, though. A tumble with Kate Bishop and a fragment of the Cosmic Cube? THAT should be a crazy, unhinged leap through bizarreness that this series never really manages to accomplish, which is really too bad. Theres a real missed opportunity for something much more intense in this series, but the wit of Nijkamp is fun and breezy amidst some pleasant color and occasionally impressive artwork. This creative team could find a more integrated dynamic with a subsequent series given the right momentum. There are the embers of something that could be much more appealing if the story matched the art teams strengths a little bit more. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hawkgirl (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

Axelrod and Nahuelpan bring Hawkgirl through quite a bit of inner progression in a single issue. They manage to do this without making it feel rushed or forced. She's dealing with inner turmoil, so the character development feels natural. Internal struggle can be tough to bring to the comics page in a way that doesn't feel over-emphasized. Nahuelpan's intricate subtlety in characterization works well between the dialogue to develop something that feels quite vivid. Now that the antagonist entirely views the hero, that character development should start to go in exciting directions.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hell To Pay (2022) #5

Jun 7, 2023

Soule has put down a hell of a lot of story in the first five issues of the series. Given how much has been delivered in the course of the first five issues, its kind of surprising that the series hasnt felt more narratively cramped and crowded as it could have been. Soule gives each moment a great deal of room to breathe, and Slineys visuals lend a voluminous weight to everything that makes it feel much bigger than the images on the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hell To Pay (2022) #6

Jun 28, 2023

The interplay between capitalism and the realm of the devils is a fun one to explore. Soule casts a pretty stern glance into the overlay between money and misery without going into a great amount of detail. It might be interesting to see him explore that in a bit more depth, but he has other places to be with the Shrouded College, and the next series is about vampires in space. So...yknow...Im sure there will be depth there as its connected to Hell to Pay, but hes clearly going to be exploring other themes with the next series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1957: Fearful Symmetry

Jun 28, 2023

The actual action in the issue feels pretty flat on the page, but this particular Hellboy isnt a story that thrives in action. The drama of the mystery is what drives the entire appeal of the story, and it does so in a way that capably carries the story from one cover to the other with a few moments of genuine interest along the way. The atmosphere is maintained throughout the issue in a way that makes for a memorable trip to India with Hellboy.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Hellcat (2023) #1

Mar 15, 2023

A vigilante hero being brought in by the police...its a concept with a lot of potential. Its too bad Cantwell didnt really know where to go with it. Cantwells interpretation of Patsy is not without its strength. It needs to hit the page with more impact as the series progresses if its going to elevate at all. With everything firmly established in the first issue, its inevitable that Cantwell and company will manage something much more interesting than theyve opened the series with. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hellcat (2023) #3

May 25, 2023

The amnesiac detective is a really fun trope to explore. Its not attempted too often, but its always notably interesting when it IS...especially with a character who is as immersed in the darkness as Patsy Walker. Cantwell clearly has the series thoughtfully laid out. There are only two issues left to go before the big inevitable resolution. As disappointingly short as the series is, Cantwells writing through the third issue suggests that theres a really sharply satisfying ending coming in late July.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hellcat (2023) #4

Jun 22, 2023

One issue. Theres one issue left to go in the series. Cantwell and company have just really gotten going on the series, and its over with Issue #5. The cleverly-crafted story is coming to an end, but Cantwell has found a really nice niche for Patsy that works so well with an area of the Marvel Universe that so rarely gets the right treatment. Hopefully, everything wraps up with a clear conclusion for the next issue. If all goes well, it would be cool to see Cantwell and Lins have another adventure with Patsy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hercules (2024) #6

Nov 10, 2024

The challenge in the future is going to be to try to find ways to expand the legends. If that would be a ring too far from where it is that things need to be in order to release still feel  suitably Olympian. Its going to be kind of weird seeing them try to do that. Although its definitely going to be something that needs to happen if a series is going to continue onto much more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Heroes In Crisis #1

Sep 26, 2018

Overall, this is a great first eighth of a story. A tremendous amount of plot is delivered in 28 pages. If King and Mann can maintain the right balance, mood and pacing for the next 7 issues, this could be a very taut superhero drama with a heavy emphasis on the drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Hex Wives #1

Oct 31, 2018

Its a fascinating first issue, and Blackers story has the potential to be something truly unique if it can only find the right focus. Theres a real potential appeal to empowerment in this series, with a group of women who have lost those magical abilities which define them, a corollary to how women have been marginalized for centuries. This book has the potential to gaze into the nature of that marginalization from an appealing horror-fantasy angle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Hex Wives #3

Jan 2, 2019

As it is a story which plays with mystery, its difficult to tell exactly where the story is heading. There is some foreshadowing that the witches will regain their full power, but it will be a long journey for them. The challenge for Blacker and company is going to lie in keeping the story interesting and compelling it such a slow pace that also plays on the frustrations of readers. Isadora cant keep forgetting things. There MUST be some acknowledgement that things are not as they appear in the pleasantly drab suburban torpor. If there isnt some quickening of the storys pulse soon, the series could start to flatline.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Hex Wives #4

Jan 30, 2019

With Izzy serving as the center of a really interesting ensemble of ersatz witches in the middle of a very oppressive suburban bubble, Hex Wives continues to slink through the intrigue of a very interesting story. There might be some difficulty maintaining the right mix of amnesia and subjugated power in future issues, but at the moment Blacker, Andolfo and Louise have a really unique story running in the fourth issue of an engrossing series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hex Wives #5

Feb 27, 2019

Tension is maintained throughout the issue until the end. With all the secrets finally out in the open, the final three pages set-up a vivid confrontation which should make for a suitably dramatic end to the series first 6 issues. Precisely where Blacker and  Andolfo take it from there is going to be interesting to see. A series so deeply entrenched in the mysteries of domestic incarceration might suffer a bit with all of the secrets out in the open unless Blacker can find something compelling for the series to transition into in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hex Wives #6

Mar 27, 2019

Its a satisfying wrap-up to the initial six issues. At the outset of the series back in October, Blacker and Andolfo said they wanted to keep doing the series indefinitely. There are so many places the story could go from here, and there are quite a few mysteries revealed in the sixth issue for Blacker and Andolfo to uncover. The ensemble of witches has been introduced. From here it could get really interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hey Kids! Comics!: The Schlock of the New! #1

Apr 7, 2023

As an artist, Chaykin is one of those few talents who has given himself a chance to truly grow artistically over the decades. Kirbys work in the 1940s didnt look all that different from his work in the 1980s. Ditto for Ditko. Theres a clean line between McFarlanes Batman and his Spawn. Liefeld...has always been Liefeld. The list goes on. Chaykins style shows a bold progression line, with this series up from anything else that hes done, and its clear that hes improving and growing...and continuing to do some really remarkable work.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hey Kids! Comics!: The Schlock of the New! #3

Jun 7, 2023

One wonders how easy it might be to do something really, really similar to this that DIDNT thinly veil everyones identity. It might not work as well, though. Any history of the comic book industry (and there have been A LOT of them over the years) tends to focus on companies, characters, and personalities. What Chaykin is doing with this incredibly clever series istelling history with a focus on the people. Names like Stan Lee and Jack Kirby and Marvel and DC and EC are way too big. Taking away the names, the fame, and the legend allows Chaykin to focus his history on the people who built an industry that has had a profound impact on pop culture.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hey Kids! Comics!: The Schlock of the New! #4

Jul 7, 2023

Given Chaykins keen precision, its actually kind of surprising that hes only made it as far as the early 1980s in the first four issues of the current series. Chaykin slices through history with an impressively deft understanding of storytelling. There are so many different stories from the history of the comics industry for Chaykin to roll through, and it would be all too easy to get lost in details. Chaykin knows to keep it simple: get into the heart of an exchange, get out of it, and get on to the next scene. Brilliant pacing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hey Kids! Comics!: The Schlock of the New! #5

Aug 10, 2023

As sharp as Chaykin's storytelling is, it's a very quick enjoyment across various elements of this point in comic book history. There isn't a whole lot of insight that's being driven into the narrative. He's just delivering it to the page in a way that seems suitably crazy. Because it was a crazy area. Because there's never been anything other than a crazy era in a very, very strange industry. The business never really made sense. Chaykin knows this, and he's playing with it in a way that makes it feel every bit as insane as it is. Art imitates life imitating art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #1

Jul 24, 2019

The issue ends with huge blocks of text appending Galactus story in a cramped, little cluster of pages. Giving specific citations of where many of the story elements had originated. While giving a greater sense of appreciation in the depth of whats being delivered. Arguably, the last time Marvel tried anything this comprehensive, it was The Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe conceived by Jim Shooter and edited by Mark Gruenwald. That work gave more of a sweeping sense of the infinity of Marvels stories by grounding them in something that felt much more organized. The scope of this series is impressive, but it lacks the sense of the infinite that comes from a more rigidly-organized volume.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #2

Aug 21, 2019

Its all a jumble...but then: thats the Marvel Universe. There had been noble intentions to keep it all together in a single world shared by characters, writers, artists, and editors. Far too many people were involved to make it all coherent, however. Waid and company continue to soldier on in an attempt to condense it all, but without a strong unifying narrative force, it feels like a largely disinteresting outline of events.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #3

Sep 18, 2019

This issue feels necessary to the continuity of the series, but there isnt enough here to make it feel like much more than an exercise linking the second issue to the fourth.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hitomi (2022) #1

Oct 12, 2022

The rhythm of the story feels very much like a traditional samurai film taken from a slightly skewed angle. There is a grand sense of scope about the story that makes the world feel large and imposing for the little hero, even if much of it is snow and empty space. Its difficult to tell quite where the story is going, though Tak and company have clearly defined it in a way that feels like it could open up into a big, sprawling adventure if everything makes it to the page just right.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #4

Mar 10, 2021

Much like his work on  Coffinbound, Watters scripting for Home Sick Pilots has leaned heavily into the art to tell the story. Theres a tremendous amount of trust in the artist to deliver the bulk of whats going on thats paid-off quite well in Watters work. Watters approach has been impressive. Give the artist the freedom to work on the visuals without too much dialogue, and you just might end up with something beautiful. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Home Sick Pilots #5

Apr 16, 2021

Ami is a full-blown superhero at the end of the fifth issue. The unique weirdness of the first five issues of the series may be complicated by the traditional superhero feel to the hero. Still, theres plenty of room for occult strangeness around the edges of the panel. The big climax to the first arc feels satisfying, though. Ami really feels like shes developed into something special in the first five issues. If Watters and Wijngaard can hold onto that, Homesick Pilots could become something truly unique in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #6

Jun 23, 2021

With just the right mix of interpersonal drama, action, and supernatural horror, Watters story is gradually revealing itself to be a truly unique fusion. Wijngaards strikingly vivid art brings the story to the page in a way that fuses well with Watters scripting. There are countless potential paths that Meg and Rip could stumble through in the coming issues. Thanks to some very sharp characterization, the pair are as deeply engaging on the comics page as they are in their dialogue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #7

Jul 21, 2021

This issue shows a genuine interest in modulating mood, mode, and tone between issues that should serve the series well in the long run. Watters and Wijngaard point the pages in the direction of a chapter that allows the supernatural end of this supernatural horror to rest along the edges of the narrative. Characters are given a bit of a breather before the next chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Home Sick Pilots #8

Aug 18, 2021

Things continue to fall apart beautifully in a series that seems to know exactly where the lines are and exactly how far it can go before it crosses any of them. The story is just familiar enough that it feels comfortable without being so familiar as to feel overly derivative. The color and chaos of the visuals are just powerful enough to feel overwhelming without desensitizing the reader to the story. Its all balanced so well. The challenge is to keep it balanced as the complexity of the story intensifies. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #9

Sep 15, 2021

The overall pacing of the series has been a little bit hard to gauge. Watters and Wijngaard have had a scattered amount of success in bringing together a coherent rhythm to the series, which has served it quite well in retrospect. The crazy scratchings of the story have helped to amplify its beautifully glowing weirdness. The ninth issue makes it feel like there are much bigger plans at work beyond the surface of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Home Sick Pilots #10

Oct 13, 2021

In ten issues, Watters and Wijngaard have found a style and pacing that works. The first ten issues as a whole might feel a bit unpleasantly staccato as elements pile events and elements together in a way that can feel slightly skewed and out of focus. Still, the overall feel of the series is so appealing that weird little fuzzinesses and rough edges feel perfectly at home in the larger picture. As strange as it all is, Watters and Wijngaard have found a way to make it work.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #11

Jan 19, 2022

In the course of its run, Home Sick Pilots has occasionally toyed with some fascinating ideas. With some appealingly weird moods that come together at odd angles and tend to fade out into a strange semi-coherent blur before shooting into striking clarity for just long enough to keep the whole thing really, really interesting. With issue eleven, Watters and Wijngaard manage to hold everything together in a strange state of grace from beginning to end. Much like the old James House itself, its difficult to predict how it will all hold together in the course of the following few issues, but itll be a lot of fun watching it attempt to do so.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Home Sick Pilots #12

Feb 16, 2022

Its always kind of tricky to judge a work in progress...particularly of the pacing of the plot don exactly lend itself to neatly-defined chapters. Watters and Wijngaard are clearly working with a plot structure that doesnt always neatly fall between the two covers of a monthly comic book. There is a HELL of a lot going on in the story that might work better in the larger volumes of collected editions. That being said, it has been a lot of fun watching it progress every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #13

Mar 16, 2022

The rhythm of the series hasnt always worked to the advantage of individual issues. Watters and Wijngaard have kept a firm perspective on the larger picture, which would generally lend itself to a more satisfying format in trade paperback. Every now and then, though, theres an issue of Home Sick Pilots which feels perfectly at home in a single issue format. The thirteenth is one of those issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Home Sick Pilots #14

Apr 20, 2022

The chains. The teeth. The massive wreckage amidst approaching tanks and military helicopters. It all looks beautiful, punctuated as it is by the occasional palm tree in the background. And then theres the blood and the looks of concern. Wijngaard balances personal emotion against big aggression from another plane of existence. Again. Too bad theres been so much of that in the course of recent issues...not enough modulation. There is reason to believe that the whole thing could end with a powerful smack at the end of the story next issue. Still, Home Sick Pilots has been stuck on a single track for so long that its difficult to imagine it picking-up momentum at the end without a seriously jarring change of pace that might compromise the finality of the conclusion at the end of the fifteenth issue. Home Sick Pilots has been fun in its 14 installments so far. One way or another, itll be nice to see it end in the fifteenth chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Home Sick Pilots #15

Jun 29, 2022

In completion, Watterss story has a dreamy feel about it. Watters and Wijngaard play with popular imagery...mixing spectral action and comedy with a splash of struggling rock and roll grunge to create something special. Its a clever mutation of horror and fantasy that has so much more potential than a fifteen-issue series. Part of the appeal lies in the stylish ambiguity between Watterss scripts and Wijngaards visuals. Theres a fascinating world between the panels that could be a really fun playground for anyone wanting to play in a similar world of weaponized ghosts. Of course...Watters does leave the possibility open for a sequel series

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Hornsby & Halo (2024) #1

Nov 30, 2024

The nature versus nurtures sense of the story seems to be the center that author and artist are reaching for. It's a bit upsetting given how complex everything else is. The obvious choices made for the contrast between angel and devil feel a little bit too on-the-nose. thankfully, there's a rich complexity through the script and to the art vet manages to steer pretty clear of really obvious choices with respect to be overall theme. Hopefully they can manage to maintain that even if the overall premise feels like it might be a little bit too, hard in the direction of the obvious.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hunt. Kill. Repeat. #4

Jun 23, 2023

London has done a pretty good job of modulating the action. Rising tensions have gradually been mounting over the course of the first half of the series. Clearly, Artemis is heading towards some kind of showdown with Zeus. If she had all the power of her original divinity, a confrontation with the diety would be a challenge. Without her power, its going to be that much more of a challenge. Its a captivating journey with Archidiaconos work amping up the intensity with some very well-executed godlike aggression exploding across the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hyde Street (2024) #1

Oct 2, 2024

There was actually a guy who popularized X-ray specs and packaged Amazing Live Sea Monkeys. Harold von Braunhut was a sleazy racist who marketed some pretty shady stuff by mail order. (Crazy Crabs and the Invisible Goldfish were some of his lesser-known products.) The fictionalized Mr. X is a considerably more appealing anti-hero based on a much less appealing figure. Its nice to see Johns and company twisting his work in a direction that explores the darker end of humanity. Very cool stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Hyde Street (2024) #2

Nov 29, 2024

Johns and company deliver a really impressive second issue. One more foundation gets delayed for a series that could easily run for quite a few issues. There is so much potential in the story of so many people who have been subjected to the darker end of humanity. Really interesting to get a very sophisticated and nuanced look at that in a series that dives very deeply into the nature of human misfortune.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
I Am Batman (2021) #15

Nov 9, 2022

Its not just the gun. There are a few other moments that dont quite live up to their potential, but for the most part, this is an admirably powerful chapter in the life of a young Batman. This is particularly impressive given how totally over-done this sort of thing is. The hero questions his or her value but is ultimately galvanized before beating the hell out of the villain trope has been done to death. Ridley and company give the old cliche new life in an issue cleverly executed from beginning to end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
I Am Iron Man (2023) #4

Jun 22, 2023

Tonys been through a lot over the years. His psyche has been explored on page and screen quite a lot over the decades. Ayodele and Akande are exploring Stark in a way that feels like it might be coming from a wholly new perspective. Its a lot of fun to see him outside the traditionally explosive action of a standard Iron Man story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
I Can Sell You a Body #1

Jan 6, 2020

The first issue of a promising new series feels like it might get cluttered really, really quickly if Ferrier doesnt slow down things a bit after the first issue. Its been a dizzying introduction to Littles life. Now its time to sink into it a bit more and explore the premise with greater depth...otherwise, this thing is going to sink beneath the weight of its plot elements. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
I Can Sell You a Body #2

Jan 22, 2020

 Theres a sudden revelation at the end of the issue that things are about to get worse for Denny in a way that he couldnt hope to have anticipated. Its cute and everything, but it continues to pull the narrative in a wild, weird direction that doesnt seem like its going to allow for enough time with the central premise. Denny and his power seem very, very interesting, and the world of the afterlife in this series would be a lot of fun to explore if only Ferrier would relax and spend a little bit more time with it in the foreground of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
I Can Sell You a Body #3

Mar 25, 2020

Ferrier drops romance into an already crowded thematic space for Denny Little. It wouldnt work without a very disciplined approach to maintaining the narrative momentum thats been unwaveringly maintained throughout the first couple of issues of the series. Ferrier and Kambadais keep a wild and tender dramatic horror action comedy scurrying across the pages of the third issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
I Can Sell You a Body #4

Jul 8, 2020

The I Can Sell You a Body premise has so many exciting possibilities. Ferrier seems to be scratching the surface after four issues. The drama has run through way too quickly to be anything other than vaguely confusing. Ferriers four-issue story has the feel of a very impassioned and drawn-out call from a stranger dialing the wrong number. Its not that it hasnt been interesting. It just hasnt been anything that feels compelling enough to relate to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #6

Jun 21, 2023

Revealed in full on the issue-ending splash page, the basic idea of the story isnt terribly original, but Gertrude IS an interesting character, so its actually got a lot of potential. The Gertrude from the past is being sent to the future, and shes not going alone. Theres a rather large group of others going with her. And they all look really familiar. What could go wrong? Its going to be interesting to see where Young takes it, but its going to be a real challenge to make it work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #7

Jul 22, 2023

Beyond all of the surface-level silliness, there's a really deep somatic thing going on with I Hate Fairyland, which somehow manages to peekaboo out from the end of the strange game of hokey pokey that Young has been playing with Gertie over the course of the past seven issues. Its taken a while to build up momentum, but theres definitely...something going on in the pages of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #16

Oct 2, 2024

Gerts overall journey through her second series has been a great dea of fun. It would be all too easy for any writer to simply get lost in and amidst the weird amplification of everything and simply ignore all concept of character development and continuity. Fairyland IS pretty surreal and it would be entirely possible for that sort of thing to happen. Its nice to see Young and Bean echoing through the moment with a firmly-defined sense of progression for a titlethats just now wrapping-up its 9th year. It hasnt always been all that coherent, but its always been fun on some level.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #17

Nov 10, 2024

At the center of it all, Gert is really developing. There truly is a character arc going on here. In the midst of the weirdness. She is becoming someone other than she was at the beginning of the series. And this is not something that often happens to much more successful, but characters. That's really cool to see it happened to somebody who you wouldn't expect it to happen to. After all, she is very cartoonish. One would expect her to have a very flat personality in comparison to show many of the rest of the enhance of pages and panels all over the comic book rack. It's nice to see someone who's actually changing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #18

Dec 5, 2024

The natural progression of things seems to be moving along quite well as Young and Bean continue to increase tensions towards the inevitable climax of the current series. Theres a very natural feel to the way it all flows across the page which is really weird considering how bonkers surreal that story is at its center. Its been a lot of fun so far and its been really interesting seeing how everything has progressed. There continues to be a great deal of potential in a series that continues to be every bit as charming as it had been in its early issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
I Hate This Place #9

Jun 7, 2023

Theres a point in any action story where it feels as though things have gotten so completely out of hand that theres nothing for the heroes to do but embrace the chaos and swing through to the final encounters. Starks and company take that moment and stretch it out into a full issue. Its a fun moment for the series, but it seems to get in the way of what really SHOULD be a more appealing issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
I Hate This Place #10

Jul 7, 2023

Starks leaves it open for another series. Considering what Trudy and Gabby have already been through, theres a lot of potential in future issues if Starks is willing to return to their adventures. Its been a fun journey so far, and it would be nice to see what Starks would come up with to further explore the psyches, psychologies, and personalities of a couple of survivors like Trudy and Gabby.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Icon Vs. Hardware (2023) #3

May 31, 2023

On one level, it kind of seems like Hudlin and Chills are trying to put too many different parallel plots into a single series. It almost feels like the series could have worked better as three different one-shots with three different main characters, and it would have felt a bit less crammed together. Theres more than enough going on between the three central plots to keep it all captivating from cover to cover, but it doesn't seem like the parallel plots in the series fit together all that well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Immortal Red Sonja (2022) #1

Apr 20, 2022

With an opening chapter placed in a humble house, the story has plenty of room to get bigger in the course of the issues to come. Given the fact that the story is set to delve into a dark post-Arthurian realm, there's quite a bit of potential for things to get big and epic the further Sonja travels with the cursed chainmail. Sonja has been stalking through comics for nearly 50 years. It's nice to see renewed life in the old warrior as she marches into darkened reflections of the realm of Avalon.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Immortal Red Sonja (2022) #2

May 18, 2022

Sonjas adventure continues in June with the third issue...which appears to feature the return of Alessandro Miracolo as an artist. The unevenness of the art in the first couple of issues and the strange turn in tone keep this particular Sonja series feeling a bit unbalanced as it moves into its third chapter next month. Still, the concept is intriguing enough to maintain interest. Sonjas travels with a chainmail shirt possessed by King Arthur is way too fun to drop because of a weird shift in tone.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Immortal Red Sonja (2022) #3

Jun 29, 2022

Abnett's got a solid handle on the unique tone and form of a series that skews a few traditional Arthurian tropes a bit. Sonja and the chainmail make for a fun pairing. The adventure feels fresh and sharp without bogging itself down in all of the tedious worldbuilding that many writers in the genre feel compelled to deaden the page with. Abnett and company put a few elements on the page and set them in beautiful motion. There's not much to it, but there doesn't have to be. It's fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Immortal Red Sonja (2022) #4

Jul 25, 2022

With one more member added to the pairing of She-Devil and armor, the adventure continues to expand. Abnetts weird accumulation of heroics feels like it could lurch into inspired strangeness if he would only allow things to dive in the right direction. As it is, the story is fun and unique, but Abnett needs the right push to make this particular tale of Sonja truly distinguish itself from the dreamy tapestry of everything that Sonja has been through over the course of the past few decades. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Immortal Red Sonja (2022) #5

Aug 24, 2022

Shortcomings aside, the series continues to build momentum with a turning point in the drama that gives Sonja a renewed sense of direction. Given the way that things are going, the series could pick up considerably from Issue #6 on. There is so much open to Sonja in a darker Arthurian world that Abnett would be wise to weave into the story. The potential of the series might feel like its lying a bit dormant somewhere near the middle of the fifth issue, but it definitely remains present. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Immortal Red Sonja (2022) #6

Sep 14, 2022

Sonja has finally run into Merlin. (Several of them, in fact. Or at least...a room full of people claiming to be him. Thats a start.) The interview process of finding the right Merlin will be complicated a bit by the events at the end of the issue. The overall direction of the series may seem a bit compromised, but the weirdness of the situation is going to have little difficulty finding further readership next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Immortal Sergeant (2023) #6

Jun 14, 2023

The journey continues. And one wonders if it might not be the case that Sarge is a bit more savvy about the nature of the situation than hes letting on. Theres wisdom in his craziness that feels compelling enough to carry the series through the next couple of issues. Its a fun, well-modulated walk into earthy madness on the road. The visuals seem pleasantly erratic. A slightly tighter visual presentation would benefit the series, but the loose lines of the action keep it feeling fluid and wild.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Immortal Sergeant (2023) #7

Jul 12, 2023

The story seems cleverly crafted on so many levels. The art feels like...a rough thumbnail outline for the real art that Niimura isnt ever going to deliver. And though the action and attitude feel really, really fun, the visuals are simply too empty to engage the reader in what really SHOULD be a much more immersive dramatic story. Its a fun story, and the minimalism of Niimuras art style IS a part of that fun, but it doesnt suit the deeper drama of the story at all. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Impact Winter (2022): Rook #1

Jul 22, 2023

Beacham really could've turned this into something bigger if there had been the opportunity to do so. The long, protracted journey being taken by Baruch and Fin could have been its own series. Both romantic leads are interesting enough, and the journey theyre taking is distinct enough that theres little question that it could have its own appeal. By issues end, it feels like its over way too soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
In Hell We Fight! (2023) #1

Jun 7, 2023

The fact that theyre expecting ice cream in Hell kind of suggests a delightfully weird vision of the afterlife that should be fun to follow as the series keeps going. As the series opens, it feels like it might have had more of an impact if it had spent a little more time with the characters in the ensemble prior to the adventure, but it may be a bit too early in the series to make that kind of judgment.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
In Hell We Fight! (2023) #2

Jul 12, 2023

Layman and Jok are working with a very large and diverse ensemble of characters who seem to be well-articulated and equally well-rendered on the page. The challenge moving forward is going to lie in maintaining the right balance of weird comic energy and deeper emotional drama while still keeping a firm grasp on each of the characters and everyone involved in the action. Judging from the first couple of issues, the overall integrity of the series is in good hands with Layman and Jok.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indigo Children (2023) #4

Jun 28, 2023

Chicago. Mexico. Now, Afghanistan. In a couple of months, theyll be in Cairo. Pires and White are moving the Indigo Children all over the place. There IS a central sense of momentum about the series thus far, but too much of an adherence to the journey across the globe will make all those different exotic locations seem pretty mundane in the world of the series as people with powers continue to be tracked down. Its been an interesting journey so far. Pires and White need to find some central momentum to the plot if the series is going to live up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Indigo Children (2023) #5

Jul 26, 2023

The stinger at the end of the story hits perfectly. Its worth noting that the issue kind of plays out like the final scene of an episode of a one-hour action drama...but it fits a hell of a lot better on the page than it does on the screen. Theres a kind of purity about getting the heroes started without too many bits of subplot and then just...launching them right into a chase that ends at the end of an episode. Its difficult to imagine that working out in any other format than the single issue of a comic book. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Inkblot #1

Sep 2, 2020

At issue's end, Gladd refers to the technique that he and Kubert use as the Marvel Method. It isn't. (Not exactly.) Kubert comes up with the story and draws everything in pencil. Then Gladd inks it and writes the dialogue. This results in a more thoughtful collaboration than had been used in the original Marvel Method, which largely consisted of the artists doing most of the work on a book and handing beautiful fully-finished pages over to Stan Lee, who would then clutter them up with bad dialogue. There's more of a playful integration between Kubert and Gladd for Inkblot. There's so much potential for this collaboration to casually saunter wide-eyed through magical portals that lead from one issue to the next.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Inkblot #2

Oct 7, 2020

With his origin well and fully behind it, Inkblot is free to engage in weird sword-and-sorcery adventure. Here it wanders in and out of the center of the panel, finally arriving at the very center of the story in a very, very big way. It will remain to be seen how Kubert and Gladd manage the series's overall flow, but the premise of a main character who fades in and out of prominence as the world tumbles around it feels refreshingly novel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Inkblot #3

Nov 4, 2020

Kubert's art is so appealing that honestly it just feels like she would have needed to switch the vantage point of a few panels and the issue could have been breathtaking.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Inkblot #4

Dec 2, 2020

Elements introduced at the beginning of the series echo back this issue to some degree of satisfaction. Still, Kubert and Gladd opened the world very, very wide in the first issue, and it will take quite a few chapters before the full scope of the series begins to come into focus. Its been a great deal of fun thus far. With any luck, Kubert and Gladd will have many, many issues to explore the world of Inkblot. Its been great fun so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Inkblot #5

Jan 6, 2021

It's nice to get in if you like this that's not quite as verbal as the other ones. I wanna be out in the workforce sell really benefits the series as a whole. Really interesting to see how things progress. Kubert and Gladd are doing an excellent job of modulating the energy of the series. More issues like this could help break up the exposition of the world-building that so often goes on in a series like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Inkblot #6

Feb 3, 2021

Kubert and Gladds slow development of the central plot has finally reached a major point of crystallization. One gets the impression that the series thus far might have been a bit more satisfying if it had taken more opportunities to bring together cat and magical Seeker. However, the strangely curious nature of little Inkblots exploration HAS charmingly matched the overall temperament of a cat in ways that most series might have otherwise overlooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Inkblot #7

Apr 7, 2021

Much like the cat at the center of its story, Inkblot had been popping in and out of narratives. In various places in the course of its run so far. Every now and then, the story lurches forward and gracefully pounces its way into a sudden plot revelation or plot development. It's been a bit difficult getting used to the narrative rhythm that Kubert and Gladd have been working with, but it's been a great deal of fun. The seventh issue catches Eliza AND her cat in a very endearing light that once again secures the series' charm.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Inkblot #8

May 12, 2021

Magical fantasy fiction generally allows the reader a full vision of the scope of the magic thats being played with throughout a given adventure...whether its a tiny event that will only touch a single life or a world-shaking conflict that threatens the very existence of the universe. The energies being played with by Kubert and Gladd in Inkblot are fascinating by virtue of the fact that the central cat and its precise connection with the larger world of magic is a complete mystery. Eight issues in and the precise significance of whats going on havent quite been established. The ambiguity makes for an interesting dynamic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Inkblot #9

Jun 2, 2021

The orks Warden and Beatriz look a LOT like "ork-ified" analogs for the two creators of the series. Kubert's rendering of them seems a bit more cleverly intensified than her work with other characters. If they ARE putting themselves into the series, it's very cool that they would be doing so in the guise of a couple of people looking to get away from the action. They're caught up in the pull of their own story. It's hard to fault them for wanting to be a part of the world they're creating. It's been a great deal of fun so far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Inkblot #10

Jul 7, 2021

The series maintains its wit and charm ten issues in. So many panels of the issue feel like they stand pretty well on their own in a world of endless internet cat memes. The challenge continues to be to build enough of a story around that cat to keep the story's momentum going. Kubert and Gladd are doing an outstanding job of maintaining that momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Inkblot #11

Aug 4, 2021

An ambiguity has surfaced around the edges of every panel in the series so far. The ambiguity is a really nice hook. All of the little questions that restaurant the edges of the story make for interesting thought. The cat is of the void. It is the same color as the butterfly its chasing, So what does it mean that it is able to eat that butterfly? Is it hunting down the rest of the void? Why is it drawn to the movement of something else that looks just as dark as it is? A lot of little questions pop up around the edges. Its fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Inkblot #12

Sep 1, 2021

Part of what makes the epic fantasy of Inkblot so strange is the fact that it IS little more than a backdrop for the mystery of a single black cat with huge green eyes. If it werent for the cat, the story might feel a bit dull, which really isnt a problem as the mystery of the cat continues to capably drive the series in yet another issue. Kubert and Gladd are doing a great job with an odd, little fantasy series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Inkblot #13

Nov 8, 2021

Inkblot continues to take its time in revealing more and more about the series of the realms in which it exists. Its been a strange journey. Kubert and Gladd seem to be having a bit of difficulty balancing out the world beyond the cat and the mystery of the cat itself. Still, the story continues to be entertaining as the series strolls into its second year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Inkblot #14

Dec 8, 2021

The larger perspective on the story still hasn't really had much of a chance to show itself through the strange pacing of a story that could, at any moment, shoot off in one direction or another at the whims of a cat. The strength of a single cat could be so much more powerful, but Kubert and Gladd continue to have fun with the world of Inkblot, and that fun continues to connect well on both sides of the page. Kubert and Gladd still seem to be searching for the right pacing and momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Inkblot #15

Jan 12, 2022

The strangely intermittent momentum of the series has a personality all its own. Like any cat, the narrative has a tendency to hang out in one spot for a while and then, suddenly with no apparent cause, bolt off into the next room with life-or-death urgency. Somewhere along the way, the image of a much severe world becomes clear. With this issue, the Void that is that cat's origin becomes that much more interestingand the series becomes that much more interesting right along with it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible Iron Man (2022) #8

Jul 28, 2023

Its fun to watch Stark launch himself selflessly into a situation in hopes of saving the day while making things that much more difficult for himself. Stark hasnt always come across in such a heroic light. Duggan and company give Stark some altruistic weight to fling around the page, and he does so in a suitably heroic fashion with moments of genuinely fun action and some very cleverly-rendered emotional complexity. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Invisible Woman (2019) #1

Jul 10, 2019

Its not often that a single issue can deliver a totally new look at a character who has been around for decades and make it feel totally natural. Waid and Iulis do a brilliant job of this in a very cleverly-crafted opening issue. A little more than 20 pages, and already it seems like Sues always been a spy. Its a very engrossing start to a new mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Invisible Woman (2019) #2

Aug 7, 2019

Above all, Mark Waid is delivering a story that shows the Invisible Woman to be a remarkably strong female lead. Her fit in a cloak and dagger story feels so perfect that it's surprising that it's taken Marvel this long to give Sue her own spy mini-series. With only three issues left to go, Waid and Du Iulis run the risk of ending the series without really satisfying. There are so many possibilities for this type of Invisible Woman story. This series feels like it might really get going a few panels before the final page

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invisible Woman (2019) #3

Sep 11, 2019

Waids Sue Richards feels pretty solid as she continues her journey into espionage here. The disconnect between the well-worn character in the traditional comics and the super-spy in Waids world feels like a really compelling parallel universe drawn in the vein of a standard Marvel comic. But it would do better to sell the premise of wholesome heroine with a shadowy background. Greater integration with the more significant Marvel history could open the character up in so many ways that Waids not quite achieving here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invisible Woman (2019) #4

Oct 30, 2019

The series wraps the next issue with the big finale. Its been an interesting journey into a plausible corner of Sues past. Still, if Waids going to really make this feel cohesive with the rest of Invisible Womans persona, hes going to have to tie it together into the bigger picture with the Marvel Universe. Otherwise, this comes across as a rather interesting parallel universe story with an alternate version of Sue. This wouldnt be a bad thing on the whole. Itd be interesting to see this done with other heroes from the edges of the panel who turn out to have a dark side that can be explored in this sort of story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invisible Woman (2019) #5

Nov 27, 2019

Invisible Woman-as-spy seems to have been a nice enough experiment that could prove to be that much more interesting in future outings now that Waid has established the basic premise of the series. The balance between a personality of a galaxy-class superhero interacting with strange alien life forms by day and international espionage by night seems like a fun one to explore. It hasnt been the thrust of Waids series, but now that the Invisible spy has come into full view, there is real potential for further fusion if Marvel wants to explore it in greater detail. Sue Storm is a fascinating character for Marvel-style espionage stories. Given the right fusion of spy and superhero, the characters own series could easily have the right appeal for an ongoing series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Iron Cat (2022) #1

Jul 6, 2022

Thief and billionaire. Hero and anti-hero. MacKays mastery of the Marvel Universe is sharp enough that Black Cat could easily team up with a different hero for a different team-up series every year. The distinct match between Felicia and Tony is remarkably appealing. It will be interesting to see where he manages to take it in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Iron Cat (2022) #2

Jul 27, 2022

Building on two well-known characters, MacKay is developing a somewhat intoxicating villain in the pages of this latest mini-series. The second issue of the series takes a real chance by giving the heart of this installment to Tamara, and it pays off in a really big way. Tamara could develop into someone every bit as charming as Iron Man or Black Cat given the right angles. The middle of the series hits the page with an apparent clash between Iron Cats for issue #3. It will be interesting to see how the overall plot arc resolves in the final three issues of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Cat (2022) #3

Aug 24, 2022

The action DOES have its moments. Theres a clever fusion between script and art at the beginning of the issue. Black Cat talks about the Sword of Damocles while partying in a cocktail dress with Tony Stark. High above the party, the distinct form of Iron Cat can be seen menacingly speeding at the yacht. There are enough moments like that throughout the issue to keep it interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Cat (2022) #4

Sep 21, 2022

MacKay and company toss around three heroes in powered armor fighting amidst a whole bunch of villains in similar powered armor, and it becomes apparent why dogfights are so difficult to bring to the page or screen in a way that feels dynamic. There are only so many angles that aerial combat can manage before it starts to look kind of dull and disinteresting. MacKay has four really intriguing characters to work with. Its fun stuff, but it seems to stall a bit in its fourth chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Cat (2022) #5

Oct 26, 2022

Theres some insight into the psyche of Stark, but the bulk of this comic is a further exploration of the personality of Black Cat. Felicias relationship with MacKay continues to be a fruitful one. Writer and character have worked together a lot over the course of the past couple of years. MacKay has fostered a very conscious progression in Hardys life that has made her one of Marvels most consistently interesting characters in recent years. Next up: Black Cat hangs out with an actress in a series co-starring Mary Jane Watson.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Iron Man (2020) Annual #1

Sep 12, 2023

Its part of a crossover that started in the Scarlet Witch annual. It feels kind of late for a summer annual crossover, but its fine. Really. Heroes battling heroes. Its not like thats ever been done before, right? There hasnt ever been a crossover series like that, has there? Its fine. Its not...like...memorable or anything like that. Its fine, though. The Iron Man Annual is probably going to look a lot better in the context of the rest of the crossover. Its bound to do so in one way or another.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Isola #6

Jan 16, 2019

The gradual journey that  Flestcher, Kerschl and Msassyk is pretty remarkable. The story moves slowly without detracting from its power. The slow movement locks in a sense of mystery about the world thats being presented. Once again Fletcher and company present another corner of a story that appears to be brimming with potential life resting on the horizon of the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
It Happened On Hyde Street (2024): Devour #1

Nov 1, 2024

Its nice to see them branching out and really trying to develop Hyde Street into something that would be sort of a universal symbol for the bizarre and poor. Im trying to find a quaint little corner of the twilight zone on which to put a street like this. Its kind of a fun idea. And itll be interesting to see what they do. Moving forward. Because theres a lot that could happen on high Street. And its kind of cool to see a one shot that fits into the overall structure of the strange horror of it all.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #1

Jun 15, 2022

What with all of the problems Marvels Asgard has run into over the decades, it is very, very difficult to cast any Thor-based danger in a new and novel light. Gronbekk is smart to focus the story-in on Jane and what shes going through for the most part. The very real human face of larger-than-life turmoil keeps the story from diving too far away from the emotional gravity that all of the action needs to center itself around.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #2

Jul 6, 2022

Grnbekk is putting quite a few different plot elements into play in the second issue. Given how much is going on, its remarkable that it all feels distinct. The pacing of the action feels tight without feeling rushed, which is a great accomplishment given the fact that action and mystery are being filtered through the panels in equal measure. Grnbekk has a very deft handle on storytelling in yet another satisfying issue. The series reaches its halfway point next month. Precisely what Foster and her allies are dealing with should loom large as the series reaches its third of five issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #3

Aug 11, 2022

Grnbekk carefully constructs the third part of her five-part series with an exhilarating mix of drama, horror, action, and mystery. The philosophical elements that she adds in to the conversation with the librarian elevate the chapter to something far more than the sum of its parts, lifted as it is to lofty inspiration guided to the page by the wisdom of Jane Foster.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #5

Oct 5, 2022

Its really, really difficult to find the right timing and pacing for a series that also has to work right alongside so many others in the Thor/Avengers family of titles. Grnbekk really should have had more time. Each issue in the five-part series could have easily expanded into two or three more without feeling overindulgent. Given the limitations of a five-part series, Grnbekk and company have done a pretty good job with what theyve got, but its nowhere near as satisfying as it should be to see it all come to a close.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Jinny Hex Special (2020) #1

Dec 30, 2020

Visaggio, Melnikov, and Guerrero find a strikingly unique appeal to a relatively new character. The issue feels a lot like a pilot episode of a whole new series. Ginny and Lady Bird are great fun to follow in a one-shot that makes a very strong case for further adventures. The two characters work well together, carving out a potentially intrepid trail through the shadows of major landmarks in the DC universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #6

Mar 8, 2023

The Joker has had a lot of close-ups over the years. Compare him against any of the other Batman villains who have their own titles right now, and...he DOES come across as being the least intriguing by far. This shouldnt be the case. The idea of homicidal madness is truly horrifying on a very deep level, which could be a very fascinating thing to explore in a comic book format, but hes just not being seen from an angle that takes advantage of the unique madness that is the Joker. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #7

Apr 5, 2023

Recent depictions of DCs most popular villain have been pretty dull. Theyve been moving away from the strength of his insanity and making him a pale shadow of Travis Bickle. At its best, Rosenbergs series has harnessed some of the stronger madness of the psychotic clown and pushed him in a direction with more than enough power to tap into his real potential. Its just too bad that Rosenberg hasnt managed to find the right synthesis between the killing joke and L.A. until now...seven issues into the series on the 710 to LAX. The series is only starting to get going 7 issues in.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #8

May 9, 2023

The series continues to make its mark in squalor, madness, and darkness. Its a milieu that has been explored pretty extensively over the decades on the comics page...particularly in those comics set in Gotham City. So its not exactly new ground, but it IS still a bit novel to hang out with the face of madness for a few more pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Jonny Quest (2024) #1

Aug 14, 2024

The whole, the first issue is rather deft and gaining the interest of even someone who might not normally have been interested in the property. Casey is managing a really tightly woven mystery that immediately launches the series into really fascinating new directions. Things have changed a lot over the years. Explorers of the unknown aren't quite as popular in popular culture as they had been in the past. Casey knows what hes doing, though. The pulpy, intrepid adventures that have been going on in popular fiction for well over a century. Continue to be really appealing if they handled right.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Jonny Quest (2024) #2

Sep 11, 2024

Honestly...there wasnt that much that was truly original about the original cartoon. It was a simple extrapolation of sci-fi adventur4e fiction that had been circulating around various mediums including radio, pulp fiction and TV for decades by the time Johnny made his first appearance. The deification of syndication have found a place for Johnny deep in the heart of Boomers and Xers that work their magic on the page in a way that feels just as engaging for those of us who WERENT interested in the original animation.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Jonny Quest (2024) #3

Oct 9, 2024

Theoretically, there could be quite a lot of exploration here. And its entirely possible that this series could just move on with Jonathan quest as the main character. Or maybe it could be a combination of the two. It would be interesting. Theres a lot of different directions that they could go in. But for right now there certainly going in the direction where theyre playing with the tradition of the series and just making it a bit and bringing it into bed now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jonny Quest (2024) #5

Dec 15, 2024

It's remarkably well done. It was just a reaching a satisfying momentum right around the time it drew to close. With any luck, the next series will be every bit as appealing. The series continues in March without brand new story. Nice to see that there are plans in place for something new beyond the current series. The series is guaranteed success so long as it is able to continue to show respect for the source material while being willing to move forward with greater stories of greater complexity. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Journey Into Unknown Worlds #1

Jan 30, 2019

Marvel's Atlas Comics anthology revivals continue to show promise with Journey Into Unknown Worlds. As with the straight-ahead horror revival Crypt of Shadows from earlier this month, more than one story fits the same theme without feeling repetitious.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Junk Rabbit (2023) #1

Apr 7, 2023

Junk Rabbit is a relentless, slow-moving affair that feels like it might be headed somewhere. Robinson is recycling old post-apocalyptic tropes that have been around for the better part of a century now. To really make an impact on the page, hes going to need to go down the rabbit hole of contemporary cultural anxiety. Otherwise, its going to feel like a perfectly forgettable rummage through the trash of previous pop cultural works of dystopian fiction. Robinson has clearly laid the groundwork for an interesting series. Time will tell if he manages to make something of it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Junk Rabbit (2023) #3

Jun 7, 2023

Robinson builds a really fun and compelling world for Junk Rabbit, but so little of the world is actively or directly involved in the concerns of the main characters. As of the third issue, there still isnt a strong enough connection between the main characters and the history of the world, so it feels more than a little flat as a result. Its too bad that there isnt more of a sense of connection between the fascinating world Robinson is building in the background and the interesting characters that Robinson is working with in the foreground.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Junk Rabbit (2023) #4

Jul 7, 2023

The dark background of Junk Rabbit finally has a complex conflict in the foreground to keep it moving. All of the concern about authorities looking for the revolutionary has been really engaging and everything, but its been done before so many times in the pages of so many comic books. Its nice to see something a bit more fresh. Ashleen is one of the more interesting characters to come out of the series thus far. Its nice to see her enhance the originality of the series, if only for a few pages. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Junkyard Joe (2022) #1

Oct 5, 2022

Joes entire tour in Vietnam has been covered in the first issue. Johns could deploy a guy like Joe in just about any direction. Johns is also wise to dedicate the issue to actual military servicemen and women. Every cent of the profits goes to the National Coalition For Homeless Veterans in the U.S. and Veterans Aid in the U.K. So Joe may not be able to be everywhere (or really... anywhere on THIS side of the comics page), but hes helping veterans in his own way, which is actually kind of cool. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League vs. Godzilla vs. Kong (2023) #1

Oct 25, 2023

There's no way series like this could live up to its potential or what anyone could expect from it. But it's nice to see them trying, even if it's just an opportunity for DC and company to make some money. There's a great respect for every significant property that is being displayed in the series. But they remain properties for the most part. Not actual characters that feel terribly fleshed-out at the end of the first issue. How much is doubtlessly going to come in time as the series progresses?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League vs. The Legion of Super-Heroes (2021) #1

Jan 12, 2022

Bendis introduction to the series provides a rock-solid foundation for what is to come next. There are a hell of a lot of characters to juggle, but Bendis seems to be giving everyone a respectable amount of time. Thats easy enough to do when everyone is getting acquainted, but once the conflict settles in with the second issue, it could be quite challenging to get it all to come together. Bendis has a great deal of experience with this sort of thing, and Godlewski is clearly up to the task of rendering it for the page. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League vs. The Legion of Super-Heroes (2021) #2

Mar 9, 2022

There are quite a few indicators that Bendis is carefully constructing a big, sweeping plot arc for the six-issue series. Its kind of difficult to judge a work in progress, but whats been presented so far lacks a whole lot of narrative momentum leading into the end of its first half. Which will arrive next month. Its a beautiful-looking interaction between the two teams. Still, as of yet, the real center of the drama hasnt revealed itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Justice Society of America (2022) #1

Nov 30, 2022

The first issue of the new series would be kind of bewildering for people not already familiar with...rather a lot of whats gone on in the past of the DC Universe. Its not as cluttered and clunky as Crisis on Infinite Earths or...well... a hell of a lot of other major crossover series, but it wont mean nearly as much to anyone not already familiar with much of the backstory. Thankfully, Johns, Janin, and Bellaire do a really good job of making it all appealing enough that nearly anyone leafing through the first issue will be engaged...even if they dont know quite what the hell it is that theyre looking at.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice Society of America (2022) #2

Jan 25, 2023

Periodically over the years, DC has had a habit of looking back to the earliest era of superheroes with fresh eyes. It takes the right kind of writer to see it from a fresh perspective in a way that feels truly new. Between this and the new Stargirl mini-series, Johns is definitely taking a novel look at the old era. The art brings the reality of a bygone era to the page with a sharply stylish execution. This sort of thing has been done before, but Johns and company are bringing it to the page in a thoroughly enjoyable way. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice Society of America (2022) #3

Mar 15, 2023

There have been quite a few different attempts to give the Huntress the kind of spotlight shes deserved. Shes by no means the title character of this particular series, but Johns and company seem to have found a vehicle for her that gives her the right balance between heroism and vulnerability to make her FEEL like a title character in her own book. Given the right momentum, this particular incarnation of the Justice Society is making a strong case for a deeper focus on the Huntress.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Justice Society of America (2022) #4

May 24, 2023

The bulk of the issue seems to play out in the combat between Degaton and the JSA. Jann has been granted a great deal of real estate in the issue to deliver the impact of a single fight, and it REALLY works. Johns has a deft enough handle on the pacing to allow Jann the space he needs to hit that combat with impressive impact. All of the drama falls in line behind that combat quite well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Justice Society of America (2022) #5

Aug 10, 2023

In its short run thus far, the new Justice Society is consistently one of the best series that DC has put out in recent memory. We're not tackling anything new. In fact, it's all an echo of an echo of an echo. It's just a really good iteration of themes that have been ricocheting back and forth around DC for a long time. How long these teams have been moving in and around various titles for years, it's kind of impressive that Johns has managed to bring it to the page with an impact that truly seems to fit the concept of the new Golden Age that he's reaching for in his corner of the DC universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice Society of America (2022) #10

Jul 3, 2024

It's going to be more difficult for many people to follow. But it's still really fun. There is such an intensity of activity that goes into every single page in the issue that it just feels like it could've been a handle better, but it doesn't feel as awkward as the larger group scenes in so many of the mega crossovers that DC has put to the page in the past, including about Crisis theyve ever published. Johns knows what hes doing, but what hes doing is for a decidedly smaller subset of the comic book reading public than most mainstream comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Juvenile (2024) #1

Dec 5, 2024

Orellana has developed a story that would work across multiple different formats. The clean architectural rendering of the facility along with the clever presentation of the drama make it all feel remarkably well-designed from the ground up. Looking at multiple point of view shots and close-ups in and around the facility, it would be difficult to imagine Orellana NOT having a detailed floorplan and blueprint of the place down to the last light fixture and power outlet. The series feels like it is remarkably well-planned from the very first panel of the first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Karmen #1

Mar 10, 2021

The opening chapter of the series doesn't have a great deal going on concerning the plot. Despite this, March manages to do a great deal more with a simple meeting between spirit and entity than most superhero comics manage in far more eventful issues. March makes a profound impact in less than 36 pages with a title character who remains an appealing mystery at issue's end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Karmen #2

Apr 16, 2021

March takes his time, allowing the story to develop with short bursts of exposition shooting out of casually playful visual phantasm. There isnt much going on here, but there doesnt have to be. Its just enough emotional rendering to cast a post-suicidal mood in breathtaking detail. There is a moment after a failed or abandoned attempt at suicide that feels positively serene. The living can only see that mood from the realm of the living. March casts that exact same mood quite vividly from a whimsical post-life perspective. Its deliciously dreamy.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Karmen #3

May 12, 2021

There are only two issues left to go in the series. The story is wrapping up, and Cata...well...shes really turning out to be a joy to hang out with on the comics page. Too bad shes dead and on her way to reincarnation. Theres little question that March designed this to be the way that the story would play out. Initially, the title angle is the most fascinating part of the series...and then her assignment turns out to be really, really cool just as it becomes apparent that theres no turning back...shes definitely going to be dead in two issues or less.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Karmen #4

Jun 9, 2021

With only one issue left, its difficult to tell where March might be leading for the final issue. Cata is definitely drifting towards a conclusion of some sort, but its difficult to imagine her simply gliding off into the beautiful oblivion that awaits her beyond the last panel. In focussing on a character who has already committed suicide before the first issue even starts, March has crafted a serial that feels every bit as unpredictably uncertain as the world on this side of the comics page. Marchs art and story are a haunting amplification of life beyond the panels.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Karmen #5

Jul 7, 2021

Guillem Marchs Karmen has been so deliciously idiosyncratic. Everything about the world delivers a very specific personality to the panel, from the strange specifics of the afterlife to the gentle curving of straight architectural lines around the edges of the action. Its all so very, very beautiful, delivering a mood to the comics page that is rarely attempted and almost never accomplished. March has done precisely one hell of a job with Karmen.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kaya (2022) #1

Oct 5, 2022

The action of Craig's fantasy could go in quite a few different directions if it's allowed to do so. Craig has hinted at great civilizations and more significant threats. He's hinted at the possible waning of human life in the world. There is power evident in the lizard people. None of it feels particularly inventive, but it all feels remarkably engaging, centered as it is on a girl and her brother who are primarily alone in the desert. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kaya (2022) #2

Nov 15, 2022

As nice as it all is, there isnt a hook to it that goes beyond the interpersonal relationships between the characters. Theres no deeper thematic ground being covered, so it feels like Craigs story almost entirely rests on the surface. This would be much more impressive if there WASNT all of the background and backstory being fed into the story around the edges in the exposition. If Craig would move the struggle for survival a bit more into the center of the frame without getting lost in all the emotions and politics, it might be a more satisfying journey with Kaya. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kaya (2022) #9

Jun 21, 2023

As large a canvas as Craig is working with, it's interesting to note that it still feels pretty small. There are benefits and drawbacks to this. It's cool to enter a fantasy world like this and have an immediate grasp of all of the forces at work. However, fantasy thrives on the notion of immensity and power. And everything seems just a little bit too small to really grant a substantial sense of wonder. Every now and then, some things hit the page in just the right way to deliver the magic. The giant bat thats hauling around Kaya at the opening of the issue is a good example of this. Craig needs more moments like this to maintain the wonder.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Kaya (2022) #22

Nov 1, 2024

The adventure is well modulated. However, at issue, like this goes by way too quickly, to really register as much of an impact as it probably could. That being said, the visuals of the issue are well executed, and everything seems to be rolling quite well through everything. Though it is perfectly well nestled into the run of the cereal, an issue like this also feels like a good, standalone, pretty well. Craig thats a really good job with it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kaya (2022) #23

Dec 15, 2024

By opening up this latest mystery about Kayas future Craig is adding quite a bit of narrative momentum to a series that really didnt need all that much more to begin with. Craig's tale is nothing if not a constant movement forward. So it's interesting to see what he's doing with. Respect to adding further layers of mystery beyond the edges of everything. It's actually very impressive. However, there needs to be enough resolution to various elements of mystery in order for the constant movement forward to maintain itself. For the time being Craig is doing a good job of revealing just enough answers to questions to keep it moving. At least for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Kill Your Darlings (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

The opening issue has enough mystery to keep everything rolling into issue, too. However, 1 girl's fantasy world being affected by reality and unforeseen consequences in a coming-of-age story feels way too familiar. Or things could really become very tired and clichd if Parker and Sheridan aren't careful. Rose seems like a really cool little person. And that's a good enough start for what could be a really, really powerful series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King Kong: The Great War (2023) #2

Jul 8, 2023

The title character really needs to have a bit more of a presence on the page. There are a couple of moments when Kong is quite prominent, but there isnt nearly enough of a focus on him in the second issue. Hes this ominous monster in the background that defines so much of whats going on in the foreground...but only thematically. Cox and company DO seem to be setting up some kind of a showdown between the shipwrecked Germans and the title character, but theyre definitely taking their time with it. This is perfectly okay so long as theres a satisfying pay-off coming at the end of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
King Kong: The Great War (2023) #3

Sep 1, 2023

It's strange to title the comic book as it's been titled. There's no question that it will sell if you have the giant ape on the cover. And indeed, his presence can be felt throughout the issue, even if he's not directly there. It just seems strange to have the title character. Only if you're on the cover, the title page, and then a final splash page. This is not a King Kong comic book. Honestly... that's a good thing, what with the sort of job that Cox, Bianchi, and Devlin are managing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
King Kong: The Great War (2023) #6

Oct 26, 2024

Cox and company have done a remarably good job of delivering everything to the page with a style that fully embraces the immensity that Kong is capable of delivering. Its a bit strange to get the final perspective on it because ther remain so many questions at the end of the series. Kong has been a force of nature at the heart of the series, but the massive mystery of humanity in the heart of nature continues to lurk around the edges of every panel as the series draws to a close. Kong has been explored in the comics pages before. Its nice to see a series focus so narrowly on the dark mystery of it all.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King Spawn #23

Jun 21, 2023

The basic conflict that's going on doesn't really have a whole lot of weight. However, the emotional gravity of everything that's going on does. And that's really all that's needed for a powerful horror fantasy comic book. As long as there's enough pole on the page between the different compelling supernatural forces, everything works. Still, it would be nice if things were delivered to the page in a way that felt a little bit more defined between villain, hero, and heros cop accomplice. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
King Spawn #24

Jul 22, 2023

And its all punctuated by the furtive plap of a severed head at the end of an issue...and the ominous return of a guy smoking a cigarette. Honestly...the current storyline feels like it might have been running for a little long. As painstakingly written as the script is, there isnt quite enough holding the drama to the page. If Lewis and company could lean back from the action just a little bit more, the series would improve immeasurably. Lewis CAN write decent drama, and his dialogue doesnt suck. If they slow it down and let the drama creep across the page, it could feel a lot more interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King Spawn #36

Jul 24, 2024

Theres still plenty of room to get things moving for Simmons. Its not like McFarlane doesnt have a hell of a lot of momentum going into the next issue and beyond. Its just unfortunate that he feels the need to spend so much time away from the strongest couple of characters in the series to try to set-up conflict thats going to come into the foreground in the next few issues. The 36th issue of the series could have made for a really tight first half of a solidly better issue if McFarlane hadnt felt the need to muck about so much with the supporting cast.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King Spawn #38

Oct 2, 2024

There are allot of directions can go in for future issues. Theres a real sense of momentum towards something much bigger and its possible that King Spawn could suddenly start to get interesting in the course of the next six uissues or some from now. Its going to be interesting to see if McFarlane is able to make some sort of a coherent statement about Simmons, Spawn and th nature of life in the presence of such powerful evil magical forces. McFarlanes just might end up with something really interesting if McFarlane is able to continue to pul it together. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King Spawn #39

Nov 10, 2024

The 39th issue in this series actually actually does a really good job of telling what could be easily be a standalone story. McFarlane might not be very deep for this particular issue, but there IS a solid sense of exactly how much a story can fit into an issue and still feel like I kind of a satisfying action sequence. veteran, who knows it how action moves across the page. Its nice to see that experience put to use in a largely satisfying action/horror fantasy narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Klik Klik Boom (2023) #1

Jun 14, 2023

Wagner and Dabbs conjure a brilliantly expressive first issue with some primal bits of characterization in a mystery that is carefully and painstakingly bound to the page. It may lack the kind of heavy text and rendering that so often accompanies a first issue, but Klik Klik Boom delivers more actual story in a single issue than many titles manage in three. Its a very promising start for Wagner and Dabbs.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Klik Klik Boom (2023) #2

Jul 26, 2023

The decision to make Sprout entirely nonverbal might be the single most defining decision in the entire story. So much of the rest of it is a weird construct of different tropes all pasted and plastered and duct-taped together...a bit like something Sprout herself might come up with to detain gun-toting pursuers. The heart of what makes Klik Klik Boom so fun is the fact that there ARE no words coming from Sprout. Theres no first-person narration. There arent any thoughts. Only actions and polaroids. Its such a cleverly distinctive form of characterization for one of the most promising new characters to emerge on the comics rack this year.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

The crossover enters its third week with a sharp little dive into the background of the big villain and a bit of a closer look at a character who is between series of his own. The crossover has had its ups and downs throughout the first two weeks, but its honestly been one of the better DC crossovers of the past couple of years. Some of DCs better writers have worked on it, and theyve all been pretty well integrated in the course of the series. There are still a couple of weeks to go, but the crossover has been a lot of fun going into the third week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors (2023) #2

Jul 28, 2023

There are dark and sinister shadows around the entire issue. Its not very easy to bring authentic horror to the page in a way that sneaks in around the perceptions of a reader. Populating a world full of people having nightmares with dead people and the resurrected heroes of ages past is a very powerful step in the right direction. The reality being presented in the story feels like its own kind of nightmare. All of the heroes are gone, and all thats left is a few shadows of people who arent alive anymore.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors (2023): First Blood #1

Jul 8, 2023

Nightmares of characters have been done quite a lot before, but that doesnt mean that they cant be made interesting again. With any luck, the writers involved with the crossover might turn the idea in fun new directions. Full issues exploring nightmares for all DC heroes and villains sounds like a lot of fun. However, it's been done quite a lot before, and it's going to be difficult finding new life in the premise. 

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Knight Terrors (2023): Night's End #1

Sep 12, 2023

There HAD been rather a lot of action throughout the crossover featuring quite a few characters who all showed a great deal of promise, but none of them feature all that prominently in the final chapter of the crossover, so their presence earlier on feels kind of empty for the most part. Deadman comes across with some degree of power, but there really isnt much on the page aside from him and his big, final tussle with Insomnia.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Action Comics (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

The Knight Terrors crossover continues to be very successful. The simple narrative device of throwing everybody into their own nightmares actually manages to find quite a few different ways of being novel. And all of the writers involved are doing a pretty good job of making them feel like something other than clich. Its pretty rare that a big summer crossover like this comes across as being anything other than an attempt to make more money. Theres actually a narrative weight to this particular crossover, and its kind of refreshing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Angel Breaker (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

Once again, this particular summer crossover shows that the peripheral inhabitants of the DC Universe have quite a bit of potential in and of themselves. It seems kind of strange to think that characters that have been around forever still have as much momentum as they do given how often characters like this pop up. Its nice to see Angel in her own series, even if its only going to be for a couple of months.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors: Batman (2023) #1

Jul 8, 2023

One might have hoped for something with a little more novelty to it. However, it's very difficult to find anything in the mind of Bruce Wayne that would be truly new. He's been so many different things in so many different ways for the better part of the last 100 years. It would be really hard to find anything new in his personality. However, there is a solidly entertaining story that comes in through the script and the visuals that make it worth reading. It may not be a terribly original idea, but it is a solidly-executed version of it. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Knight Terrors: Black Adam (2023) #1

Jul 8, 2023

The Knight Terrors crossover event has been an interesting exercise in its opening week. Everything has hit the page with a particularly memorable impact. Haun finds some level of intensity in what he's putting to the page. So much of it seems to rest on the surface, but Haun is subtly placing deeper horrors in and around the edges of everything, which makes the Black Adam entry into the crossover well worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Knight Terrors: Catwoman (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

For all its lack of consistency, the issue has one of the more vital endings of all of the Knight Terrors crossovers so far. Kyle wakes up to a powerful jolt of awareness in bed. Howard and Leiz converge beautifully at the issue's end. Howard has done an outstanding job with Selina in recent months. It's too bad this nightmare couldn't have been more vivid. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors: Detective Comics (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

As interesting as it all is, it doesnt really engage with the deeper themes that its presenting. That being said, this issue really does give a very interesting perspective into the psyche of Jim Gordon. If anything, its nice to see a deeper connection with a character who tends to be a little bit more marginal. So often, the perspective of those in the shadow of super-humans and their enemies goes largely unnoticed. Its fascinating to see this sort of character focused on with this kind of detail. And its a pity that this sort of thing doesnt happen more often.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Harley Quinn (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

Running through things as quickly as Howard has it should be interesting to see where the second issue takes her. Shes been all over the place on a cosmic level and here she is inside of her own skull. Howard will pick up from this to issue, miniseries, and or launch Harley into further cosmic adventures in her own title. So shes got a long journey ahead of her. This is an interesting opening to that journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors: Nightwing (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

Grayson finds his way out of the nightmare and into something new. Its fun watching Conrad and Cloonan work with him, but the little bits of the extended cast in the periphery feel a bit stronger. The cameo with the Batgirls is excellent fun and a painful reminder that they no longer have their series. Cloonan and Conrad have added a nifty little corner to the Knight Terrors crossover event with a fun pair of issues that help round out one of the more satisfying summer events in recent memory. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Poison Ivy (2023) #1

Jul 8, 2023

The Knight Terrors crossover has had mixed results from a variety of different writers in its opening week. Wilson's vision of the darkness is very impressive. She manages to avoid clichs and show an antiheros worst nightmare of pleasant happiness. She never quite manages to dive into a biting satire on the nature of the traditional American dream. She doesn't need to. This is really more of a story about Ivy and her interior life. Its sharp. Its clever.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Poison Ivy (2023) #2

Aug 10, 2023

There's an absolute purity of vision here. It has strength all its own. Simply allow Ivy's nightmare to run its course in a non-complicated and straightforward way without trying to amplify anything. And it becomes its own breathtakingly simple analysis of a very complex and conflicted person. Wilson's long-term progression of Ivy's psyche has been fascinating to watch. She explores that here as well. The true identity of the polo-shirted Batman of Ivy's nightmares is a clever echo of something that Wilson has been echoing around the back corners of her characterization since she started working with the character. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors: Punchline (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

There's real poetry in the ending of Punchline's latest mini-series. She might be flawed for it with any writer, but Lore has done an excellent job of framing a story around Punchline's fears. She comes across as a mighty hero in the end. It's almost inspiring. Interestingly, this is the second time this week in which Batgirl has shown up as a hideous monster. She has yet to have a whole lot of luck in Knight Terrors. Hopefully things turn around for her.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Ravager (2023) #1

Jul 8, 2023

This is probably the most straight-ahead adaptation of the horror genre in the whole crossover thus far. Knight Terrors: Ravager feels like one of the more sophisticated treatments of the nightmare realm concept. Rose comes across as a very formidable warrior against darkness. The deadly skill that she wields is that much more potent as the story explores the darkness that's not only in her own past but in her own mind. Theres a powerful contrast in that which feels overwhelmingly cool on more than one level.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knight Terrors: Ravager (2023) #2

Aug 10, 2023

There aren't very many traditional heroes who could register much intensity simply fighting monsters. Most of the more traditional-looking heroes have slain it so many over the years that it doesn't really feel like much on the page anymore. Ravager has enough of a dark edge about her that she can fight something like Murder Man and come across as being every bit as dangerous and monstrous as the monster itself. The inner journey here is also relatively straightforward, but Brisson and Soy put together a rendering of the story that has just enough momentum to keep it interesting through the final panels. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Knight Terrors: Robin (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

Once the pattern is established, things settle down. And they shouldn't be settling down. Because they need to be tightening up with respect to the drama. It is a lot more fun watching the pattern of the issue establish itself than it is actually watching it play out to its cliffhanger ending. This is really too bad, as the story started out with such a strong and offbeat tone. The surrealism had a powerful connection to the crossover. Porter had been doing such a good job early on. Dual-track psychological action/horror is very difficult and tricky stuff to manage.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Shazam! (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

Mary may be more or less oblivious about the situation that shes in, but she remains an admirably heroic figure throughout the issue, which ends up being really, really impressive in its own right. She knows that shes caught in a dream, but she refuses to acknowledge it until she has to. There are things to be done regardless of the situation with the world around her. Its an interestingly skewed look at superheroism that ends up being really, really fascinating on closer inspection, even though...ostensibly, its just another superhero horror story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Superman (2023) #1

Jul 24, 2023

The Knight Terrors crossover event has had a dazzlingly weird variety of different stories that all manage to come from the same heart. Supermans foray into the horror is the first one to really openly embrace the dark absurdity of the situation. Its a very cool approach that makes for a truly enjoyable Superman story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Knight Terrors: Superman (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

The Knight Terrors crossover event has featured a lot of excellent writing. Williamson puts a solid end to a promising exploration into the darker realm of Supermans dreams. Its not nearly as impressive and intricate as it could have been...and given all of the weird, little mutations of the nightmare that other writers have put other heroes through throughout the summer, its excellent to see a more straight-ahead interpretation of the premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: The Flash (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

Barrys heroism comes across quite vividly. Paknadel even allows him a chance to completely mess with the speed force if it will allow him to save the life of Wally. There are some truly touching moments in an issue based on a dreamlike reality that rests beyond the tapestry of DCs tattered continuity to speak to something a bit more real and emotionally resonant. Its impressive stuff. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Knight Terrors: The Joker (2023) #1

Jul 8, 2023

The idea is solid. Had it been executed just a little bit better, it could've really turned into something that was kind of genius. Honestly, the idea is clever enough that it could turn into its own sitcom. There's no questioning that. However, the overall execution in this particular comic book lacks the kind of wit and satire that would elevate it beyond a simple execution of a silly idea. There IS a darkness to it that gradually fades in around the edges of everything, but it lacks the depth necessary for something more interesting. 

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Knight Terrors: The Joker (2023) #2

Sep 12, 2023

The concept of the Joker with a day job is fun. What Rosenberg is working with feels appealing, like Brett Easton Ellis' American Psycho in Gotham City, which is much more fun than it SHOULD be. And it would be much more interesting to dive into as a more complete serial. Two issues aren't enough to explore the concept of the kind of death it needs. Rosenberg needs more room to give the premise enough depth. It's a fun survey of elements that could extend into a more extended series. As a two-issue series, however, it falls flat.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Titans (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

Constant and company have managed to work with what could have been a very clich concept and turn it into something that feels genuinely interesting. And maybe all they really needed was to introduce one character and one mirror and suddenly it becomes something new. Hold a mirror up to the old clich and suddenly theres steps to it. All you have to do is look at things in reflection. Its kind of an interesting image. Very iconic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Wonder Woman (2023) #1

Jul 24, 2023

The cliffhanger ending for the issue does feel a bit forced given what a strong presence Diana had managed throughout so much of the issue. And the inner struggle that the nightmare is bringing out of Diana and Constantine might seem kind of disinteresting on a surface-level, but there IS some interesting insight into the inner psyches of both heroes. Some of the surface level stuff can be pretty haunting in its own right. The lasso turning into barbed wire is a particularly intense visual given how reassuringly safe its been for Diana over the years...even when its been something of a threat to her. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Knight Terrors: Wonder Woman (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

Wonder Woman has occasionally appeared on wanted posters in comics for decades back to the early Silver Age and beyond. Campbell and Ferreyra place a Wonder Woman wanted poster in the first few issues of the current comic as a bit of foreshadowing to the Tom King series thats coming next month. Diana may have overcome her inner struggle here, but theres more next month as Amazons become fugitives in the U.S.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Knight Terrors: Zatanna (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

The Knight Terrors one-shots have been a pleasant surprise thus far. Not all of them have been brilliant, but there have been quite a few sparkling moments here and there. Its not often that Zatanna is given her own title. Zatanna-centric stories have been rather hit-or-miss in the past. Its nice to see it done so well. Not everyone gets the character right, but Culver has a clever handle on what makes her appealing. A Culver-written Zatanna series would be great fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Knights vs Samurai (2024) #2

Nov 1, 2024

Theres a little question about any given reader, would be able to choose a side here. The creative team does a pretty good job of illustrating, strengths and weaknesses on both sides in an issue that feels largely consumed by the chaos on the battlefield. Part of the enjoyment of it is just knowing the full story the way none of the characters on the page could. Readers can see the conflict developing be on the mists of ancient time in an area where the air filter had ever been fully exposed to the other. Its enjoyable to see a conflict like this with the benefit of hundreds of years of history.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lady Hel (2022) #1

Aug 24, 2022

Lady Hel could have been a totally menacing vision of evil before the first panel of this series. (And...yknow...lets be honest: she IS a goddess of death.) That doesnt matter here: shes been deposed, and shes going to go through somebody elses hell before she can get back to anything resembling her own throne.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lady Hel (2022) #2

Sep 21, 2022

Lady Hel is a strangely captivating figure. On the surface, there really isnt much separating her from a million other godlings in fantasy fiction. Contrast her against a half-dead gull with an eyeball hanging out of its socket on an Earth without death, and she suddenly becomes someone a lot more intriguing than she would be in a perfectly normal situation. Context really is everything in idiosyncratic fantasy. Burnhams walking an interesting path with Lady Hel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lady Hel (2022) #3

Nov 26, 2022

Lady Hel finds a compelling rhythm as the series reaches the end of its plot arc. Its covered a remarkable amount of ground in the course of only three issues. Burnham has carved out a very unique space for Lady Hel that feels like it could support an ongoing series if it was fortunate enough to find the right audience. Lady Hels journey has gained a fun momentum. Shes clearly going through some kind of inner transformation that could become something really interesting if it was allowed to develop over the long term.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Lady Hel (2022) #4

Dec 23, 2022

The series continues in Purgatori Must Die! The focus shifts to Lady Deaths sister in a narrative flip that could prove to be a lot of fun as the divine conflict continues. With guest stars Evil Ernie and Vampirella, the new series is likely to be at least a little bit more cluttered than Lady Hels has been. If that series has anywhere near the kind of balance that Lady Hel has exhibited, it could be an enjoyable follow-up. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Lady Mechanika (2021): The Devil in the Lake #1

Sep 6, 2024

Theres a very smart sense of pacing about the opening issue of the current series. The series of scenes that comprise the first issue have a very compelling sense of forward momentum about them that serves th overall action and drama of the series quite well. Once again, Lady Mechanika makes it to the page in a narrative package that feels distinct and well-balanced from beginning to end. If Benitez, Change and company can maintain the momentum established in the first issue, all should be quite well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Lady Mechanika (2021): The Devil in the Lake #2

Oct 9, 2024

The series is taking the adventure genre in an interesting direction that feels like it's adding quite a bit around the edges of traditional steampunk. There is a rich depth to the story that begins to embrace the potential of supernatural drama from the era in the oft-ignored region of snowy northern Russia. Things that seem to be progressing quite well in this series in a way that's also adding quite a bit of depth to the character of Lady Mechanika herself. There is quite a bit of momentum as the series reaches its third issue next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lady Mechanika (2021): The Devil in the Lake #3

Nov 14, 2024

The climax of the issue hits like a hammer. It makes the eventual conclusion next issue seem a bit strange. Precisely how that last issue was going to get paste is going to be interesting to see given how everything had been going over the course of the first five issues. This is a talented, creative team, though. There's no question that they'll be able to pull off any issue that won't feel at all padded out in any way. These people know what they're doing. They just seems kind of strange to think that there could be another 20 to 30 pages of this given whats happened at the end of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lady Mechanika (2021): The Devil in the Lake #4

Dec 15, 2024

The adventure continues. Each series seems to be building quite delightfully on the one before it. Really remarkably good execution of that style of serialized storytelling for comic book format. It's a format that doesn't always work really well. However, with this particular character, it's perfect extension, her and her adventures. Not too much carried over from one series to the next, but there's just enough of a progression to give one the feeling of character development series. It's a really nice progression.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lazarus Planet (2023): Alpha #1

Jan 11, 2023

Big crossovers are always a mess. Waid is working with a really fun combination of different characters who dont currently have their own series: Power Girl, Supergirl, Cyborg, and so on. Waid is giving an audience some more of what theyre missing in a quick, little sampling of different elements. Its a nice gesture, but its too little time with any one character to feel like anything other than a rush.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lazarus Planet (2023): We Once Were Gods #1

Jan 25, 2023

Each story fills its pages in a way that progresses the current concerns of a nice array of different characters, but without a whole lot to connect the stories, it feels like a group of one-shot stories uncomfortably crammed together. The scope of the Lazarus Planet crossover feels impressive, though. Its just too bad that there couldnt have been more of a direct connection between all of the stories that went beyond vague thematic notions.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lazarus Planet (2023): Omega #1

Feb 22, 2023

The Lazarus Planet crossover is clearly reaching some sort of a climax. It must be. Its been going on for a long time now. And theres certainly a hell of a lot going on in the pages of Lazarus Planet: Omega...there are a lot of...characters in the issue and everything. Its just too bad that there isnt that much to define all of the action. There isnt a coherent attitude thats animating any of it. It looks good, but theres no question of the outcome, and there isnt enough to engage the reader beyond the surface of the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lazarus Planet (2023): Next Evolution #1

Feb 8, 2023

Theres a definite feel for new material reverberating through the one-shot. Its all very familiar. Nothing too edgy or ground-breaking. Its fun to see a few relatively new characters going through the motions that others have been treading for decades. With any luck, one or two of the characters in the one-shot will really take off. Red Canary has a lot of charm. So does Flatline. Time will tell if they manage enough momentum to make it into the distant future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lazarus Planet: Revenge of the Gods #1

Mar 15, 2023

The main story is followed up by a quick, little jaunt to Themyscira courtesy of writers Becky Cloonan and Michael W. Conrad. An internet video star makes a trip to try to discover the nature of the island of the Amazons and gets a bit more than he bargained for in a piece that gets exquisitely dark before the back cover. Its an event that could be foreshadowing a darkness, which could explain the state of things that will dominate Tom Kings run on the new Wonder Woman that starts this coming September. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lazarus Planet: Revenge of the Gods #2

Mar 30, 2023

Its fun to see Captain Marvel contrasted against a couple of superpowered women who are much more poised and sharper than he is. Its a nice dynamic. It isnt always easy to show the boy-in-a-gods-body in a way that truly respects the complexity of the hero Captain Marvel. Wilson does a really good job of articulating that complexity.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lazarus Planet: Revenge of the Gods #3

Apr 12, 2023

DC has had a rather shaky track record in bringing the larger-than-life crossovers to the page. Crisis on Infinite Earths was impressive enough, but it was WAY too cluttered to make much sense to the average reader. War of the Gods was a hopeless farrago that was all completely muddled by the editors involved. By contrast, Lazarus Planet has come across with a great degree of coherence and a vivid sense of gravity. Its quite fortunate that DC had managed to get some of its better writers together for the crossover. Its been a very satisfying crossover thus far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Lazarus Planet: Revenge of the Gods #4

Apr 26, 2023

Wilson gives Wonder Woman the warmth and passion that she so richly deserves in one of the biggest combat sequences shes ever been a part of. Marys adventures continue in Shazam!...which is written by Mark Waid. Is it too much to ask to have Campbell continue to write her adventures as a back-up feature in that series as well?  

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Local Man (2023) #4

May 31, 2023

Seeley and Fleecs are working on a premise that could still have some impact. The pacing may be off, but thats a judgment thats made only four issues into what is clearly a very, very dense story. When the dust clears on the first dozen or so issues of the series, it may turn out to be the case that theres a kind of genius in the way that Seeley and Fleecs are approaching the story. Four issues in, it just feels like a mess.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Local Man (2023) #5

Jun 28, 2023

And maybe thats the whole point. When seen from the right perspective, the gorgeous battles between toned figures in brightly-colored costumes that hit the page with such grace and form...really arent all that different than a couple of middle-aged guys beating the hell out of each other at the Community Center. Aggression is aggression, and conflict is conflict. Writers and artists can be as realistic as they want, but on some level, all action is aggression and violence, and...its all ugly. All of it. That doesnt mean that its particularly interesting on the comics page, though. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Local Man (2023) #13

Aug 21, 2024

Theres a major jolt to the narrative that goes way beyond any small town battle. It really SHOULD be hitting the page with a bit more intensity, though. This is particularly tragic as a major moment passes before the issue reaches its final panel and it really should have more of an impact than it manages. Theres a really nice atmosphere and a really intense build-up of tension, but it doesnt quite hit when it really needs to do so.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Loki (2019) #1

Jul 17, 2019

So Lokis cool, The creative team is cool., The team is VERY COOL. No creative team lasts forever, though. Its hard to imagine Loki working quite this well with anyone else. But in the opening installment, Kibblesmith and Bazaldua give this series the kind of appeal that makes it FEEL like anyone could pick up the title and instantly make it their own. Lokis just that adaptable. But with any luck, Kibblesmith and Bazaldua will be around for a long, long time. This is a fun opener.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Loki (2019) #2

Aug 14, 2019

Kibblesmith and Bazaldua have established an appealingly firm foundation for Loki-as-protagonist in the first couple of issues of his series. A man who is lost and trying to find himself through weird, casually fantastic adventures is a fun guy to hang out with once a month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Loki (2019) #3

Sep 11, 2019

Rather than working on a small canvas or a large canvas for his narrative walk with Loki, Kibblesmith is manifesting a story on several different interconnected canvasses. That range from the ridiculously cosmic to the intimately personal. Its going to be a difficult dynamic to maintain in future issues. Theres a lot of traffic to coordinate between different story elements. That are going to need to come together at some point. Kibblesmith has shown a great deal of talent so far. Itll be interesting to see where he takes the series next. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Loki (2019) #4

Oct 9, 2019

Kibblesmith and Bazaldua guide Loki through an in-depth analysis of his history and personality as he engages in a search for his destiny that seems to be rendered in fragments that are so scattered that even he isnt terribly well-equipped to understand them. The initial story arc is fun and breezy while getting substantially into the depth of human understanding through the thoughts and feelings of a god. It continues to be a very sharp journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Loki (2019) #5

Nov 22, 2019

So maybe he gave Wolverine a verbal tic back in the old west. He may have done more than that. Kibblesmiths all-too-brief walk with the god of mischief has cast everything in the Marvel Universe in a whole new light. He can affect events in the past now. Who is to say that he hasnt been between the panels? Causing weird, little problems and inconsistencies in the continuity over the years? Its a fun, little gift that Kibblesmith and Loki are handing the Marvel Universe at the end of a very short series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lord of the Jungle (2022) #1

Nov 15, 2022

Lord of the Jungle will likely find its distinctive voice as things progress. The first issue hasnt quite found a way to define itself beneath the weight of the cliche of Tarzan. Jurgens is wise to leave the name of the character completely out of the book until the end of the issue. The name itself carries SO MUCH weight that the narrative needs to work up a tremendous amount of momentum just to overcome the cliche present in one of the biggest legends in the history of pop culture.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lord of the Jungle (2022) #6

Jul 12, 2023

The idea of an aging Tarzan returning to the jungle to set some things straight is actually a really intriguing idea. It's just too bad that Jurgenss plot structure is so weighted down in unnecessary details. Had Jurgens focused just a bit more on the psyche of the hero and not what was going on in the world around him, it might have been a more fascinating psychological journey with the character. As it is, theres nothing specifically wrong with the story. Its just not very interesting. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Love Everlasting #1

Aug 11, 2022

Now that the initial premise is delivered, the challenge will lie in keeping everything interesting. The progression through the first three stories of the series is enjoyable enough. King has given the series an intriguing momentum, but it will be difficult to keep it engaging with Joan fully aware of whats going on. She doesnt know WHY its going on, though...which will likely be the mystery moving forward. The success of the series is going to rely on what King does with the central mystery of the premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Love Everlasting #3

Oct 12, 2022

There is an appeal to Love Everlasting as an ongoing series, but its going to be a bit of a challenge to keep everything going as Joan deals with problems from life to life and setting to setting. Image continues to present the old Substack end of the series for now. It will be interesting to see how long it will take it moving forward into new issues. King and Charretier have a compelling rhythm going with the series thus far. It will remain to be seen if they can maintain the intrigue moving forward. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Love Everlasting #8

Jun 7, 2023

The journey into self-awareness that Joan has been going through over the course of the series has been pretty intense. Theres some profound level of darkness going on in Tom Kings 1963 that reflects deeper concerns in the heart of the American home in that era. Its a fascinating, provocative look at the human psyche that holds great promise in possibly exploring things of equal depth from other eras through Joans fractured psyche. In the long run, the series repetition COULD damage it, but it still feels like an impressive accomplishment eight issues-in.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Love Everlasting #9

Jul 7, 2023

Given how sad the issue is, its remarkable how truly captivating it is. Aside from the predictable ending, theres only one major plot development. Somehow, King and company manage to keep Joans emotional journey so totally pure and uncluttered that it grabs hold of the reader and doesnt let go until the end. And of course theres more. Joan advances into older age, which should take the series up through the mid-to-late 1960s and beyond. Its been an interesting journey thus far, but itll be interesting to see where King and company take it as the series continues its descent with Joan.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Love Everlasting #10

Aug 10, 2023

It had been a dream. Something that was very pleasant and relaxed. Then things change. Any reader knows that change is coming. King's delivery of the story keeps the inevitable seeming tantalizingly out of the immediacy of the moment until the next splash page hits and the cycle of the series sets in one more time. The entire reality of the horror is only beginning to set in ten issues, and it's breathtaking to watch it all unravel the way it is. Joan has been so painstakingly rendered in tender moments. Now the horror really hits.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Love Romances #1

Feb 22, 2019

The comics page could hold so much more than traditional romance in ways theatre, cinema and video could never touch. It's too bad Paniccia didn't try something more daring in a one-shot anthology. It's only one issue, so it doesn't actually have to make money. Why not do something wild and breathtaking with it? What could possibly be more romantic than that?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lovesick (2022) #1

Oct 27, 2022

Theres real potential in a hero like Domino. She can go places and do things that most other comic book heroes cant. Vecchio has an excellent opportunity to explore an extremely unique perspective on love and violence with Lovesick. A story like Dominos could go in quite a few directions, and only a few of them are really going to live up to the potential of the premise. As of the first issue, shes only peering into a relatively superficial level of a theme that could reach deep into the core of human consciousness.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lovesick (2022) #2

Nov 30, 2022

In the first issue, Domino felt like a hero. In the second issue, she begins to seem a bit more like a tragically conflicted character, who is almost certainly going to descend into her own madness. There was only a vague hint of Dominos potential destruction before. By the end of this issue, it seems almost inevitable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lovesick (2022) #3

Jan 4, 2023

There is merit in exploring the deeper aspects of the horror of human aggression and destruction. Vecchio is definitely moving in a direction where Domino might find her way to exploring some of the depth of the premise. After the first three issues of the series, Domino is still avoiding the depth that she should be embracing. Vecchio has had quite a bit of time to get into where the story is going after the third issue. It will be interesting to see where Vecchio takes the story next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Lucy Claire: Redemption #1

Dec 11, 2019

With decent art and solid delivery of a standard action plot, Redemption has a chance to do something fun. Lucy seems like she has the potential to be an interesting character. Future issues will give her and the world in which she lives the opportunity to start to distinguish themselves as something truly original. This first issue isnt delivering anything terribly impressive, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lucy Claire: Redemption #2

Jan 15, 2020

The gradual increase in action in the series gives Upchurchs tale a definite direction. Though its difficult to imagine that there will be too many surprises that run through the rest of the series, theres enough appeal between Lucy and her companions to carry the series through to its inevitable resolution. This issue Upchurch adds the concept of a hierarchy of levels (a presumably sub-species) within the werewolf community, which will also add a rising tension to the adventures that lie ahead. Upchurch clearly has crafted enough elements into the story to keep it interesting for the remaining issues in the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Lucy Claire: Redemption #3

Feb 19, 2020

For all its successes this issue, its still a tale like so many others in heroic fiction. There is little doubt that Lucy will find her way the way all lost heroes do. The overall story is still kind of weak and derivative, but Upchurchs fusion of plot and visuals makes another journey with a weary hero feel fresh around the edges. She may not have seemed like much at the beginning of the series, but by the end of the third issue, Lucys beginning to feel like someone special.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Lucy Claire: Redemption #4

Mar 25, 2020

It's nice to know that Lucy Claire has a Buffy-like lineage of Werewolf hunters in her background, but the deep background of Lucy's world isn't where the strength of Upchurch's story lies. Lucy's personal journey and the paths of those who get pulled into her life are much more interesting than the background, cast as they are into a world of bewildering danger immersed in darkness. Focussed as it is on Lucy Claire and her friends and her recent checkered past, the fourth issue of the series plays to the series' strengths.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lucy Claire: Redemption #5

Aug 5, 2020

Upchurch has everything in the right order to tell an engaging story, but its not put together on the page in a way that would make it work. Its entirely possible to take this series, cut it in half, and reveal a really aggressively impressive story. However, its just not coming together in this fifth issue. Lucy Claire is very cool and stylish. Given the right angles, she could be a part of a much more interesting story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
M.O.M.: Mother of Madness #1

Jul 21, 2021

So...the series is already 1/3 over. It's a bit difficult to accept this, given how good the opening issue is. Clarke, Bennett, and company have done such a good job of putting together a genuinely engaging fusion between satire, emotional drama, and traditional superhero story that it seems a bit tragic that it's only going to be around for a couple more months.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
M.O.M.: Mother of Madness #2

Aug 25, 2021

The crazy energy of M.O.M. could be harnessed in a way that would make for a more appealing mini-series. Still, the narrative feels like its scattered all over the place. From a misunderstanding about a crime to life as a minor celebrity under the mask. To establishing a heros life WHILE establishing a big villain to mirror her. If it were all framed more compellingly, it could really turn into something fascinating. The opening issue really felt like it WAS going to be THAT. The second issue feels like a bit of a mess.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters: The Cursed #1

Jul 14, 2021

It would have seemed like there wouldnt have been a whole lot of ground for Cain and company to cover after the first series. Rather than trying to repeat the successes of the first series, Cain. And company are valiantly leading Maude in a totally new direction as she navigates her way through adolescence. The summer camp format might have been a bit more cleverly placed in a quick-moving series scheduled to run the length of a single summer, but every other aspect of the series seems to be more or less perfectly placed at the end of the first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Eaters: The Cursed #2

Aug 18, 2021

Cain and company have been sculpting a stunningly distinct, little narrative in Man-Eaters that feels quite unlike anything else on the comics rack. The unique blend of narrative, sequential art, and graphic design find an engrossing pacing in the second issue of the second series. The mysteries of the world of Man-Eaters get a boost of life in the second issue of The Cursed. If Cain, Mitternique, and company can continue work of this quality, Maude could wind up being one of the more cunningly mysterious heroines to ever appear in comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Eaters: The Cursed #3

Sep 15, 2021

Once again, Cain and Mitternique develop a new, non-traditional narrative piece for an issue of Man-Eaters that wouldnt feel quite at home in any other format. Its silly and strange in places, but the third issue of the new series is breathtaking in the range and scope of moods and emotions that its able to conjure.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters: The Cursed #4

Oct 13, 2021

Given the fascinating nature of the storytelling style of the series, The closing chapters Of the series feel a bit abrupt. This is because the five elements don't play out like a traditionally cluttered genre comic book. Instead, World-building happens in strange pamphlets and ads while characters in the foreground are allowed just enough mystery to Maintain the reader's interest. It's very delicately rendered storytelling that continues to be immensely appealing. The pacing could get kind of weird in the next issue with everything having to wrap up. But given there isn't that much to resolve, it might be kind of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters: The Cursed #5

Nov 10, 2021

Once again, it seems as though a Chelsea cane and series has come to an end all to abruptly. And yet, its a very satisfying ending. Maude Is a truly fascinating character who we should find a welcome home on the page if ever cane Cain has the opportunity To allow us to hang out with her again

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters #5

Jan 29, 2019

The depth of what Cain and company are exploring here continues to be deeply engrossing. Cain maintains the mystery of the attacks while delivering deeper insight into the ensemble AND exploring a world that is all too much like our own. With its clever mix of humor, drama and horror Man-Eaters is quite deliciously unlike anything else on the rack right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Eaters #6

Feb 27, 2019

As it has a nontraditional mode of delivering quirky humor in narrative, Man-Eaters was going to take a while to develop a narrative rhythm. Now in is sixth issue, the series quirky narrative pattern has emerged. Its enchantingly charming stuff which feels like its breathing fresh new life into an art form thats been around for the better part of a century.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Eaters #7

Mar 27, 2019

Cain and Niemczyk continue to bring something genuinely compelling to comics with a breath of fresh air to the medium. Their unique framing and pacing of a mystery story open endless possibilities for the nearly 100-year-old comic book medium that make it feel new again. As the series progresses, the long-running issues of plot development in an unfolding mystery will eventually emerge, but for now, its fun to watch Cain, Niemczyk and company play with an inventively novel idea in such a whimsically deft way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Eaters #8

Apr 24, 2019

Theres a lot going on in the eighth issue of ManEaters. In addition to developing the world of the series, its a brilliantly non-traditional, little one-shot that tells the story of a couple of characters. Jennifer and Mandy serve as character archetypes in the games. At issues end, a pair of articles tell the stories of the characters behind these archetypes. The vastly different outcomes of two girls looking to rebel serves to increase the tension of the middle school girl at the center of the series. Now that a little bit more about the world in which the characters live, the danger shes falling into is given that much more depth.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Eaters #9

Jun 5, 2019

Cain and company continue to push the medium in a direction far more novel than anything else in comics today. With the plot arc playing out the way it is, theres clearly some kind of revolution coming. Itll be interesting to see if the series can maintain its edge if that happens. So much of ManEaters appeal lies in the power of the matriarchal dystopia. When its openly challenged, the power dynamic in the series is going to force the series in a different direction. I think fans of the series are in good hands. Cain and company havent given any indication of the series being anything other than deeply entertaining.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters #10

Jul 3, 2019

There are only two issues left to go in the series, but with the final chapter being another non-comic-centric Handbook-style issue, the central part of the story really ends with issue #11. The rhythm of the series has been great fun. The big climax is just one month away. Hopefully, theres satisfaction in things becoming more surreal at the end of the series. Its been a hell of a ride thus far. With any luck, Cain and company can hold out for at least one more issue to deliver a satisfying conclusion to the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Man-Eaters #11

Sep 11, 2019

What Cain has done throughout this series HAS been impressive. The scattered complexity of the story is given a retrospective look. Thanks to a Mitternique-designed organizational chart for Estro Corp. at mid-issue that shows-off just how much thematic ground Cains covered in 11 issues. The series concludes with one more non-narrative look at the world of Man-Eaters which will close out the title. With the narrative already closed, one more issue from the world of Man-Eaters is likely to feel a bit strange. But itll be nice to visit Cains world one last time before it gets compressed into a trade paperback.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters #12

Oct 2, 2019

Man-Eaters has been an immensely enjoyable series. The final issue in the series gives the world of the story more room to expand the concept of social revolution well beyond the page. All that seems to be missing is a direct invitation for the reader to carry the revolution to the world outside the panels. The page of blank membership cards for The Ministry of Trouble seems as close to an invitation as Cain can get while maintaining plausible deniability. Cains done a clever job of making the revolution seem very, very cool. The potential for revolution and meaningful change in society rests in the hands of every reader. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Man-Eaters: Tomorrow Belongs To You #1

Mar 4, 2020

The series Cain and Miternique ended may have been a bit hit-or-miss in places, but The Future is Yours! Man-Eaters one-shot brilliantly illustrates how the narrative can move forward in clever bite-sized specials that continue to be every bit as much satirical bite as the full series did. Current events are as ugly as ever, but its nice to know Cain and Miternique are still there to sink razor-sharp comic teeth into the ugliness of it all.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Martian Manhunter (2018) #2

Jan 9, 2019

Orlando and Rossmo are working on something that is definitely building in an interesting direction. Larger themes of alienation, humanity, and being caught between two worlds will no doubt come into full focus as the series careens into issue #3. For now, the current major conflicts are brought into full view with the blast of a pistol. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Martian Manhunter (2018) #3

Feb 27, 2019

Rossmos art is an acquired taste that is not without its charm. It might mutate the impact of the story in places, but it makes for a really distinctive impression that should find a nice rhythm as the mini-series pulls into its second quarter next issue. With the backstory fully-rendered, the series has a chance to build into something substantial.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Martian Manhunter (2018) #4

Mar 27, 2019

Though it doesnt live up to its potential, the fourth issue of Orlando and Rossmos Manhunter is finding a bright pulse that stands out from most of the rest of the work currently populating the mainstream comic book rack. Its a very unique place that Orlando and Rossmo are visiting every month. Itll be interesting to see where it goes after issue four as Jonzz finally comes face to face with the central villain of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Martian Manhunter (2018) #5

May 22, 2019

All criticism aside, the visuals that Rossmo is delivering to the page ARE quite memorable. The fact that they hijack the story thats being rendered by Orlando is disappointing, but Rossmos art (which really IS beautiful in a soupy, formless, noodley sort of a way) definitely needs some sort of grounding to be effective. Orlandos script might be just the sort of thing that Rossmos art needs to bind it to a coherent page. Too bad so much of the story gets lost in the process.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Martian Manhunter (2018) #6

Jun 26, 2019

The bigger picture of Orlando's story is given further grounding and motivation with this flashback issue. Had the series as a whole started with this story, it might have lent a great deal of momentum for the 11 installments which would have followed it, but some of the impact of the story would have felt missing. The rest of the series may well end up feeling as convoluted as the first five issues. As a standalone story, Martian Manhunter #6 is vividly weird and wonderful.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Martian Manhunter (2018) #7

Jul 24, 2019

The search for the missing Ashley Addams is finally right at the center of the story where it needs to be. Orlando and Rossmo have found the pulse of the action as the mini-series reaches the beginning of its second half. With all of the establishing action well and fully out of the way, the mini-series should have no problem finding its way to resolution with a strong sense of momentum. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Martian Manhunter (2018) #8

Aug 28, 2019

Orlando and Rossmo are casually carving-out one of the more strikingly strange dramas in mainstream comics without veering too far from the basics of a traditional superhero genre serial. The distinctive art is quite unlike anything else on the rack. Orlando's story, though quite familiar to comics, brings a unique blend of dramatic tensions. Which would have felt more at home in an indie comic book even a decade ago. It's a fresh approach to old comic book themes that makes for an enjoyable 20 pages between the covers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Mary Jane & Black Cat (2022) #2

Jan 13, 2023

The series reaches its mid-point next month. MacKay and company have rigidly defined the parameters of the rest of the series by the end of the second issue. There seems to be more than enough magic around the edges of the story to maintain the possibility of the unexpected sneaking up on the narrative from a number of different directions. Its neat. Its tidy. And its got just the right amount of chaos woven into its heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Mary Jane & Black Cat (2022) #3

Feb 16, 2023

MacKay and company continue to deliver a fun adventure with a couple of characters who continue to make quite an impression outside the margins of the Spider-Man titles that they debuted in so many decades ago. MacKays treatment of Black Cat continues to make her adventures significantly more intriguing than much of what Spider-Man has been doing of late.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Maskerade (2022) #6

Jun 28, 2023

As of the sixth issue, Maskerade is a more satisfying emotional journey than most superhuman medical horror manages. The basic premise might not have a whole lot to offer in the way of anything new, but the emotional end of the characters comes across quite vividly in a darkly enjoyable lead-up to the big climactic conclusion that will hit at the end of the summer. Smith and McElfresh are heading towards what feels very much like a climax in the next issue. The writers have done a good job of delivering the story so far. Itll be interesting to see how the pacing develops for the last two issues of the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Metal Society #1

May 4, 2022

The world of Metal Society doesnt feel like its been fully rendered in the first issue, which focuses largely on Rosa and the apparent need for revolution. Humans are seen being mistreated by their android creators, but there is still a WHOLE lot more that needs to be revealed about the world of Metal Society in order for any kind of thematic depth to really reveal itself. Rosa seems like an interesting person in the opening issue. And for the opening issue, thats enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Metal Society #2

Jun 15, 2022

The challenge with a series like Metal Society is to take each issue on its own terms. Two installments into a five-part story, the series is still very much a work in progress. It's difficult to tell where everything is headed, and the final themes that Kaplan and company will explore won't be totally apparent until the smoke clears on the final issue. So far, Kaplan is telling an interesting enough story to keep the pages turning.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Metal Society #3

Jul 6, 2022

Kaplan and company are developing a fun drama. It may not live up to the potential of a solid conflict between human and robot, but theres more than enough in the murky grittiness of the drama to keep everything moving from beginning to end. The robot end of things still feels like a weird echo of humanity without enough to separate it from the humans that are being oppressed, but that might work when things resolve in the final issue if Kaplan and company can make the similarities between the two groups compelling enough by the final panel. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Metal Society #4

Aug 3, 2022

Kaplans story has some real potential, but the basic elements of the script seem to keep circulating around the same elements that they have been over the course of the first three issues of the series. The direct conversation between Rosa and the android really SHOULD be more of a revelation than it comes across at the issues end. Theres a great deal of potential here, but Metal Society isnt quite bringing it across.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Metal Society #5

Sep 7, 2022

The more sophisticated end of a sci-fi story of this type could have been much more deftly brought to the page if Kaplan had rendered the world around the match in a bit more detail. There isnt enough to differentiate between humans and robots in this particular world, and as a result, the thematic stakes of the match arent all that clear. The ending feels like a really natural outgrowth of the similarities between robots and humans, but its kind of difficult to tell quite exactly what it is thats been resolved on a larger level once the readers eyes cross the final panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #3

Jan 16, 2019

The world in which all of the action is going to be taking place is still developing at this point. Its very reassuring to see the moral complexity lowered into this one. This is a coming-of-age magical fairy tale, but its going to be a very ethically complicated one. With the right economy of words and image in well-paced scenes, this third issue establishes important conventions this serial will hopefully continue to follow for many, many issues and what will hopefully be a very long run.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #4

Feb 20, 2019

Young and company beautifully broaden the world of Middlewest this issue. The journey of Able and Fox and Bobby and Wrench looks like its starting to develop into something truly unique in an issue that feels viscerally powerful amidst the lights, popcorn and barkers of a carnival.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #5

Mar 19, 2019

Young and Corona are constructing something that feels quite distinctly unlike so much that litters the contemporary pop fantasy landscape. Its grounded in standard fantasy elements, but Young and Corona are carving-out something that feels genuinely fantastic. No need to bog down the narrative in so much detail. Young and Corona are wisely allowing the fantasy to be fantastic on its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #6

Apr 17, 2019

Middlewest swings into a clever bit of momentum with this issue, which continues to develop through sharp bits of mystery that cut through every aspect of the issue from bits of plot resonating out of the dialogue to details drawn into key panels. Young, Corona and Beaulieu round out the first six issues of a series which clearly has a sweeping sense of momentum carrying through a fantasy mutation of the American midwest. From here, theres the risk of a repetition feeding into the story now that all the basic elements of the story are in place, but Young and company feel inventive enough to maintain interest in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #7

May 22, 2019

In a long-running fantasy serial, it was inevitable that Abel was going to tumble back into the horror of action. He had been hitting hinting at this for a couple of dishes now he had been hitting hinting at this ever since Able joined the carnival. Thanks to the delicate handling of the story, the emotional impact of the inevitable is felt with just as much strength as a random act of nature.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #8

Jun 19, 2019

Theres a clever balance to the issue that series well. The complexity of relations within the ensemble that could lead to a number of different directions over the course of the next few issues. The social and atmospheric ends of the world that Young and Coronas world captures the imagination and runs with it. No one else is doing anything quite like this on the comic book rack. Its a fun journey that makes another major step with its eighth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #9

Jul 24, 2019

Young and Corona continue to develop a very unique North American adventure fantasy that fuses Anglo-European culture with native legends in a way that feels breathtakingly fresh. European fantasy has been done to death in pop fiction. Its nice to see a story that takes a look at the traditional path of the hero from a more uniquely American perspective. Abel might yet turn out to be the self-directed fantasy hero that has been conspicuously absent from pop fantasy for so many years.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #10

Aug 21, 2019

With pacing well and fully back on track, Young and Coronas story has regained a sense of momentum about it. The placement of a frigid, wintery issue in the heat of a late summer adds to the earthbound sense of fantasy about the serial. Summer solstice feels like a distant memory. The days are getting shorter. Winter is coming, Its going to be cold. Young and Corona are there to echo the dream of the near future into the tale of Abels past.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #11

Sep 18, 2019

Bringing the action into a decaying city has given the series new life that it didnt seem to be lacking. The adventure bursts into new territory with a refreshing look at the most charming character in the whole series. Things are taken in a bold new direction with future issues as a lost Abel attempts to calm himself in the essence of a perilous world. For fear of letting the danger of the destruction within him out to mingle with that danger.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #12

Oct 23, 2019

Young and Corona seem to have been building up to some kind of showdown between Abel, his father, Maggie, and her husband for quite some time now. Now that everyones looking for Abel, theres clearly a showdown of some sort coming in a series with a very diverse ensemble that plays fantasy against earthbound reality. Twelve issues in and Middlewest still feels new.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #13

Dec 18, 2019

This issue cleverly ratchets-up the build-up to the big confrontation, which is likely to come in the series very near future. With the shift from the very literal journey of one hero to direct confrontation, the series takes on a whole new direction on this issue. The cleverly-structured plot of this issue and the sharp rendering of the art team give this issue a suitably ominous tone that gives a powerful impression that everyone involved with the series has an excellent grasp of where the story is heading. This isnt always the case with an ongoing series. Middlewest is given an added push of momentum as it moves into its second year with this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Middlewest #14

Jan 22, 2020

The series has possibly been a bit overdue for an issue-long close-up on Abel. The absence of Fox and the denizens of the circus is felt pretty heavily this issue. That feeling of distance from some of the more charismatic characters of the series serves to amplify the peril of Abels situation in another satisfying chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Middlewest #15

Feb 19, 2020

With the story marching steadily towards the caravans arrival at the farm and the quiet insurrection going on amidst some of the slaves on the farm, things seem to be headed for a satisfying climax in the near future of Middlewest. The blend of rising tension and atmospheric conflict feels perfectly satisfying for the fifteenth issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Middlewest #16

Mar 18, 2020

An issue like this could have been kind of dull, given the fact that the last installment was charging so confidently in the direction of confrontation. A chapter like this might feel like a bit of a derailment of momentum. Still, Young, Corona, and Beaulieu deliver a solidly entertaining issue on the edge of the next major clash between forces in the Middlewest.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #17

Jul 1, 2020

Young, Corona, and Beaulieu have been marching Abel and company through a slow, steady arc that reaches a huge climax in Middlewests 17th issue. The intensity here is elegantly rendered with magic and power firmly rooted in the sense of emotional and interpersonal drama that builds on events circulating around the series for the past sixteen issues. Different elements of aggression have been drawn together with such a remarkable sense of economy that its actually strange to think that this is still only the seventeenth issue of the series. A story doesnt typically achieve this level of climax until years of steady build-up have passed. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Middlewest #18

Jul 25, 2020

Ending the story without completely shutting the door on a fascinating world of small-town American magic and mystery. Young and company could do so much more in the world of Middlewest that witnesses the simple power of the climactic clash of this final issue. The world of small-town magic has played out here in an amplification of the cycle of familial domestic violence. It's a powerful magical amplification, but there are so many other small-town midwestern American themes that could be explored in a world like this. It's too bad Young and company have chosen to end the story after only 18 issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2023) #7

Jun 22, 2023

Ziglar has the panels framed on the right combination of characters. Miles looks good when squaring off against Carnage. The additional focus on Taskmaster and Frye and company adds a bit of accent around the edges of the action for a really striking visual punch. The constant beat of the action throughout the issue feels like a solid progression of tension, which should meet a hopefully satisfying resolution next issue. Ziglar isnt trying anything that hasnt been tried on some level before a million times. (Carnage and other symbiotes have been inciting chaos for decades now.) Ziglar has, nevertheless, found a way to breathe life into the fallout from Spider-Mans alien costume one more time. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mirka Andolfo's Sweet Paprika #1

Jul 28, 2021

The contrast between Paprika and Dill is enjoyable enough in the first issue. Still, a long-term run with these two characters will have to develop a bit more substance if its going to be able to develop into much more than Archie-for-adults. Andolfo has proven that she can do this before on more than one occasion, so theres really no questioning that this is worth investing the time in. It may seem silly. It may seem goofy. It may even seem kind of sexy. But its definitely worth a readers time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mirka Andolfo's Sweet Paprika #2

Sep 1, 2021

With the world fully established in the first issue, Andolfo dives into some further exploration of what makes it tick...the family drama and the background on everything is nice, but. a greater integration between the angel/devil iconography and the contemporary metropolitan drama would make for a far more compelling serial. As it is, Andolfo is working with a fun concept, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mirka Andolfo's Sweet Paprika #3

Sep 22, 2021

The dramatic metropolitan comedy is still fun, but it feels like its drawn rather unpleasantly out of the mundane. There isnt enough insight into the Paprikas complexity to move very far beyond the surface-level cliches that Andolfo has been playing with throughout the series thus far. If there was just a bit more attention paid to the weird cosmology of a world populated entirely by angels and demons, it might be a bit more appealing...but it wouldnt be a Mirka Andolfo series. The writer/artist has her own idea of what shes looking for, and she DOES seem to be making it work. Its just too bad that its not more interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Misery (2024) #3

Aug 7, 2024

The series ends next month. Itll be interesting to see how the mood draws to a close. So much of the story feels like an extended music video from the 1990s. Theres got to be some sort of a conclusion to it all that makes for some kind of satisfying end of all of the moody brooding is to have any kind of meaning at all. Not that it has to have any deeper meaning if its going to leave a strong enough impression to prompt more issues. Cyan DOES seem like a very interesting person to hang out with for 20 pages a month regardless. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Misery (2024) #4

Sep 11, 2024

The dreariness of the drama really delivers on the mood. Theres an exhausted sort of a depth to it that feels restless around the edges. The issue seems to have captured quite a bit of the feel of an uneasy hospital stay. The full potential of a tightly-paced hospital drama may not have bee attained in the fourth issue of the series, but the momentum of the story is maintained as the series as the story somewhat strangely reaches the end of its arc with this issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miss Truesdale and the Fall of Hyperborea #4

Sep 12, 2023

Mignola and Lonergan deliver a primal ending to a simple fantasy story that has one foot firmly planted in a more conservative reality somewhere in the nineteenth century. It's a fun fugue of a dream that casts itself across the page and vanishes into nothingness by the end of the final panel. It's too bad that there isn't a bit more to what writer and artist are putting on the page. With just a bit more complex conflict, the victory and tragedy at the chapter's end could have been a bit more powerful.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Monarch (2023) #5

Jun 14, 2023

The basic ideas crossing over the page in the fifth issue echo sci-fi tropes that have been around for decades. Nevertheless, Barnes, Lins, and NCT bring deeply engaging emotion to an old story that feels fresh. In five issues, Monarch has managed to slowly develop something that looks like it could be headed in an interesting direction. If Barnes and company can find a novel resolution in the next couple of issues, they might have found some new life for an old trope. Time will tell. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Money Shot (2019): Comes Again #2

Jun 7, 2023

Seeley walks a very fine line between tasteful silliness and something altogether more unsavory, but hes doing so in a way that feels like it could really make a statement if he chose to point it in a more definitively satirical direction. Theres a lot that almost gets said in the course of this second issue of the series that could be provocative on a variety of different levels, but Seeley doesnt seem all that interested in the depth that might be possible with the plot that hes working with.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Monkey Prince (2022) #12

Mar 8, 2023

Its taken about eleven issues, but Monkey Prince has found a very cool and distinctive kind of definition over the course of his mini-series. What seemed like it might have been a strange experiment when it started really feels like a nice addition to the DC Universe. Its too bad this ends up being the final issue of the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Monolith (2024) #3

Jul 12, 2024

Its not like it isnt fun in its own way. And its not like anyone picking-up a copy of a Spawn Universe comic book would really expect anything different. It comes across with the consistence of a pile of death metal album covers that  seem to lack a whole lot of the type of variation necessary to really tell much of a coherent story.  Its really...really kind of excessive. There are big things going on at the end of the issue, but by the time the narrative reaches that final page its difficult to care.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Monomyth (2023) #2

Jun 23, 2023

Beyond the novelty of the situation and the loftier philosophy driving the plot, the actual horror that Hazan is exploring feels pretty standard. Its basically a haunted house story with weird insect creatures and nightmares drawn from the lives of those who have entered the castle. Whether or not its going to distinguish itself beyond that will be something answered in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Monomyth (2023) #3

Jul 28, 2023

So much of what the story is doing is delivering a vehicle for the visuals. On the whole, thats not really a bad thing given the fact that it still manages to feel substantially compelling. Its a really solid execution of decent action that feels suitably scary for a horror story. Hazan has some novel ideas underpinning everything, but they dont seem all that prominent in the third issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Monstress #45

Jul 7, 2023

Monstress continues to be a thing of terrible beauty that is drawn straight out of another realm in ways that so many other comics are only attempting. The darkness is overwhelming, and the heroism of the central characters rests on a towering level as they confront so much on so many levels...many of them scarcely able to be articulated in any kind of coherent language. Its like nothing else being done in any other format.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Monstress #46

Jul 26, 2023

As powerful as the visuals continue to feel, it all begins to feel like one big, strange wallpaper as the prison break approaches. The planet Golga is impressive, but there isnt enough variation from panel to panel. It all tends to blur together in a way that can drone a bit in the background visually. There isnt anything visually dynamic going on beyond the vision of this other world...and so it feels like a long, slow slog through the prison. Not exactly dazzling, but it DOES present a very haunting and disturbing image that continues to burrow its way through another issue and the mind of the reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Monstress #53

Jul 24, 2024

Maika and Takeda are working with a long ranging plot that has moved out in many different directions that feel pretty idiosyncratic. A series like this would be very difficult for people to pick up anywhere in the middle of the story. To their credit, the creative team for this particular series are doing a remarkable job, maintaining a story that would be theoretically possible for just about to start with just about any issue. Each chapter is executed enough that it would theoretically be able to serve as a nice introduction to the series for anyone. This issue exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Moon Knight (2021) #14

Aug 3, 2022

Moon Knight works best in concert with himself. Back in the early 1980s, he was actually doing such a good job that he thought he didnt have a mental disorder. Here things have gotten so bad that he needs to have an intervention with himself. Hes struggling with himself on so many levels that shine a spotlight on the most interesting aspect of the character: himself. The villains. The confusion. The relentless combat. None of that has ever been as interesting as the character himself. MacKay takes the opportunity to really explore him, and it works beautifully.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight: City of the Dead (2023) #1

Jul 25, 2023

Now that Marc is off into realms beyond life, Pepose and company are going to have to tread pretty lightly. The supernatural location is going to pose some problems, as it might bend Marc in an exclusively supernatural direction thats going to alienate the basic humanity of the character. Moon Knight has always worked best as a balance between street-level crime and the supernatural. If Pepose and company can maintain that, theyll have a hell of a series on their hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Multiversity: Harley Screws Up the DCU (2023) #3

Apr 12, 2023

Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiottis cover to the issue is a clever spoof on the cover to Action Comics #1. They do an impressive job not only of spoofing the image itself, but also the overall layout of a comic book cover from nearly a century ago. The fact that it still manages to feel like something that looks perfectly in sync with the current era speaks to the talents of Conner, Palmiotti, and original artist Joe Shuster. Its a classic, iconic image...almost timeless in its own way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Multiversity: Harley Screws Up the DCU (2023) #6

Jul 12, 2023

Honestly, with things being the way they are, it wouldn't be that difficult to edit the entire six-issue series down into a much more pleasantly comical three-issue miniseries. While there is a hell of a lot of filler, there are quite a few moments scattered throughout the series that are actually pretty funny. This last issue, though? It's probably the best.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Murder Inc.: Jagger Rose #3

Jul 22, 2023

It's nightmarish. It's dystopian. And it's kind of fun. But it lacks the central vision that would make it anything more than a strange curiosity. Bendis is clearly tilting toward a sort of Frank Miller Sin City feel in the direction of something thats at least ostensibly attempting to be a little more political than his work, but it feels kind of like a weak attempt as the series continues.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Murderworld (2022): Spider-Man #1

Jan 4, 2023

Murderworld may have been a ripoff of Westworld when it was originally conceived, but theres real potential in an ongoing series. The inexplicable longevity of a TV show like Survivor proves that the drama of such a contest in the Marvel Universe could really take off if it was tackled from the right angle. As it is, Zub and Fawkes simply havent found the right angle for a truly compelling story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Myths & Legends Quarterly: Dagon

Jun 22, 2023

The story continues. Dagon isnt finished at the end of the issue, but hes made important progress. The drama that makes its way from cover to cover mixes straight-ahead psychological horror with epic sword-and-sorcery fantasy horror and something slightly darker. So many things in Dagon are being fused together by a rather large team. Its impressive in light of this that the issue feels as coherent as it does. So much of the issue looks so good. Itll be interesting to see where Dagon goes from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Naomi #1

Jan 22, 2019

The series is going to have to be really careful and thoughtful about letting bits of the mystery become revealed in future issues. Reveal too much at once and the series is going to lose even more of its appeal. As an opening, though, Naomi's first issue feels like it could be a part of something special.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Naomi #2

Feb 20, 2019

Bendis, Walker and Campbell slink forward into further mystery in a satisfying issue with curious pacing. Its the type of nuanced drama not often found in mainstream superhero stories...a distinction which should prove interesting in issue three which is being billed as The Secret History of the DC Universe. Interesting alternative ground is being covered in the DC Universe in this title. As Bendis, Walker and Campbell focus more on the small town life in the shadow of superpowers, the series will find its unique voice coming out much more substantially.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Naomi #3

Mar 20, 2019

The third issue of Naomi is a fascinating story, but its not exactly the type of thing people have come to expect from mainstream superhero comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Naomi #4

Apr 17, 2019

In this fourth issue, Bendis, Walker, and Campbell deliver the backstory of Naomi--a new hero who likely gets the big delivery on her mysterious origin next issue. The background on the character has been pretty fun in the course of this mini-series, but once the mystery is fully revealed, it will remain to be seen if she can remain as enjoyable as she is here. Given that the character is driven by the mystery of her own past, its possible that theyll continue to string that out as far as possible as she forges ahead in the DC universe beyond her initial mini-series. The perpetual mystery is only as engaging as the character that mystery is shadowed by. Naomi continues to feel engaging in this fourth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Naomi #5

May 15, 2019

The fifth issue of Naomi feels a bit unbalanced. Had her past been framed with more of an active integration with present action, this issue could have been sheer joy. The lagging backstory weighing-down the middle of the story isnt given enough impact to make it feel particularly strong. Emotional excitement and impending danger are compelling. The generic space fantasy backstory tethered to the middle of the issue keeps it from its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Naomi #6

Jul 10, 2019

Naomi now begins to make appearances in other DC comics. Issues end promises a second series. If Walker and Campbell are involved in that next series, it may be well worth checking out. The pulpy space adventure thats being delivered here really needs the kind of expressiveness that Campbell provides for it to feel right. It may have had its slow moments. All in all, however, this is an excellent opening for a new hero.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Napalm Lullaby (2024) #5

Jul 18, 2024

Remender does a pretty good job of taking an alien world of a dark future for humanity and makes it look totally plausible. Thats not an easy thing to do. So often sci-fi authors fumble over any explanation for the darkened state of affairs in their stories in favor of getting down to the rhythm of the action and drama at the center of what theyre bringing to the page. Remender knows what hes doing here and it feels sharp. Furthermore--he knows what Bengal can bring to the page and allows the artist to do beautiful work with little illustrations the render a profound feeling of depth to the world hes creating.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Napalm Lullaby (2024) #6

Aug 14, 2024

The various elements being brought into the story feel like theyre all working quite well together, but the narrative IS reaching a crucial point at which things could derail in one direction or another pretty quickly. Time will tell how it all plays-out, but there is a strong sense that the overall integrity of a deeply engaging series seems to be in good hands. The fate of the world is once again in question. It really feels like Remender and Bengal are taking this threat quite seriously and bringing its story to the reader with grace and poise.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Napalm Lullaby (2024) #7

Nov 29, 2024

It's a remarkably well paste issue. Everything seems so perfectly balanced on so many different levels. It's all very well designed. There's so much going on that feels so very well constructed. It's actually not a bad issue to start this series. In fact, this might've been a better place for the series to start then whereRemender and company began it in issue #1. it's also beautifully constructed. Strange that it would end up being the seventh issue before it really felt like the series was totally coming together in a coherent fashion.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Negaduck (2023) #6

Jun 26, 2024

The series has been interesting to follow. However, there's a real line between darkness and comedy that could have been nuzzled up to just a little bit more closely in the course of this series. Parker is working on something that's very much true to the original cartoon series, but it doesn't quite have the kind of momentum. It needs to really justify its existence outside of that beyond being just a fun, little action comedy poles the story out of old cels broadcast on Cathode ray tubes back in the 1990s and transfers it faithfully to page and panel decades later.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Mutants Lethal Legion (2023) #5

Jul 25, 2023

Honestly...there are probably at least 2-3 more characters than are actually necessary in the ensemble. Theres a core group that seems to be continuing to work well for the team, and the overall run of the series has been pretty good, but theres a big pile-up at the end of the series for the big resolution. It just feels cluttered. The best writers on any mutant team book have always managed to direct the flow of traffic. Anders has done a pretty good job, but things just got congested on the way to the series climax. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Newburn #9

Jul 26, 2023

Theres such a strong dedication to the overall look and feel of a guy like Newburn who works in Newburns line of business. Its all perfectly casual, which makes the act of reading the comic book feel really slimy and illicit. Its just people doing business that happens to involve murder and the darker side of human endeavor. Things are so strangely dispassionate that its difficult to feel a whole lot of engagement coming from the comic book itself until they get to the motel and shots are fired. Then the issues almost over.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Newthink (2022) #5

Oct 27, 2022

Straight-ahead educational comics dont find their way into comic shops all that often, but the medium DOES have its advantages. At its best, the fifth issue of NewThink achieves the kind of extreme cleverness made by Larry Gonicks cartoon histories or Scott McClouds Understanding Comics. When it falls flat, though, it feels sort of hopeless and dark. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nights (2023) #9

Aug 1, 2024

So they tell the reader its best read after dark. Theyve even got a playlist for the things at issues end. But then its set during the holidays and it comes out at the end of December, so...yknow...theres time. Issue Nines original soundtrack looks fun including Christmas songs by The Pogues, the Kinks, Run D.M.C. and more. Once again Kennedy and Formisano manage a fun and quirky horror fantasy dramatic comedy. Its weirdly cool in its own stylishly casual way. Nearly all of the characters manage to be quite appealing at some point in the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #85

Oct 20, 2021

Its pretty rare when a title character gets knocked out of the center of the panel of his own book, but Taylor does an outstanding job of making it work in the single most fascinating issue in the Fear State crossover so far. Taylor manages to fuse Nightwing with Batgirl in a way the provides interesting character development while simultaneously advancing the plot of the Fear State storyline. So often, multi-title crossovers can feel crude and awkward. Nightwing #85 is an excellent example of how a single issue can beautifully integrate with a crossover event. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #86

Nov 17, 2021

Once again, Nightwing isnt really the center of the Nightwing book. Hes making some fairly major decisions in the issue, but he is solidly upstaged by the Batgirls as Fear State draws to a close. Nightwing is a strong enough character to lurk around the edges of his own title to allow for a an issue or two. To Taylors credit, he understands this well enough to allow for a few other characters to take over fo a couple of issues. An expansion of the Batman family of titles could make for a more dynamic corner of the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #87

Dec 22, 2021

The sort of experimentation in Nightwing #87 breaks up the monotony of a long-running series without necessarily upstaging the story. One of the single most memorable issues of Marvel's G.I. Joe had Lara Hama delivering a story entirely without dialogue...and it didn't detract from the overall rhythm of the series. Nightwing #87's "Get Grayson" does the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #96

Sep 21, 2022

Taylor and Redondo have been doing some really remarkable work with Nightwing. Its a fresh look at Gotham that delivers depth in comedy, drama, and action while also giving the look and feel of the varied architecture in the background that one might expect out of the second largest city in the DC Universes US. Its so rare that a series works so well on so many different levels. With any luck, the series can look forward to many more months of Taylor and Redondo. (Its always so frustrating when a team like this fades out of a series.)   

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #97

Oct 23, 2022

The current creative team on Nightwing continues to be one of the better collections of talent in mainstream comics today. Its smart, savvy stuff that glides across the page in a way that balances action with drama and humor. It may not fit perfectly with every other title in Gotham Citys corner of the DC universe, but it keeps in touch with the overall rhythm of everything well enough to keep Nightwing firmly grounded in one of the most totally corrupt cities in the DC universe. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #98

Nov 17, 2022

Theres a real sense of integration between hero and admirer that feels particularly satisfying for those who have encountered the imps on the comics page in the past. With this moment well and fully taken care of, Nightwing has the opportunity to take a clearer, more level-headed look at whats going on in and around his corner of Gotham City in the next couple of issues. Of course, the next couple of issues happen to include the big 56-page 100th issue celebration in mid-January. Its a big close-up of a character who has been around for a long time and is looking better than ever.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #100

Jan 20, 2023

The new direction for Grayson is actually a really cool progression for the character that honors where hes been while looking forward to his future. The weight of the issue seems thrown in too many directions to be totally satisfying all the way through, though. Had there been more lead into the big change, it would have made for a much more satisfying 100th issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #101

Feb 22, 2023

Taylor and Moore have a solid story going that feels like it wouldnt be quite the same in any other genre. Its very, very difficult to put together a murder mystery story that fits the unique form and style of a superhero story, but Taylor and Moore have presented an entertaining premise that could work well for the next few issues of the series even if theyre not totally centered on the title character. Nightwing deserves a title more closely aligned with him. In time, things might line up for him in that fashion, but the 101st issue is spending a lot of time setting up conflicts for the future. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #102

Mar 22, 2023

In a few years, Dick Grayson will have been Nightwing for just as long as he had been Robin. An issue like Nightwing #102 is a satisfying look back at where Grayson has been without taking anything away from where he is now. Its a very clever balance that moves things forward for him without all of the flashbacks and needless nostalgia that so often accompany this sort of story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #103

Apr 26, 2023

Though Nightwing is the center of the story, this really feels more like a classic issue of the Titans. It's nice to see the team back together in a way that is appealing enough. It's just too bad there isn't as much time for the title character. There are a few moments that grant the reader a bit of insight into him and what he's going through right now. However, Taylor seems much more interested in telling a story that could have been written better.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nightwing (2016) #104

May 24, 2023

Nightwing is that much more of a hero by the end of the issue than he had been going into it. That cant be said of every issue of every comic book. Its just the 104th issue. Its not some big crossover event. Its not some epic earth-shaking moment that will have repercussions that are meant to echo across the DC Universe. Its just one guy, a great deal of power, and a selfless action. Taylor really manages to make it feel like a very, very big moment. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2016) #105

Jun 21, 2023

Redondos level of detail is its own character in this issue. One gets the impression that he knows the history of every building and street corner in Bldhaven. Grayson has a Funko Pop of Robin on his shelf. Hes got a Batman bookend and an array of Nightwing masks as decoration. Its SO fun to look around the edges of any panel and see the personality of Bldhaven through the eyes of Redondo. There are scars visible all over Graysons shirtless torso. Theres so much story in every panel. Its one of those rare issues that feels like its fundamentally integrated with the whole of the continuity in every little, tiny detail.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
No / One (2023) #4

Jul 7, 2023

Higgins and Buccellato engage the comic book format in a way that almost keeps it from completely embracing it. So much of the drama would feel that much more at home on stage or screen. The story isnt quite serving the comics medium by focusing as much as it does on mysteries that take place largely off-page. That being said, there are aspects of the story that could only work in comic book format, so there definitely IS enough to keep the story firmly planted on page and panel. It is a compelling story...it just seems to be a story thats looking for a different format. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nocterra: Nemesis Special

Jul 22, 2023

Its beautiful and fantastically dark in places, but there simply isnt enough holding it together to make it feel like a coherent story. The pursuit is interesting, but so much of what Emory is going through lacks the kind of direction that would make for a compelling trip between two covers of a single comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #1

Oct 2, 2019

A fifteen-part series focussing on magic that is itself an exercise in a kind of group magic, Nomen Omen is a very ambitious, little project. Given the very intricately-balanced nature of the first series and the thoughtful way that its been placed on the page, Nomen Omen might turn out to be one of the more accomplished series to come out in 2019/2020. Its certainly on track to do so in its opening chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #2

Nov 6, 2019

Theres a bit of poetic text at the end of the issue. It features Bucci talking a bit about some of what is seen on the pages. If he were to deliver it without the poetic narration, it would feel a bit like over-explanation. Bucci knows that this is a ritual for him. Its a ritual for the artists as well. Perhaps a ritual for the readers, too, as It exists on many levels. Itll be interesting to see where he and Camagni take them. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #3

Dec 4, 2019

Its taken Bucci a few issues to really sink into the specific tone and voice thats going to make Nomen Omen distinct. The conversation between Becky and her immortal guide this issue really brings out the distinct voice thats going to give this series a personality that sets it apart from other contemporary urban fantasies.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nomen Omen #4

Jan 6, 2020

Having firmly established some of the backbone of the world of Nomen Omen, Bucci and Camagni are going to have to start advancing the plot beyond mere conversation with the fantastic if the series is to pull out of the gravity of its own introspection. Thus far, its been really fun getting to know Rebecca. It would be really cool to actually go out and...yknow...do something.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #5

Feb 5, 2020

With the background on the series fully established in the first three issues, Bucci and Camagni settle-in to something really unique with this issue. It can be really, really difficult to meld fantasy with the modern world in a way that captures a complex mix of emotions. Bucci and Camagni deliver the complexity to the page with an agile style in the fifth issue of Nomen Omen.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nomen Omen #6

Jul 1, 2020

The visual, conceptual, and linguistic poetry that Bucci plays with here is compelling enough that it doesn't have to be totally understood. There are deeper walks with the story through a companion Instagram account that details Becky's dreams and a book that has been published in Europe detailing some of the story not directly covered in the series. It's a lot to dive into. Bucci and Camagni make a deeper dive into Becky's world, seem very appealing in another engagingly enigmatic dream of an issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #7

Jul 25, 2020

Now that Becky's apprenticeship to magic is firmly in place, the series feels that much more grounded. This issue's moodiness is fairly dazzling as the immensity of the magic crawls around the corners of the panels of a story that is firmly establishing an emotional connection between the reader and the character ensemble of Nomen Omen.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #8

Aug 26, 2020

Rebecca asserts herself and her power in an issue where shes finally in control of things enough to understand what she must do to learn. The simple rhythm of the plot seems to have followed Rebeccas mental state as she has fallen into a desire to focus herself and really study the forces that are so much a part of her life. Though the series has seen her through some pretty rough patches, Issue Eight feels like more of a closer walk with her than any other, which makes it the single most satisfying issue of the series thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #9

Sep 23, 2020

Fantasy can be challenging to bring to the comics page without blurring the story into overpowering garishness. Cleverly orchestrated by Bucci, Camagni crafts a visually-grounded story that finds its heart in human emotion. This kind of story is a bit of a rarity in a medium, so totally at home in exaggerated fantasy. Above all, there is an impressively dramatic progression. Becky is has made tremendous progress over the course of the year. She's an inspiringly different person now than she was in the first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #10

Oct 21, 2020

Given that so many elements have been brought onstage in the series, its quite remarkable the Bucci and Camagni have been able to give all the characters present in this issue enough weight to keep everything moving. As dense as some of the story elements are, its nice to see Bucci exploring Taranis with a bit more depth at issues end. Theres an extra short story written in simple paragraphs of narrative text that allows the reader to spend a little bit of time with the character from a time during the events of Nomen Omen #5. As with the previous issue, Buccis dual-format approach to the series adds weight to the overall story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #11

Jan 27, 2021

As visually powerful as this issue is, Camagni's art never overpowers the story. Likewise, Bucci's story never weighs-down the art. More so than almost any other issue of the series thus far, Nomen Omen #11 is very sharply balanced. With all that's happened, it's kind of strange to think that there are still another four issues left to go in the series. It'll be interesting to see where Bucci and Camagni take a Manhattan that has become Arcadia's fairyland. A deeper fantasy awaits in issues to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nomen Omen #12

Feb 24, 2021

The dreamy dangers and passions that Bucci and Camagni develop on the page bob and weave through various energies. This issue seems to be well-paced with just the right mix of fantasy and reality. The motion and emotion glide over the narrative with an appealing execution. Its not hard to desire something a bit more lucid between. Bucci and Camagni after an issue like #12, but it just wouldnt be the same with a more traditional visual style and plot structure. Bucci and Camagni continue to draw the reader along into deeper realms of dream.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nomen Omen #13

Mar 24, 2021

There are only two issues left to go in the series after this one. While its easy to imagine this story continuing to wind itself through many, many years into the future, but Bucci and Camagni are working towards a climax that will doubtlessly involve a final showdown between Becky, Taranis and Medea. It doesnt feel terribly interesting in its thirteenth issue, but Beckys return to life with her heart intact at issues end is a pretty satisfying conclusion in and of itself. Forward action of the plot may have stalled a bit this issue, but it DOES pack a dramatic punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nomen Omen #14

Apr 21, 2021

Bucci and Camagni pull the series into position for another major showdown next issue. With Becky now that much more in control of herself and her power, the next showdown could turn into something breathtaking. The overall plot arc of the series is a bit difficult to read as the story continues towards its inevitable conclusion, but its been a lot of fun seeing the creative team build the story into a series of showdowns like the one awaiting the page next month. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nomen Omen #15

May 19, 2021

Its over...but it hasnt ended. War has broken out. And Nomen Omen will eventually give way to Arcadia.  If that next story is anywhere near as sharp and distinct as Buccis dance with this one, Becky could prove to have a very engaging and captivating future ahead of her. Shes a dark hero who holds a tremendous appeal, and shes really come a HELL of a long way in only 15 issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Not All Robots #1

Aug 4, 2021

Not All Robots is a pleasantly weird mix of comedy, drama, sci-fi, and satire. The social mix between humans and others has been a major topic of sci-fi exploration for decades. Russell and Deodato have found a slightly novel approach to the basic premise that could prove to be satisfying in a variety of different ways as the series progresses into the future. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Not All Robots #2

Sep 8, 2021

The series has real potential to cast weird electric light into the beating heart of inter-human relations with a deep look into the nature of technology. Still, Russell seems a lot more interested in creating a world that feels strangely unlike our own with weirdly appealing contrasts to current political pop culture. This isn't a bad thing, it just kind of feels like a missed opportunity to do something more profound. This is not to say that greater depth might not be around the corner. The series is just getting going in its second issue. There's plenty of opportunities to get deeper into the satire. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Not All Robots #5

Nov 17, 2021

Its possible that the same exact series could work much better if it was handled by a different pairing of creative talent. If Russell could have an artist with a bit more dark whimsy like Riley Rossmo or Jorge Corona, he could have the rubbery oddity that hes looking for. If Deodato could tackle the exact same story with a darker, more serious script by someone like Grant Morrison or James Tynion IV, he could be telling the exact same story in a way that would fit his art far better.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nottingham #5

Jun 30, 2023

Nottingham has kind of an interesting and ugly gravity about it. Bectons vision would be a lot more interesting if there was just a bit more elegance about the brutality. The visual poetry that could accompany Bectons darkness gets lost in a million little lines that are tattooed into page and panel. Its all very, very aggressive in every way imaginable...from the dialogue to the plot to every last line of rendering. That aggression doesnt come across nearly as badass as it should. It just feels restless and angry. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nubia & The Amazons #1

Oct 20, 2021

With the first issue over, there are only five more left to go in the series. Ayala, Williams, and company do a good job of covering a great deal of ground in the first chapter. With introductions well and fully out of the way, the series can dive headlong into the action that will dominate the remainder of the series. There are SO MANY elements in play in the first issue. With only five more chapters to go, the series really needs to maintain the kind of focus it has found in the first issue, or it could get seriously derailed. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nubia & The Amazons #2

Nov 17, 2021

If there is a serious flaw in the first couple of chapters of the series, it may be overall pacing. The individual installment is really well-calibrated, but there's a definite deadline for everything. There are only four more issues left to go in the series. There may be a few too many characters in the ensemble for a six-issue miniseries. The balance that the writing team is managing would work quite well for an ongoing series. However, it's difficult to imagine the overall story reaching a satisfying ending by the sixth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nubia & The Amazons #3

Dec 22, 2021

Theres really no easy way to bring the vision of the entire island of Themyscira to the page. Perhaps a smaller ensemble with more time spent on central characters would have been more successful for the first half of a six-issue series. As it is, theres just way too much going on in the first half to be fully engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nubia & The Amazons #4

Jan 19, 2022

The series really feels like it's beginning to find its rhythm with only a couple of issues left to go in the series. The creative team feels like it's finally coming together. It's too bad it all comes to a close at the end of the winter. Given the right space to explore matters further, Williams, Ayala, and team could build Nubia into something remarkable. As it is in the fourth of six issues, the series juggles many disparate elements and moods quite well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nubia & The Amazons #5

Feb 16, 2022

The creative team have found a really good rhythm together. Its really too bad that the series isnt going to be around for much longer. With any luck, The Trial of the Amazons turns out to be a hit for DC, and theyll end up exploring further adventures with Nubia and company once the dust settles at the end of the crossover. As for the moment, its satisfying to see Nubia & the Amazons find its momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nubia & The Amazons #6

Mar 9, 2022

Death isnt really all that permanent in any superhero universe. That being said, the real issue here seems to be with Wonder Woman...who just came back from the dead herself. Granted...it took her a few months to do so. Still, when the single most popular character in the crossover recently escaped death, the hefty weight of murder doesnt seem quite as important as it should if its going to be the central conflict of a seven-part event that spans two months. As a single moment, the issue carries itself quite well. As a part of a larger story, it lacks some intensity, which is really too bad as it IS the final issue of Nubias mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nubia & The Amazons: Coronation Special #1

May 4, 2022

Editor Brittany Holzherr has cleverly directed traffic flow for an exciting special. Not all of it feels perfectly in tune with everything else. (The scene set in the future feels like it comes out of a completely different comic book.) Weird fluctuations aside, the issue feels cohesive enough to hold everything together for the new queen's coronation. Themyscira has been through a lot over the past few months: a murder, a funeral, a reconstruction, and now a coronation. With any luck, the new Nubia mini-series will continue the exploration of Themyscira's future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Nubia & The Justice League Special (2022) #1

Nov 30, 2022

Nubias U.S. tour is great fun. It all looks very classic, from Gotham City at night to Metropolis during the day to a quick stop along the southern shore of Lake Michigan. Its an impressively concise tour of some of the bigger cities in the DC Universes U.S. Above all, Nubias personality feels distinctly distinguished from the other three major Amazons that have made notable impacts on the comics page over the decades. Shes a queen, but shes not Hippolyte. Shes a warrior, but shes not Artemis. Shes a hero, but shes not Diana. Shes a unique personality...a wise guardian learning her way around a strange land. Conrad, Cloonan, Williams, and company make a strong case for Nubias stronger presence in the mainstream DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Nubia: Queen of the Amazons #1

Jun 8, 2022

Williams is playing with precision in making certain that the tension steadily rises from the beginning of the first issue. The size of the ensemble might be a bit cumbersome, but Williams is showing that she can deliver a satisfying amount of story to every panel. Even a single-page conversation between Wonder Woman and Nubia feels impressively deep in Williams hands. The dialogue might not always feel perfectly fluid, but Williams clearly manages a sharply-constructed plot that should glide nicely through the summer of 2022. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nullhunter (2024) #1

Oct 26, 2024

The yearlong cycle that Nullhunter is opening with the first issue feels generally quite promising. The big journey could go in quite a few different directions. The fusion between cyberpunk and ancient heroic legend has always been at least kind of inherent in the genre. Its nice to see it openly embraced with Nullhunter. A slightly cleaner approach to storytelling might improve things. Walsh and Vargas are throwing-in a few too many details around the edges to really be all that satisfying, but the core of what the series reveals in the first issue is pretty impressive.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Old Dog (2022) #5

Jun 14, 2023

Shalvey isnt doing anything terribly original with the series. Taken on their own, all of the different plot elements in the issue have been seen before. Its the way that Shalvey is placing them on the page and juxtaposing them against each otherTHAT is what makes Old Dog what it is. Given the right momentum, Shalvey could really do something with the series. The current plot arc ends with the sixth issue. Its been a fun ride so far. If Shalvey can stick the landing on the sixth issue, Old Dog might turn into something great. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Old Dog (2022) #6

Jul 26, 2023

Shalvey takes a hell of a chance with the action on the surface. There really isnt much thats truly engaging about the action aside from its brutality. This IS the end of a major plot arc and the beginning of another, but its got so much depth and weight to it that doesnt appear until issues end. Hes really running a risk of boring the hell out of the type of person who might otherwise love the weird mind-bender of an ending that hammers into the last few pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Old Man Quill #1

Feb 9, 2019

Sacks and company have an interesting opportunity here. The plot structure of the first issue seems to suggest that Quill, Rocket and the rest of the group have been through a LOT since they were last together. If Sacks can tap into the unique dynamic of a group of people working together for the first time in ages to save the galaxy, the next 11 issues could be a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Oliver #1

Jan 22, 2019

As strange a mash-up as Whitta's Oliver is, there's real potential here for deep social commentary. The difficulty may lie in the novel that Whittas drawing-on for inspiration. Oliver Twist looked to cast light on the sinister nature of child labor and children being ushered into shadowy streets to become criminals. It was a situation brought about by economic disparity. After the war, though...there IS no economic disparity. EVERYONE is living through irradiated hell. Without the presence of wealth, Whittas Oliver might well run the risk of missing a major component that made Dickens classic so important.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Oliver #2

Feb 27, 2019

Whitta and company are beginning to show the potential in fusing Dickens classic with dystopian sci-fi in comic book format. Theres a balance here that could define the series if the creative team can find the right mix of drama, mystery, and brutality to navigate through the plot in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Oliver #3

Apr 17, 2019

There might have been ways of making Olivers sudden realization of his capabilities feel like a bit more of a revelation by giving the physical aggression and brutality in a more graphic rendering, but the combination of elements here deliver a much-needed jolt of adrenaline to a series that has been mulling around in the shadows of tension thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Paklis #7

Aug 10, 2023

Weaver's world moves around on the page with the depth that comes from a whole lot of a story that hasn't made it to the panels. There is a ridge depth to everything that makes it all feel firmly anchored into space. That seems more or less infinite. This is quite an accomplishment, given the fact that the series is only running for 10 issues so far. He's been working on it for a lot longer than that, though. The next issue we explore is a little bit of the prehistory of it all with an issue #0, which explores some of his earlier non-published work with the characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Panya: The Mummy's Curse (2023) #1

Jul 13, 2023

As delicately as the creative team on the book moves the action along, that final scene is a little more intense than much of the rest of the book. They were wise to slowly lead into it. However, that sudden burst of energy at the end of the issue feels like a bit of a jarring contrast to the more intimate,  intricate, and emotionally dramatic nuances that lead to that final scene. The delicate balance between earthbound drama and the world of magic and fantasy needs to be well-defined if the series is going to live up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Panya: The Mummy's Curse (2023) #2

Sep 12, 2023

The first couple of issues of the series could be criticized for lacking a strong central direction. Thats actually a good portion of the point of the series, though. A big part of the central conflict IS Panyas overall lack of direction. Shes looking for deeper meaning in and around the edges of a very simple life. When the fantastic finally DOES strike, it does so in impressive fashion when contrasted against Panyas daily life. Its a nice little world that Roberson and Mitten have begun to explore.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Parker Girls (2022) #1

Aug 11, 2022

The opening chapter of Moores new series is a clever fusion of art and story. Theres enough going on in the issue to keep the mystery of the title characters from being a major concern. Precisely what the Parker Girls are and what theyre involved in will doubtlessly be revealed in time. For now, the mystery in the foreground is enough to draw readers to the second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Pathfinder: Wake The Dead #1

May 31, 2023

Van Lente, Casallos, and Sutil have opened a promising series. All too often, sword-and-sorcery fantasy in any format seems to be trying to reach for WAY more depth than it is capable of exploring in a quickly-paced serial. The genre takes so well to action that any attempt at serious drama ends up feeling like a malformed mutation of subhuman Shakespeare. Van Lente and company do solidly entertaining work with modest ambitions. A series like this could go far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Pathfinder: Wake The Dead #2

Jul 26, 2023

Just give Nyctessa her own series. Really. Shes cool. Van Lentes work is really fun. The overall feel of the action continues to find interesting ways of framing old fantasy. If the team can maintain the weirdness of this particular fantasy world, this particular series could end up being much more than a comic book based on a game. Its been a lot of fun so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Phantom Road (2023) #4

Jul 7, 2023

Lemire is incredibly patient with the story. Theres clearly A LOT going on in Phantom Road that doesnt meet the surface of the panel, but hes allowing it to slowly reveal itself over time. And hes letting it happen without any kind of narration. The story will get where its going in time. Just let the readers enjoy the disturbingly slow weirdness of it all. Its a good time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Plastic (2017): Death & Dolls #5

Oct 9, 2024

If Edwin is given enough time on the page in subsequent series, the Full picture of the character could release our resonate as it is right now, the current series doesn't have quite enough impact to draw a profound understanding of who he is. There's a little bit more that's revealed. There's a little bit more that comes across the page. But it still feels like fragmented that would really need a lot more support in order to feel complete.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Plastic: Death & Dolls (2024) #3

Aug 21, 2024

Little gets delivered inside a single issue of this series. It difficult to really get a full perspective on what's going on. And so it ultimately feels like something is missing. And what's missing they actually be coming in issues to come. It certainly is difficult to put down. The that delivered here is delivered in a way that is guaranteed to grab the reader and push them through every single panel of every single page. Fun stuff. It'll be interesting to see if it actually amounts to anything in the long run.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Poison Ivy (2022) #1

Jun 8, 2022

Poison Ivy has had quite a few moments to shine over the years, but in Wilson's hands, its different. Wilson's walk with Ivy makes it seem kind of strange that she hasn't been more of a prominent character in her own long-running series. Ivy is incredibly appealing in the opening of something that feels like it could be remarkably special. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #2

Jul 13, 2022

The road trip might have a little bit more of a sense of place and intensity if the specifics of Ivy's route were covered in a bit more detail, but the series would lose a great deal of the restless resignation of the main character. She honestly doesn't care where she is. She's driving to her own death on the west coast, hoping to wipe out most of the human race. There's a sad beauty about it: Wilson and company hit home gorgeously in the second issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Poison Ivy (2022) #3

Aug 3, 2022

This really just needs to keep going. Seriously. This is SUCH a cool road trip with a beautiful and gorgeously conflicted monster hero. Idaho is pretty far west, but I mean...she could head south and get in a little bit of sightseeing and infection along the Rockies. Maybe cruise through Southern California. Stroll through Gateway City and spend some time spreading spores in wine country on her way up to Seattle. I mean...she could do that, right? (I totally think she could do that.) This is too fun to end as quickly as its going to. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #4

Sep 7, 2022

The plot develops into a kind of focus as the anti-hero finds her arch-villain in a sharply-executed fourth issue. Wilson is taking Ivy and her readers on a tour of the darker side of life in the US, but theres room for so much more that she hasnt had a chance to embrace. A series like this could go on for quite some time without ever quite losing momentum. Too bad its a mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Poison Ivy (2022) #5

Oct 5, 2022

Pamela was running out of road at the beginning of the issue, but Wilson is also running out of road, narratively speaking. The central heart of what shes exploring is spilling out all over the place, and there hasnt been a lot of work done to keep it all carefully composed. The emotions of the story feel very real and very compelling, but any larger vision of anything beyond Pam doesnt really seem to be in clear focus as the series approaches its sixth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Poison Ivy (2022) #6

Nov 2, 2022

Wilson has found a very intriguing place on the page. The art team does a pretty good job of moving with the grim nature of the action, but not everything is perfectly in sync with itself as it moves along to the issues conclusion. Where Ivy goes from the end of the chapter will be interesting. Wilson could take Ivy in any of many directions as things continue to fall apart for her, but its been such a weird and textured journey that its difficult to imagine any conclusion feeling satisfying in the face of such a strangely ambitious adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #8

Jan 4, 2023

Wilson has found a very sharp niche for Poison Ivy that rather brilliantly occupies space somewhere between drama and comedy and horror and action and heroism and...anti-heroism. The real genius is that she does all of that while delivering a coherently simple story that is totally accessible to just about any reader. Wilson has a very, very appealing relationship with Pam. It will be fun to see it develop in future issues. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #9

Feb 8, 2023

The first nine issues of the series have been a movement west. Wilson seems to be teasing a similarly extended road trip east in the chapters to come. The restless road trip format has worked quite well. All of the many little episodes that fit into a cross-country drive make for a remarkably fun format that has likely never been attempted in an extended mainstream series before. The darkness of the anti-heros journey out should be mirrored by the relative levity of a potential heros journey back over the course of the NEXT nine issues if all goes well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #10

Mar 10, 2023

Poison Ivy has been a triumph. A real success story. The six-issue mini-series is on its tenth issue, and there are more on the way. Sometime in February, it was announced that the series would be extended indefinitely, and...honestly, it couldnt have happened to a nicer character...or a nicer creative team. Wilson, Takara, and Prianto have been doing an amazingly sophisticated job with a character who has never really been paired with the right team before. Its nice to see Ivy getting along so well with the creative team thats been ushering her through her own title. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Poison Ivy (2022) #11

Apr 5, 2023

Anti-heroes are very difficult creatures to bring to the page in a way that shows their true complexity. Poison Ivy works within the mold of an anti-hero story with the kind of depth that is rarely found in more straightforward heroic comics. Once again, Wilson, Takara, and Prianto deliver a brilliantly expressive story. Its one of the best things currently running on the comics rack for so many reasons. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #12

May 9, 2023

An issue like #12 was bound to happen eventually. Wilson and company need to balance out the moody supernatural horror with the occasional moment of action intensity that blows over into deeply reflective inner emotional drama. The story was building to this sort of climax over the course of the past eleven issues. Its nice to see it play out in a suitably dramatic burst. Itll be interesting to see where Wilson and company take the story from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Poison Ivy (2022) #13

Jun 7, 2023

Poison Ivy started out as a rather weak villain that was occasionally interesting in the past, but Wilson is taking the character in a direction that solidly establishes her as one of the most complicated and compelling characters in all of mainstream comics. A political and intellectually rendered anti-hero who is actively interested in saving the ecosystem? Very cool stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Poison Ivy (2022) #14

Sep 12, 2023

Questions of the difference between hero and villainy continue to be explored with monsters of all sorts. Above all, every character in the series seems really, really interesting in ways that one might not entirely expect. Even Harley is given and interesting and novel new life. This is quite an accomplishment, given all of the different angles that she has been given over the years. Wilson, Takara, and Prianto continue to develop something truly distinct and distinctive that feels quite unlike anything else on the comics rack right now. Very, very impressive stuff that doesnt seem to be slowing down or fading in the least.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Poison Ivy (2022) #24

Jul 3, 2024

Wilson has been gradually expanding complexity of things that shouldn't since she first started to tell Pam's story a couple of years ago. It's quite breathtaking to see where she's brought the story to at this stage. Everything is so very, very still. But there is kind of a crescendo going on as the momentum of narrative reaches a climax here at the end of the second year. Quite impressive.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Postal: Deliverance #1

Jul 3, 2019

The gritty earthbound brutality of Postal Deliverance sure as hell isnt for everyone. There are those who would say this sort of thing really needs to be moving around on a glowing screen in high definition to make any sense, but Iencos dense, silent, static visuals would beg to differ. Whats going on here isnt pretty, but its solidly different from most of the rest of whats out there on the rack these days. And thats saying something.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Postal: Deliverance #2

Aug 7, 2019

There's an underlying mystery beneath the shock of violent actions. Rather than trying to explore the nature of violence from a rational space, Hill and Ienco are delivering the naked mystery of violence to the page. It's quite a shock when it manages its most effective moments...and there are some VERY effective moments in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Postal: Deliverance #3

Sep 11, 2019

Theres a very weighty static the covers the entire issue with every panel mercilessly weighted-down in heavy, heavy detail. Its impressive stuff that adds a respectable depth to a dramatic story written in vast, simplistic strokes. Its as though the art is attempting to draw attention to all those details that the script seems to be overlooked on an emotional level narratively. Too bad the complexity thats lacking in the script is a dizzying complexity of human aggression that no amount of heavily-rendered line work could hope to render.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Power Girl (2023) #1

Oct 18, 2023

Williams extends certain aspects of Power Girls personality that make her who she is. The inadvertent damage is a recurring theme that makes Power Girl seem relatable. Her desire to go beyond the physical confines of superheroism to try to deal with problems on a more holistic level is one that never really had the opportunity to be nearly as prominent as it should have been in the past. Hopefully, Williams can look into that a bit more closely. Williams writing in the first issue suggests a willingness to explore the title characters semi-disheveled single-girl lifestyle, which should be fun in future issues as well. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Power Girl (2023) #10

Jun 26, 2024

Its taken a while for this particular incarnation of Power Girl to gain enough traction to feel distinct. Shes been through so many different incarnations over the course of the past four decades. She has managed to maintain a certain amount of continuity even as shes had her past, present and future knocked about by a parade of different writers. Nice to see Williams finding a new connection for an old character who could have easily ended up as another Superman knock-off in another short-lived series. Williams has tapped into something new AND familiar with this latest series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Power Girl Special (2023) #1

May 31, 2023

DC is wise to broaden its domain. In recent years, SO MANY titles have been curling around Gotham City with a host of main characters in the orbit of Batman. New titles for Power Girl and Fire & Ice are a step in the right direction. Judging from the opening adventures of both characters, there DOES appear to be potential in casting fresh, new glances at supporting characters from the Justice Society and the Justice League. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Powerpuff Girls (2024) #5

Nov 24, 2024

Ganucheau and a company are doing a delightful job of doing justice to the old animated series. It's been a lot of fun in the course of the run of the series so far. And it had played with superhero tropes so effectively that it really isn't that difficult to find ways to needle around the edges of it and make it into something, that much more enjoyable. Multi series is the erratically really interesting amplification of everything. Particularly if there was some attention being paid to the overall continuity of everything. A true fusion between the animated series and the current trends in superhero comic books could really be a lot of fun under the right circumstances.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Powerpuff Girls (2024) #6

Dec 15, 2024

There really isn't any reason why they couldn't be an ongoing series like this that would just run completely completely openly for a very long time. Animated series ran for quite some time. But comic book version that is executed as well as this version is could run for quite a bit longer and quite a a few more episodes than the TV series ever managed. It would take a long time for the comic books to catch up to the total number of stories that were captured for TV, but Ganucheau and company are doing a good enough job with it and theres enough of a following for the characters that it could easily keep going indefinitely. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Precious Metal (2024) #2

Jul 12, 2024

Once again, Precious Metal transports the reader to a very distinctive different place. Dream like world that is speaking to something much deeper than can be communicated with words alone. This is the sort of thing that so brilliantly captures the way that comic books are unique as an artistic medium. What's being executed here couldn't be conjured in quite the same way in any other medium. It is very much its own thing and it is very much resting in its own world. And it's a very compelling place to visit.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Precious Metal (2024) #3

Aug 14, 2024

Its difficult to believe that Precious Metal is only just now reaching its halfway point. The overall pacing and structure of Darcy Van Poelgeests  story feels extremely weighty. The narrative has been through so much already. Max has already been through a powerful kind of hell. The darkness thats going to come with a deeper sense of intensity is only going to grow over the course of the second half of the series. The story has already been through a great deal of darkness. Theres no telling what lies ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Precious Metal (2024) #4

Sep 11, 2024

Its always a bit strange when a series thats as poetically surreal as Precious Metal hits some of the more intense moments of action. Can Poelgeest and company manage to finesse the weird emotionality of the series thus far into something thats suitably overwhelming, but the heart and the mind have already been so lulled by the beautifully poetic horror of it all that its a bit difficult to completely embrace the total intensity of whats going on with the central conflict. That being said, the conflict is DEFINITELY there at the heart of everything.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Precious Metal (2024) #5

Oct 9, 2024

Please continue to run to the final chapter next month. It's going to be interesting to see where it all comes to rest. Nice as it is to see the creative team on the book continue to ratchet up the tension, it feels like they've been doing so for a long t and it's difficult to imagine the final chapter of living up to the intensity of everything that has come before it. Nevertheless, the final moment for the current series feels like it could open up into something unspeakably, beautiful.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Precious Metal (2024) #6

Nov 14, 2024

The action moves with thoughtful grace as well. It comes to a conclusion in a way that expands the world that had been introduced in the prior series quite well. There is so much going on in and with the story that glances across the page briefly. So often a fantasy like this is so heavily rendered in concepts and details that the script feels the need to over render. One of the most beautiful things about this series in the series that preceded it was just the way the script interacts with everything that's going on in the visual and the comic book. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Predator (2023) #4

Jul 8, 2023

There are quite a few different ways to tell a story featuring the Predator. The most prominent forms of the story involve basic human survival in the face of this vicious alien intelligence. There have been a few other approaches over the years. Brisson seems to be embracing a style of Predator storytelling that has been around since the very first film. There are so many different ways a story like this could be told. And while it is nice to see tradition upheld, it would be really preferable to see this inhuman predatory intelligence in some other light.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Pretty Violent #1

Aug 21, 2019

The insane pacing of the story makes it really difficult to pay attention to what it is that's actually going on.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Pretty Violent #2

Sep 25, 2019

The story of a girl who cant help but commit crimes while trying to be a hero IS a really interesting one. Its too bad that the art has to so wholly overpower everything else in the book. Once the series has built up a bit more momentum, the weirdly feverish pastel nightmare of the series might actually turn into something that IS both Pretty AND violent. For now, its still a bit of a mess.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Primer (2024): Clashing Colors #1

Jul 12, 2024

This mini-series, of course, follows the 2020 debut of this material in a graphic novel format. It's too bad a character hadn't shown up that much since. It seems entirely possible that DC would be interested in exploring the possibility of taking the character a little bit further. It will be interesting to see a subsequent series by the same creative team that followed Ashley on the verge of graduation from high school, which is where she would be now. Theres a lot of potential with Ashley as she works her way through the awkwardness of her teen years.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Public Domain (2022) #8

Sep 6, 2024

The series has reached its eighth issue. The basic novelty of Zdarskys calm, earthbound sense of characterization is starting to wear a little bit thin. Its been fun so far, but its difficult to imagine much of the rest of the series registering much of a pulse as things get started. If the series is going to continue, theres going to need to be some sort of a sense of progression that give the cast of characters a place to be that isnt just...cranking out the next issue of the series. So far Zdarski has been quite limited on any sense of conflict driving the whole thing forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Public Domain (2022) #9

Oct 9, 2024

It's actually a very slick package overall. Something as big as San Diego Comic-Con is going to be difficult to place on the page in the right way. It feels like there is quite a lot of thought put in to placing this particular issue the best known environment for the comic book industry. There would have been a lot of wage to present the story that could have bogged it down from one end or the other. Once again, Zdarski has managed to balance the series firmly between family drama and the distinctive trappings of the comic book industry.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Punchline (2020) #1

Nov 11, 2020

Tynion IV, Johns, and company do an impressive job of updating aspects of the hero/villain exploration of life in the amplified world of Gotham City. So much of the Batman/Joker dynamic has been pummeled to death. It's nice to see a fresh perspective on it. Between this and the work that Cecil Castellucci has done with Batgirl, there seems to be some refreshing life in a city that's been around since Bill Finger flipped through a New York City phone book and picked out a name for it back at the dawn of the 1940s. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punchline: The Gotham Game (2022) #1

Oct 27, 2022

As distinctive a personality as Punchline is, its very, very difficult for anyone to stand out in Gotham City. The criminal underworld is a garish parade of weird people in weird costumes. This is a city that has also served as a punching bag for the Joker AND Harley Quinn in the past. Its difficult to imagine Punchline making an enduring impact, but the Howards are moving things in the right direction in the first issue of Punchlines latest.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punchline: The Gotham Game (2022) #2

Nov 26, 2022

As much work as the Howards and the art team have done to advance this mini-series in an interesting direction, its distinct impact is still forming. The second issue continues to keep things a bit formless as the precise path ahead of the title character seems a little mysterious. This would be a lot more engaging in an open-ended series. The series is already 1/3 of the way finished, and it doesnt seem to have a clear direction. Thankfully, its still fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Punchline: The Gotham Game (2022) #4

Jan 25, 2023

The series feels like it should be coming to an end soon. Everything is caving in for Punchline, and its only a matter of time before things fall in one direction or another. Its too bad that its been such a mess from the beginning. If the Howards had focused on one or two of the main elements of the story, it might have been a much more satisfying run. As it is, the series never really manages to build up enough momentum in any of the supporting ends of the story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Punchline: The Gotham Game (2022) #5

Mar 1, 2023

Everything seems to be coming full circle for Punchline as the series approaches its sixth issue. Its been an interesting journey, but there hasnt been nearly as much time with the title character as might be needed to create a truly captivating face to add to the overcrowded population of psychos that wander the rainy nights of Gotham City. The Howards are solidly good writers, though. They seem to be heading into a final issue that could really pull everything together at the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Purgatori Must Die (2023) #1

Jan 5, 2023

Fawkes does a pretty good job of establishing a new series that could theoretically draw in new readers who might not be familiar with Dynamites family of supernatural horror comics. The first issue is a fairly respectable introduction to quite a few different characters. Fawkes will have to work at developing the plot. With so many different characters in play, the series runs the risk of simply directing the flow of traffic as the line of assassins forms and everybody waits for their chance at the target.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Purgatori Must Die (2023) #2

Feb 2, 2023

The destination in question makes for an intriguing arena for the inevitable showdown between the different forces that are doubtlessly lining up for the big finale. There is so much potential in the location, which is often overlooked as a place for adventure. Fawkes has a solid handle on a fun supernatural pursuit. If he can find a slightly crisper way of framing his ideas, the big inevitable climax of the series could really wrap it up in a way that might make the roughness of the first couple of issues fade out of significance. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Purr Evil (2023) #1

Jul 26, 2023

The first issue engages the reader through a sense of mystery and weirdness. So much of what drives the action from page to page lies in the foundations of that mystery. There is a little bit of intriguing drama with Deb. She seems like a truly interesting character. However, that might not be enough to keep this series feeling novel. A series based in mystery can rather quickly turn out to be dull in full view. The first issues great. Andolfo is going to have to tread carefully in the issues to come. Its a fun story so far, but occult and gore and family drama...could turn unpleasantly silly really, really quickly.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Queen of Swords (2023) #1

Jun 14, 2023

Its a very promising opening. Moreci and Howell have the series off and running with three interesting heroic women (and a pretty cool sword). The drama moving the magic around the edges of the action is intriguing enough to keep everything moving from cover to cover. The contemporary wit of the dialogue keeps everything feeling brisk and breezy in an adventure that just might have considerable emotional depth lurking beyond the surface of what appears to be a really fun action serial. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Quest (2023) #1

Aug 10, 2023

Luna and Wood might be moving the story along in a way that feels a little awkward at the outset. However, it feels like things could really ramp up and become more intriguing. Once the story moves out beyond the palace. The nobility of the princess will be contrasted against the rest of the world in which she's adventuring. That's going to add a great deal of momentum to things. The Southeast Asian atmosphere should be a pleasant and fascinating contrast against all of the European-based fantasy adventure stories that dominate the comics rack. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Radiant Black #25

Jul 22, 2023

Itll be interesting to see where the next issue takes the new Catalyst War story arc. It appears as though Clark and Higgins are working the whole...duplicate thing straight through the end of the arc. The next two issues have variant covers that are patterned the same way as issue #25. The parallel heroes concept looks like fun. Whether or not it turns out to be a cheap, insubstantial gimmick will be revealed in the course of the coming months.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rat City (2024) #5

Aug 21, 2024

Rat City has been an interesting experiment in the Spawn Universe that seems to be drawing it in a direction thats a lot more interesting than most of the rest of what has been going on in the franchise. Given the right momentum, it could really turn into something fantastic. As it is, though, it doesnt quite manage a fully realized expansion of all the monsters and mayhem.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rat City (2024) #6

Sep 19, 2024

Schultz clearly has a long-range sort of a plan for the overall pacing of the series, but its ind of a weird way to start the sixth issue with a comprehensive history of the neighborhood in question. Schultz is writing with the full series in mind, but  the sixth issue feels a bit like an awkwardly lopsided sort of a feel. Its going to be interesting to see where shes going to take the story from here. There are a lot of different possibilities. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rat City (2024) #7

Oct 18, 2024

Though the issue might not necessarily feel particularly strong in, and of itself, there is quite a lot that is to be respected about this next chapter in a potentially integral part of the Spawn Universe that could potentially pull it over into a new direction with a whole new genre. Schultz is clearly working towards a very interesting vision in what could happen given the right direction. The first seven issues dont necessarily feel like theyre making it the right stride, though. And it could take a while before everything is fine present in a way that would feel totally satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rat City (2024) #8

Nov 24, 2024

The mixture of science and fantasy and horror is kind of compelling. However, in reaching out to all of the different genres that it reaches out to, the overall impression of Rat City feels a little muddled. ideally a mashup like this should be one where every genre that's touched on informs on every other genre that's touched on in a way that amplifies everything. As it is, it almost seems like Schultz is trying to reach for too many different elements and cram them all into a single narrative. It works. It just doesn't work very well. Yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Sonja (2021): Fairy Tales #1

Aug 11, 2022

Between this and the Arthurian twisting of Immortal Red Sonja, Dynamite Entertainment has been delivering some enjoyable mutations of traditional legends in the presence of a very charismatic fantasy hero. Dynamites treatment of Sonja is just generic enough to make her the perfect center for remarkably enjoyable little jaunts into the heart of popular sword and sorcery. The Red Sonja Fairy Tales one-shot not only delivers a fun mutation of a popular myth, but Clarks treatment of the story even manages a satisfying little bit of dramatic depth with its action.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja (2023) #1

Jul 22, 2023

Sonjas recent exploits have been hit-or-miss. Shes such an interesting character, but its all too easy to simply fling her at a conflict and allow her to swing her way through it. Or maybe theres a premise for a series that seems to force her into being a supporting character in her own book. Thankfully, this new series looks like its going to be very well-balanced. Grnbekk is one of the best contemporary writers working in the sword-and-sorcery genre for the comic book industry. Her work with Thor and Jane Foster for Marvel had been particularly impressive. Her Red Sonja for Dynamite joins a Carnage that shes going to be doing for Marvel, which should be really interesting too. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

Grnbekk has handled the traditional sword-and-sorcery story with a well-thought-out first couple of issues. Sonja versus a priest capable of mind-control...its a very sharp and symbolic conflict that speaks to the heart of who Sonja is. Grnbekk knows exactly what makes Sonja work on a fundamental level.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Red Sonja (2023) #12

Jul 18, 2024

Theres a bit of a lack of perspective going on. Grnbekk is working with characters who are on range of different scales both physically and and conceptually. The finesse needed to contract the overwhelming power of the giant versus the borrowed power of Kulan Gath and the scrappy heroism of Sonja...its just isnt clearly defined enough in the momentum of the story to be able to really give the reader a sense of whats at stake. It all congeals together in a vaguely satisfying chapter that really should be much more explosively constructed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja (2023) #13

Aug 30, 2024

Sonja is on the run...again. And though there isnt a whole lot that distinguishes her latest troubles from a lot of other issues that shes had to deal with over the years, Grnbekks writing advances her heroism in interesting directions while respecting the legacy of a character who has had a great deal of success on the comics page in recent years. Grnbekk and company have been able to maintain a decent momentum that should continue to develop quite well as things progress. She even seems to be working with villains who might develop into a captivating new menace as things progress. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja (2023) #15

Nov 1, 2024

She is a powerful warrior. And a powerful warrior plagued by knowledge that goes deeper than the surface is an interesting thing to explore. Theoretically, the writer couldnt really do a good job of expanding on that in a way that could work itself out into something much more substantial than what other writers have been able to explore with Sonya over the years. Should be interesting to see what it is that shes able to do.Gronbekk no is that she cant change that much and still have Sonia be in distinctively Sonia. So just found a very dramatic way of developing the character in a different direction that still feels true to the appeal of who she is

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja (2023) #16

Nov 29, 2024

Grnbekk find the right rhythm to the action to make it all fit together quite well. It's really only a matter of time before the big climax hits. But it's going to be a hell of a journey for.Sonja as she makes it through headiness of the situation.Grnbekk has been bringing very powerful and novel energy to the page simply by plunging the title character directly into dark magic that is beyond her control and giving her power that she hasn't had the opportunity to really adjust to. So it's an interesting dynamic. And it's going to be interesting to see where it goes from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Red Sonja: Death and The Devil (2024) #1

Sep 11, 2024

Sonjas bern in the general vicinity of Death and the Devil countless times before. Neverthelesss, Lieberman and Locatelli manage to make it all feel very sharp and appealing in a way that feels very fresh and new. Sonjas ally for this particular series seems like an interesting enough guy to contrast against Sonjas power and poise. And the conflict thats being presented feels more than interesting enough to maintain through the end of what appears to be a very promising new series for the She-Devil. Itll be interesting to see which direction this one heads-in as the story unveils itself. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja: Death and The Devil (2024) #2

Oct 2, 2024

It's nice to get a little bit more of a perspective on Sonjas history, but it's only going to be around for a little while. This particular story cannot hold for that much longer. They're already weaving through the elements pretty quickly and it's going to be interesting to see if Lieberman and Company can provide any additional insight into the character that they had already been able to manifest in the second issue. It's going to be interesting to see if they managed to get the title character to confront her demons of her past in a way that justifies the conflict of future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Red Sonja: Death and The Devil (2024) #3

Nov 10, 2024

And given the length of the life in the comic book danger, its nice to see you if theres still some life that can be found around the edges of the character. Its entirely possible that this sort of thing has been covered before on more than one occasion. But its been a while. And its nice to see it given such a strikingly clear perspective here at me And have a big anniversary for that she devil with a sword. Its very cool to see the way things come together on this. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Red Sonja: Empire of the Damned (2024) #4

Jul 12, 2024

Everything feels remarkably lean and well-balanced in a series that continues to prove to be one of the better Sonja series in recent memory. Niles and company do an impressive job of juggling everything and keeping it just unpredictable enough to feel wild without ricocheting off into strange and unfamiliar territory for a sword and sorcery action series. Above it all, Sonja seems powerful and beautiful...just exactly as she should. She feels formidable, imposing and thoroughly captivating.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Sonja: Empire of the Damned (2024) #5

Aug 14, 2024

In spite of its shortcomings, Empire of the Damned remains fun...and the final issue continues to develop Sonjas grace and beauty in another enjoyable outing the continues the legend. Some of Amorusos close-ups feel particularly intense here and there as the action moves forward to the inevitable conclusion. Its been a fun series that has filled nearly every page of its five-issue run quite well. In the long run it might not be terribly memorable, but its always fun to follow Sonja on another adventure as she continues to carver her way through danger. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Red Zone (2023) #4

Jun 21, 2023

Bunn and Deodato have delivered a remarkably detailed world to page and panel. Theres a great deal in the script that suggests a lot more is going on than meets the center of the panel. And theres SO MUCH in the periphery of the action that Deodato delivers. In places, it feels almost photo-realistic. Its a fun and mysterious place to visit, but there hasnt been nearly enough space in the four issues. Bunn and Deodato have a lot of further exploration to do into the world of Red Zone if its going to feel satisfying on a larger level.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Redcoat (2024) #5

Aug 21, 2024

Theoretically Redcoat could turn into something more dramatic. But the attempt at some kind of shock in turning George Washington into an unseen villain is not a terribly good sign. in order to make an ultimate history, really feel sharp. It needs to genuinely shock and jar of the reader into a alternate world. Washington's going to be the big villain, its clearly misguided. Einstein isnt as interesting as he should be. Everyone else is kind of dull. And doing an alternate history of America of this sort without addressing oppressed multiculturalism makes the whole thing feel kind of tedious 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Redcoat (2024) #7

Nov 1, 2024

Its not often that a series of laws itself in entire issue to simply allow a single conversation to happen, without any flashbacks or anything like that. What Johns and Company are bringing to the page it is something that would work remarkably well in a number of different dramatic narrative formats without much of any benefit of any background information. It would seem kind of strange for people who arent completely familiar with it. However, there is a great deal of background material provided in the biography at the end of the issue. Honestly, its a very good starting point for anyone unfamiliar with.Johns ambitious multi-title project known as The Unnamed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Remote Space (2024) #2

Jul 18, 2024

Its been fun so far. Weird to think that Rathburn is already halfway through the four-issue mini-series, though. Its difficult to see where things are going to land at the end of the fourth issue. By the time that Rathburn really gets going with the story its going to be more or less over. The balance between the familiar and the alien is nice. Humanity is going to need to change A LOT in order to survive int the future and Rathburn is certainly showing THAT, but maybe it doesnt go far enough to really give the reader a sense of the alien civilization that humanity will become in the next few hundred years.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Remote Space (2024) #3

Aug 30, 2024

On the whole, though, Rathburn is working with sci-fi concepts that feel solidly well ahead of most of the rest of whats on the mainstream comics rack today. Thats actually really, really cool. The specifics of the physics of whats going on are really interesting. As is the overall run of things with respect to the rest of whats going on, but I mean...if Rathburn is successful enough with what hes doing in the course of this mini-series, its possible that he could really end up sinking into a rhythm between art and story with the next Remote Space series to really develop something.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Revolvers (2022) #1

Oct 5, 2022

Its always so difficult to judge a series on the first issue...particularly if the first issue in question has a HELL of a lot of backstory to develop. Detective Wales is actually capable of coming across with more of an impressive individual fingerprint. Still, Platten and company need to establish the world in which the action is happening first. And for the first issue, they arent doing a great job of making it all seem terribly apppealing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Rifters (2024) #2

Jul 18, 2024

And then theres the dialogue. Which is honestly some of the worse thats been featured in a major comic book in the past five years or so. I mean...wow. I guess on some level it would be kind of okay to have people sounding this silly if all the forced humor was offset by something that attempted to be a bit more serious in tone. Like maybe...maybe if the two main characters were the only ones who sounded like idiots, it would be cool. Instead...its just bad.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Rifters (2024) #3

Aug 14, 2024

All its shortcomings aside, Rifters DOES look really, really good on the page. Englerts colors provide decent depth and texture. Johnson has a clear distinction between settings in what looks like really well-researched renderings of a few different eras that all come together in a visually enjoyable story that is this tedious. Not since Lee and Kirby or Lee and Ditko or...really Stan Lee and ANYONE has there been dialogue this bad matched-up with art thats this good. Its kind of weird, really.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rifters (2024) #4

Sep 28, 2024

Honestly, they could have punched up the comedy of the conflict between the heroes and the villain at issues end. When Fenton nd Geller finally catch-up with the killer, he just looks SO cool and slick with sort of a dark ninja style that theyre both really impressed with. Had they just been way too in awe of his style to act effectively, it might have been a bit more interesting. Though there IS kind of an emotional moment at one point, the battle between Fenton, Geller an the villain stands as one of the best moments in the series so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rifters (2024) #5

Oct 18, 2024

A couple of pretty good dialogue, this one seems to have fallen into the pattern that they had throughout much of the rest of the series. It's just not very well written with respect to the dialogue. And if things were presented a little bit more stylish on page it might develop into something a lot more. However, the center of it seems to be holding together for quite a while. And it's entirely possible that, some sort of satisfying rhythm as it continues into future issues. With any luck, Trohman and Posehn might be able to maintain a decent pulse of the series from here on in. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Rifters (2024) #6

Nov 14, 2024

It's nice to see the series settling into the kind of rhythm and motion that could make it almost live up to its potential. It's not doing so, of course. But it looks like it's actually actually going in a interaction where it could. It's just a matter of making a few adjustments here and there and the series could get really interesting really quickly. There is so much potential and this kind of time travel and weird office politics and strange, cyberpunk atmosphere. A few more issues like the latest and Rifters could really turn into something.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robyn Hood (2021): The Crawling Chaos #1

Apr 8, 2023

Its another fun adventure for Robyn. Even though she didnt actually do a whole lot for the resolution of this issue, she still managed to make a very powerful impact on the page. Its just too bad that she doesnt have any kind of an ongoing series. Shes definitely interesting enough to hang a permanent title on. The occasional one-shot special is proof enough of that.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Robyn Hood (2021): Dagon #1

Jan 13, 2023

Through it all, Robyn continues to be a really appealing character. Theres a great deal of fun in an attractive Green Arrow woman who tangles with the supernatural on an urban American night. Robyns action-hero personality might not be all that distinguishable from a million other such characters, but Brusha manages to keep her feeling like her own person through yet another fun issue. Brusha and company would need to find something just a bit more distinct to live up to the potential of something truly original. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Robyn Hood (2021): Baba Yaga #1

Sep 14, 2022

Robyn has been around for long enough to become respectably iconic to those who love indie action comics. Brusha and company deliver a fun, engrossing action journey to open Robyns latest adventure. Theres nothing terribly deep happening in the issue, but its just really enjoyable to hang out with Robyn as she tumbles through a bit more action. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Robyn Hood (2021): The Spawn Nyarlathotep #1

Jun 1, 2023

Once again--Robyn continues to come across as a deeply appealing character. Brusha does a really good job of shedding a bit of light on her past. All too often, a writer will attempt to saddle a hero with far too many subplots and ancillary bits of characterization. Brusha knows exactly how much of Robyn is going to fit on the page and gives her plenty of room to do what she needs to do. Theres a great deal of patience for the episodic nature of the pacing in another satisfying 30 pages with Robyn.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robyn Hood (2021) Annual: Invasion

Jul 22, 2023

There isnt a whole lot to the character of Robyn. There isnt allowed to be. Shes always being thrown into action, spouting fun lines of dialogue and battling some monster of some sort. There doesnt really need to be a whole lot more to it than that, honestly. Brusha and company put together fun supernatural action that aims for a minimum of innovation in the interest of having fun with some gorgeous heroes. Theres certainly space on the comic book rack for that sort of thing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rogue Sun (2022) #13

Jun 21, 2023

Parrott and Renna are playing with some really fun things in a setting that should be a lot more appealing than its coming across on the page. The setting should have more impact than it does, but the central visual appeal of the character and the villains that hes up against continues to hold a great deal of gravity on the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Rogue Sun (2022) #14

Jul 26, 2023

The issue manages some level of fun, but Dylan and Renna arent quite hitting the script or visuals in a way that feels particularly memorable. There are a lot of angles on the story that feel more or less interesting, but theyre not quite hitting the page in a way that feels dynamic enough to really make much of an impression. It would have been very cool if things had been managed in the right way. Dylan and Renna clearly know what theyre doing. Theres little doubt that the series is going to find its footing again in the near future. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rook Exodus (2024) #4

Jul 24, 2024

As competent as it is with the basic action of the situation, there simply isnt enough hard science in the series to make it terribly compelling as a concept. Its good superficial action fun, but it could be SO MUCH more of Johns and Fabok were interested in getting a bit deeper into the science of the situation. The encyclopedic entries on The Wildlife Grid and the Warden Helms at the end of the issue do a pretty good job of going in the right direction, but the series could gain a lot from getting more seriously into wildlife biology. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Rook Exodus (2024) #5

Sep 6, 2024

There are quite a few layers to the plot and thematic intensity of what Johns is delivering to the page. The art team does a sharp job of weaving it all together with style and poise that beautifully brings all of the elements of the story together. Theres even some suggestion that Johns and company may be reaching for something deeper in the long run that has yet to fully materialize on the horizon of the series just yet. Rook had a lot going for it in its fifth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sam and Twitch: Case Files (2024) #5

Aug 1, 2024

There's a darker, greedier edge to the Spawn universe that McFarlane, Goff and Kudranski our doing doing a pretty good job of exploring. It's just not terribly interesting beyond the visual. There is a certain amount of poetry in the way things are set up visually. But it's still not terribly deep. It doesn't really engage the deeper notion of what it is that's going on with respect to the crime and the activity in qu homicide remains as things continue to move around in the world of contraband and narcotics and things like that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sam and Twitch: Case Files (2024) #7

Oct 18, 2024

The moodiness of the series continues to dominate the page. There isnt a whole lot of actual activity running through all of that mod, though. McFarlane and Kudranski are moving in the right direction to make things work, but they would have to add just a bit more depth for the story to really go somewhere. As it is, the series continued Bea to feel like a sketch of an idea for a more complete series. There just isnt a whole lot between the covers. What IS there is actually pretty good, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Savage Dragon (1993) #266

Jul 12, 2023

To a degree, it feels like Larsen is simply hanging out with a group of people that he truly loves. One does not work on a single project for 30 years straight without gaining a very deep love for everyone involved, and Larsen is clearly having fun with it, but he doesnt exactly need to work terribly hard to sell a series thats been running for as long as Savage Dragon. So its really no problem for him to spend an entire issue focusing exclusively on the decision to move across the continent. On one level, Savage Dragon is a perfectly social and casual experience. On another level, its actually kind of weird to see an entire issue focused so narrowly on...a move.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Dragon (1993) #272

Oct 2, 2024

It's hard enough to maintain a sense of continuity for our character. Who's been around this long. Even if it's just one person who is doing most of the action as a writer and artist a lot of inconsistency can fall into place here and there over the decades. And it's clear that Larson is having fun with what he's putting on the page and some of that fun is transferring to the reader, it would be nice to have it be a little bit more coherent with respect to continuity between scenes, issues and major eras in the history of Dragon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Dragon (1993) #273

Nov 29, 2024

Its not brilliant or anything like that, But Larsens long-running series continues to find novel approaches to the standard sort of superhero fare thats been hitting the page in the course of the better part of the past 100 years. Larsens clearly having fun with a series. Larsen really needs to move in big, dramatic directions in order to maintain his personal interest in the series. Its been nice seeing him evolve as an artist and a storyteller over the decades. With any luck he might find an approach to everything that could really turn into something tat would capture the attention of everyone once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Squad 6 (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

The series is off and running in a positive direction. The Savages seem pretty cool. And it IS fun to hang out with them for at least one issue. Venditti and McKinney move things across the page with a stylish sense of fun that might continue to find an appeal in the issues to come if they can continue to track the right kind of poetry and march it across the page at the right angles. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Savage Squad 6 (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

The issue marches on, and the pacing begins to reveal itself. Two issues in, and it already feels like its organized and articulated well enough to have been running for years. If each Savage Squad mini-series could be its mission, it could become an enjoyable property over many years, with squad members occasionally dying in service to add to the stylish brutality of the series...but thats all in the future. The Squad has a small pack of monsters to deal with next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlet Witch (2023) #1

Jan 5, 2023

The Last Door is such a simple idea that it almost seems like its TOO easy. What could be simpler than Wanda and Darcy and the door? New adventures will pop through the door every couple of months or so. Its nice and tidy. No need for any greater complexity. Themes can spin out in 1-2 issue arcs. Lots of different things can be explored. It all feels so well-defined right from the first issue. The challenge is going to lie in keeping the form from overwhelming the emotional center of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlet Witch (2023) #2

Feb 2, 2023

The Last Door continues to be a fun idea, but the conflict at the center of the main story is more than interesting enough to carry itself without the narrative gimmick. Families get hopelessly complicated in the Marvel Universe, and Wandas family is one of the more complicated by far. Orlando manages to deliver a fun adventure that also provides a remarkably intimate look into the psyche of a casually dark practitioner of magic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlet Witch (2023) #5

May 10, 2023

Orlando has kept the series going at an impressively quick pace. Its been a great deal of fun so far. Theres more than enough charm between Wanda and Darcy in Orlandos dialogue and Dautermans art. The series could be perfectly satisfying running forever with this creative team as Orlando slowly explores every corner of magic in the Marvel Universe...one troubled soul at a time. The series has been a success so far. Theres more to come in the months to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlet Witch (2023) #6

Jul 12, 2023

Orlando has been giving Wanda a respectably enjoyable tour of the Marvel Universe through the pages of her own book. It was only a matter of time before Wanda ended up visiting family. Shes going to be getting a visit from a more notable member of her family for issue #7, which should be great fun given Orlandos distinct writing style. Its been fun so far. Hopefully, Orlando can keep it interesting on all levels the way he does with issue #6.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlet Witch (2023) Annual #1

Jun 22, 2023

So often, summer crossovers are forced to awkwardly lurch onto the racks of comic book shops. Orlando and Nieto do a good job of bringing some sense of grace to the page in a way that will hopefully make this particular crossover feel a little bit more fluid than they so often do. Once again--Scarlet Witchs current corner of the Marvel Universe is a fun place to hang out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlett (2024) #3

Aug 7, 2024

Thompson and Ferrari keep Scarlett looking remarkably good on her fourth outing. The flagship G.I. Joe title has rarely felt as fun or exhilarating as Scarlett has under Thompsons pen. Its sharp and clever stuff. Thompson maintains a smart sense of fun and action throughout the issue. There isnt a whole lot of depth of characterization or theme, but Scarlett is easily one of the best straight-ahead action titles on the comics rack today. If Thompson can keep the series running this well, theres no reason why it should ever end. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlett (2024) #4

Sep 6, 2024

Thompson heads a remarkably tight narrative package that works quite a bit better than most of the rest of whats been on the mainstream comics rack this summer. The fact that shes able to weave together a lot of subtlety and nuance while delivering a very well-executed action story that also fits into a larger comic book universe is really, really impressive. Its too bad Thompsons run with Scarlett is only going to last for one more issue. Shes a fun character with a lot of potential, but shes never been given enough room to explore that potential until now. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Scarlett (2024) #5

Oct 9, 2024

Image and Skybound continue to dive into the Energon Universe with the completion of another mini-series featuring another member of the extended cast. Whats frustrating here is the fact that the market may NOT be up to the task of maintaining all of the series that theyve developed as ongoing titles. It would be really, really cool to see Thompson and Ferrari continue with the adventures of Scarlett. Shes really fun as a covert agent breaking into a secure facility. It would be really interesting to see what else Thompson could do with her.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Scrapper (2023) #1

Jul 19, 2023

The series could go in a whole bunch of different directions. The hint at bigger mysteries in future issues may lie in the fact that the kid is surprised when Scrapper talks. When shes returned, her parents assure her that dogs cant talk. So theres something special about Scrapper and Tank...and all those weird, little talking pigeons and rats that are lurking about.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Sea of Stars #1

Jul 3, 2019

Sea of Stars is off to a pretty solid start with its first issue. The pulpy space fantasy edges in the direction of cute without compromising a sense of danger and adventure. The final page of the issue suggests that theres real menace coming on the horizon of the next issue. As cute as the first issue is, its really a father-son story of adventure that feels like it could go in interesting directions as a father searches for his son who is being cared for by weird aliens. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sea of Stars #2

Aug 7, 2019

Sea of Stars is firmly established by the end of the second issue. Gils rough and tumble adventure will be paired against the fantastic, foreboding mystery of Kadyns end of the story. Its a nice contrast that allows the creative team to explore the galaxy from a couple of different sides. Theres nothing terribly new here, but Aaron, Hallum, and Green make the adventure fun enough to overcome the sometimes cheesy nature of pulpy space adventure. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sea of Stars #3

Sep 4, 2019

In its third issue, Sea of Stars amps-up its exuberant playfulness in a way that might be difficult to maintain in the long run. Given the more dramatic severe energies being explored in the previous issue, its clear that the team is willing to modulate the power of the action. Their challenge is going to be finding the right balance to keep action, drama, and whimsy from colliding into each other as the series progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sea of Stars #4

Oct 2, 2019

Pulpy space adventure isnt anything new, but Aaron and Hallum are doing a great job of bringing the adventure across in a very well-executed series that brings hauls the rarely-explored demographics of a middle-aged father and a  grade school-aged son into the danger. The long-term viability of a story that splits father and son the way Sea of Stars has in its first four issues might begin to feel weak if the Aaron and Hallum are going to maintain the separation between father and son indefinitely into the future, but for now, its a solidly enjoyable book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sea of Stars #5

Nov 13, 2019

Kadyn and his father get so very, very close to connecting this issue. With all that's happened since they parted ways in the first issue, it's nice to see them get this close together, but it's beginning to become apparent that Aaron and Hallum are determined to keep them apart. This could get to be a bit annoying as the series continues, but for now, it feels like an excellent dynamic to keep the two heroes apart in an issue that closes the beginning of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sea of Stars #6

Sep 2, 2020

As the series reaches the end of its sixth issue, the ongoing conflict of father and son trying to reunite seems as powerful as it's ever been. The rest of the elements of the plot seem to lack the kind of direction necessary to make the story shoot across the page from cover to cover with the style, grace, and energy of a little luminescent, blue Kadyn. The distinct voice of the series is solidly realized, though. There's warmth and charm to what the creative team is filling the pages with.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Second Coming: Trinity #2

May 11, 2023

One gets the feeling that the satire would have a lot more bite if there was some sense of direction to it all. The generally meandering nature of the narrative DOES allow for a look at the aimlessness of spirituality in modern American life. Theres a genius satirical narrative buried somewhere in Second Coming, but Russell and company have actually done a really good job of avoiding it thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Self/Made #3

Feb 5, 2019

With the initial three issues out of the way, Self/Made is beginning to reveal what might make it special. The series is gaining ground with the establishment of a regular behind-the-scenes podcast and a very congenial regular issue-ending letters column at the end of the issue. This issue marks a turning point for Amala, but it also serves as an important foundation for a series that could go quite far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Self/Made #4

Mar 6, 2019

Once again its a comprehensive package from beginning to end. Theres behind-the-scenes info at the end of the issue. Among other things, the team reveals some of the research thats been done on the Sydney, Australia where the issues action takes place. Between that and a regular podcast complete with further background information, the engrossment of the total package for Self-Made is another example of what comics need to do to continue to feel vital in a world of so many other competing forms of media.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Self/Made #5

Apr 3, 2019

Groom is showing a deft familiarity with the conventions of cyberpunk and simulated reality sci-fi. Hes not reinventing the wheel here, but he IS adding a few twists in and around the edges of sci-fi tropes that might begin to explore the nature of identity and reality with stylish new eyes. The issue feels like an introduction of sorts that stands quite well on its own as things shift gears into a new direction starting with the sixth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Self/Made #6

May 1, 2019

Self/Made has been a somewhat strange and derivative exercise that had real potential for turning into something breathtaking. The six-part series didnt allow enough of a runway for the story of multiple worlds and strange games to really take off the way that it could have. Its unfortunate. A brilliant story could have developed had the series been Abe to run just a bit longer and really spread its wings.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #2

Jan 20, 2021

Phillips, Hetrick, and Louise work extremely well together in another chapter that fits a DC digital format. There might be a tendency to weigh things down a bit more heavily in so small a space. There aren't many panels to a single page in the issue. The creative team makes precise work of detail and negative space both visually and narratively. The first two issues of Sensational Wonder Woman show promise in a standalone story. If the rest of the series can capture the energy of the first two issues, it's going to be a good one. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #3

Jan 21, 2021

Stripped of any distracting subplots, the dynamic between Diana and Artemis is gracefully given the center of the panel in a briskly-paced opening chapter of a whole new story set in the only arena big enough to hold the two warriors. Shea, Redondo, and Lucas frame the action almost perfectly as the chapter shifts swiftly from introduction to the establishment and initial resolution of conflict. Once again, Sensational Wonder Woman proves to be a great deal of fun as it nears the end of its first month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #4

Jan 29, 2021

The new weekly continues to slice its way through gracefully through the end of its first month with another satisfying story. The contrast between Wonder Woman, Artemis, and Mongul shines against a pulpy alien world's background. Sensational Wonder Woman might lack the appealing rhythm of one fully-rendered story per week that animated last year's Agent of Peace, but two consecutive two-part stories have their own appeal. The series has been a great deal of fun so far. If DC maintains this level of quality, Sensational should have a very satisfying run in 2021.  

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #5

Feb 3, 2021

Publicist Mindi Meyer was such a fascinating character when Perez debuted her in the 80s. She died in one of the more complex storylines in mainstream comics of the Copper Age of comics. Anyone who would try to bring her back would have to do so sharply and stylishly. Doran has accomplished that fairly brilliantly here in what stands as one of the better one-shot Wonder Woman stories of the past year. A simple premise animates the center of a story populated around the edges with very, very serious tragedy. A story of the modern media that so sharply captures its many, many flaws. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #8

Mar 3, 2021

Blue Snowman is one of those characters created by William Moulton Marston back in the Golden Age that feels a bit too silly for modern tastes, but Bechko and Dani give the villain a weight and power that feels formidable. It's not the type of story that feels substantial enough to linger in the mind after the last panel. Still, it's a solidly enjoyable addition to a series that has been gaining quite a bit of momentum since it began at the beginning of Wonder Woman's 80th anniversary year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #9

Mar 10, 2021

Wonder Woman isnt always granted the kind of immortality she seems to have been given here. Various writers have planted her history in various places. Theres real potential for interesting stories in allowing her the kind of long and winding history that shes had in all of her 80 years. Heroes that have been around for as long as that could benefit from stories that give them credit for having been around as long as they have. The first issue of this story shows promise for delivering on the potential of a Wonder Woman who has been around for nearly a century. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #10

Mar 17, 2021

This sort of story HAS been explored in a far better way elsewhere. The extended cast in the Perez era for the Wonder Woman title cast an exhaustive glance at the hero's effect on others. It might have been explored pretty extensively before, but Chu and Sanapo make this particular glance around the edges of "super-heroing" quite endearing. The real challenge for this type of story might be an extended series contrasting the life of a hero and the life of a casual civilian friend over many, many decades.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #11

Mar 24, 2021

It's nice to see Wonder Woman in over her head as much as she is at the end of the issue. Still, the danger of introducing this many characters will come when she's forced to confront all of the villainsnearly all of her rogues' gallery at once next issue. It's fascinating to see them all lined-up like they are in issue 11, but it's really difficult to do justice to all of them if they're all crammed together in a single space like they are here. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #12

Mar 31, 2021

As it is with the best issues in this title and last years Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace series, the creative team in issues 11 and 12 seem to have been pulled out of a parallel dimension where theyve been working together on a Wonder Woman title for a couple of years before arriving at this issue. Theres an implicit understanding between writer and art team as to how exactly to get everything to flow from panel to panel. DC is clearly working with enough talent to do several Wonder Woman titles. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #13

Apr 7, 2021

Wonder Woman is set up for a fantastic show-down in the series's fourteenth issue, with events at the end of the chapter being what they are. The story as a whole COULD turn out to be much better than its first part, depending on how Anwar closes it out. Still, the first part of the story feels a bit weak as it isn't covering ground that hasn't already been covered pretty extensively in popular fiction over the years. The character of Nina shows some signs of serious drama. It will remain to be seen if she's going to finish the story stronger than she opened it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021) #14

Apr 21, 2021

Anwar brings a new villain to the page that is well-suited to Wonder Womans rogues gallery. All of the more interesting Wonder Woman villains exist in a sociopathic space right on the edge of reformation. Wonder Woman could theoretically bring them in with their own consent if only she could reach them in just the right way. Nina fits the profile of that sort of character quite well. Given the right angles, Nina could prove to be a deep and insightful look at various societal issues, which is precisely the sort of thing the best Wonder Woman stories have managed over the years. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sensational Wonder Woman (2021): Special #1

Mar 30, 2022

Again--Wonder Woman works remarkably well in a trio of short one-shots. There's no reason why a series like this couldn't find an audience every single month. The Sensational Wonder Woman Special should theoretically have no problem running monthly as its own Sensational Wonder Woman title. Even at its weakest, the anthology is executed well enough to maintain decent sales that would make a nice companion to her main series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
SFSX (Safe Sex) #2

Oct 30, 2019

As Averys life continues to crumble, shes lost in an arduous life path thats going to be more and more difficult to finesse. Above all else, SFSX is a survival story that has the potential to be quite inspirational and uplifting if everything gets off the ground right in the first few issues. Things seem to be heading in the right direction with this second issue, which is thoroughly engaging from beginning to end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
SFSX (Safe Sex) #3

Nov 20, 2019

An issue like this might have worked better as an intro to the series. A departure from the central plot can be fun, but doing so in the third issue runs the risk of derailing narrative momentum as a whole. That being said, Horn and Gutirrez are delivering a fascinating world to the page in the third issue that easily maintains reader interest with the detailed rendering of a fascinating location in the world of SFSX. Artist Michael Dowling returns the next chapter for a story that might do for the Pleasure Center what this issue does for The Dirty Mind. Horn is doing an outstanding job of exploring extremely unique locations in and within a really compelling dystopia.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
SFSX (Safe Sex) #4

Dec 18, 2019

The story could go in a variety of different directions in future issues. Horn and Dowling keep it fresh from issue to issue. There might be a bit of a lack of energy as the break-in is planned, but The central drama involving George makes this a really interesting issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
SFSX (Safe Sex) #5

Jan 15, 2020

Stylistic limitations aside, the central story of SFSX remains entertaining into its fifth issue. The emotional contrast between The Dirty Mind revolutionaries and The Party's sinister authoritarian regime remains respectably vivid in a series that feels like it's beginning to build an enjoyable narrative rhythm.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
SFSX (Safe Sex) #6

Feb 12, 2020

Now that the series crawls out of the Pleasure Center with new revelations, Horn and Hickman can start to move the series in a new direction that takes into account a larger perspective on the world of SFSX. Its been a strangely-paced journey into a dystopia thus far. A lot of the basic elements of the world have been rendered now. Itll be interesting to see where the story moves from here. Theres a potential danger in repetition as the fugitives continue to explore the edges of the dystopia. Still, Horn and Hickman seem to have a solid grasp of where theyre going with the story in an issue that has an excellent progression.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
SFSX (Safe Sex) #7

Mar 11, 2020

The large plot structure that Horn is working with looks to be leading in some exciting directions in future arcs of SFSX. The opening seven-issue arc seems to have been about establishing the world and the people in it. The single most prominent character in the series is the dystopia itself, which continues to lumber over everything throughout the seventh issue. As it is so very, very central to the plot, the total eradication of that dystopia would have hampered the series moving forward. Horn and Hickman have so much more to explore in this darkness, but the end of the seventh issue might have been more heartening if it had shown a little bit more hope for the heroes. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Shadecraft #1

Mar 31, 2021

Henderson and Garbett's Skyward ran for a solid 15 issues before it came to a close back in 2019. With the first issue of Shadecraft, artist and writer have crafted an opening issue with the right pacing and visual appeal to have an equally satisfying run. Zadie is relatable enough as a character that it's easy to imagine hanging out with her and her shadows for the next year-and-a-half or so. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Shazam! (2023) #1

May 10, 2023

It has all the hallmarks of a Golden Age story, but Waid fuses the feel of an old-school comic book hero with a more contemporary perspective that serves the story quite well. The Billy Batson/Shazam premise has always been an interesting one. Waid is going to have a challenge keeping it fresh in the long run, but everything seems more or less entertaining in the debut issue of a potentially good series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #1

Jan 26, 2022

She-Hulk has been around for decades. Rowell and Antnio have found a rhythm and form for her that honors where she's been before and recognizes what works about the character without feeling like too much of a retread for readers who have known Jen for decades. A very appealing opening to a new chapter in Jen's life. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #2

Mar 3, 2022

Though the story works perfectly well for anyone not extensively familiar with the character's history. Rowell adds in layers of storytelling that reward those of us who have been hanging out with Jen since she first left California in the '80s. It's particularly nice to see her back in the place that was originally rendered by John Byrne when she moved into the place back in 1989. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
She-Hulk (2022) #3

Apr 9, 2022

The series is already three issues in..., but Rowell and company really feel like theyre settling into something much longer than a five-issue series. Its uncomfortable to watch Jen just beginning to connect up with a whole new life, knowing that there will only be a couple more issues in the whole series. Rowell spends a hell of a lot of time exploring the personality of the Jack of Hearts for a chapter that really should be a lot more about Jen if its going to be satisfying by the end of the fifth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #4

Jul 6, 2022

Rowell and company may have found a nice balance, but it will remain to be seen just how well the series navigates its way beyond the Jack of Hearts story that opens up the series. So much of what Jens going through right now has a very familiar feel to it. Where Rowell decides to go from here will determine just how likely the series is to continue indefinitely into the future. For now, Jens been just as pleasant as she has been in the past. With any luck, Rowell will have an opportunity to explore life with her for a long time to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #5

Jul 25, 2022

From the first issue of her first series, She-Hulk has always been kind of a strange and quirky alternative to mainstream Marvel. The best writers and artists to work with Jen over the years have each found something unique and distinctive to link her to...a mood that takes the quirkiness in a different direction. Rowell has found a pleasant indie drama approach to Jens life that finally seems to be establishing a very distinctive and extremely charming personality with the fifth issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
She-Hulk (2022) #6

Sep 8, 2022

As nice as it is to see things develop the way that theyre developing in Rowells series, it would also be nice to see some legitimate action contrasting against all of the taut nuance that Rowell is so good with. The best writers and artists who have worked with Jen over the years have done so in a way that balances her normal life against her superhuman one in a way that feels fresh and distinct. (And an occasional glance over at the reader or the creative team is always appreciated as well.) 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
She-Hulk (2022) #7

Nov 2, 2022

Rowells rhythm feels nice, but the slow and gradual progression of events DOES feel a bit restless. Very little time has passed in the course of seven issues with Jen. The world off the comics page has been shooting by very, very quickly, and things have been extremely slow and nuanced in the life of Jen Walters. This is fine where it IS nuanced, but the crazy has yet to totally pick up in She-Hulks life, and THAT is something that needs to be amplified for the series to continue to feel well-rounded.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #8

Nov 17, 2022

All too often, scientists in Marvel and DC are shown as figures with insane motivations and ideals. Rowell shows another side of scientific misadventure: a couple of people with slightly reckless curiosity. Its a fun angle on the traditional. These villains have heart and weight that is not often afforded to those who would choose to tangle with title characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #9

Jan 4, 2023

Its refreshing to see Jen break the fourth wall with the kind of strength that shes exhibiting in the ninth issue of the series, but theres some delicate finesse that seems slightly out of reach for the creative team. Maybe the sudden turn to the fourth wall feels a bit too sudden. Maybe there should have been a little more of a lead into the big confrontation. Something is missing in the flow of action from beginning to end. Its not quite clear what it is. Whatever it is, its enough of a jarring shift in energy that it feels more clunky than it should, given the overall sophistication of Rowell, Miyazawa, and Renzis story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #10

Feb 23, 2023

So many previous incarnations of She-Hulk have crammed themselves into the standard rotation of a superhero comic. Rowell distinguishes her walk with Jen by allowing her inner emotions to dictate the way the scenes play out. Its a refreshing approach to a superhero drama that fully embraces the Marvel Universe in a way that it rarely has had a chance to be embraced. Rowells She-Hulk is in no hurry...and its a welcome alternative to the standard mainstream superhero story format.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #12

Apr 26, 2023

There is SOME sense of overlap between issues #12 and #11, but Rowells approach to the serial of Jens life keeps the events from being annoyingly repetitious. The series is as evenly-balanced as Jens life, making repetition seem tantalizingly natural. Rowell makes Jen...and She-Hulk feel deeply relatable in spite of all that shes been through and all that shes capable of. Rowells writing remains remarkably impressive in light of this. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #13

May 18, 2023

Rowells run continues to work through many of the issues that Jens been dealing with in one fashion or another for decades. Its been a lot of fun in a way thats come to define Jens presence ever since Byrne first started hanging out with her in the mid-1980s. The clever work around the margins of the Marvel Universe continues to be a sparkling gem in its own distinct corner of the comics rack. Judging from developments coming to the title in the next couple of months, Jens going to have her hands full through the summer...and Rowells going to be there for every turn. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #14

Jul 8, 2023

Rowells relations with Jen have been pretty fun so far. The weird convolutions in her life are given plenty of time and space to develop. Rowell may be giving some pretty heavy foreshadowing to major events throughout her time with Jen, but its still pretty satisfying seeing things play out when they finally hit page and panel. To her credit, Rowell manages to hammer in that inevitability with a bit of style and intrigue. Still--it WOULD be kind of nice to get a general feel of the unpredictability of the chaos in Jens life every once in a while.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
She-Hulk (2022) #15

Jul 28, 2023

The series ends with an announcement that Rowell and Genolet will be working together on a new Sensational She-Hulk series. Last month, Rainbow Rowell posted a picture of a row of Sharpies in a range of colors, including green and purple, along with the text, She-Hulk Brainstorming Time. So, one series ends, and the next begins...in a while. As of this writing, there still has been no formal solicitation for the new series, so there could be a bit of a wait. In any case, its been a really, really nice run with Walters and Rowell, and its going to be weird to have both of them MIA for at least 2-3 months. The current She-Hulk has been a very unique title that focuses a lot more on the personal life of the hero than most titles on the rack today. No one else is doing what Rowell has done with Jen.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sheena: Queen of the Jungle (2023): Fatal Exams #1

Sep 12, 2023

The right elements are in place for a really good story. However, there's a lot of potential silliness that seems quite ready to swoop in at nearly every corner of the plot. The drama has real potential. The political end of Val Verde seems to be resting quite clearly in the background of the story. The fictional locale for pop action fiction in films, comics, and video games doesn't often get a very close look, so it'll be interesting to see if DeSouza and company are able to place it a bit more in the foreground of an action thriller that's grounded in political drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Silk (2021) #1

Mar 31, 2021

Moon was wearing a COVID-appropriate face mask long before it was cool to do so. The fact that just about every woman her age seen out and about is wearing a similar mask amps up the character's relatability in her new series. The expressiveness of the eyes and Moon's sharp sense of humor carry one of the funnier excursions into the Marvel Universe so far this year. With so many web-slingers swinging around Marvel Manhattan, it's nice to know that there's still life in a wall-crawling superhero sub-sub-genre that's been around for nearly 60 years now.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Silk (2021) #2

Apr 28, 2021

The first two chapters are finished. Goo and Miyazawa make a great team as more is revealed about the life of a seriously charming web-slinger. Every generation, theres an attempt to update the wall-crawling crime fighter formula that was developed by Steve Ditko for Marvel back in the 1960s. The attempts have met with mixed success. Goo nails the update perfectly in the first two issues of the new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Silk (2021) #3

May 13, 2021

Its a bit of a strange mix of things that are being brought to the page in the third issue of the series. It may be perfectly well-paced as a chapter of a larger story arc, with the physical action precariously placed at the beginning and end of the issue; theres really no reason why issue three should feel anywhere near as balanced as it does. Goo and Miyazawa manage a very well-orchestrated series of moments in the course of the chapter. Its all swinging together quite well as the series approaches its fourth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silk (2021) #4

Jun 23, 2021

Goo is an experienced author in narrative prose, but it's maddeningly difficult to get the rhythm just perfect on one issue per month of a comic book. The story that she's delivering here is interesting enough in its own right, but it's not terribly satisfying as a part of the longer run of a series that's still in its infancy. The extended family of characters that Goo is working with ARE interesting, but a bit more of the title character in issue #4 would have been a lot more satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Silk (2021) #5

Aug 4, 2021

The series comes to a close. Its difficult to understand why. Silk is a solidly impressive mutation of the classic Marvel web-slinger formula that works SO well...especially with the unique skew that Goo is throwing into the mix in this series. Theres really no reason why this series shouldnt be one of Marvels better-sellers. The weight between the action and the drama is deftly delivered. With any luck, Marvel will look for a second run with Goo and Moon.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Silk (2022) #1

Jan 26, 2022

Kim seems to be a perfect fit for Cindy Moon. The story that will play out throughout this and the next four issues looks quite appealing. Its too bad that there isnt more momentum on a full-length series for Cindy, but itll be fun to spend the first half of the coming year hanging out with her.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Silk (2022) #2

Mar 3, 2022

For all the complexity that is given to the hero, the villain doesnt necessarily seem all that interesting just yet. She hasnt been given much of a chance to spend much time on the page. If there is a consistent fine these first two issues, its the fact that the menace behind the villain doesnt seem quite as strong as it could. The reader is given a very intimate understanding of Cindy moon. The villain remains a distant mystery. There isnt much for Cindy to be heroic against.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Silk (2022) #3

Apr 6, 2022

Cindy has taken a little while to develop a rhythm with her current series, but thats to be expected. A big part of this series has Cindy trying to find herself beyond the mask and the laptop. Kim has the overall rhythm of the series, smartly following Cindys somewhat lost emotional state. The big cliffhanger at issues end swiftly folds into a much bigger look at the nature of youth and life amid a delightful web-slinging action/mystery. Cindys latest series reaches its midpoint with enjoyable style and drama. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Silk (2022) #4

May 4, 2022

Cindys final confrontation with the witch should be interesting. Emily Kims unique perspective on the classic Marvel web-slinger serial has been a great deal of fun. Its been enjoyably quirky and off-center, but Kims pacing has felt strange. At no point in the series thus far has the pacing felt stranger than this issue. However, Cindy Moon continues to be fun in Kims hands, and fun goes a long way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Silk (2022) #5

May 25, 2022

Silk has evolved quite a lot over her 36 total issues thus far. Each series has been built on the one before it thoughtfully, nuancedly by every creative team. There's a real sense of continuity for Cindy and her adventures. Robbie Thompson's run on the first few series got her up and running. Maurine Goo's approach for the last series was good. Still, Kim and Miyazawa have a kind of alchemical resonance that could serve Cindy well for the next few series of chance and circumstance allow them the opportunity.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Silk (2023) #1

May 11, 2023

The success of a mini-series like this is going to rely on the creative teams ability to shift from one mood and genre to another in a way that embraces the strange contrast between settings while also maintaining a solid through-line of drama and intrigue that never loses sight of Cindy as the central character. Its kind of a lot to ask for. Kim did such a good job with the last series. Its nice to see her going for something a bit more challenging with her second Silk series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silk (2023) #2

Jul 8, 2023

The genre-of-the-month format remains fresh in the second issue. It would be interesting to see Kim and Guara try something new...some sort of less traditional and cliched genre in an upcoming issue or two. As it is, its been fun watching Kim and Guara lay the groundwork for the series in a couple of well-established genres, but there is so much more that could be explored in the format that Kim has delivered in the first couple of issues of the series. Next up: Cindy engages in a little bit of swashbuckling as a pirate on the high seas. 

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Silver Surfer: Ghost Light (2023) #5

Jul 8, 2023

There IS room in the Marvel pantheon for another high-powered character. (Honestly, theres always room for that. There are endless epic, Earth-shaking conflicts for heroes to deal with.) The issue, though, is that Ghost Light is lost in a kind of nebulous story that isnt adequately fusing the cosmic with the personal and psychological. The worst element in the entire series may be the main title character. Silver Surfer himself doesnt seem all that interesting in the fifth issue of the series, which is too bad. Hes been a part of some remarkable plots in the past.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sirens Gate (2022) #1

Oct 12, 2022

The graphic elements of Sirens Gate clearly distinguish it. It doesnt look like anything else on the comics rack right now. Its clearly one-of-a-kind. Its too bad that the story doesnt have more lurking around in the shadows beyond Tara and her journey. There is little doubt that theres a lot left to be revealed, but Maer hasnt put a whole lot into the panel to suggest that there will be a deep exploration of anything that isnt happening right in the middle of the action. Tara seems like an interesting character. Hopefully, Maer lets the narrative get a bit closer to her emotionally as the series progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sirens Gate (2022) #2

Nov 28, 2022

Theres more than enough in the first couple of issues of Sirens Gate to suggest that theres something special coming in future issues, but it doesnt seem to add up to much. Tara seems intriguing. Ms. Rose has a fascinating dramatic dynamic to her, but it all feels so distant as every moment seems to be staged in some kind of shadowy vacuum. It all looks cool, but Maer doesnt seem to be pulling it together well enough to get it to feel like much more than it is. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Snotgirl #16

Dec 5, 2024

And then theres the foreshadowing. Maybe everythings just a little TOO imperfectly perfect to last. Something is definitely going to fall out of place with the next issue. (It HAS to do that, doesnt it? It cant just...keep going like this, can it?) Time will tell. And the next issue will be a good indicator if things really ARE going in the direction of things working on some level. Its a bit strange, but its all coming together.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Something Epic (2023) #1

May 10, 2023

Theres real potential for a horror like the one Kudranski is developing for the series. Its an attractive concept: everything in every fantasy world that youve ever encountered actually exists alongside everyone you know in your real waking life. Given the right framing of the concept and the right creative momentum, Something Epic could really turn into something overwhelmingly cool and close to genius. At the end of the first issue, however, its very difficult to tell whether or not it might simply be cheesy horror with a reasonably novel premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Something Epic (2023) #2

Jun 14, 2023

Kudraski is taking his time with the story. There may be a lot of jumping around through the patchwork psyche of Danny, but theres a definite rhythm to his progression through the major events of the series thus far. If Kudraski were to move any more quickly through Dannys life than he has been in the course of the first couple of issues, Dannys creative life would feel more or less totally indecipherable. The erratic nature of Dannys interior life demands a slow and determined march. Given enough time, Kudraski could build Something Epic into a major coming-of-age story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Something Epic (2023) #3

Jul 12, 2023

Kudranski is clearly moving towards...something. Theres a clear gravity thats pulling Danny towards the darkness, which may yet come to dominate a hopefully heroic coming-of-age tale. Though it seems to be trying a little too hard to search for deeper meaning, its unquestionably interesting from cover to cover as the series reaches the close of its third issue. Its like Dannys mother says: Danny IS someone very special. It will remain to be seen whether or not his story can truly live up to his potential. There are quite a few directions that Kudranski could take in future issues. Given the cliched nature of stories about creativity, very few of the potential paths ahead seem potentially satisfying. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Something is Killing the Children #31

Jul 25, 2023

The monster they're facing now is something that challenges them quite a lot. And there's a deep thematic complexity about it. They hunt monsters. They feel like monsters. Now, theyre facing a monster that looks and moves like them, and they wonder just how far the darkness moves in and within them. The thirty-first issue explores some of that around the edges of everything in a way that cleverly increases the overall horror of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Sonata #1

Jun 5, 2019

Obviously, the art team ISNT using an old version of MacPaint to put together the visuals of this issue. The visuals ARE a lot of fun for an opening issue of a story that shows signs of some genuine wonder and somewhat dazzling. The credits page mentions a behind-the-scenes companion app to the series which as of this writing isnt available. Itll be interesting to learn more about the process for the series once it becomes available.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #2

Jul 17, 2019

Its not terribly original, but Hine and Haberlin delicately place a traditional pulp fantasy story in a breathtakingly unique world thats loving rendered in great detail. The fantastic nature of the world might be amplified with a bit more of a sense of mystery. The dialogue is definitely weighing down that mystery, but its still a solidly fun fantasy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #3

Aug 14, 2019

Its a bit jarring to try to reconcile the complexity of the art with the stark simplicity of the story of Sonata. The fantasy world brought to the page in the art has a depth of realism that isnt totally supported by uncluttered dialogue and internal monologue. It delivers an easy story free from the messy inconsistencies of life. Given subtle and growing deviations from tropes and stereotypes in the ensemble of the book, there IS some foreshadowing into something deeper on the horizon as Sonata continues to get off the ground in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #4

Sep 11, 2019

As big and ominous as the world of Sonata seems, Hine and Haberlin make it feel like a rich and sweeping fantasy world in the fourth issue of the series. Its not terribly deep or complicated stuff being explored here, but the power of the fantasy saves it from mediocrity. The issues pleasingly epic-level alien visuals with careful attention to detail make quite an impression.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #5

Oct 9, 2019

Sudden narrative lurching aside, Hine and Haberlin are still telling a fun fantasy story that seems to be hitting its stride. The new dynamic that arrives on the page at issues end could guide things in exciting directions in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #6

Nov 6, 2019

A huge revelation falls into place at the end of the issue, which suggests interesting things about the history and politics of Sonatas world. The mysteries of the pulpy fantasy world feel genuinely interesting, but Hine and Haberlin are going to have to tread lightly in future issues. The story is at a bit of a critical point where things could get really, really unspeakably goofy if the delicate balance between the cultures of Sonatas world arent kept in careful balance. This is an interesting issue, though. It shows an exact amount of planning has gone into the construction of Sonatas world, which is a very, very promising sign.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sonata #7

Jan 8, 2020

Hine and Haberlin are working on a very ambitious world with incredibly vivid visual rendering. Its a lot to juggle. They have rarely managed a perfect balance of all of the elements. This issue is no exception. As the series begins to reach its current climax in the characters and the cultures in collusion, they have an opportunity to bring it all together with a powerful focus for future issues. These next few issues are going to be as big a challenge for them as it is going to be for their heroine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #8

Feb 12, 2020

Hine and Haberlin continue to deliver a very vivid story, but the pacing of this issue feels a bit rushed. Theres a clear path that theyre charting for Sonatas near future. Its just too bad much of the intensity of the events is diluted here to get to the next issue. All of the right elements are there. If Hine and Haberlin can wrangle the speed of the story just a little bit more, the intensity of the story will amplify considerably. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sonata #9

Mar 11, 2020

There always seems to be a strange sense of imbalance that reveals itself by the end of an issue of Sonata. With issue #9, Hine and Haberlin continue in a tradition of narrative imbalance that once again shows real potential for being deeply engrossing fantasy if only the story would settle-down enough to really explore the world thats so busily being built.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Sonata #10

Jun 12, 2020

This is a major stumble for a series thats been pretty good thus far. Hine and Haberlin should have no trouble recovering in the months ahead. Still, it isnt very reassuring that revelations on the backstory of the series, which really should have had more impact feel as flat as they do here. Hine and Haberlins story may have a larger, more sweeping momentum in issues to come that might reveal greater wisdom in the overall composition of this issue. Still, its hard to imagine a path that could make this issue feel more satisfying in the months to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #11

Jul 9, 2020

Powerful galactic beings that might as well be gods interact with the insignificant, little creations meant to feed their infinity. There are definite shades of Lovecraft in the scripting here, but it's mixed with a pulp sci-fi/fantasy that could be appealing if Hine and Haberlin were able to tweak it just a bit. Given the fact that there is as much narrative momentum as there is in this 11th issue, Hine and Haberlin might just make it to something truly interesting. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sonata #12

Aug 12, 2020

This is a move in the right direction for a fantasy series struggling to find its distinctive voice. The mishmash of traditional fantasy with science fiction and steampunk iconography hasn't quite gelled into anything totally coherent yet. Nonetheless, Sonata herself continues to be appealing enough to return to every month. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Space Bandits #1

Jul 10, 2019

In the first of five issues, Millar and Scaleras Space Bandits slices through 25 pages with a very poised design-conscious delivery of energy that works. Its a smart mash-up of various genres that solidly settles into a kind of a late 1980s sort of a mood with bright colors and big cities coating the galaxy with just enough shadow to let the unseemly side of society leech out onto 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Space Bastards (2021) #1

Jan 20, 2021

The book's overall impact continues to have its own unique appeal, from the weird door-like legal-sized aspect ratio of the pages to the fact that those pages are printed on high-quality poster stock. It's a very classy package for action-based comic book adventures. Even the weakest stuff in the volume feels powerful given the print quality of the book. Individual issues of the Space Bastards series are available at comic shops courtesy of Humanoids. The Volume 2 Hardcover is available for backers of the series on Kickstarter.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Space Ghost (2024) #3

Jul 3, 2024

Honestly...Dalhouse isnt alone in trying to render too much detail in the story. While Dalhouse is clearly embracing the pulpy space superhero genre with his writing, there are far too many elements being thrown together in the script to keep the story interesting. Space Ghost would work a lot better with brutal, jarring action delivered with just a bit more primal simplicity. Space Ghost #3 could have been much more powerful with a bit less dialogue and a bit more clean, open rendering. The character design is there. The setting is there. Theres no reason to engage it any deeper than a slick, shiny, surface-level action story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Space Ghost (2024) #4

Aug 7, 2024

Everything seems to be moving in the right direction for the fourth issue with the series. It's very difficult to bring a truly sweeping adventure to the page with this sort of property. It wasn't even really taken all that seriously when it was originally presented on TV. So bring it to the page and wave that feels like it's actually taking the fantasy and the adventure and the menace of the villain seriously is quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Space Ghost (2024) #6

Oct 9, 2024

The idea of taking something which was essentially very light and simple on the TV screen ages ago, and turning it into something far more complex. Its a very noble gesture. However, this sort of thing has been done often enough that it might need a little bit more before it can really develop into something truly unique. The space fantasy of the action is really well captured, and theres a high Fidelity to the overall nature of that sort of thing. However, this particular iteration of the character really needs a little bit more depth in order for it to be able to do what it really needs to do and live up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Space Ghost (2024) #8

Dec 5, 2024

The origin of Space Ghost is framed with a very clever eye towards contrasting two different visions of justice. Pepose seems to be lining everything up for a much deeper exploration of the nature of justice, revenge and quite a lot more that MIGHT run the risk of overcoming the cheesy, fun space adventure energy of the character. Pepose seems ot have a remarkably clever handle on he overall action of the situation, though. The story seems to be in pretty good hands moving forward. 

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Space Job (2023) #4

Jun 28, 2023

Space exploration fantasy has been around for well over half a century. Its been really, really successful as well. Any sub-genre of pop fiction with the kind of success of Star Trek and Babylon 5 and so on has also garnered a whole bunch of spoofery and parody. Over the decades, there have been many, many space adventure comedies. Space Job is one of those. It kind of feels like its been an attempt to fuse Star Trek with The Office. Or maybe not. I dont know. 

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Spawn #343

Jul 7, 2023

Spawn continues to echo through politics and personal vendettas and things that go way back and echo throughout the lengthy history of the series and all of its subsidiary titles. Its not actually bad...its just a relentless, boring nightmare of the same types of conflicts over and over and over again without a whole lot of new elements being thrown in. So its...its just a lot. And theres a war between Heaven and Hell. So thats...yknow...thats cool. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spawn #344

Aug 10, 2023

Indeed, everything seems in place for a compelling and cosmic war drama. It's just assembled on the page in a way that doesn't feel like it can really articulate the dangers and threats and things they are clearly playing with. It's just a lot of Musilli people jumping around and shooting at each other. There isn't enough thought about how things are staged or the beats in the drama to bring across anything terribly coherent. It's not really clear what's happening. Which is too bad because it actually looks kind of fantastic while it happens.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spawn #346

Nov 8, 2023

The 346th issue of the series feels...exhausted. Everyone is overcome by the relentlessness of it all. There is an overwhelming feeling of fatigue hanging heavily over nearly every panel in the issue. There certainly IS an interesting story in the current issue of Spawn, but it seems to be immersed in a heavy, heavy layer of plot machinery moving around in a massive ensemble of characters who arent really given enough time to really do much of anything to define themselves as individuals. Its a big, amorphous mass of art waiting for the next big fight. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spawn #355

Aug 1, 2024

The long and twisted story of Spawn continues in another chapter that seems pretty indistinguishable from so many of the rest of them. Theres a sense that there might be some kind of something leading from the current situation, but its very difficult to tell and even more difficult to care aside from a few moments of genuine horror drama that crawl and splatter across the page.  The good news is that it all looks pretty good while its doing what its doing and that goes a long way towards maintaining the life of a long-running series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spawn #356

Sep 6, 2024

Lyra seems interesting enough that she could really branch out into her own series after this. Shes a hell of a lot more interesting than the title character of Spawn has managed to be for much of the past couple of decades. It's Very strange seeing a character like this shine her way out of a largely tedious parade of blood and violence like the Spawn series. Very impressive to see something like this in a largely one-note series. The emotional intensity that McConville manages is quite admirable. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spawn #357

Oct 2, 2024

It would be really cool to see Lyra and her own series. She certainly has the right dramatic and the right conflict to inhabit the center of the page quite well. Certainly she's doing that for a good portion of this issue. And it's really only a matter of time before she does. She does a really good job of serving as the central hero and a couple of different scenes over the course of the book. Once again, the title character seems somewhat ill suited to his own comic book. This isn't necessarily a bad thing, though. the center of the action of the issue really feels quite interesting. It just doesn't happen to be the title character for the most part.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Spawn Kills Every Spawn (2024) #1

Jul 24, 2024

Its just...weird...to think that theyre going to try to stretch this thing out into five issues. Theyve pretty much got the overall feel nailed more or less perfectly in the first issue. No reason to go on about it. Maybe a second issue could wrap-up everything, but even THAT seems pretty indulgent given the amorphous attempt at humor that the first issue has turned out to be. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #5

Feb 13, 2019

McGuire is carving out a refreshingly unique corner of the world for Gwen. The characters personality in action in Miyazawas art is perfectly in synch with the characters dialogue. McGuire and Miyazawa have a good connection with the character which will hopefully suit her quite well. The team is slated to continue on the title for the next couple of issues at least. Itll be interesting to see where they take the character.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #6

Mar 14, 2019

A street-level vigilante girl looking to help people has an identity that is publicly known. And she still wears a mask because...its cool. Semi-professional freelance super-hero-ing in the age of the internet with options open for internet business makes for an interesting dynamic that should be fun to explore as the more traditional aspects of spider-personing loom into view from that dim room with the Man-Wolf. This is a fun issue from beginning to end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #7

Apr 3, 2019

Issue seven is called Some Nights. Some nights prove to be really, really well-executed by the entire team on the book. Its inevitable that some nights might NOT end up working out so well in future issues, but for now, McGuire and company have a really good handle on exactly what to do with one of Marvels most interesting characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #9

Jun 6, 2019

Its refreshing to see this sort of story handled with a better grasp of a long-term story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #10

Jul 3, 2019

Gwens got a name now. The Ghost Spider will be returning next month in another number one as the Spider-Gwen name is dropped. The future of a character regularly living between timelines has great potential that should be a lot of fun for McGuire to explore in the months to come. Shes carefully constructed a very sophisticated angle on the Marvel web-slinger milieu. It will be interesting to see where she takes it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #1

Mar 16, 2022

The series is already 20% finished at the end of its first issue. Theres a pretty good chance that once the creative team is able to settle into the rhythm of the story, things will start to look a lot more coherent. As of the first issue, things havent quite found the right pulse or balance to make much of a coherent impact. Theres real potential in the premise, but Seeley, Nishijima, and Blee are going to have to work if theyre going to find it before its too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #2

Apr 27, 2022

It's a really clever idea that Seeley is working with. If he was just a little bit better at framing the action, he would be able to find a better way to break up the action and the drama to feel a bit more coherent. A team of Gwens would be a lot of fun. In theory, Seeley could really ramp up a whole Agwengers saga with the same girl replicated across all the different hero archetypes. Still, as it is, he's not taking the joke seriously enough for it to really develop into anything anywhere near as interesting as it could be. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen: Shadow Clones (2023) #1

Mar 1, 2023

Emily Kim tilts the usual Spider-Gwen tropes just enough to advance them in a new direction without trying to plunge Gwen in a completely different direction. Progression is really important for the modern superhero, but too much evolution may alienate those readers who have been hanging out with the web-slinger for many years. Kim seems to respect what Gwen has been through before while forging ahead with a whole new problem for the hero. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Gwen: Shadow Clones (2023) #5

Jul 25, 2023

Gail Simones The Variants with Jessica Jones was SUCH a good treatment of the multiple variants concept. The trade paperback for that series came out at the end of last April. The multi-Gwen thing comes out a little too close to that particular bit of extreme cleverness. Kim has a solidly well-told story with Gwen, but it lacks enough depth to feel original in light of Simones still very recent work in the same universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Spider-Ham (2019) #1

Dec 30, 2019

The first issue of the series gives Spider-Hams world a solidly compelling reality about it that establishes the character really well. With Peter Porker now entering the mainstream Marvel Universe for at least the next issue, the creative team is going to have to switch gears. Though the character originated almost exclusively in his own world, mainstream contemporary audiences are far more familiar with Spider-Ham in a world of humans. Wells and Robson are going to have to come up with a fresh angle on the team-up to maintain audiences as the mini-series continues. This first issue is an auspicious start to a potentially clever new mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Ham (2019) #2

Jan 29, 2020

All of the right elements are there for a very enjoyable mini-series. Wells and Robson just havent found the right way to balance them into something that could turn into something brilliant. The appeal of the character is undeniable. Point him in the right direction, and Spider-Ham could really carve out a very unique place for himself. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man (2022) #5

Feb 16, 2023

Peter Parker has been picked apart from every conceivable angle over the course of the past half-century or more. What Slott and Bagley are doing with this issue isnt anything that hasnt been done in one way or another. Slott and Bagley HAVE managed to find a pleasant echo of the original idea developed by Ditko under the supervision of Stan Lee all those years ago. 

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Spider-Man (2022) #11

Sep 12, 2023

Yeah. Its okay. Go ahead and do a Spider-Boy series. Really. Itll be...cool or whatever. Its not like hes THAT much younger than the original Peter Parker was when he started up back in the 1960s. What was he...like...a sophomore in high school or something like that? Yeah...so its not like this is going to be all that different, right? Really. Another Spider-title. Itll be...fine. Honestly, its not like...its not like there are any other ideas for a new Marvel series, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #1

Mar 18, 2020

Spider-Woman has had a few series before. Though shes had her moments, shes never been wildly successful on her own. Pacheco and Prez point Jessica in the right direction for a whole new series that gives Spider-Woman an appealing new direction as a rare mother/superhero combination that could prove to be interesting in the months to come. Its tricky to set a hero off on a new series in a way that feels fresh, but Pacheco seems to have everything lined-up in the right way in the first issue of this new series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Woman (2020) #2

Jul 15, 2020

Beyond the crazy crunch of the plot details flowing through this issue, Pacheco seems to be settling Jessica Drew into a whole new life phase. It looks like it could be interesting once the pace settles-down enough for Jessica to catch her breath. The trick will be for Pacheco to do this without losing the narrative momentum that she's established in the first couple of issues of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Spider-Woman (2020) #3

Aug 20, 2020

There are a lot of different directions that Spider-Woman could be taken in. Pacheco is framing her as an intrepid adventurer who is thrust into danger against her will. Pacheco's intrepid adventures with Jessica are a lot of fun for the time being. The character is very versatile, though. Given the right momentum, she would be right at home in almost any sub-genre of superhero fiction. Jessica's got the kind of appeal that could make for a long run with Pacheco.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Woman (2020) #4

Sep 23, 2020

 Okay. Sounds like fun. After an issue like this, Pachecos audience might follow her just about anywhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Woman (2020) #5

Oct 21, 2020

The leap into the next issue that hits at the end of #5 feels like a bit of a lurch. This is odd as Pacheco has done such a good job of making sure that the pacing has been quite nearly perfect throughout the past couple of issues. The sudden journey out to meet with Captain Marvel is a jaunty lead-in to next issue, but it feels ever-so-slightly at odds with the dramatic weight of the rest of the issue. Theres almost nothing connecting the end of one issue with the beginning of the next. Its nice to get a preview of whats coming next month, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Woman (2020) #6

Nov 18, 2020

This crossover does the sort of thing that crossovers might have been intended to do when the Marvel Universe was created back in the 1960s. The sudden appearance of Carol Danvers not only adds to the appeal of Jessica, but it also makes Danvers seem that much more interesting to anyone who might not be reading Captain Marvel right now. It would be fun to see Pacheco and Prez work together on a Spider-Woman/Captain Marvel series, but it would be just as fun to see what the two of them could do with a run on Captain Marvel. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Woman (2020) #7

Dec 23, 2020

Pacheco and Perez can start to return to a more Jessica-centric storyline in future issues, having rolled through the punches of a very aggressive mega-crossover event. Spider-Woman #7 offers one of those rare glimpses into what can happen when the right team pops over to the larger universe for a quick adventure before returning to heavier matters when the smoke clears. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #8

Jan 6, 2021

Pacheco and Prezs last issue features a battle with a giant beast. They follow that in the eighth issue with a complex interaction between hero and villain that plays to subtlety without compromising action. Pachecos success with the series has been a product of knowing exactly how to modulate Jess through her world in a way that allows each chapter to build stylistically on the back of the one before it. Jess has come a long way in eight issues. Its fun to see the progression, thanks to some very clever work by Pacheco and Prez.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #10

Mar 17, 2021

Pacheco leaves things in a very resolved state at issue's end. This actually comes across as kind of a daring move on her part as every conflict is in some state of finality. She's clearly writing with confidence here. She knows that she's brought fun and engaging character to the page. Jess has been a great deal of fun. She's more than enough to bring readers back next issue without introducing any cliffhanger to serve as narrative connective tissue to #11. With all Jess has been through, she deserves a bit of a rest.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Woman (2020) #11

Apr 21, 2021

The cover states that this issue is a great jumping-on point! The cover is not wrong. Pacheco has put together the issue like a fun, little date with a woman who is finally back on her feet. Aspects of her life are clearly rendered in a very appealing way the mixes action with drama and comedy almost perfectly. Pacheco and Prez have proven to be a really good team in the series thus far. This issue gives the artist and writer a chance to connect with the character outside of the heavy machinery of a long-running plot arc. Its fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #12

May 13, 2021

Pacheco has been doing a brilliant job of bringing a hero to the page who has clearly been through a HELL of a lot already. Shes still got a passion for doing what shes doing without being bogged down in darkness and cynicism. Its a job; she loves doing it; she gets a bit tired. Never enough time with her kid. Pacheco is carved out a really specific niche for Jess throughout the first twelve issues of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #13

Jul 14, 2021

The challenge for Pacheco and Prez moving forward is going to lie in maintaining the momentum that theyve set this issue. The fantastic journey to Wundagore Mountain and an off-planet adventure has settled into a more domestic setting that Pacheco and Prez have done an outstanding job of setting up. Hopefully, everything comes together for the issues to come. Theres been a genuine sense of character progression in story and art that has been really appealing as an ongoing series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #14

Aug 18, 2021

Pacheco has guided Jess through a really lovely run that continues this issue beautifully. Theres a solid sense of progression. Shes not just developing as a character...shes also developing a deeper and deeper understanding of the complexity of her family and all of the problems that echo through a very, very messed-up interaction between people who dont actually know each other all that well. Its fascinating to follow from issue to issue.. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Woman (2020) #15

Sep 15, 2021

Pacheco and Prez are doing some of the most clever superhero work on the comics rack right now. The sophisticated blending of drama, comedy, and superhero action is firmly rooted in the Marvel Universe in a way that makes everything feel that much more integrated. The whole ensemble of characters that Pacheco is working with is fun. In its fifteenth issue, the current series of Spider-Woman feels like its working on every level. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #16

Oct 27, 2021

The pacing of the series. has been a lot of fun lately. Pachecos decision to allow Jessica some time between each issue is quite endearing. Jessicas monthly adventures have lately been playing-out in brief, little episodes that dont directly bleed over from issue to issue. A new Spider-Woman comic is a chance to check in on Jess and hang out with her for another half hour. Shes got a life, a baby, and a babysitter. Shes got a highly complex job. A lot going on. Its cool that shes got a little bit of time for an audience once a month. Its fun. Shes cool.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #17

Nov 24, 2021

Pacheco has taken Jess to a surprisingly diverse set of places throughout the 17 issues of the series. From Wundagore Mountain in Transia to an orbital space station to...Hoboken. It's been a wild ride. Through it all, Pacheco has managed such a satisfying focus on Jess that the craziness of her life feels more like a refreshingly strange character arc than a series of weird locations. There's a remarkably fresh sense of continuity about it all that makes Jess seem much more believable as a human being than most comic book superheroes manage in a decade of regular adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #19

Feb 10, 2022

Things are only going to get weirder as Jess finds herself up against a team next issue. Pacheco has given the long and winding journey of Spider-Woman a vivid structure that builds cleverly on the long, strange history of the character. That she has been able to keep every moment distinct without devolving into an amorphous mass of weird plot elements is a tremendous victory. The 19th issue is one more proof of Pacheco's talent.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #20

Mar 3, 2022

Pacheco and Prez's time with Jess has been great fun for what is fast approaching a full two years. With all the flux and fluctuation in creative teams that superhero books are given to, it's nice to see a really good pair of people reliably bringing solidly engrossing superhero action to the page month after month. Is it silly in places? Absolutely. The reliability of the action and the steady quality in the creative team are quietly producing one of the most endearing series on comic racks today.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Spider-Woman (2020) #21

Apr 6, 2022

A comic book series in the current era doesnt run for two years with the same core creative team if there isnt a hell of a lot of love going on. The issue closes with a farewell to Spider-Woman with closing remarks from the writer, artist, colorist, letterer, and editor. And...yknow...its been really, really fun reviewing the comic book for the past couple of years as well. Its been one of the most reliably good titles on the comics rack for the past couple of years. Its a shame to see it come to a close.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Standstill (2024) #1

Aug 21, 2024

Craven had a single episode of The Twilight Zone to explore the idea of someone who could stop time. It was provocative. Loughridge and Robinson have a whole series to explore it...which MIGHT be too much space to work the concept and still make it appealing. Its a fun opening. Theres a great deal of promise in a series like Standstill, but a whole lot of ways that it could theoretically go wrong depending on how artist and writer decide to execute the series in the months to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Standstill (2024) #2

Sep 28, 2024

The progression of Rykers encounters increases in intensity from the first issue to the second issue. His first major encounter involved tough US outlaw bikers. The second involves dangerous contract killers. One can imagine where things are going in the third issue as the authorities look to close on him with their own tech. It could be interesting to see where things are going. Loughridge seems to have a clean and clear sense of escalation about things that could be fun as the series progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Standstill (2024) #3

Oct 26, 2024

Theres a showdown coming between Ryker and fate, but its kind of difficult to tell exactly where Loughridge is planning on taking it. There is a definite feel of a car wreck waiting to happen that would feel deeply satisfying at the end next issue. The only thing is: this is the third issue of an 8-part series. There are a lot of different directions that Loughridge and company could take the narrative in as the series reaches its mid-point at the end of the next issue. So much could happen with someone who can stop time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Standstill (2024) #4

Nov 24, 2024

Momentum is maintained even as artist switch. The wide the screen orientation of the action continues to work quite well. And there is a lot of forward movement as the momentum continues. The entire thing could play out on more of an 11 x 17 sort of a canvas. it's so rarely that that sort of a format is used becomes a major appeal of the series as it reaches its midpoint.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Standstill (2024) #5

Dec 21, 2024

Things go in a lot of different directions moving forward. That's kind of fun to see exactly how the equation is going to balance out at the end. It's pretty clear that Loughridge and company have a very definite rhythm to the story and a very definite design on exactly how it's going to end. But even knowing as much as the reader does at the end of this issue regarding the ultimate resolution of everything, it's still feels really compelling and really interesting. It's such a clever mutation of ideas that have been around before that. It should be really fun to see everything come to a close in these next three issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Trek: Day of Blood (2023) #1

Jul 25, 2023

There have been A LOT of Star Trek comics over the years. Older series never really managed to capture the feel of an episode as well as the contemporary issues. Day of Blood connects to the Next Generation with such strength that it honestly feels kind of weird that the episode ends where it does, only like...22 minutes into the story. It feels like the story should resume at the end of the commercial break and not...like...a couple of weeks from now as the crossover continues in Defiant #6, which is due out on August 2nd.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars (2020) #33

Apr 6, 2023

The visual reality of the comic is so strongly linked to the films that one practically expects to see those cheesy George Lucas horizontal/diagonal wipe transitions moving between one scene and the next. There have been a lot of attempts to bring Star Wars to comics over the decades. The current series is doing a fantastic job of finding a fusion between screen and panel. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Darth Vader - Black, White & Red (2023) #3

Jun 30, 2023

The limited color format is kind of...in the way of a decent anthology. Its not the colorists fault, though. The format needs to be very carefully approached for it to mean anything at all. Otherwise, it just sort of feels...incomplete. Either make it black and white or full-color. Or have a compelling reason for adding the red into the black-and-white.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #33

Jun 30, 2023

The Sason Temple is a fun idea for a location, and some of what Wong populates it with IS interesting, but like so much else with the Star Wars franchise, it fails to live up to its potential. Aphra continues to be a really interesting and appealing character, but there simply isnt a strong enough story to really make use of her potential. Its fun to see Aphra hanging out with Luke, but the connection should be more potent. There should be MUCH more of a reason for the two characters to meet. The Sason Temple isnt quite the right reason for the crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #34

Jul 24, 2023

Its been quite a bit of fun having Chelli and Luke hang out in a tightly-composed team-up with a few other characters. Writers have a tendency to want to work with a whole bunch of different action figures when someone's writing a Star Wars comic book. Wong keeps it close and cozy, and the resulting two-player adventure with optional droids feels remarkably fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Return of the Jedi (2023): Jabba's Palace #1

Mar 30, 2023

The celebration of the 40th anniversary of Return of the Jedi continues later on in April in a one-shot involving the Ewoks. Its been quite a long time since Marvels last Ewoks comic book. Itll be interesting to see what they come up with for a fresh take on the furry little guys from the forest moon of Endor.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Star Wars: Return of the Jedi (2023): Ewoks #1

Apr 13, 2023

Wong has done an excellent job of writing a huge range of different stories for a huge range of different art styles that all managed to deliver surprisingly different moods, motions, and emotions without ever saying a single actual word. It speaks to a very impressively simple and versatile group of characters who never really achieved their full potential in the 1980s when they were created. In a modern era of endless kawaii-cute adventure characters, the Ewoks continue to show real potential for ongoing adventures in one of the more popular and enduring space fantasy worlds in the history of science fiction.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Star Wars: The High Republic - Adventures (2022) #6

Jun 30, 2023

When they were working on the series, Older and company would not have been anticipating the kind of tremendous lag between issues that they ended up facing. If they did anticipate a long wait for the current issue, they couldnt have come up with a better return to the story than the rush of Issue #6. It almost feels like they planned for the lag. The story glides well from opening cliffhanger to closing cliffhanger with ease and poise. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: The High Republic - Adventures (2022) #7

Jul 7, 2023

The penultimate chapter ends at the beginning of...an assault on a fortress. Its a pretty traditional action trope that is a variation of something that has been done in major movies in the Star Wars franchise on more than one occasion. Its an okay way to end a series. The lack of anything truly new in the course of the series really begins to drag it down in the seventh issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: The High Republic - Adventures (2022) #8

Jun 30, 2023

The lightsaber duel that serves as part of the big final issue is as competently executed as the rest of the series. Its been a fun journey, but its populated by a bunch of characters who dont necessarily seem very memorable. Sav is a pretty fun character to hang out with, but there isnt a whole lot of background on the young Jedi. Only just enough to empathize with her on a surface level as the series draws to a generally enjoyable end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Starfinder: Angels of the Drift #1

Jun 21, 2023

Sutter has established quite a path forward for this series. There are several major plot points that need to be hit in the course of the next several issues for everything to seem reasonably satisfying. Pacing is going to be crucial. If everything moves too quickly, then it's going to feel like too much of a mess. As busy as the first issue is, Sutter has done a really good job of keeping it well-modulated in a very dense first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Starfinder: Angels of the Drift #2

Sep 1, 2023

The series continues to find exciting dynamics for a diverse crew but needs finesse. Sutters story feels solidly pointed in a direction that might be interesting as things progress, but even in the second issue, things are only just starting to get moving. Theres still a lot of potential in the series at issues end. Theres a good chance that Sutter and company could manage. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Stargirl: The Lost Children #2

Dec 21, 2022

Johns and company are playing with intriguing ideas that rest in the margins of the DC continuity. They would hold a lot more impact if the rest of the DC Universe had a little more continuity to it, but the idea of a lost Golden Age feels captivating enough as Johns continues to explore it in the second issue of Stargirls new mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Stargirl: The Lost Children #3

Jan 18, 2023

The mini-series is now halfway through. With all the introductions well and fully handled, Johns and company can go about the business of diving into the heart of the action, which should be a lot of fun. Once things really get going, the storys momentum should kick in and take things in an enjoyable direction moving forward. Theres real potential in the sidekicks getting off the island and moving into the rest of the DC Universe. Johns has done a nice job of making an engaging ensemble that should be fun if they manage to make it beyond the mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Stargirl: The Lost Children #4

Feb 22, 2023

Theres a real sense that Johns is delivering on some of the complexity of the modern DC multiverse in a way that almost seems vaguely intelligible. Its an admirable task that hes attempting. It may not totally work, but at least hes introducing a whole bunch of retro characters that could all theoretically work really well on their own...most notably Jay Garricks daughter--The Boom to his Flash. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Stargirl: The Lost Children #5

Mar 22, 2023

Johnss idea is really interesting at its core. A big group of sidekicks that have been pulled out of time could have a lot of potential if they ever get off the island and enter the mainstream timeline. A contemporary girl working with a bunch of superpowered 20th-century kids to try to get them to adapt? Could be a lot of fun. Right now, its just kind of a mess.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Stargirl: The Lost Children #6

May 10, 2023

A group of superhero sidekicks are lost in time. Its an interesting idea with a lot of potential. Theoretically, Johns could really take it in a fun direction now that the basic action is over. The dramatic implications of the situation would be great fun to explore. Its too bad Johns had the series so focused in on the rescue of the characters to deal with the more fascinating dramatic angles of the premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Starsigns (2023) #3

Jul 12, 2023

Its so very, very difficult to completely start a new superhero universe. Ahmed and Levens make it look strikingly easy by choosing a simple conceptual framework for the action that seems strikingly familiar without enslaving itself completely to echoes and shadows of what has come before. The overall feel of it is actually really impressive. Its a fun concept for action and drama that plays competently across the page. If Ahmed and Levens can maintain their momentum, Starsigns could really turn into something.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Static (2021): Shadows of Dakota #1

Feb 8, 2023

Milestones 30th anniversary feels like its off to a solid start with Static. Next up: the first issue of the Icon vs. Hardware mini-series on the 14th. Then in March, theres the big 30th-anniversary special. The company had such impressive momentum when it started up 30 years ago. With any luck, the company can return in a big way with these three titles. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Static (2021): Shadows of Dakota #2

Mar 8, 2023

Though it may suffer from a bit of an emotional distance, the current Static has a profoundly unique presence on the page that is quite unlike nearly everything else thats currently on the comics rack. The angles and impact of the action feel remarkably impressive throughout both of the issues that have come out so far. The plot is definitely moving in a direction that feels thoughtful and respectably complex. Ayala takes some of the more familiar aspects of superhuman struggle and makes them feel new.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Static (2021): Shadows of Dakota #5

Jul 22, 2023

Static is drawn ever closer to making decisions that he doesn't want to make in an issue that feels a bit like it's stuck in its own gravity. There is little question that the momentum of the plot is going to pick up as the series progresses, but its going to have a hell of a time doing so with its hero being as tortured as he is right now. As heavy as it is, there's a very profound charisma tied up in the whole story. It's very appealing in its own way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Stoneheart (2023) #5

Jul 12, 2023

Kubert is a delightful storyteller. Her unique take on the sword-and-sorcery fantasy genre maintains a focus on the kind of reader-character relationship that could lead to fierce fan loyalty if the series is given enough time to gain momentum into the future. Her perspective and art style are distinctive enough that its not difficult to imagine her rolling with Shayde for years to come. So much of her style and pacing seems reminiscent of Pinis Elfquest. It all feels so warm and comfortable with just the right amount of intrepid adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Stoneheart (2023) #7

Nov 10, 2024

The general momentum of the adventure cotninues to propel itself in an interesting direction as Shayde moves ever forward through the chaos that surrounds her as echoed out from the past. Its all very enjoyable with a powerful character in the center who bears a central mystery that should hopefully end up launching the series in an entirely new direction once her background becomes a bit more clear in the course of the adventure that lies ahead in future issues. Its always a fun trip from one cover to the other with Emma Kubert. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Storm (2023) #2

Jul 8, 2023

Two issues in, and Nocenti seems to be making a strong case for an ongoing series....whether she wants to or not. Storm is one of the more fascinating characters in the X-Men, and Nocenti is carefully adding to the background of Ororo in an era just before Storms powerful and magnetic Lifedeath solo issues of The Uncanny X-Men. X-Men writer Chris Claremont did such a good job of juggling a massive ensemble for that series. Its nice to see a bit of a close-up on a single character from that era. Nocentis chosen the perfect character for that close-up. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Strange (2022) #1

Mar 3, 2022

Some ends of the Marvel Universe have remained relatively flat over the decades. MacKay has a flair for shedding light on overlooked parts of the multiverse. With the first issue of the series, the author shows that hes capable of doing for the Dark Dimension with Strange what he did for Marvels underworld in Black Cat and Taskmaster. Its a fun look into the world of magic in Marvel as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange (2022) #2

Apr 13, 2022

For all its inconsistency, MacKays script DOES further explore a really cool idea with Clea as the ultimate authority of magic in the Marvel Universe. Its got a substantial foundation, but MacKay seems to be moving ahead with it in a way that feels uneven. It feels lopsided with no lead-in to the attack that opens the issue and a long rest scene at the end. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Strange (2022) #3

Jun 4, 2022

Somehow one just knows that Dr. Strange is going to be resurrected all too soon. Given what Clea has been doing these past three months as Sorcerer Supreme, that feels like it will be at least a little disappointing. Cleas adventures thus far have been an appealing blend of mystery and magic that draws fantasy into a world of crime and tech. Its the type of fusion that MacKay had managed so well with his Black Cat series. The hero is dark. The villains are fascinating. Theres a tremendous dramatic weight about it all. Cleas fun. Heres hoping she sticks around for a while.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Strange (2022) #4

Jul 28, 2022

Issues one and four have been the best in the series thus far. What MacKay had been tapping into in the first issue finally slams into the page in the fourth installment with an impressive impact. Once again, Clea feels much more impressive than Stephen ever was...which was something that MacKay had managed to level at the reader in the first issue but hadnt really gotten around to delivering again until the fourth. If MacKay and company can hold onto this energy, Stephen can remain resting in the afterlife for quite some time. His job is covered quite well here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Strange (2022) #5

Aug 24, 2022

Its inevitable that Stephens going to come back to Bleecker Street. MacKay and company are making a strong case for Clea being a major character moving forward. Issue #5 and the four issues that came before it show Clea to be a far more interesting character than Stephen has been in recent years. Even if shes not destined to be Sorcerer Supreme for a great deal longer, it would be really, really cool to continue to follow her after things get resolved for Marvels favorite Sorcerer Supreme.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Strange (2022) #6

Sep 21, 2022

The title of the issue is kind of fun. The Big Spell might be a reference to Raymond Chandlers hardboiled detective novel, The Big Sleep. Given that theres a real sense of loss in the story, it could also be a reference to The Big Chill--the 1980s dark comedy about loss. Wongs investigating the death of Dr. Strange, but hes also mourning his loss in his own way. Its not the type of thing often explored in mainstream superhero comics. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Strange (2022) #7

Oct 27, 2022

Cleas turn in the center of the series seems to be drawing to a close. Its really too bad. The warrior mage from the dark dimension is great fun when shes given a chance to work with Jed MacKay. The writer doesnt even have to do a whole lot with the action around the edges to keep Clea moving appealingly through the series. Dr. Strange is working for Death. This should come across as A LOT more compelling than it does. A lot of the lifelessness of that premise comes from the fact that Clea is as cool as she is. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange (2022) #8

Dec 1, 2022

It would be really nice to see Clea remain in the center of the panel for many, many issues to come, but all it took to knock her away from the spotlight was the sudden appearance of her late husband. This is kind of a disappointment that drags the series a bit for the moment. MacKays Clea is as fun as his Black Cat. A team-up series for the both of them would be irresistible in MacKays hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange (2022) #9

Dec 23, 2022

Again--it really feels like MacKay is leaning in the direction of bringing Stephen back as Sorceror Supreme. Clea doesnt seem nearly as fascinating in this issue as she has in previous issues. It begins to feel like MacKay might even be losing interest in her, which is really too bad as shes been a hell of a lot more interesting than hes been in quite some time. With any luck, MacKay or some other writer can take a closer look at Clea in the months to come before Stephens inevitable return to the center of Bleecker Street.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Strange (2022) #10

Jan 19, 2023

The ending that anyone could have predicted...happens. Its disappointing. Had MacKay done a better job of making the ending justified, it might have felt a bit more impressive. The emotional end of the series DOES have a rather nice resonance by the end of the final issue. Its just not very satisfying. Clea has been such a fascinating character throughout the series. Its been a lot of fun having her at the center of her own adventures. Too bad things had to return to normal quite as quickly as it has.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Summoners War (2023): Awakening #3

Jun 28, 2023

Jordan and Claretti advance Rai and Tomas into further mysteries through a couple of big action sequences. Montis colors bring art and script together in a complete package that has a very distinct presence on the page. Rai and Tomas continue to be interesting characters moving through the end of the third issue of the series. The plot doesnt have a whole lot going for it beyond the central adventure, but it doesnt really need anything more. Its a fun ride. Any attempt at turning it into anything more than it is would encumber the fun, breezy action.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Summoners War (2023): Awakening #4

Jul 28, 2023

Jordan is beginning to ramp up towards the climax of this particular series. It's going to be interesting to see the way it all comes together. Once things have settled down into a more intelligible fashion, the ensemble should hit the page with suitable flare. As of right now, it's all kind of a mess. But that's kind of the nature of battle, isn't it?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superboy: The Man Of Tomorrow (2023) #3

Jun 21, 2023

The specific novelty of Superboy working with a group of adventurers could wear off in a few issues if Porter continues to take a manga-inspired approach to the ensemble. The writer is clearly telegraphing plot points issues in advance...and those plot points dont seem to be all that interesting. Hes going to have to find a fresh approach to old sci-fi ensemble tropes if hes going to continue to navigate relatively fresh territory with this particular Superboy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superboy: The Man Of Tomorrow (2023) #4

Jul 12, 2023

The casual brutality at the end of the issue is a bit intense. Its understandable, though, given the fact that its the end of the fourth issue of a six-issue mini-series. Porter has to end Act Two with a big hit to the hero that will be completely resolved by the end of Act Three in issue #6. Theres a death in this issue, though, that hits like a hammer and almost seems to come out of nowhere. Porter didnt have to do that, but the effect is actually really impressive. Lindsay does such a brilliant job of framing that death. Its a powerful moment that serves as one of the more powerful single events in the series thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2016) #22

Oct 13, 2018

Andreyko and company are developing a genuinely distinctive kind of fun here between Supergirl, her axe, and her dog. Theyre treating her dog and the axe as other characters, and it lends an enjoyably offbeat tone to the action heroine. Itll be interesting to see if Andreyko and company can maintain the pleasant novelty of the series once The Killers of Krypton storyline draws to a close.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl (2016) #23

Oct 15, 2018

The story Andreyko and Maguire are delivering here has great potential. With Supergirl now on a quest across the universe, she could be on a journey all over the place. This could be a really refreshing tour through the cosmic end of the DC Universe that might touch on everything from the most popular stuff to the most obscure, as well as a very emotionally engaging journey into the alien end of the universe with Maguires art.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Supergirl (2016) #24

Nov 14, 2018

Supergirl #24 might be a bit of a letdown after the last 3 issues, but the story continues to propel forward through a dull space western chapter under the power of a distinctly appealing take on the lead character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Supergirl (2016) #26

Jan 16, 2019

The spacefaring super heroine is looking good in her 26th issue. Andreyko may be keeping the pulpy space fantasy milieu rolling for now. The tour of the cosmic end of the DC Universe continues to show promise. Supergirl has been paired with interesting allies and contrasted against equally interesting enemies. If DC can pair Andreyko with a steady artist who can accomplish the dynamic balance of Maguire and shell continue to be appealing for a long, long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Supergirl (2016) #27

Feb 13, 2019

Everything else aside, Andreyko advances Supergirl in a really engaging coming-of-age story here. She has gone into deep space in order to get answers and maybe a little bit of revenge, but after the events of this issue shes seen the anger within her and backed away from it. Given the right finesse, Andreykos treatment of Supergirls character development could turn into something interesting by the time she eventually returns to earth.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2016) #28

Mar 11, 2019

Theres a lot of potential in a story that pits Supergirl against monstrous mutation of herself. And while Andreyko and company find exciting ways of delivering the horror of that action to the page, the overall execution lacks the inventiveness that could have accompanied an issue like this. That being said, the inner conflict that Kara feels rests entirely at the center of a story continues to come across convincingly.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Supergirl (2016) #29

Apr 10, 2019

A muddled delivery of the rather sudden end to a grand quest is further muted by a substantial amount of exposition. With any luck, Andreyko and company are adjusting for a new direction with one of DCs most iconic superheroes. This issue, however, lacks the kind of impact it really needed to have to live up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Supergirl (2016) #30

May 8, 2019

Andreyko finally delivers an end to the multi-part story that has a perfect sense of drama, action, and pacing. The only thing that keeps it from being nearly as good as it SHOULD have been is the fact that Andreyko seems to have been rushed to get to this point in the story. There was real potential in a quest like this rolling through a couple of years. As it is, the resolution here feels rather abrupt when taken in the context of a story which really SHOULD have been longer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2016) #31

Jun 12, 2019

Theres a lot the bursts out of the action in this issue thats been built up throughout the past several issues. The journey to reach this point in Supergirls life hasnt been a very smooth one, but Andreyko and company bring it to the page in a way that would feel clear and dynamic even to those who havent been following the story all that closely in recent months. Given all thats happened in the past six issues, thats actually quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl (2016) #32

Jul 10, 2019

Andreykos story has been lurching through the first half of the year, occasionally coming across with brilliance and sometimes feeling strangely dull. With this issue, Andreyko regains a sense of power and impact about the series that will hopefully launch it in a good direction for chapters to come. Maguire really aids the series. He seems to have a much better grasp of how to bring Andreykos story to the page in a way that feels interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl (2016) #33

Sep 4, 2019

With Karas space adventures having come to a close, Eduardo Pansica takes over the art for the next few issues. Andreyko remains the writer, but the distinctively satisfying pairing with Maguire will be missed as Kara makes a steady path for a meeting with the Year of the Villain crossover in issues #35.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2016) #34

Sep 18, 2019

With all of the various elements that are coming into play. It feels as though a truly coherent theme and direction for the series will have to wait until the end of the current Tear of the Villain mega-crossover. For the time being, Kara feels every bit as lost as the series shes in. So it doesnt feel at all incongruous with its central character even if its kind of uneven.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2016) #35

Oct 12, 2019

Its standard offworlder/earth people superhero/super-villain stuff. Nothing terribly new here, but Kara feels aggressively heroic in a very admirably-executed example of the type of stuff that has been floating and flowing through the superhero genre for decades. Andreyko and Pansica continue to do Kara justice even if she seems to be searching for something more defining...the way she always has. The long sought-after brilliant Supergirl story is out there. Andreyko appears to be getting closer to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Supergirl (2016) #36

Nov 22, 2019

Supergirl has been thrown around quite a lot by crossover events this Year. This Year of the Villain thing hits her particularly hard, so its easy to see why she would do what she does at the issues end. Other than that one dark final moment, this issue is an awkward, silly narrative shuffle. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl (2016) #37

Dec 12, 2019

Houser and Stott have made a really solidly entertaining opening for their run on Supergirl. Having opened with a very compelling emotional exploration of Karas darker side, it will be interesting seeing what they can do with her once the infection fades as it presumably will in issues to come. Decades after her first appearance, Kara still has great potential to explore new territory. The inconsistent quality of the past years has failed to live up to that potential. Houser and Stott clearly show that they can do some great work with the title, as evidenced by this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Supergirl (2016) #38

Jan 8, 2020

Houser manages a solid chapter in the life of Kara. Its not terribly novel or interesting stuff, but it IS fun to see Wonder Woman confront a rogue hero infected with evil. From dialogue to action to execution, theres little in this issue that would have felt out of place 10 or 20 years ago. It may not feel very new, but that doesnt keep it from being fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Supergirl (2016) #39

Feb 19, 2020

The multi-issue Wonder Woman crossover is proving to be the perfect approach to Supergirl-as-super-villain. Her brief encounter with Batman and Superman at the beginning of her current journey didnt have a strong enough emotional component to make much of an impression. Wonder Womans specific flavor of altruistic compassion makes for a very meaningful contrast against super-heroism gone wrong. Supergirl #39: Im the Bad Guy Part 3 is one of those rare instances where the weight of a superhero crossover is more or less equally shared between both heroes. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Supergirl (2016) #40

Mar 26, 2020

As an evil Supergirl, Kara isnt really exploring terribly new ground here, and there isnt a whole lot of depth to what shes doing here. Its too bad as a more intricate and sophisticated conflict between Wonder Woman, and a dark Supergirl could have been interesting if it had been cast in greater complexity. Without an engrossing emotional journey for Supergirl, Wonder Woman doesnt have a whole lot to work with. She carries so much of the emotional weight of the issue, but she shouldnt have to do so.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Supergirl (2016) #41

Jun 6, 2020

There may not be a lot going on in this issue, but Houser and Stott do an admirable job of sketching out a moment in Karas psyche. Its a moody lead-in to what will likely be a much more substantial story next issue with the meeting thats set-up at issues end. The rhythm of the story could have led to that meeting in a much more compelling way if the pacing had just a bit more punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Supergirl (2016) #42

Jul 8, 2020

There was a rumor that Supergirl was easy to kill-off in' 85/'86's Crisis on Infinite Earth due to the character's disappointing performance in a big-budget Hollywood movie in '84. Decades later, this series may be that much easier to cancel in light of the long-running TV series flagging ratings. It's too bad. There is a great deal that can be explored on the comics page. It's challenging to look out over this series's history and those that have come before it and not feel like there's a great deal of potential that simply hasn't been realized in decades of Supergirl comics. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2016) Annual #2

Nov 30, 2019

Its a fun novelty to see Kara before the tragedy that would come to define her life on Earth. The menace of the reality of whats going on isnt nearly as strong as it should be to deliver the darkness that launches this issue into the next chapters in the life of Supergirl. Theres so much more that could have been delivered in a look back at Karas earlier life.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #1

Jun 16, 2021

Ruthye is a compelling character, but King knows full well that the central appeal of the story is the title character. His characterization of her is a great deal of fun. Any series that opens with a drunken Kryptonian on her 21st birthday is going in the right direction right away. When the emotional hammer hits at chapter's end, its all too apparent the King knows exactly what hes doing with this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #2

Jul 21, 2021

With the story already 25% over at the end of issue #2, King has quite a bit of ground to cover before the two characters are fully resolved in their journey. Hes got some time, but timing is going to be a huge factor in getting everything to develop as slowly as it is and still resolve by the end of the eighth issue. Evelys art seems perfectly matched with the pacing and the strange setting of a dusty interstate journey that just happens to be taking place in deep space. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #3

Aug 18, 2021

Elsewhere Lopes paints the sky around Maypole with a gentle dazzle. The big-sky, small-town story could easily have come from an old cowboy story. The space western feel of the story thus far would feel overpoweringly silly were it not for meticulous work on the part of King, Evely, and Lopes. On a surface level, its a story that could have fit in just about any other genre setting. On a nuts-and-bolts level, this story wouldnt have to happen in the company of Supergirl. King and company are bringing it to the page in a way that wouldnt feel quite at home anywhere else. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #4

Sep 22, 2021

The journey of Supergirl and her companion has already been so many different places. Its difficult to imagine whats going to happen in the second half of the mini-series as the journey thus far. Kings pacing has been impressively well-thought-out to this point. A slow and steady journey to find the killers turns a major corner next issue. Itll be interesting to see how Supergirl handles the brigands who are as close as the next major planet at issues end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #5

Nov 17, 2021

A big part of Kings genius with this series lies in the fact that anyone chapter could stand alone almost perfectly on its own. Each one is its own self-contained story that rests in a larger context of a much bigger plot. A series like this could easily run for MUCH more than the eight issues that have been allotted for it. The travels of Kara and Ruthye are satisfying on quite a few levels. Thankfully, a few more issues are left to carry us through much of the coming winter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #6

Dec 22, 2021

Supergirls origin has been covered countless times over the decades. King finds a way to tell it again that adds to it...and adds to the intensity of it immeasurably. Siegel and Shuster had a pretty good idea with Superman. Otto Binder improved on that idea with Supergirl. King finds a way to make that story infinitely more badass in a very appealing and emotionally gripping narrative thats accompanied by some very, very beautiful artwork that closes out the third quarter of an eight-part series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #7

Jan 19, 2022

King has accomplished quite a lot with Evely in the course of what has been, to this point, a very, very satisfying mini-series. It will remain to be seen whether or not the final issue manages to wrap up her everything in a way that will meet a final and truly satisfactory conclusion to the whole plot. There have been some extremely powerful moments in the series thus far. King has done some remarkable things in his time with Kara. She has achieved a kind of breathtaking complexity in very sparse moments that have rendered quite an impact.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #8

Feb 16, 2022

As a story, the eight issues of Supergirl - Woman of Tomorrow make for a deep and weirdly concise look at loss, love, murder, anger, and retribution. Theres one hell of a lot going on in the series, but Kings conclusion almost feels too tidy in the uneasiness of its own ending. It almost feels like the whole thing would have been better-served ending five pages early before its final scene. It poses more problems than it solves. Better to end it on a distant beach with the three central characters and the resolution in the heat of the moment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: The Last Days of Lex Luthor (2023) #1

Jul 28, 2023

Clearly, Waid is going somewhere with this. And it probably is a lot more interesting than it seems by the end of the issue. The problem is that with technology being what it is in the DC Universe, it feels kind of unlikely that things would go off the way they do at the end of this issue. It just doesnt feel all that believable. That being said, so much of the basic dynamics of the dramatics that are being delivered to the page actually work quite well. Its just really hard to look at it with fresh eyes without knowing all the history thats gone down with these two people.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Swan Songs (2023) #1

Jul 5, 2023

Prince and Simmonds have put something together that has a kind of purity rarely granted to an end of any kind on the comics page. There have been a lot of ends of the world in a lot of different comics, but theyve always been marred by the trivialities that come from ongoing series or the restless introduction of every new beginning. Prince and Simmonds open their series on the end with a simple, open embrace of the end of the world. Its kinda cool.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swan Songs (2023) #3

Sep 12, 2023

It's the end of the world. Again. And it's fun to explore just a little bit more. However, it doesn't seem to add a whole lot to questions posed by the end of humanity. There is no whole lot of insight into what's being developed in this story. It's just a really fun end-of-the-world story. And maybe it doesn't need to be any more than that. But one can't help but get the feeling that maybe there is something deeper that could have been developed out of the story if Prince could have found something a bit more inventive.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sweetie: Candy Vigilante #1

Oct 12, 2022

The issue goes from weird to weirder. Its almost transcendently surreal by the end. Energy like that could go really interesting places if its allowed to grow, but its far too easy to underestimate the potential of a character like Sweetie Candy, so it seems more or less certain that shell never live up to what she could be. Still...its nice to have a first issue and the possibility of more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sweetie: Candy Vigilante #2

Nov 2, 2022

Cafiero, Zornow, and Ivory have something here. Its provocative without being remotely deep. It carries a mood with such a bizarrely distinct style that its kind of difficult to look away from it. After two issues, it IS a little easier to see where things are going in the series than it was at the end of the first chapter. Cafieros world is so weird that there remains a feeling that anything could happen going into the third issue. If she can keep the title character from showing up for the bulk of the second issue, she can do almost anything with it. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Sweetie: Candy Vigilante: Vol. 2 #3

Jun 26, 2024

The plot seems to be running in a pretty predictable direction. The villain is plotting against Sweet as she makes the next move in her enterprise. There IS a kind of an appeal in the overall direction that things are moving in, but its not enough. Sweety and her entourage do a pretty good job of locking-in interest as the current series continues through its third chapter. Its been a lot of fun so far and theres still a great deal of potential in the overall idea, but Cafiero seems to be weighing-down the page in too much dialogue to keep everything moving with the right amount of interest.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Sweetie: Candy Vigilante #4

Aug 30, 2024

Though shes obviously just a play on more popular characters, Sweetie has real potential to be something much more. Theres something to be said for the power of commerce in a world that is so obsessed with instant gratification. Caffiero doesnt really harness anything in the story that feels like its speaking to anything larger than a cheesy political drama. Sweetie could easily meet some of her potential without doing anything terribly deep. Even a shallow action story would be preferable to what Caffiero is doing with the series.  Its generally fun, but it could be a lot more than it is. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sweetie: Candy Vigilante #5

Nov 1, 2024

There are a lot of ideas to develop around the edges of the action. The specific blend of magic and science seems kind of fun, and it would be really interesting to have it integrate better with this lol the adventure. This will be particularly easy as some of the technology being explored is that which only works on villains. Its a clever idea for an explanation for this sort of thing. It wouldnt be difficult to integrate that into the action, directly and more of a direct adventure that didnt realize so heavily on exposition.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sweetie: Candy Vigilante #6

Jun 21, 2023

Were there a little bit more of a contrast between the hero, the setting, and the conflict of the plot, the series could be really appealing on a whole bunch of different levels. As it is, however, there simply isn't enough of a connection between the visuals and the darkness of the story. There needs to be more of an integration to provide the kind of disconnect needed to make this story really feel all that coherent. Its fun, but theres a feeling of disconnect between Sweetie and the multiple homicide that still hasnt become totally clear as of the end of the sixth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Tales of Syzpense (2023) #1

Jun 21, 2023

The two features couldnt possibly look much different. The contrast between the two of them makes Tales of Syzspense one of the more unique-looking books to come out so far this year. Both of them seem to have been pulled out of some weird, dreamy, retro corner from a Silver Age that never really existed. Its fascinating stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tales of the Titans (2023) #1

Jul 24, 2023

The Hales do little to advance the personal growth of Starfire. However, the one-shot in question does continue to explore the general appeal of a character that has never really been given the right venue for her distinct power and personality. The story present in the first issue of this new series is fun, but it's too much of an echo of what's come before it to make much of an impact in and of itself. The concerns of Starfires family are entertaining enough, but theyve been solidly explored before. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Tales of the Titans (2023) #2

Sep 1, 2023

Howard does an excellent job with a reluctant hero. Carlinis work is breathtaking. Theres no reason they cant work together on an ongoing Raven series. Ravens a difficult character to hit just right, but Howard and Carlini have done an excellent job hitting all the right points in a standalone Raven story. She thinks of herself as a Titan. Itd be interesting to give her a bit more room on her own...get the character out of her comfort zone just a bit more to explore her in greater depth.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Taskmaster (2020) #1

Nov 11, 2020

Given how well the opening issue feels, it's kind of surprising that Marvel hadn't thought to feature him in his own series earlier. MacKay infuses the character with a sharp swagger that hits the page with a whole lot of appeal. Perez created a hell of a look for the character back in 1980, but it's kind of clutter for any artist to try to work with. Vitti does such an excellent job of making that clutter work in favor of a visually distinct character in a refreshingly fun series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Taskmaster (2020) #2

Dec 16, 2020

MacKay twists the artifacts of a totally mundane slugfest and turns it into something really, really enjoyable. Superman has been around for the better part of a century. Put him in a different costume with a different identity in a different universe, and he's still going to interact in the same way he has in thousands of various conflicts stretching back to the later 1930s. Somehow MacKay has managed to stage a Superman-style slugfest in a way that makes it feel fresh and exciting, courtesy of a charming villain.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Taskmaster (2020) #3

Feb 10, 2021

There's a really good fusion of artist and writer in this series. MacKay knows exactly how far to push the strangeness of the story. Vitti knows just how far to go with the comic end of it all to keep from overpowering the action. It's very precise chemistry that has served the series well so far. Given this creative team's appeal, it's not hard to imagine this being an ongoing companion to MacKay's Black Cat series. The two titles complement each other. Marvel's heroic villains have always been interesting. Give them the right angle, and they become perfect central characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Taskmaster (2020) #4

Mar 10, 2021

The series wraps-up in April with the big finale. Taskmaster. Black Widow. Nick Fury. It's a bit showdown, but it will remain to be seen if MacKay and Vitti manage to wrap things up in a way that's going to be satisfying given how truly open and wild the first four issues of the five-part series have been. It's cool to have Taskmaster's place slowly reveal itself in the course of a given issue. Still, MacKay and Vitti will have as hell of a time getting the overall series to come together in a fifth issue as they haven't done a lot of work revealing to the reader the larger picture of the whole series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Taskmaster (2020) #5

Mar 24, 2021

There's really no reason why the Taskmaster can't have an ongoing series. MacKay's only real problem is that the series has to come to a sudden and abrupt end. The series's overall premise could have run for a few years the way MacKay was managing it prior to this issue. The series would have had more of an appealing disappointment if it had been planned for a longer run. Given the right momentum, it could have taken MacKay years to work up to the level of disappointment at the end of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles vs. Street Fighter (2023) #2

Jul 25, 2023

One should not expect a terribly deep story given the fact that it's just a fusion of two highly marketable properties. There isn't anything terribly revolutionary about the way the action hits the page. It's just kind of fun to see an issue that is so dedicated to action for the sake of action. The issue reaches its end, and it doesn't really feel like there's been a whole lot of emotional engagement. But it's been fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
TerrorWar (2023) #3

Jun 21, 2023

Ahmed has found a nice mix of genres. The third issue of the series leans pretty heavily on the cyberpunk end of the equation. It works pretty well, but the ensemble of characters doesnt necessarily come across with a great deal of depth. Ahmed has a major part of the plot to lower into place, and it doesnt allow for a whole lot of interesting characterization in and within the machinery of the plot, but theres no doubt that more personality is coming in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
TerrorWar (2023) #4

Jul 22, 2023

By the fourth issue, the series has finally met its stride. Ghostbusters has fully met Escape from New York, and the two distinct ends of action are working together quite well. Hopefully, the story can find a more distinct voice as the issues progress. Ahmed is tackling a story that is beginning to look like something new and interesting, but its had to crawl through the muck of a whole lot of world-building to get there. The artwork feels well-rendered. The squad-based drama feels like its running on all cylinders. The series can really start to go places in the fifth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The 06 Protocol #2

Nov 26, 2022

As familiar as the overall story is, the specifics of The 06 Protocol are being navigated into some relatively uncharted territory. The distinct fusion between action, intrigue, and....parenting is a fascinating one that should continue to twist and turn in weird ways. Turner has a really interesting direction for everything. Things have started dark. Theyre getting darker by the page. Things are going to get much darker before theres any kind of resolution.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Ambassadors (2023) #1

Mar 30, 2023

DC tried something very similar to this with a mega-crossover back in the late 1980s called Millennium. It stumbled over the weight of the DC Universe and the fact that it was WAY too ambitious to actually live up to what it was trying to do. Millars approach weaves together familiar superhero comic tropes with a basic understanding of 20th-century geopolitical concerns to develop something with real potential to be interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Bone Orchard Mythos: Tenement #1

Jun 21, 2023

Its horror. Its subtle and sinister. Theres going to be some very, very dark stuff thats going to hit the pages of future issues as things progress, but for now, Lemire and Sorrentino are more than content to let the mood resonate off the page before the shadows take over and plunge everything into darkness. The anticipation of that darkness is SO palpable in the first issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Bone Orchard Mythos: Tenement #2

Jul 26, 2023

And then everybody turns away from the horror and just tries to deal with it. Its weird. The fantasy doesnt work without the mundane. Hell is other people on the inside of the tenement, but theres a whole different hell lurking outside. The real challenge for Lemire and Sorrentino moving forward is going to lie in maintaining the same kind of dichotomy between realistic emotional drama inside and the supernatural hell that rests beyond.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Boy Wonder (2024) #3

Jul 3, 2024

The fact that both of the lead characters are Robins isnt really that much of a focus. Thats remarkably refreshing with a title like this that rests so firmly in the shadow of the Batman...Batman who is a cheap ripoff of The Shadow...so its fun to see a couple of characters emerge from a popular ripoff and emerge into something sharp, stylish and remarkably clever.r

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Cull (2023) #1

Aug 16, 2023

The Cull is completely unlike anything else on the comics rack right now. It flawlessly engages the emotions on a level thats kind of difficult to manage with most traditional comics. Thompson approaches the story with a steady and patient hand as the reality of the terror begins to bleed in around the edges of the panel. The richly textured mood of a thoughtfully-rendered ensemble horror story begins to assemble itself in a promising first issue for Thompson and De Iulis. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Cull (2023) #2

Oct 18, 2023

Having firmly established the overall premise of an intrepid investigation into an alien world, Thompson is moving ahead, very clearly, in a very cool way, into a fascinating new direction or an adventure series. The reader learns a little bit more about the characters as they interact with another world that doesn't appear to be dangerous on the surface but is clearly going to be apocalyptically awful. It's a very delicate kind of brilliance that Thompson's working with.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Dead Lucky (2022) #1

Aug 3, 2022

The basic elements of the story are still establishing themselves at the issues end. Its difficult to tell whether or not the story will develop in a way that feels truly interesting. The basic elements are there in a way that could prove to be interesting in the long run, but its difficult to tell as a terrorist group explodes into view at the issues close. The hero is clear. Precisely what the hero is up against is going to determine the weight of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Dead Lucky (2022) #7

Jul 26, 2023

DL has come a long way in only seven issues. Floress overall pacing feels like it might be moving a bit too quickly, but only because shes gone from San Francisco to Jordan in...seven issues. Theres nothing structurally wrong with Floress pacing over the course of the entire run of the series...but there IS some concern that maybe she might be painting herself into a corner in the long run if things get international as quickly as they have. At this rate, shes going to be fighting aliens on the other side of the galaxy by the end of the year.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Deadliest Bouquet #1

Aug 11, 2022

A serial mystery can be really difficult to maintain a hold on. Deliver too much of the mystery too early, and details become overwhelmingly disinteresting. Deliver too little in the opening chapter, and any reader could lose interest with slow pacing---particularly in a comic book format that IS so closely associated with graphic fantasy. Schultz and company seem to have found a solidly respectable rhythm to the story, but it DOES feel like things are moving a bit fast for the opening. There is little question that there will be a lot of twists and turns awaiting future issues, but it IS possible that too much may have already been revealed in the opening issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Deadliest Bouquet #2

Sep 21, 2022

Schultz, Borelli, and Contrerass world of the three sisters is beginning to become clear. With any luck, the heroic, mysterious women might have to battle the scummy Neo-Nazis who might have killed their mother. Schultz is smart enough to hold the plot at a distance as the personalities of the badass sisters begin to develop. Theres an emotional connection that begins to build between the reader and characters in a very tight fusion between action, family drama, and espionage. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Deadliest Bouquet #3

Oct 19, 2022

The serial has a lot of options open to it as it reaches beyond its third issue. With so many moving parts, there are a lot of places where the story might snag. Flaws may eventually start to fade in around the edges of the story, but Schultz has everything laid out really well. Borellis understanding of page composition follows Schultzs elegantly poised storytelling with a sharp awareness of movement and composition. The series reaches the end of its third chapter with every bit as much of a sense of intrigue as it did at the end of its first.  

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Department of Truth #1

Sep 30, 2020

The premise for The Department of Truth is so simple in its cleverness. The possibilities for fiction in a world of conspiracy at the heart of reality are endless. Tynion's idea is very appealing, but he's going to need an artist with Simmonds' exact aesthetic to bring it to the page in style as the series progresses. There are few other artists working today who could competently bring a drama like this to the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #2

Oct 28, 2020

The first issue in the series established the premise. The second issue delves into Coles personal history with the Satanic Panic of the 1980s. The formatting of the series hasnt fully begun to assert itself yet, but it might be cool if each issue featured a different

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Department of Truth #3

Nov 25, 2020

The first couple of establishing issues were a nice introduction into the world of The Department of Truth. With that firmly in place, Tynion IV and Simmonds can start to explore how different specific events involving conspiracy theories relate to this world. This issue shows a willingness to get into the deeper emotional aspects of how and why people believe what they do. Its remarkably compelling stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #4

Dec 23, 2020

Tynion is skillfully gliding his way through a story that gives just enough plot and characterization to crawl around inside the imagination without overpowering. The narrative text involving the conspiracy is hellishly thick, but its all wallpaper for the central drama that resonates on the page with a haunting pulse. Image maintains the steady beat of one issue of the series per month, but the time between issues feels more and more cavernous as Tynion and Simmonds ratchet-up the tension.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #5

Jan 27, 2021

Tynion and Simmonds are doing a really good job of pacing the story. Investigations into the unknown and shadowy government secrets can be really, really difficult to keep fresh from one episode to the next without over-rendering a moment and answering too many questions. The creative team has reached the fifth issue of this series without making progression feel too slow OR too fast. Its a really well-balanced approach that has served the series quite well so far. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Department of Truth #6

Feb 24, 2021

As poor a fit as Chartiers work seems its not actually bad. And if theres going to be an issue that isnt rendered by Simmonds, it really NEEDS to be an issue that isnt set in the same time and space as the rest of the series has been thus far. Tynion and company have done a fairly good job of lowering a less-than-satisfying issue into an otherwise breathtaking series thats been rolling along with a lot of appeal to this point. With this brief, little flashback finished, it will be interesting to see where things go in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Department of Truth #7

Mar 31, 2021

Tynions better work in the series thus far has been exploring the weird edges delineating conspiratorial shadows, belief, and the drama of human emotion. Very little of what hits the page in Department of Truth feels fresh or original enough to explore an already thoroughly-explored topic with much of any interest. The fusion between the world of UFO lore and the world of the series was going to be kind of a challenge to try to fuse together in a compelling way. Tynion hadnt found a connection between lore and fiction that works. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #8

Apr 28, 2021

Its worth mentioning that this is an improvement over earlier attempts at this sort of serial. TVs The X-Files wasted little time in losing a hell of a lot of coherence in the government conspiracy end of the show. The usual pitfalls of this sort of ongoing serial seem to be solidly avoided in Department of Truth. Tynions challenge is to dive into the mystery in a way that reveals just enough without weaving hopeless convolutions into the story. Tynion seems to have carefully constructed the backstory of Cole, Oswold and the DOT. Its satisfying following a series knowing that the creative team has the mystery well under control.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Department of Truth #9

May 26, 2021

The world of magic in the universe of The Department of Truth should have had a deeper connection than the one that Tynion is managing here. As it is, the author seems to be going over basic lore about magic and occultism that could have been carved together off of Wikipedia. There isnt enough to ground it firmly in the style and attitude of the series to make it feel all that integral to the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Department of Truth #10

Jun 30, 2021

The world that Tynion is building is fascinating. It would really need to dive in to embrace the art a bit more to be totally satisfying in comic book format, but its solidly entertaining as is. Simmonds art really SHOULD be engaged by the script much more than Tynion is allowing for, though. Issue number ten seems to be merely scratching the surface of a strange and mysterious world of existential horror. Given the right fusion, the series could be brilliant. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Department of Truth #12

Aug 25, 2021

So Cole and Hawk are going to Milwaukee in Black Helicopters that only sort of exist. This can safely be mentioned at the end of the review as the revelations in the issue dont really have anything to do with the direction of the series, which ends up being a bit of a problem for it. The central action of the series isnt centrally squared on the main conflicts. The stories that are being told in the text ARE interesting, but theyre not whats going on in the accompanying art, which makes for a bit of a disconnect between text and graphics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Department of Truth #13

Sep 29, 2021

There would be a million ways to draw the story closer to the art. Tynion is constructing a really impressive plot, but it's largely just an outline. There are only a couple of moments in the issue that aren't stories delivered entirely in text. It's a real disappointment as the plot IS interesting. It's just too bad, so much of it is cluttering-up dialogue balloons.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Department of Truth #14

Dec 1, 2021

The fusion between art and story has reached a really nice balance in the story of the red womans origin. She really IS the most fascinating character in the series thus far, and its a profound accomplishment on the part of Tynion that she remains appealing even with some of the mystery of her identity cast aside. Its nice to see her energy come to life in a rarely-explored end of occult history that makes an appealing appearance in the series. There are so many different angles for Tynion to explore even after the first fourteen issues. Its nice to see Tynion casting a gaze in the darker corners of conspiratorial mystery. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #15

Jan 12, 2022

Any fictional exploration into the lore of unexplained phenomena is going to have a hell of a time being anywhere near as interesting as the phenomena itself. Tynion and company once again bring something interesting to the page that can only be brought forth in a fictional treatment. It may not be as fun or fascinating as the real thing, but Tynion is telling a thoroughly enjoyable story that is quite in tune with its own strengths by the fifteenth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Department of Truth #16

Feb 23, 2022

There is a way to tie in protests with assassinations and the psychedelia of the 1960s that would have delved further into a fusion between horror and social consciousness. Tynion Lightly trips through vague references to many different things In an issue that plays out like a faintly haunting hallucination. The chapter couldve been more. Its too bad Tynion couldnt find the right edge to the fusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #17

Mar 23, 2022

The nonlinearity of the series seems to be working at its advantage as Tynions take Continues towards the end of the first half of its second year. Finally, readers get some sort of a story that may or may not be the actual origin of the organization referred to in the title. This far end, it almost feels like other series starting again but in a completely different direction with a completely different past. And yet theres nothing in this issue that specifically contradicts anything mentioned in the past. (Not really.) One of the more provocative issues in the series regards One of the more absurd conspiracy theories. It has been pointed out that vastly more resources wouldve been needed to fake the moon landing. It wouldve cost a fortune to do on a soundstage in the late 1960s what it cost relatively little to do on the moon. Despite the silliness, the creative team managed to make it work.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #18

May 25, 2022

Heavy conversations between people who know more about current events and the truth? This tends to be the type of thing that works better with actors. In the course of the 18 issues of the series, Tynion, Simmonds, and company have solidly delivered a story that has a very distinct pulse and mood that wouldnt feel quite right in any other format. Adapted for stage, screen, or podcast, Department of Truth wouldnt quite have the same resonance it does on the comics page. A great deal of that has to do with Simmonds specific vision, which works quite well in the 18th issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Department of Truth #19

Jun 29, 2022

Its an interesting angle, but Tynion is going to have to do something a bit more fresh and interesting soon if the series is to maintain the kind of appeal its managed to largely hold on to over the course of its first year-and-a-half or so. Its interesting stuff, but its difficult to tell quite exactly where all of the pieces are moving as the story of the D o T continues to wind its way across the page. For the time being, Tynion and Simmonds continue to work in the rich atmosphere of a very appealingly paranoid mood.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #20

Aug 24, 2022

The weirdness of the series twists. It says a lot about The Department of Truth that even the most direct description of the plot ends up feeling like a smokescreen for whats actually going on in the series. Enterprising fans of the series could point out a million ways that Coles husband is being lied to, even if it IS meant to be a straightforward review of whats been revealed so far. This is strange, strange stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Department of Truth #21

Sep 29, 2022

There is SO MUCH to explore with respect to paranoid conspiracy theory. The rate at which Simmonds is introducing elements almost seems as random as the order in which they appear on the page. Theres a wild sense of disorder about it all, but long-running narratives that explore this sort of thing DO run the risk of becoming a big, hopeless mess as the episodes continue. Tynion DOES seem to have a very distinct idea for the flow of action and exposition, but a big part of the appeal of the series lies in the sense of madness and chaos that rest at its heart. As of the 21st issue, everything seems to be well-balanced. Its a tricky balance, and Tynion is managing it quite well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #22

Nov 26, 2022

The Department of Truth ends its current story arc on a cliffhanger. The final pages announce that The Department of Truth will return. Time will tell where the story is heading, but Tynion and Simmonds definitely seem to be going in a direction that could change the way that the world of the series operates. The world outside our window element of the series will fade away as things shift for the series, which could make it a bit more of a dark fantasy than something altogether more horrifying, but time will tell.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #24

Aug 1, 2024

Theres a WHOLE lot for The Department of Truth  to cover with respect to the nature of truth and popular consciousness. Tynion, Simmonds and Bidikar are cutting a very narrow path through the darker ends of the 20th century in ways that continue to be compelling. Its not certain how much longer they can keep this up, but its deliciously dark fun so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #25

Sep 11, 2024

Tynion and Simmonds seem to be circling back a bit on the essence of what theyve been moving through in the early going of the series. Its fascinating to see the story weave itself in and around itself as the fictions on the page articulate with the fictions of history. Its fascinating stuff that could translate well into other narrative forms off the comics page. Thankfully, Simmonds does a breathtaking job of rendering visuals the keep the more abstract nature of everything firmly anchored into page and panel. It continues to be very well balanced. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Department of Truth #26

Oct 18, 2024

As Tynion continues to develop all of the edges and corners of the DoT universe, it becomes more and more apparent that he would have the opportunity to explore quite a lot with respect to popular perception, and what reality is. Theoretically, it would be interesting to see him, pull forward through into the era of the Internet, and beyond in a more detailed fashion. But theres so much about the history of pop, culture and popular perception. That would be interesting to explore from the 20th century. It will be interesting to see him take his time with this story, though.. Hollywood in the 1960s kind of has it coming.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Department of Truth #27

Nov 24, 2024

The Department of Truth. Marilyn Monroe. Its kind of a fun two-shot story. A quick, little dance between major movements of a much larger series. There might have been more of an impact in the series if Tynion had managed to take Marilyn a bit closer to thee center of the main storyline, but its fun to see the author take it in a direction in which it might have a bit more of its own gravity. Maybe thats the best thing for Marilyn under the circumstances.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Deviant (2023) #7

Aug 7, 2024

The investigation continues. The Twin Peaks, Silence of the Lambs, Fargo sort of a fusion that Tyrion seems to be reaching for is satisfying enough. There isnt a great deal of insight into the natural of homicide and the human condition, but its rich and moody. When the story is finished, it might be a great deal of fun to read on some day in late December in and around the holidays.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Deviant (2023) #8

Oct 2, 2024

Its weird that the indicted murderer would have mentioned that he had had a P.O. Box at a pack and ship place off of North Avenue by the Oriental. Thats strangely specific for something that would also be...wrong. Theres no such place in that neighborhood. Tynions dialogue feels natural enough about it, though. Hes done such a convincing job of making the thing seem convincing on so many levels that its easy to take that kind of detail for granted. Its just that good.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Domain (2024) #1

Jul 12, 2024

The actual story itself doesnt seem to have a whole lot of momentum to it in spite of Zdarskys best efforts. The overall mix of early era Spider-Man and Star Brand and...the Captain Marvel family and so much more...its all kind of tedious in and of itself, but Zdarsky does such a good job of making the characters likable and relatable that it would be difficult not to feel emotionally invested in the characters. You almost kind of feel sorry for them having to worry about the government and the whole alien invasion thing thats going to be coming next issue....

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Domain (2024) #2

Aug 14, 2024

Zdarskys work isnt terribly original, but it would really thrive if it was a part of a larger universe. Similar alien tech heroes like Green Lantern, Star Brand, Power Pack have done quite well in the context of larger universes with much more going on. As it is...just having this particular group of heroes being chased-down by various people looking to wield the power is...lacking in a whole lot of momentum. Two issues in and it already feels a bit weak moving into the third issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Domain (2024) #3

Sep 11, 2024

The work is remarkably fresh for something that feels a bit like a cheesy cross between The Greatest American Hero, Star Brand and...maybe The Terminator. Zrarsky and company are playing with tropes that have been kicking around the medium for decades. Theyre doing so in a way that feels distinctly new. Theres a remarkably strong narrative voice thats echoing through the pages of the first three issues of the series that feels refreshing without completely reinventing the genre. Its fun and its affecting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Domain (2024) #4

Oct 18, 2024

Zdarsky and Stott are making a really good case for what could be an ongoing series. The five issues of this series seem like a really good sales pitch for what could be be a very long-running series. And theres a lot of potential in and around the edges of the ensemble and a basic premise of the power of.The Domain that could be a lot of fun to explore under the right circumstances. As it is, its been kind of interesting little experiment that could become something unique given the right momentum. That momentum could take a while to develop, but its been a great deal of fun so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Domain (2024) #5

Nov 14, 2024

The basic pieces that the creative team is working with our well-worn. They're playing with these toys in a way that actually kind of fun. one does not have to do all that much in order to get them to do things that hadn't really been done before. And so although it's largely very familiar, there are certain elements ofThe Domain  that feels quite new and interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The End (2020): Doctor Strange #1

Jan 29, 2020

It would be nice to see these to work on something that wasn't marketed as being as immense as this is supposed to be. This is the end of a major character. They're trying to bring to a close a series character with a life that's been going on for over half a century already. Granted, he will live on for decades or at least as long as Marvel does. But the idea of giving him a final adventure set in the far future really deserves some great final mystery as the character dives into the heart of the unknown. Williams' story is good, but it doesn't suit the end of such a powerful character. Given the right twist, these two would be really interesting together working on an entire series set in Doctor Strange's cyberpunk future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Forged (2023) #3

May 24, 2023

Highly trained, star-faring, high-powered military personnel have been fighting strange armies of inhuman ETs since Heinleins 1959 novel Starship Troopers...and likely before that in some of the earliest pulp sci-fi stories. Contemporary adaptations have ranged from Games Workshops graphically brilliant, highly successful Warhammer 40,000 tabletop war game (from 1987) to James Camerons hilariously bad 1986 movie Aliens. With Forged, Rucka and Trautmann have perfected the precise blend of humor, action, and horror. It has been a hugely satisfying comic book iteration of the space marines vs. hordes of alien monsters sub-genre.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Forged (2023) #9

Aug 1, 2024

As much as there is going into a single issue of this series, it feels very incomplete. This is the nature of a serial to be sure. However, hey 60 page issue should feel more weight than this. it seems like the whole thing could be edited down or put into a family of related comic books all taking place in the same timeline or whatever. It just feels scattered to be comfortably crammed between the two covers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Giant Kokju (2023) #2

May 17, 2023

Its hard to imagine Duggans story remaining appealing as it crawls its way over to its third and final issue. Honestly, though, theres really no reason why this thing should have been anything other than tedious by the time it hit its second issue (or even...the second half of its first). Duggan is a clever enough satirist that hes probably going to make the comedy work right through the end of the third and final issue. Its going to be kind of a close finish, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
1.6
The Giant Kokju (2023) #3

Jun 14, 2023

There is room for great brilliance in crude satire. Without some consistent level of sophisticated humor in and around the edges of something as crude as The Giant Kokju, it gets pretty weak a couple of pages after the opening and never really manages to redeem itself. There were moments in the first couple of issues that might have suggested something weird and wonderful. Instead, Duggan and Koblish allow the premise and the plot to become weak and disinteresting just as the series is reaching its...uh...climax. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Gimmick (2023) #4

Jun 30, 2023

The Gimmick is kind of easy to overlook at first glance. On the surface, its a silly little wrestling comedy. The intricate relations between all of the characters in the ensemble are deeply engaging. As are the weird angles at which the characters meet. The fact that Shane is now in the company of the daughter of his recent inadvertent victim is...darkly comic and emotionally engaging at the same time. Starer has a gift for finding the right situations to amplify comedy and drama at the same time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Holy Roller (2023) #8

Sep 6, 2024

Its difficult to do an issue like this in a way that feels terribly original or insightful. That being said, its a very familiar sort of a script that feels incredibly comfortable to anyone with even a passing familiarity with the action hero genre. Its fun stuff even if its really obvious where its been and where its going. The hero who gets the hell beaten out of him and keeps crawling back into the path of danger ontinues to hold a great appeal in a world that s seems to constantly be beating the hell out of everyone. It may not be original, but it IS relatable. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Horizon Experiment (2024): The Sacred Damned #1

Oct 26, 2024

The Horizon Experiment in one-shot issues continues to show quite a bit of promise. Image is going a really good job of twisting the expectations on traditional comic book genres by simply switching the leads to be something other than white guys.. Theres a lot of room to explore new ideas from cultures that arent always given the center of page and screen.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Horizon Experiment (2024): The Manchurian #1

Sep 28, 2024

It's really difficult to manage a narrative of espionage and such in a postmodern era. No one has really managed to capture the nature of secrets in an information in a way that would transfer to the page all that well in a comic book format. The Manchurian really has a sharp opportunity to engage in that given the nature of Chinese spy tactics. The fact that he's not actually pursuing it is not necessarily a failure in execution. in the story is internally consistent, and well executed. It is, however, a failure in conception. And that's only a little disappointing given how well everything else is put together.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Hunger and the Dusk (2023) #1

Jul 13, 2023

There isnt much in Wilsons bigger narrative machinery that feels terribly new. Something about the way that shes casting together the two races feels elegant in its simplicity. All too often, sword-and-sorcery fantasy overloads the page with too many unnecessary details. Wilson knows exactly how much the page will hold and doesnt try to cram it with even one element more than is totally necessary to deliver the story. Its a very patient approach for a very promising new series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Infernals (2024) #5

Sep 6, 2024

The Infernals had a lot of potential. Its still really, really difficult to tell whether or not the series lived-up to its potential. Theres such a sense of duplicity about the nature of everyone in the entirety of the story that its difficult to tell quite precisely who was lying and who wasnt as the series draws to a close. Thats part of what makes the series fun, but its also a part of what makes it difficult to really assess even at the end of the final issue. Time will pass. The trade paperback will come out next month. Maybe there will be some form of insight into whats transpired before the series gets its inevitable resurrection in a subsequent series at some point in the future....

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Kill Lock #1

Dec 30, 2019

The basic premise of the series is deliciously simple. The title device takes away all of the usual problems that usually go along with a diverse group of characters who typically wouldnt want to hang out together. Questionable motivations for remaining together are dispatched right away, allowing Ramondelli to dive right into the adventure once the initial premise is outlined. Its a quick intro to what promises to be a really, really fun series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Kill Lock #2

Jan 22, 2020

Yeah...its apparent that this whole thing will probably end with some sort of thing like: The real kill lock was the friends we made along the way, type of thing, but its entertaining to see a group of characters who couldnt be more different gradually coming together. The beauty in Kill Lock is not where its going, but how much fun Ramondelli manages to pound into the journey there. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Last Barbarians (2023) #1

Feb 16, 2023

In limiting the story to the more traditional trappings of standard sword-and-sorcery fantasy, Haberlin and Wall are developing something much slicker and more approachable than Haberlins less traditional fantasy work, like The Marked and Sonata. The idiosyncratic worlds of Marked and Sonata required a far more layered approach to storytelling than Haberlin had managed. By grounding The Last Barbarians in a more traditional fantasy world, Haberlin dives right into the type of story that hes been trying to tell for quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Last Barbarians (2023) #5

Jun 21, 2023

The series would've been a lot more satisfying if it had an additional issue in which to clear everything up at the end. Each one of the characters in the ensemble has an appeal that would have benefited from a little more room on the page before the series closed out. The big final conflict would have seemed much more compelling if there had been more time to build up to it as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Last Mermaid (2024) #6

Aug 30, 2024

On top of it all, there are some beautiful landscapes that are drawn to the page. Kim does some very pretty work with light and shadow that bring a strong sense of atmosphere to the page. Its not often that shadow is treated with such reverence on the page. The visual reality of The Last Mermaid is just as much about the unseen as it is about whats actually apparent there in the desert. Its breathtaking stuff in places. The story is taking its time as it slowly reaches its destination. Theres no telling what theyll find when they get where theyre going. Exciting stuff. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Lonesome Hunters: The Wolf Child #1

Jul 13, 2023

The reality of what Howard and Lupe are going to be dealing with is quite firmly established in the issue-ending splash page. Its an ending that you just know is coming based on the events of the opening of the issue, but it packs a hell of an impact once the visual is finally delivered at issues end. The overall feel of it is pretty remarkable given the fact that it all moves as slowly and moodily as it does. With the conflict firmly in view, Crooks challenge is going to be a matter of finding new ways to present a very familiar cryptid. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Lonesome Hunters: The Wolf Child #2

Sep 12, 2023

Overall, Crooks pacing seems to be the central appeal of the series. Its beginning to become apparent over the course of the series that Cooks story might have taken the space of a single issue written by a less inspired writer. The fact that Crook can keep things interesting at a very low metabolism is quite an achievement in and of itself. The fact that theres as much going on as there is, even WITH the slow pacing of the series,...thats its own kind of genius. Precisely where it is that Crooks going with the series might become a bit of a problem over time, but the first two issues of the series are beautiful.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Many Deaths of Laila Starr #1

Apr 21, 2021

Ram V and Filipe Andrade are a really good team. Its difficult to imagine the story being drawn by a different artist, and its equally difficult to imagine a different writer working with this same premise in quite the same way. The overall idea is weird, but not in a way that compromises an overall sense of tension that could easily serve as the basis for a long-running series if V and Andrade were interested in taking a long journey with Laila. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Many Deaths of Laila Starr #2

May 19, 2021

Laila experiences two deaths in two issues. The years pass, and she returns. The title feels confident enough to suggest that this is likely to be a regular occurrence, possibly at the end of every issue. There's a poetic feeling of myth and magic about the episodic plot's structure that Ram V is working with, aided as he is by some very dreamy visuals brought to the page by Andrade. With the second of five issues, the series is roughly 40% finished. Already it feels like it's moving too fast. It's been such a pleasure so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Many Deaths of Laila Starr #3

Jun 16, 2021

Laila Starr is the main character here, but its really he who will invent immortality, who is the center of the story. Theres a nice sense of duality between story and art and death and the man who will make it obsolete. Laila has lost much of the direction she seemed to have in the first couple of issues. Itll be interesting to see what kind of momentum V and Andrade can summon for her in the last couple of installments of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Many Deaths of Laila Starr #4

Jul 21, 2021

Theres one issue left to go in the series. The big revelation at the end of the issue twists the narrative in an interesting direction which calls into question some of the basic assumptions that Laila might have had about the nature of her situation. The cycle of life and death that the series has been following DID feel like it might have run the risk of becoming repetitious, but Ram V and Filipe Andrade turn things around at the end of the penultimate issue that should keep it fresh for the finale next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Many Deaths of Laila Starr #5

Sep 1, 2021

As it rests outside of traditional narrative conventions in the comics medium, Ram V, Andrade, and Amaro have put together a pleasantly weird fugue of a dream for page and panel. Like many dreams, its got a wispy, ethereal quality that may be difficult to hold onto in a wash of other stories in other forms which present themselves in the future. Though its been a hell of a dream, there isnt actually all that much to hold onto. Starr is an interesting character, but there hasnt been enough in the course of the series to ground her in a compelling reality.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Marked (2019) #1

Oct 16, 2019

Theres a genuine charm in the gimmick of tattoo-based magic in an art school environment. The Art Institute-Meets-Hogwarts feeling of the series is cute enough. Still, the sense of danger and menace circulating around the edges of the first issue is really going to have to build into something more prominent if the series as a whole is going to be satisfying. Its a very appealing first issue in any case.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019) #2

Nov 22, 2019

Having firmly set-up the heroic side of the story in the first issue, Hine and Haberlin deliver the darker end of the villains in a very engaging second issue. The story could go in so many exciting directions from here. The challenge for the creators is going to lie in keeping it interesting and novel enough that it doesn't feel too derivative without diving so far into the novelty that it feels like a gimmick. Hine and Haberlin do a good job of moving things forward in this second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019) #3

Dec 30, 2019

With Liza emerging as a major villain in this issue, its going to be interesting to see where Hine and Haberlin take the series next. There is excellent potential for depth in Liza as shes clearly got an incentive to act entirely on her own in ways that might not be as predictable as the standard super-villain. Shes still figuring things out as she has now found herself in a position of authority. Given the right narrative tweaking with a continued focus on Liza, The Marked could turn into something really provocative.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019) #4

Feb 5, 2020

Hine and Haberlin are bringing a distinctly unique urban fantasy to the page with The Marked. It looks and moves with a style that is unique and refreshing. Simple action mechanics sometimes falter. Action feels flat on the page without any sense of movement, which is odd as the overall momentum of the plot from one page to the next is directed quite well in script and art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019) #5

Mar 4, 2020

The right balance between drama and action might still be somewhat out of reach for Haberlin, but The Marked remains a series of great potential with some really interesting action. At its heart, the idea of magic etched into the flesh of those wielding it remains appealing. The visual reality of that as brought to the page with vivid appeal by Haberlin and Van Dyke.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Marked (2019) #6

Jul 8, 2020

The sixth issue of The Marked forges a refreshing new direction for an art-based world of magic. Hine and Haberlin dont do themselves any favors by casting the series in the course of an artistic medium thats notoriously difficult to bring tot he comics page. Theoretically, things could move ahead in an exciting direction, given the ingenious fusion between Lovecraftian horror and pop music in the issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Marked (2019) #7

Sep 9, 2020

Seven issues in, The Marked is still pursuing a potential that it's not quite reaching. The presence of a literary legend and the strangely rich background of the contemporary fantasy story is really appealing. All the right elements are there. Hine and Haberlin can't quite frame the elements in a way that lives up to their potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019) #8

Oct 7, 2020

Hine and Haberlin direct traffic flow from scene to scene with enough of a change in mood to make this issue feel remarkably well-balanced. The mix of scenes and different kinds of drama and action are reminiscent of Claremont's best work on the X-Men. If future issues can borrow the momentum of The Marked #9, the series could really start to turn into something special.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019) #9

Nov 11, 2020

The issue lands pretty heavily atop a single leprechaun. He seems like a cool guy, and Haberlin does a pretty good job of making the concept of that particular mythical creature seem fresh and interesting. If hed spent a little bit more time on the creature in question in the course of the story, it might have been a bit more satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Marked (2019) #10

Dec 23, 2020

Haberlin is lurching through a hell of a lot of narrative in The Marked #10. There's doubtlessly a lot of ground to cover in what is a very, very large ensemble of characters. If Haberlin and Van Dyke would just spend just a few more panels on each of them, the dramatic elements of the story would gain resonance, and the pacing would come much closer to being perfect. The story of the missing cats is a compelling one. It would have been nice to see it expanded a bit more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Marked (2019): Halloween Special #1

Oct 19, 2022

Its nice to return to The Marked for another 50 pages. The premise for the world of The Marked is fun and stylish. Hine and Haberlin are definitely moving things in a direction that could work on many more levels than the duo has managed thus far. The nearly two years away from the series could have resulted in a fresh approach to the series, but Hine and Haberlin find energy in old rhythms that work as well as they did a couple of years ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Me You Love in the Dark #1

Aug 4, 2021

With the plot and tone firmly established in the first issue, Young and Corona have a chance to move into great complexity in future installments. The big problem with Middlewest was the creative team's difficulty in juggling so many different characters, events, and conflicts. Streamlining that to Ro and the house and the ghost should cut down on that complexity enough to really allow for something beautiful if they can keep the mood rolling into interesting emotional locations and varying paths of the heart. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Me You Love in the Dark #2

Sep 8, 2021

Theres a kind of fearlessness with the pacing of the series. Young and Corona are taking this one very, very slowly, which is a huge improvement over the lurching nature of the type of work that theyd done in Middlewest. Theres no huge ensemble and massive, sprawling world here. Theres one woman...one ghost and one house. And thats all they really need to develop whats becoming a really entertaining supernatural romance.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Mighty Barbarians (2023) #3

Jun 22, 2023

Sword and sorcery fantasy has such a distinct look. Its one of the easiest genres to bring to the page. Send a few heroes on a quest and give them some monsters. Let them have fun. Its a format thats literally been around since the dawn of storytelling. Its also one of the most difficult things to do well. Its a tiny, little indie comic book, but The Mighty Barbarians manages to nail the spirit of fun and action in an impressively satisfying adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Moon Is Following Us (2024) #1

Sep 19, 2024

So theres a lack of contrast between the worlds. Thats not a HUGE problem so long as Rossmo and Johnson are able to deliver the heart of the drama to the page in a way thats going to feel strong enough to carry narrative momentum from one issue to the next in a ten-issue mini-series. In the first issue, Johnson drops the readers right into the middle of a very tense combat sort of a situation...and it can be difficult to get a st ring connection with the characters right away, but things are bound to settle-down with the premise fully revealed by the end of the first issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Moon Is Following Us (2024) #2

Oct 26, 2024

Its an interesting concept that could continue to be a great deal of fun as the issues continue. Theres a powerful sense of action that shoot s across the page. Theres a real sense of danger...even in the gooey weirdness of Rossmos visuals. With all of the basics developed, the series could really fall into a generic high fantasy mode if Johnson and Rossmo arent careful. Its been a lot of fun so far, but it will be interesting to see where Pennys parents go from here. Theres great potential for exploring their relationship and their relationship with their daughter in the weird tableau of her dreamworld. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #1

Aug 3, 2022

Campbell and Shaner have delivered an appealing introduction. Mary is defined with a novel perspective that could really turn into something special. With the right pacing, a four-issue series could put Mary through Freshman year. Subsequent series with the same creative team could see Mary making it through the rest of her undergraduate years in sixteen issues over the course of the next four Autumns. Odds are totally against this happening, but Campbell and Shaner have delivered an interesting enough opening that its easy to want a longer run with the character than the four issues that the cover promises.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #2

Sep 7, 2022

There are lots of little details that make this series feel special. The rabbits description of advanced tech as mach and not-magic, for example, has a concise idiosyncrasy about it that delivers a whole lot more about Mary and her world than most writers longer exposition usually manages. Marys personal journey feels very deep, even though shes only been going through this particular journey for a couple of issues now. Campbell and company have made quite a lot out of 2 brief issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #3

Nov 2, 2022

Campbell and Shaner make The New Champion of Shazam! work on a very social level that keeps Mary close to the reader throughout the action. It would be all too easy to let the action sweep everything away in a more traditional superhero comic. There have been so many instances of young superheroes coming-of-age in comics over the decades, but Campbell and Shaner manage to keep everything feeling so specific to Mary. Its quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #4

Jan 18, 2023

Campbell has set things in motion for Mary. Her powers may not be terribly new or engaging. The distinct personality of an overachieving college girl in the form of a powerful superhero feels compelling enough. Mary has made quite a bit of progress in four issues. Marys development with the writer will continue. Campbell has one more chapter with Mary this month on January 24th in the one-shot Lazarus Planet: Once We Were Gods. Then Mary and Josie face an even bigger challenge in March as the new back-up feature in Wonder Woman #797.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Oddly Pedestrian Life of Christopher Chaos #1

Jun 30, 2023

The first issue actually does a really good job of introducing Christopher, which is all thats really called for in a simple dramatic series. Christopher Chaos makes a firm impact in his first appearance on the comics page. Now that hes done so, its time to start lowering in the deeper conflicts that will come to define him in the issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Power Fantasy (2024) #1

Aug 7, 2024

Wijngaards work is brilliantly muted. Gillens script is cleverly concise...nonchalantly delivering  the surface tensions of a very intricate and complicated new superhero world without all of the nauseating exposition that usually entails. Oh...and designer Rian Hughes did a strikingly clever job on the issue as well. The back cover contains a hell of a lot of fine print in a bewildering array of different languages. The font for that fine print designed specifically by Hughes...who seems to have managed to get Gillen to write a bit of text thats buried in that fine print. Fun stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Power Fantasy (2024) #2

Sep 19, 2024

The X-Men found a really interesting exploration of dangerous superpowers in a real world in the course of its first couple of decades on the page. Alan Moores Watchmen tied that dynamic deeply into the socio-political world of the 1980s. With The Power Trip, Gillen has found a new level of detail that amplifies the dramatic potential of a cerebral super hero story in a way that feels fresh and interesting. Theres life in the genre yet...and its pretty remarkable life that shows a great deal of promise.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Power Fantasy (2024) #3

Oct 26, 2024

Gillen shares a few clever thoughts about his experience working with the series in after the timeline. Hes a sharp wit. Even nice Atom Bombs arent very nice, comes across as one of the better lines in the whole issue and it comes in his closing notes on the issue. Theres such an active conscience and consciousness about the series that feels so deeply engaging on so many levels. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Power Fantasy (2024) #4

Nov 24, 2024

Its clever stuff. The problem is that the story at the heart of the fourth issue isnt exactly compelling in the new and novel way that the first three issues had been. The overall essence of the statement being made by the fourth issue, though...IS powerful. And its interesting. And itll be interesting to see where Gillen and company take things next. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Power Fantasy (2024) #5

Dec 21, 2024

Gillen himself says that his biggest criticism of his own work is its pacing. Hes just trying to cran way too much into every issue and so it can feel rushed. Its a valid criticism. What hes doing might not have the same sense of urgency if it had a better sense of pacing, though. The crazy rush of events that collide on the page feel totally out of control...which is exactly the kind of chaotic energy at the heart of the story. Gillens pacing is a natural outgrowth of the central theme of instability which rests at the heart of the story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Question: All Along the Watchtower (2024) #2

Dec 21, 2024

Between this title Challengeds of the Unknown and the new Justice League comic book, DC is rendering a remarkably cool shared universe that feels deliciously integrated ion a whole bunch of different levels. This is a welcome change of pace from the way things have been in mainstream superhero comics in the past decade or so. Not a whole lot of attention has been paid to overall continuity and the overall quality of both Marvel and DC universe have suffered. Its nice to see DC turning things around a bit with Justice Leagues new Watchtower family of titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Riddler: Year One (2022) #1

Oct 26, 2022

Dano and Subics Gotham is a fun place to visit. The captivatingly bleak life of Edward suggests an enjoyable and potentially engaging dive into the contrast between heroism and villainy. Precisely what it is that makes one person a hero and another person a villain has been explored in great depth on the comics page over the decades. It never ceases to be fascinating, though. Arguably, its one of the more consistently compelling themes in superhero comics. Dano is clearly taking a fresh approach to it which could turn out to be a brilliant comic book prequel to an exceptionally bad Hollywood movie.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Riddler: Year One (2022) #5

Jun 30, 2023

Dano is taking a chance with an issue like The Riddler #5. Its nice to see alternative narrative techniques used in something that has a strong connection to the mainstream. Theres a poetry to it thats a lot of fun to follow. It doesnt necessarily provide the kind of insight into the character that might make for a more meaningful journey. Theres something about the Riddlers obsession with trivia, details, and raw information that would seem to be a lot more interesting if it was explored with the kind of clinical depth that would reveal a bit more of Edwards condition. A more straight-ahead look at the writings and ramblings of Edward might not have the visual punch that Subic is bringing to the page, but MANY more details would be needed to truly dive into the psyche of a trivia-based maniac. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Rocketeer (2023): In The Den Of Thieves #1

Jul 22, 2023

The kinetics of the action and the warmth of the drama are more than engaging enough to launch the series forward into its second issue. Its been a great deal of fun so far...and it almost seems to more or less be a story that picks up right at the end of Dave Stevens original series, which ends up feeling like a smooth transition for anyone who might have only been familiar with Cliff, Bettie, and Peevy from Stevenss original work. Mooneys style feels similar enough to Stevenss that everything seems to fit together remarkably well between Den of Thieves and a series that had originally appeared on the racks of comic shops decades ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Rocketeer (2023) #1

Jun 1, 2023

Theres no question that the Rocketeer could easily land in his own long-running series. The swashbuckling adventures of a guy and a rocket pack could work so well in so many different types of action from the 1940s. Stevens never really had the opportunity to bring the character the kind of long-running adventures that he might have deserved, but its nice to see other people take another look at the character a few decades after his big debut back in the early 1980s.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Rocketfellers (2024) #2

Dec 21, 2024

And it can be really impressive to see it come together. The sci-fi level fish out of water sort of a comedy drama does have its appeal. However, this sort of thing has been done quite a bit before on quite a few different levels in quite a few different formats. So The Rocketfellers still trying to find. Something distinctive, that could work for a substantially new feeling as things move forward. As it is, but she really feels kind of like a copy of a copy although the characters are charming enough and enjoyable enough to keep the reader interested.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Sacrificers (2023) #1

Aug 3, 2023

So, the opening issue looks really good. There is clearly a lot of world-building to be done over the course of the series. Remender is taking his time with it. The world rests in the background as the drama of these two families gradually finds its way to the page. So much is seen through the eyes of the two children, even as they are clearly given smaller corners of the narrative at the beginning of a hopefully long and satisfying serial.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Sacrificers (2023) #10

Jul 24, 2024

There are aspects of the basic premise of The Sacrificers that DO approach a fantasy story with thoughtful originality, but the basics narrative structure of the whole series has been built around a time-honored foundation that feels comforting enough to be reassuring, even in light of the grizzly nature of whats taken place in the course of the issue. Its rare that a series manages to hit the ground running with the kind of flair that The Sacrificers has managed. The series hits a particularly high point with its tenth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Sacrificers (2023) #11

Aug 30, 2024

The darkness is encroaching from every side of every panel but Remender and company are doing an admirable job of keeping it from being totally bleak. This is really important as the heroism of the central cast is the one, little gleaming ember of hope in the darkness that keeps it all moving and grabs hold of the reader. Without that little glimmer of hope, it would all be a bit too intense to keep the reader drawn to what is a truly captivating story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Sacrificers (2023) #12

Nov 10, 2024

Of course, this is all process of viewing something that is very, very much a work in progress. And there could be larger things on the horizon, which need to be kept in proportion to what's going on in the issue. It's one thing for mortals to wield the power of the gods. It would be that much more intense to see the actual god wheel the power. So there's probably some need to pull things back a bit just to make sure that it all feels right on a larger scale as the series continues. It's going to be interesting to see how issue 12 fits in with the rest of the series as things progress.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Sacrificers (2023) #13

Dec 21, 2024

Remenders framing of the drama appropriately amplifies everything. It might feel a bit strange in places, but it manages to make its impact quite well. Everything seems so perfectly [placed on the page that it feels like it could almost fall apart if even one line was out of place. Itsbeen very delicate and intricate work throughout the series, but the thirteenth issue has some particularly delicate elements of the story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Sandman Universe: Thessaly #1

Aug 10, 2023

On the whole, it's very sharp and very clever stuff. And powerful forces move around the story in ways that make for some fascinating dynamics. It is a carefully woven story with lots of moving parts that don't seem all that apparent until things wrap up toward the end of the issue. Honestly, it might be one of Tynion's best works in the past couple of years.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Sandman Universe: Nightmare Country: The Glass House #1

Apr 12, 2023

The scummy, reprehensible end of wealthy white-collar life in the US has been explored with much greater depth and insight elsewhere, but the opening issue of the series DOES wield substantial potential as the overall milieu of the series is overflowing with possibilities. Tynion has only to point the narrative in the right direction. Wealthy guys in finance. Demons. Human reprehensibility. Tynions got all of the right elements in play. He just has to find the right direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Sandman Universe: Nightmare Country: The Glass House #2

May 10, 2023

Theres a really good story somewhere in the center of what Tynions bringing to the page. Theoretically, when its finished, the full mini-series could easily be cut down into a deeply satisfying single issue about the central romance between the businessman and the dead girl. As it is, theres simply too much going on that isnt interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Savage Strength of Star Storm #1

May 31, 2023

Craig could drop the interpersonal drama altogether, and the title wouldnt suffer at all. Judging from the intensity of the action and the way Craig directs it across the page, the entirety of the story could rest on action and drama with Grant and the weapon hes wielding. Its where Craigs strengths lie. Focusing on that exclusively would make Starstorm that much more of an original on the comics rack. As it is now, Craigs trying to do a little more than hes capable of carrying with his art and writing. His talent doesnt quite have the range for what hes attempting in the first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Savage Strength of Star Storm #2

Jun 28, 2023

The actual design of Grants suit and the visual component of his powers are cool enough. At the heart of the comic, Grant actually seems like a pretty fun idea for a character. It kind of feels like the story for the comic book might have been cobbled together from Frank Millers Daredevil and Jim Shooters Star Brand and classic superhero teens like Spider-Man, but I mean...it all fits together well enough that Craigs really got something interesting in Starstorm. It just feels weird watching the thing take its first couple of shambling steps in its first couple of issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Savage Strength of Star Storm #3

Jul 26, 2023

Theres SUCH a strange and distinct reality being brought to the page by Craig. It has a language and reality all its own that doesnt quite feel like anything else. The style is really cool in places, but the story is SO derivative of so many different elements in the superhero genre that its kind of difficult to walk away from the substance of the story with any kind of impression at all. Given enough issues, it would be interesting to see where Craig is taking the story, but at the outset, its just kind of a weird visual exercise.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Scorched (2022) #18

May 31, 2023

Lewis and company are working with tropes that all seem to fill the same space they always have. There are countless tropes running through this particular superhero team book. Its actually kind of fun to count all of the things Lewis and company have ripped off of pre-existing comics. Ideas twist and wind their way through superhero comics...continuing to echo down through the decades. Its fun to see those echoes continue, but it never produces anything terribly memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Scorched (2022) #19

Jun 28, 2023

Theres real potential in the premise behind the Scorched. The overall premise echoes some admirable reflections of Chris Claremont and H.P. Lovecraft and a few other really influential writers. The visuals have an undeniable power that shoots across the page. All of the right elements are clearly there. They just arent on the page in a way that feels at all interesting. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Scorched (2022) #32

Aug 7, 2024

Honestly, The Scorcher #32 could have been a hell of a lot worse. The mindless repetition of blood, gore and motion lines throughout the Spawn universe has a tendency to blur and bleed together into a big, congealed mess. Layman and Segovia provide some definition to that as things progress into the next few issues. Theres a definite direction that things are taking as the issue ends in a hospital bed after the bloody violence. Everythings going to be okay, but there IS a feeling like something might happen that might progress things away from some of the classic tropes of the Spawn universe that have come to be so...tolerable over the years.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Scorched (2022) #33

Sep 11, 2024

Its too bad that the Sophia version of the Haunt character couldnt get her own series. The entirety of the issue would have fit rather nicely into a fully fleshed-out four-issue mini-series. With any luck, Sophia Swain will have a bit more going on in the Spawn universe moving forward. Its a cleverly simple mutation of the original Kirkman/McFarlane premise that feels like it could have some thematic depth to it. Theres quite a lot of potential in the Spawn Universe, but it always seems to rest on the edge of the panels. Nice to see it shoot across the center of the page once in a while.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Scorched (2022) #34

Oct 9, 2024

Overall, the general feel of the story hits something of a Highpoint here. The focus on a single character. The cleverly interesting dramatic elements. The appealing locations and the brisket plot structure all come together together in a way that makes this issue a little bit better than previous issues issues have been in the recent past. If Layman and the company can hold onto the energy that they're putting together here, and it's going to make for a much more appealing series in the long run. Other issues issues in the recent past haven't been bad. They just haven't been quite as appealing as this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Scorched (2022) #35

Nov 10, 2024

One might expect things to be slowing down a little little bit. Certainly in light of what happens over the course of the issue. However, things need to keep moving. And they do. There's danger ahead. And it continues to dominate the page in a series that continues to have quite a bit of momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Scorched (2022) #36

Dec 5, 2024

Overall, the thirty-sixth issue of The Scorched definitely feels like it carries along the narrative quite well. Layman and company DO modulate action and drama quite well on the page in a way that feels quite well-manicured. It doesnt feel like it stands-out very much from the long and winding history of the series and the Spawn Universe that it fits into. The thirty-sixth issue of the series DOES hold the potential to carry quite a bit of narrative weight, but its going to take time to see quite where its going as things progress.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Scumbag #1

Oct 14, 2020

Remender takes what might be a tired, old premise and makes it interesting by making the hero as unappealing as possible. As sharp as the writing is, it really wouldn't hold that much appeal without the amplified power of Larosa's art. Remender and Larosa show a deep love for Ernie that breathes through script and panel. If they can hold onto that for the story's duration, The Scumbag could really turn into something special.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Scumbag #2

Nov 25, 2020

Remender and Larosa have a fun thing going with The Scumbag. Its got a rhythm and pulse that feels fresh and unique even if its not aspiring to a whole lot more than a simple loser-saves- the-w0rld action story. Ernie continues to be appealing. The passion and the sharp-witted energy of Sister Mary adds a stylish contrast to Ernies comic grotesqueness. With the full reveal of the antagonistic Scorpions, the series is off into an appealing momentum. If Remender and Larosa can keep it from veering too far from the heart of the conflict, The Scumbag might be one of the better comics to be introduce in late 2020. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Scumbag #3

Dec 23, 2020

The hero's reluctance aside, Remender and Powells story DOES have a steady rhythm to it that feels appealing enough to guide it through the next several issues at least. The central conflict with the alchemical bomb IS appealing. It could have easily been expanded to fill the entire issue, but Remender and Powell spend 12 pages or so establishing Ernie Rays relationship with Central Authority for the fourth issue. Its quite a lot of space to invest in the coming conflicts. Remender and Powell better make that next issue worth the investment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Scumbag #4

Jan 20, 2021

It's all so pleasantly immersive that it manages to make the journey from one cover to the other without a single violent action scene...and thanks to Powell...the issue is more than appealing enough without a single action sequence. The added political and philosophical depth of the fourth issue of the series feels a little bit forced. Still, thanks to some sharp characterization on Remender and Powell's part, the issue is completely entertaining. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Scumbag #5

Feb 24, 2021

Ernie's gradual awakening into being something more than a selfish piece of human garbage has been a bit of a struggle. Early-on in the series, he's come across as the kind of comic relief he's meant to be evolving from, but the fifth issue has him coming to a deeper understanding of the nature of the world, and he's beginning to meet some of his potential. The fifth issue in the series manages a really sharp balance between drama, action, comedy, and adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Scumbag #6

Mar 24, 2021

As the series progresses, Remender has to maintain a balance between character development and the intrinsic appeal of his LACK of development. He simply not going to want to do anything that an accident would do. And that's his appeal. And yet, at the same time, if he develops too quickly, he loses his initial appeal. If he's too successful at becoming a good person, he's going to lose audiences. Remender's pacing continues to tread a meticulous balance between progress and arrested development and another satisfying issue. It will be interesting to see where the story goes in the next several issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Scumbag #7

Apr 16, 2021

Theres a stark contrast between the two different cults that Ernies run into. The gradual expansion of Ernies character development almost seems to be heading in the direction of greater structure. Ernie would hate that. Ernies wants nothing more than to be the master of his own destiny. Hes not doing a terribly good job of it, but the seventh issue of his series shows him with a satisfying sense of control. Clearly, the creative team has plans for him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Scumbag #8

May 19, 2021

Ernie's been through so much that it's kind of strange to think that it's only been eight issues so far. Remender seems to have quite a serial mapped-out that involves a character arc that seems a hell of a lot more coherent than a guy like Ernie seems to be capable of. A story like this could keep going with further developments for a very, very long time. Ernie's got a lot of potential, and Remender clearly has a sharp understanding of the kind of pacing needed to go the distance with a reluctant hero.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Scumbag #9

Jul 28, 2021

For all its lack of depth in the way of the main character, the ninth issue in the series actually has quite a sweeping feeling of adventure from the moon to the earth and all over time. Its pretty impressive stuff if you dont think about it too much. That being said, its not like theres a whole lot that could be pounded into Ernie that would make the series feel dynamic in any meaningful way. Ernies had his time to develop. With any luck, Remender and company will coax him into a more intriguing direction in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Silver Coin #1

Apr 7, 2021

A single coin can be remarkably versatile. It might have been used for so many different things in so many different ways throughout human history. Zdarsky has a huge field open for him in future issues that could slowly reveal an arcane history for the coin that might slowly reveal very complex and convoluted mythology. In the future, the challenge is going to lie in finding novel ways to explore the exploits of a single piece of dark magic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Silver Coin #2

May 12, 2021

It's gruesome, and it's fun. Thompson manages something relatively deep thematically about the horror that we carry with us everywhere we go. A story that would have felt much more concise in an old horror anthology of the 1950s feels a bit long in a full-length contemporary comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Silver Coin #3

Jun 16, 2021

A simple, well-told story manages what so many others dont. Dialogue is kept to a minimum. Theres just enough there to carry the narrative. Everything seems in balance, but its not exactly the type of story thats going to rest prominently in memory into the distant future. Like so many other moments with The Silver Coin thus far, the third issue is likely to lurk in the periphery of memory like some semi-forgotten nightmare. Unless theres some kind of overarching theme that will come along and tie all the disparate tales of the anthology together in the coming months. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Silver Coin #4

Jul 14, 2021

It's nice to see the anthology series willing to branch out and try something wild. Following the life of a single coin in a series of one-shot stories might run the risk of feeling a bit repetitious. Adding sci-fi cyberpunk horror into the mix would seem to be a good fit, but Lemire and Walsh haven't found a way to manage it that feels interesting. A sudden jolt to the future for the series in its fourth issue should have been more darkly dazzling. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Silver Coin #5

Aug 11, 2021

The Silver Coin has gained quite an audience in the past several months. What had been planned as a five-issue anthology mini-series has been opened up into an open-ended engagement on the comics rack. There is great potential in the life of a single cursed coin that could be taken in all kinds of different directions by a host of different authors. There have been several writers announced for the next several issues. If success continues, it would be fascinating to see some really big-name horror writers pick up the coin and take it for a spin somewhere in the hazy march of time. Anything could happen to a cursed coin, given the right momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Silver Coin #6

Nov 8, 2021

The title artifact finally makes it to a video arcade. The horror of a single coin is going to find its natural habitat in a video arcade. The premise finds such a primal home there that any creative team would want to embellish on the idea a LOT more than Williamson and Walsh manage here. They don't try to reach for too much...knowing exactly what they're capable of putting into a simple 20-page one-shot story. There's a clever kind of mastery in that.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Silver Coin #7

Dec 8, 2021

The premise of a cursed coin is deceptively seductive. The challenge lies in finding just the right angle on stories that allow the coin to take the center of the panel. Ram V gets really, really close to finding the perfect setting for the coin in the seventh issue of the series, but hes not quite there. The story of Lou is stylishly enjoyable in places, but like nearly every other issue in the series, it lacks the kind of framing that could have made it truly brilliant. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Silver Coin #8

Jan 19, 2022

The claustrophobic darkness. The prison of a grid. The blood and the snow. This might be one of the better issues of the whole series. The horror here is far from some dark fantasy with fantastic visuals, but the prison of nine-panel pages inhabited by so much ink and darkness...its a very vivid mood that Rosenberg and Walsh are putting to the page. Its kind of overwhelming on so many different levels. The perfect horror comic for the dead of winter. The Silver Coin conjures a particularly haunting nightmare for the beginning of 2022.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Silver Coin #9

Feb 16, 2022

Salome Luce-Antoinette closes out the issue with an illustration of a burning building in the Bronx. The "Bronx is Burning" afterword lends some poetic historical perspective on the era in which the story is set. It's a classy addition that gives the story an appealingly dark substance that goes beyond page and panel. It would be really cool to see this sort of thing become a regular feature at the end of every issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Silver Coin #10

Mar 16, 2022

Wandering around in its nonlinearity, The Silver Coin has made its way to a past that's just over a decade old. The concept feels as compelling in the relative present as it had in the more distant past. The issue-ending fiction feels a bit more sophisticated than Walsh's piece, but there's an emotional resonance to what Walsh is putting down that's every bit as accomplished as Bidikar's piece. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Silver Coin #11

Jun 29, 2022

The issue features the first part of a backup story called Dark Passage by Adam Gorham that adds a little bit of a dark kick at the end of the issue. Tynions main story also continues with a sinister turn for the coin in question. Thus far, all of the stories have had a stand-alone feel about them. Tynion appealingly coaxes the coin into a larger narrative framework as the series reaches its 12th issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Silver Coin #12

Jul 20, 2022

The issue wraps up with the second part of Adam Gorhams Dark Passage serial. It feels a bit strange having the B feature in a series be the ongoing episodic bit while the main feature is a series of one-shot stories. The serial feels like a weird 4-page afterthought that isnt allowed to make enough of an impression to carry over into the next issue, which is a pity. It looks like an interesting story, but it doesnt seem to work in little 4-page bursts once per month. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Silver Coin #13

Aug 24, 2022

The world of Silver Coin gets a bit more defined at the end of the issue. There DOES seem to be some movement towards a potential finale for the cursed disc. It seems so insignificant next to everything that its mixed up in...so most people wouldnt think to connect it with the horrors it ushers into the world, but Walsh and company have the potential to reach for a larger world which could result in the heroic showdown against the forces of the coin at some point in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Silver Coin #15

Oct 19, 2022

Fifteen issues. Thats all that the Silver Coin has for now. Its had some very powerful moments in the course of its run. Its disappointing to see the coin roll into a spin and fall on its back for an indefinite period of time. The coin is patient, though. It could be picked up again next year. Or maybe a couple of years from now. The eye of the coin blinks. Perhaps theres some satisfaction in that eye. Maybe its somewhat aware that its found a bit of an iconic place on the comics page.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Terminator (2024) #1

Oct 9, 2024

Its an interesting opening. The basic premise of the original feature film is so amazingly simple that it could be stretched and prodded in a million different directions. It really wouldnt be much difficulty and that it really be a matter of making sure that everything comes together in just the right way. So theres a whole bunch of different ways that standalone stories could work with the premise. It will be interesting to see how this series works as things progress. There are a lot of potentials in a lot of potential stories that fit into the overall concept. These are interesting and initial sketches in the first issue. It will be interesting to see where Dynamite takes it from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Terminator (2024) #2

Nov 14, 2024

Its a bit disappointing that they arent looking into continuing the anthology format that the first issue was leading in. Multiple different Terminator stories every issue would have been a lot of fun. As it is, the Shalvey story has some distance to cover before it can justify what it seems to be trying to do. Shalvey could take it in a lot of different directions, but only a few of them might actually turn it not something of any thematic depth. Vietnam is a tricky thing to bring to the page without oversimplifying complexities. Throw a terminator unit into the mix and things could get very silly very quickly. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Terminator (2024) #3

Dec 5, 2024

The basics of the Terminator premise is brought to the page with some interesting finesse in the series third issue. There remains a great deal of potential in a series that could travel across time with lots of different angles to many different action locations. Soulless time travelling robot hunters could serve many different themes in many different allegories. The current Dynamite Entertainment series has only scratched the sruface in its third issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #4

Feb 5, 2019

Whitley and Gurihiru have found a really nice balance in the opening four issues of the series. With plenty of action lining the first three issues, this fourth one kicks the narrative into an interesting alternative gear that inventively explores the intellectual life of a character in a way that takes full advantage of the comics medium. The original Nadia van Dyne series was cancelled after only 8 issues. With any luck this isnt the halfway point of THIS series. Whitley and Gurihiru have found a style that works for the character. Itll be interesting to see her develop in the issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #5

Feb 21, 2019

The entire ensemble is closer at the end of the issue. Its a very endearing chapter. Its easy to get lost in clashing personalities and competing problems in a big superhero ensemble. Its nice to see everyone pull together in an issue like this. In its own way its kind of inspiring. Rarely is this much focus put on a superheros emotional support network.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #6

Apr 10, 2019

Its always going to be a bit difficult to find the right market for a comic book like this. A STEM-stressing social ensemble serial that is so obviously pointed at girls can feel like its reaching a bit too far to try to reach its target demographic. Thankfully Whitley and company are diligently piecing together a product that holds an appeal beyond its target demo. Theres nothing quite. Like this on the comic book rack right now. Hopefully, it can continue to find its audience as the series progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #7

May 8, 2019

The fact that the physical action is used as something of a punchline to a joke is just one more charming, little detail in a really nice party that Whitley and company have thrown for their title character. As the series continues, theres a real dedication to this character that feels all the more solidified in an issue like this which fearlessly sidesteps the traditional format of a superhero comic book in favor of having a little carefree fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #9

Jun 19, 2019

The series concludes next month with issue #10. Fantasma is a fun villain to end the series on. Between the talented mix of drama, action and humor and the fact that every issue in the series ended with an interview with a different woman in STEM...its really too bad that the series wasnt able to survive. What Whitley managed to do here was genuinely unique. Too bad it couldnt find a bigger audience.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #10

Jul 17, 2019

Back in May, Whitley's third recommendation for those interested in keeping the series running included this bit of advice: "Review it. You don't know everybody out there, but when you review our books on Amazon, Goodreads, Barnes, and Noble, etc.,. then your recommendation can help other people find the book." Okay...so here's my recommendation. Anyone else wants to hang out with Nadia and her friends? They're all pretty cool. It's a fun ensemble. Check it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Vampire Slayer (2022) #16

Jul 25, 2023

If it was handled with just a bit more poise and squishiness, it might feel like an Archie-meets-Buffy sort of thing. There's an undeniable appeal about it that feels like a pleasantly strange mutation of the original TV series. It doesn't quite have the same impact, but it does feel like a natural extension of the beloved franchise that fits everything together quite endearingly on the page. It all ends with a bit more cheesiness than most episodes of the TV show, but its a nice, cuddly close to an adaptation. And its just nice to see an old franchise continue to make its way forward after all these years.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Variants (2022) #1

Jul 6, 2022

And so a private detective is thrown into the kind of weirdness that has become the hallmark of various different incarnations of the Marvel Universe. The clever bit about the weirdness is that Simone never lets Jessica Jones stop being Jessica Jones, even when the weird sets in. Run into a perfect copy of herself in her own apartment? Doesnt matter if it IS her, shes going to beat the hell out of herself for trespassing on her own home. Simone has a brilliant grasp of Jess. This is going to be fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Variants (2022) #2

Jul 28, 2022

Three more issues left in the series. Its still pretty confusing as to precisely what is going on. Simone is gazing deeply into the psyche of Jess while Noto is bringing that psyche to the page with a striking clarity of vision. Theres an impressive complexity about it all that also embraces the whole of the Marvel Universe with a tender intimacy. Simone has a deep understanding of what works for Jessica Jones, and shes bringing that understanding to the page. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Variants (2022) #3

Sep 7, 2022

The strange multiplicity of the recent Loki series on Disney+ was fun. A god of mischief feels a hell of a lot more at home hanging out with a bunch of himselves. One would expect him to show up with a whole bunch of copies. (Hes done that before in the comics just for the sake of confusion.) Jessica Jones makes for an interesting study in a world of parallel timelines and multiple variants. Simone has identified a really cool mutation of a similar premise that dives into the nature of Jesss life in a way that makes for a deeply engaging story. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
The Warning #3

Jan 16, 2019

There are elements of The Warning that feel very familiar to any other military-based story. There is a powerful undercurrent of something deeper here, though. In an August 16th article on Image Comics website, Laroche referred to the series as the first act of an opera. The immensity of the story DOES feel a bit operatic. Its like Independence Day crossed with Kubricks 2001. This sort of fusion makes for a very interesting and unique exploration of alien invasion as Laroches opera continues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Warning #4

Feb 13, 2019

The fourth issue of The Warning is a really sharp three-act story which has the kind of integrity to practically stand on its own. Human concerns are nothing to the destructive power of common threats. Its a very well-balanced, dramatic installment of a unique alien invasion serial.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Warning #5

Mar 19, 2019

Laroches art carries the intensity of the story with an even-tempered hand. The movement of action across the page feels every bit as big as it needs to be to convey the feeling of doom and futility about military engagement.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Warning #6

Apr 24, 2019

Laroche is telling a story that in no way is extending itself directly at the reader. Typically by the sixth issue in a series like this, there would be a dizzying number of plot points and a nauseating amount of backstory hardwired into the narrative. Laroche sidesteps this in favor of a very visceral action disaster story that continues to build intensity half a year into its run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Warning #7

May 22, 2019

It's too bad that the story is veering off in the direction of being more of a traditional Sci-Fi invasion story than something that it could have been. The military grounding of the story and the strange poetry of military language really seem to be pulling for something that would have been more abstract and stylish. With the aliens being more human than not, the whole story begins to feel a bit less appealing. A strange fusion between things that probably work better on their own. I'm taking on its own, this issue is OK. As a part of something more substantial, however, it's quite a disappointment.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Warning #8

Jun 19, 2019

Presumably the action settles-down a bit from here. (Given the scale of the combat in this issue, its kind of difficult to imagine it maintaining this level of action through too many more sustained pages without it feeling annoying and repetitious.) The action in Warning #8 might hamper its sophistication, but it DOES make for a quick, fun bit of action. 32 pages breeze along with blinding speed. It may not be terribly original, but it IS a lot of good, mindless fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
The Warning #9

Jul 17, 2019

The greater unity of Laroche's pacing begins to become a bit more apparent with this ninth issue. Conceived as a complete story, the overall plot structure is revealing itself. The Warning feels more like a unified project than a serialized piece of fiction. The brief, little tachistoscopic assault of 33 pages per month feels weirdly percussive. It'll be interesting to look back over it all once the final issue is out. For now, readers are only getting little snapshots from the hell of war on another world. It's fun, but it can be frustrating.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Warning #10

Aug 14, 2019

Problems with pacing aside, the final issue in the first series leaves things somewhat satisfyingly resolved for the time being. The immediate threat is over, but theres a bigger one on the horizon. Pretty standard stuff for a multi-segmented action serial, but that doesnt make it any less effective here. When next the series picks-up in its second act, it will be fifteen years later. Perhaps Act Two will be able to improve on the original while adding to it. In ten issues, Laroche has proven hes capable of doing really, really good things with this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Thor (2020) #35

Jul 8, 2023

Grnbekk once again shows that shes one of the better writers to work with Thor and the Asgardians for Marvel. An impressively entertaining story comes to a close that seems to match the overall feel and execution of ancient Norse tales. Thor continues to be an integral part of the magical end of the Marvel Universe in another deeply satisfying adventure. Loki makes an impressive supporting appearance. Grnbekk does such a good job with Hela that the goddess of the underworld comes across as someone who would be fun in her own title. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thumbs #1

Jun 5, 2019

A story like this is tricky. Lewis and Sherman are treading some very treacherous narrative territory. A dystopian story that is as politically charged as Thumbs DOES run the risk of veering off into preachy, hackneyed cautionary fiction. The first issue definitely delivers a promising opening to the series. It will remain to be seen if Lewis and Sherman can maintain this level of quality through the end of the year.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thumbs #2

Jul 3, 2019

The second issue in the series further develops the overall feel if a world gone wrong that might be somewhat close to the world on this side of the page. Its been a nice couple of issues so far, but so much of what has come across in the first couple of chapters seems to bleed together. The story is going to need to develop in a much more powerful way in the next couple of issues if it is to escape the heavy gravity of its own visual style.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thumbs #3

Aug 7, 2019

The immersive nature of the world of Thumbs can be kind of a fun dive. But the real gravity of the story lies in the drama that the series simply isnt focussing on all that much. So much of the background feels like a distraction. Thumbs a good series that could carry far more impact if it simply chose to heighten the focus on the emotional end of the drama. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thumbs #4

Sep 11, 2019

Thumbs fuse so many different post-apocalyptic and dystopian cyberpunk elements into a single plot arc that its easy to get lost in the details of the series. Everything seems like an echo of something else. In a sense, Thumbs almost feels like an experiment in a pop fusion that has just enough weight of its own to stand as a specific, somewhat unique story. Given the right treatment, the story could have been brilliant. As its been executed here, its not that bad.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Thundercats (2024) #6

Jul 18, 2024

The action is maintained with a great deal of energy throughout. Panthro is given quite a bit of time to capably brood over the course of the issue, which it benefits from quite a bit. And then there are little details that are fun too. Shalvey and company even manage to make Snarfer come across as something other than annoying. Theres actually a cuteness there, which theyd never really managed in four seasons of the original series. Thats a nice touch on a largely satisfying issue that adds to a largely successful run for the current series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thundercats (2024) #7

Aug 21, 2024

One gets the impression that if the script was tweaked just a bit it could end up giving the original series premise a hell of a lot more depth. Perhaps a bit more history on Third Earth could be written into a text-based page at the end of each issue to build-up and flesh-out the world of the series a little bit more. Theres so much potential for a series like this that doesnt have to cram itself into the script formula for a pulpy 80s space fantasy cartoon. Its easy to get impatient with the monthly format.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Thundercats (2024) #9

Nov 1, 2024

Once again, its nice to see what essentially equates with 10 to 15 minutes of an animated episode in a single issue. The formulaic approach to script writing that was necessitated by a 1980s after school syndicated animated series It was a very regimented. Its nice to see a plot applied to this particular cast in this particular setting that doesnt necessarily need to fall in line in between commercial brakes. The various elements of the story have more room to breathe in a comic book format like the current Dynamit Comics series. Once again: its nice to life in the old cats.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Thundercats (2024) #10

Nov 24, 2024

It's interesting seeing the ensemble of character is given greater depth. It will be interesting seeing where.Shalvey and company go with the series. The characters created had a great potential to explore great many things through space fantasy in a wave that could have been tremendously more deep than a 1980s animated kid show would allow for. It'll be interesting to see if more of that potential is realized as is hinted out in the tenth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thundercats: Cheetara (2024) #1

Jul 3, 2024

Creator Tobin Wolf had developed an interesting enough loose premise for a fantasy franchise. Lots of different stories could be told there. When Wolf created Cheetara as the sole female character in a group of action heroes, he was merely following a 1980s traditional that had already been relatively long standing when he presented his first sketch in 1984. Its nice to see her get a central focus.  While there have been many adaptations of the premise since the TV series debuted back in 1985, relatively little attention has been paid to the period of time in the history of Thundera prior to the beginning of that first episode that originally aired in 1985. Lee rectifies this a bit with a look back at the world before Lion-O and his conflict with Mumm-Ra.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Thundercats: Cheetara (2024) #3

Sep 19, 2024

It is a real genuine challenge to make everything work. And once again, Lee and Carbone have found just the right mix of drama and action in very graceful, little intricacies that allow for a very clever look at something that could have much more easily turned itn o something with all the subtlety....of a syndicated cartoon after school in the 1980s. Its sharp stuff that feels remarkably fresh and easily one of the more sophisticated updates on an old animated property from the 1980s. Quite an impressive work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Tim Drake: Robin (2022) #10

Jun 30, 2023

The series makes its way to a smart and largely satisfying ending that completes a very strong overall plot structure by Fitzmartin. While her dialogue is also quite strong, it DOES lack a bit of personality to illuminate the darkness. Fitzmartins adventure is more than engaging enough to overcome a slight lack of personality on the part of the dialogue. And Cizmesijas art has a straightforward elegance that makes for a really appealing visual presentation of an enjoyable story. The screenwriter/comic book writer has had a warm relationship with Robin in the recent past. Its nice to see that continue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Time Before Time #24

Jun 21, 2023

McConville and Shalvey move things around very, very quickly in a one-shot that could have easily taken up the space of its own supporting mini-series. Theres no question that Verna Grace could have been a much more captivating character if she had the opportunity to move around a bit more in and within the plot. As it is, the broad strokes that the character is given feel more or less perfect for the amount of story that she has. Its a very well-paced issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Time Before Time #25

Jul 22, 2023

Everybody in the ensembles just...in a mood. Theyre having a bad day or week or year or...offensive or whatever. Its just...the 25th issue of the series is overcome with such extreme...fatigue. Everyones just a little edgy. Maybe the series gets a chance to sleep until August, when the next issue comes out. Maybe everybodys going to be a little bit better rested by then. Its a good series. Really. Issue #25...just caught everyone on a bad month, is all.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Tin Can Society (2024) #1

Sep 19, 2024

In addition to the standard ensemble murder mystery dynamic, theres a superhero genre element thats drawn into the background of the series. This makes for a distinctly interesting situation with regard to the overall setting of the series. It's definitely a superhero comic book. However, there's a lot more going on here than it would normally be in a traditional superhero drama. The fact that the superhuman powers rest just on the edge of the center of everything is actually very refreshing. Really it's just a story about people who happened to live in a world that features some remarkable powers. Very interesting stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Tin Can Society (2024) #3

Nov 30, 2024

Its not often that a story of any kind manages to render both love and aggression in equal alternating parts. Its kind of beautiful to see it work the way it does in the third issue of Tin Can Society. All too often an issue will lean too far in one direction or the other in the course of a single issue, but Remender, Warren and Mobilli have a firn sense of precision about the balance that they are creating for the third issue of the series. Its really impressive stuff on a few different levels.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tin Can Society (2024) #4

Dec 21, 2024

There may not be a whole Lotta poetry in the way that the script makes it to the page in direct words. However, there's quite a lot going on in and around the edges of everything with respect to circumstance, and the way it hits the page. And the guilt that people feel. It's quite a lot being explored here on quite a few different levels. It can , fun to explore between the panels. A lot of interesting ideas being explored around the edges of the action that are very provocative on a intellectual level. The fact that Mobili and company are able to do this without making it feel all too heavy-handed is quite an accomplishment.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Titans United: Blood Pact (2022) #1

Sep 21, 2022

With a series like this being conceived of and written as only six issues, its always a bit strange judging just the opening chapter. The fact is that the series IS being presented in six parts as opposed to a single graphic novel format, so individual chapters like this DO count. Its really difficult to get into a story that launches straight into a battle like this without much in the way of formal introduction. The mystery at the beginning and end speaks to a bit more mystery than a 20-page slugfest, so it will be interesting to see how things progress in the second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Torrent (2023) #4

May 31, 2023

Michelle continues to march her way to her destiny. Guggenheim has given himself a real challenge in giving the climactic completion of the first arc next month. Michelle is seriously compromised going into the big climax. It will be difficult to frame the showdown at the end of the opening arc with the kind of intensity that hes managed to find in Michelles battle with the rest of her former teammates. Guggenheims done a good job with the series thus far, which suggests a sharp understanding of pacing and intensity for Michelle. Theres every reason to think that Guggenheim is going to maintain the right form through the end of the first arc of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Torrent (2023) #5

Jul 7, 2023

Not everything is resolved. Itll be interesting to see where Guggenheim takes Torrent next. As big and sweeping as the first five issues have been, theres quite a lot of room to explore things further moving forward into another story arc. Hes finished a story. Its been good. Where he goes with it from here will determine whether Torrent has a future beyond that first story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Transformers (2023) #11

Aug 14, 2024

Its nice to see a bit more of the darkness than normally might have been present in the cartoon or the comics 40 years ago, but stories either need to be given a bit more time to play out or Johnson is going to need to work with a slightly smaller ensemble in order to really do justice to the potential for complexity that all of the characters have. And its not like the IP has been treated all that well in the past. Johnson and Coronas work is vastly preferable to the indecipherable, big budget visual, conceptual and aesthetic mess that was Michael Bays incompetent treatment of property. Its just NOT where it needs to be in order to live-up to the potential of the property.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Transformers (2023) #14

Nov 14, 2024

The basic format of both franchises had been so narrowly defined for so long. It doesn't take much to change things and mutate them in a way that makes them fresh and interesting. Daniel, Warren Johnson and company are doing a really good job of playing with the elements in a way that is respective to to what they've been through before a while. Also creating new and interesting dynamics. The Energon Universe continues to be fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Trial of the Amazons (2022) #1

Mar 9, 2022

The single most impressive thing about the first issue of Trial of the Amazons is the fact that it comes together at all. The pacing of the issue seems remarkably even. Yara Flor doesnt get a whole lot of time on the page, but she DOES make quite an impact. The rest of the Esquecidas are seen from the perspective of the rest of the Amazons as something of a recent mystery. Yara and company will take a more prominent role as the crossover continues. The rest of the issue feels quite well-balanced. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Trial of the Amazons (2022) #2

Apr 27, 2022

Themyscira has been through a lot. Back in the Golden Age, Wonder Woman was forced to lift the entirety of the island right out of the ocean on more than one occasion. (Paradise Island had a decoy. It was weird.) Back in the 1990s, John Byrne had the entire island nearly decimated by Darkseid. Decades later, it emerges from a massive battle with Chaos itself. The smoke clears, and theres only one Wonder Woman title left...and a big coronation issue thats coming next month. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Trial of the Amazons: Wondergirl #1

Mar 23, 2022

Flors series is over. This issue and the following chapter could be an exciting launching point for an entirely different Amazon series. An anthology of one-shot stories that might explore Nubia, Cassie, Yara, and Artemis (among others) could be an intriguing approach to a non-Wonder Woman series set in and around Themyscira. The Trial of the Amazons shows considerable potential in the rest of Wonder Womans world. The recently-announced Nubia: Queen of the Amazons series that has been scheduled to debut in June is a step in the right direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Trial of the Amazons: Wondergirl #2

Apr 20, 2022

Jones' work in the penultimate chapter is very carefully thought-out and well-executed by everyone involved. It's not over yet, though. The story concludes in just a few weeks. It's difficult to imagine everything being tied up in a single issue. There's the big, final threat to be dealt with and, of course, the fate of Hippolyte's murderer. The final chapter of the crossover will likely lead to more resolution as the month progress. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Trve Kvlt (2022) #1

Aug 24, 2022

Its difficult to tell quite where Wilsons going, but its definitely going to be fun watching him get there. Blue-collar people getting mixed up in crime is well-traveled territory in pop fiction, but Wilson and Kangas have found a very distinct voice for their story that is quirky and surreal without losing a very firm grounding in the realm of the believably mundane. If they can maintain a firm footing in the distinct voice that theyve developed for the first issue, its going to be a lot of fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Trve Kvlt (2022) #2

Sep 21, 2022

The best thing about Trve Kvlt may be its unpredictability. Wilson and Kangas manage to make it through a full second chapter without revealing enough about the world of the series to allow the reader any clue as to where things are going. The good news is that they do this while maintaining a sense of direction from issue to issue. A mysterious world like that of Trve Kvlt runs the risk of losing its appeal once enough of the story has been revealed, but for now, it remains deeply enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Trve Kvlt (2022) #3

Oct 23, 2022

The next issue has been announced as the penultimate chapter in the series. Theres no amount of exposition that will make any of whats gone on so far feel normal. Theres a deep comfort in that. Wilson and Kangas have rolled through the midpoint of a series so pleasantly twisted that theres no hope of it being pounded into blandness by the last couple of issues...because even if it were to do so, at this point, THAT would be weird enough to serve as some sort of satisfying point on which to end the series. With that relief firmly in place, itll be fun to see where Trve Kvlt goes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Twig (2022) #1

May 4, 2022

The darkness in the issue isnt horrifying. Twig is unlikely to become gruesome or grotesque. It serves to further define the cuteness of the characters in the foreground. Lowering death into the frame on the final page suggests that theres going to be more than a little menace for the little blue guy and his glow-able roommate. Young is easing into the darkness, though. There is quite a lot of room for the unexpected on the course of the four remaining issues of the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Twig (2022) #2

Jun 15, 2022

The overall story is nothing terribly new to the world of adventure fantasy, but Young and Strahm are developing something with a footprint all its own. Twig is a genuinely unique hero due to the delicate interplay between the dialogue in Youngs writing and the expressiveness of Strahms visual work. The furry little adventurer is off to a strong start in the first half of his series. If he can make it through the middle of the series with the same charm, Young and Strahm may really have something here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Twig (2022) #3

Jul 6, 2022

Twigs story is rushing by so very, very quickly. The world of the story seems to be rushing by in a way that doesnt allow for much of a chance to appreciate the atmosphere. The art team is bringing together quite a lot of different elements in a big, cuddly visual adventure, but Youngs story doesnt allow a whole lot of time to really enjoy it. Theres a really nice urgency about it all, but it feels like a rush.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Twig (2022) #4

Aug 3, 2022

The world that Strahm and Beaulieu are presenting here seems wondrously infinite. When Twigs story completes, the realm feels like it could play host to so many more adventures. Twigs a cool, little hero, but there DOES seem to be so much potential in a world with so many big, epic expanses of strange wilderness and shadowy mystery. Its all so impressively endless. If Young and company can coax more adventure out around the edges of the panel, Twig could be the first of many little adventurers in an appealingly fun world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Twig (2022) #5

Sep 7, 2022

At issues end, it is promised that Twig Will Return. Young, Strahm, and Beaulieu have a lot of different options for further series that could be placed in the world of the fuzzy, blue hero. Its been rendered with such love and care that it would seem kind of strange to allow it to end at only five issues. Youngs particular twist on the story of the hero makes for an interesting view on the traditional high fantasy story. There are heroes...and then there are heroes behind the heroes. Twigs particular place in that ecosystem of adventure fantasy would be fun to have a little bit more time with in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ultimate Invasion (2023) #1

Jun 22, 2023

There really isn't much hope of this becoming any kind of major event. The summer is already too cluttered with different crossovers and things. And this sort of thing has happened so often before in the past. However, it's possible that there might yet be some original quality to this particular mega-crossover. There might be some flash of brilliance in it. Certainly, everything seems to be placed on the page in a way that could catch the reader's attention if everything goes well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Uncanny Avengers (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

Duggan and company manage a very cleverly-modulated first issue. Its remarkable how much the creative team manages to cram into a single book without making it feel cluttered. Its really only 38 pages or so, but it feels spacious and well-executed enough that they could have actually filled a few issues. Theres a sharp slickness about it all that feels like its. Going in a fresh direction for everyone involved. The themes being covered have been around in X-books for decades, but Duggan and company are giving it fresh life in a new series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Universal Monsters: Creature From The Black Lagoon Lives! (2024) #4

Jul 24, 2024

If there had been just a bit more going on in the visual execution of the comic book, it could have been spectacular. If there had been just a bit more originality in the monster-versus-the-real-monster-of-man sort of a thing...well...maybe it could have been a bit more inspired. All of the elements are there for a truly cool horror comic, but they dont quite get executed in the right way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Universal Monsters: Dracula (2023) #1

Nov 8, 2023

As bad a movie as it was, Tod Brownings Dracula is starkly iconic and a landmark horror film. Theres something kind of cool about a big two-page title spread that reads Universal Pictures and Skybound Present...Dracula. Tynion and Simmonds manage a first issue that feels darkly cinematic while intensifying the atmosphere that feels that much more powerful than that which was committed to film on the Universal Studios Lot in the Autumn of 1930. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Universal Monsters: Frankenstein (2024) #1

Aug 30, 2024

This is still only the beginning of the series, but its a REALLY promising beginning that feels quite powerful. The scenes that are drawn more directly from the movie DO feel a bit flatter than those that were drawn specifically from Walshs dark imagination. With any luck, Walsh will have the good sense to continue to frame the classic story from the edges of marginal characters who all might have had some impact on the story as it developed. The strength of Walshs series seems to lie in the darker margins of the movie.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Universal Monsters: Frankenstein (2024) #2

Sep 28, 2024

While it's quite clear that this is going to be a limited series, walls could theoretically continue this on for quite some time. There are so many aspects of the story that the Universal picture just didn't have a chance to explore. It would be really interesting to see a full and exhausted exploration that could run decades with the way Walsh is putting things together. Sadly, he only has a limited space in which to explore the nature of the monster. And it's really cool that he's going to be able to do so with the kind of thought, poise, and pacing that he managed in the first couple of issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Universal Monsters: Frankenstein (2024) #3

Oct 26, 2024

The next issue explores the origin of the monsters eyes. It will be interesting to see how Walsh frames the sight of a conflicted creature that has been drawn together by various people suffering from various issues that cut right to the core of who they are. Walshs work really delivers a breathtaking look at the background of the film thats based on Shellys work...expanding it and illuminating it in ways the bring a bit more definition to the Universal film as an accomplished work in and of itself. Walsh is giving the film a bit more of its own place as a clear and distinctive work by exploring the edges of a story from the dawn of popular cinema. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Universal Monsters: Frankenstein (2024) #4

Nov 29, 2024

Its sad to see it all come to an end only four issues in. Granted: the movie itself was only 70 minutes long. As it is, its a bit indulgent to turn a 70 minute film into a four-part comic book series. Its just sad to see it come to an ends. Its been such a well-crafted love latter to the newly 100-year-old film. Surely there is more than has not been delivered to the page. Perhaps Wales and Griffin could do a similar adaptation with The Bride of Frankenstein? Its worth looking into in any case...

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Unstoppable Doom Patrol (2023) #1

Mar 30, 2023

Culvers new Doom Patrol makes a promising first showing in an issue that makes a strikingly distinct first impression. There are a lot of little elements moving in around the edges of the action that feel like they could turn into something interesting with the right momentum. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Unstoppable Doom Patrol (2023) #4

Jul 12, 2023

The gorgeous visuals of the issue deeply engage with and amplify the weirdness of Culvers script. Superhero teams are notoriously filled with neurotics, psychotics, and general dysfunction. Theyre almost never given the opportunity to get in-panel psychiatric treatment. Its fascinating to watch it happen. As weird as it is, the same overall plot COULD be brought to the page by a different writer, and it would be a completely different story. The same could be said of the art and the coloring. The weird fusion of Culver, Lafuente, and Reber has made for one of the more unique experiences on the mainstream comics rack over the course of the past few months. Its weird to think that the series is over in just three months. It feels like its just getting started. 

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Untold Tales of I Hate Fairyland (2023) #1

Jul 5, 2023

In theory, it should be a lot of fun to watch a bunch of different artists and writers take the weird playground of Youngs Fairyland and just...run with it in any direction they want. Its all too easy to go for something WAY too simple, though...and thats pretty much what the first issue of the anthology series has turned out to be. Gerts a fun character. Fairylands a fun place. With any luck, theres good stuff coming from this mini-series in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #1

Jul 24, 2019

Jane Foster had been Thor. Its recently been announced that shes going to get to be the thunder goddess in the next MCU Thor film. Thanks to Aaron and Ewings smart construction in this first issue, she really feels MUCH more at home as Valkyrie than she did as Thor. A Valkyrie in one life is a morgue assistant in another. Its such an amusing contrast between hero and civilian persona. Theres great potential here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #2

Aug 21, 2019

The heaviness of the action in the issue launches the series into its third issue with a line that could have come across as very silly melodrama. The issue packed more than enough punch on more than enough levels to really give that final line of the issue all the justification it needs. Its only the name of the title Thor first appeared in. But Aaron, Ewing, and company give it a whole new life as Jane Foster is launched in a bold direction for her third issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #3

Sep 18, 2019

Thankfully, CAFU is listed as the sole artist for the next couple of issues of the series. Which should see a return to the stylish visual form that had defined the first couple of chapters of the series. The story remains solidly entertaining as Foster embarks on an epic journey into an afterlife in transition. There's a very compelling premise at the heart of that journey which shows great potential for the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #4

Oct 23, 2019

The series continues. Foster is being pushed in quite a few different directions this issue alone. Shes just learning the ropes. The challenge is going to be letting her gain some proficiency and wisdom on the job. Without maintaining the earthbound charm that the series has been gliding through so fluidly so far. The fourth issue is a fun mix of different elements. If they can maintain that mix going forward, this particular Valkyrie could have a nice, long life.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #5

Nov 27, 2019

With the initial five-issue arc out of the way, itll be interesting to see where Foster goes next. Ewing and Aaron have put together a fascinating character and given her an equilibrium all her own this issue. From here, they can do some exciting things if they handle it as well as theyd handled this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #6

Dec 11, 2019

Having worked her way through her initial arc, Jan Foster is diving headlong into something WAY beyond her capabilities. The creative team does a remarkable job of keeping her both vulnerably mortal and powerfully magical. Lee and Kirby never quite managed this clean a balance when Thors alter-ego was Dr. Donald Blake back in the 1960s. Ewing and Arron have done a very talented job of rooting the magical rooted in the mundane world of Marvel Manhattan.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #7

Jan 15, 2020

This step into further mysteries of the Marvel Universe makes the cosmic-level stuff feel all the more vital. Which is quite an accomplishment given the fact that the entire universe has had relatively regular threats to its existence pop-up one or more times per year since it first debuted in 1961. The sense of the infinite that Ewing and Aaron have instilled in the latest Jane Foster keeps a tired, old shared universe feeling fantastic over half a century since its conception. Ewing and Aaron are doing really important work with this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #8

Feb 19, 2020

Aaron and Grnbekk push Jane Foster in a path to self-discovery that fuses perfectly with the overarching action of the series in a way that feels perfectly fluid. Rather than alternating different elements of the heros life, its all deeply integrated. Action sequences find Foster finding more and more about the Valkyrie energy that she is connected worth in one of the most harrowing on-the-job training experiences imaginable. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #9

Mar 18, 2020

Given the amount of plot being pushed through this issue, its quite remarkable that everyone involved has managed to make it feel smooth and graceful. It scarcely feels rushed or convoluted at all, which is quite impressive given everything thats taking place. Once again, Jane Foster proves herself to be a very interesting mutation of the "Dr. Donald Blake/Thor" character that Jack Kirby and Larry Lieber had forged back in the 1960s. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #10

Jun 19, 2020

Overall, Aaron and Grnbekk have guided Jane Foster through a compassionate character arc. So often, there is so much going on in the course of the first ten issues of a series that it can be difficult to feel a great deal of inner progress for the protagonist. Aaron and Grnbekk carefully balance action against reflection in a strikingly well-composed opening ten issues. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Vampire: The Masquerade #1

Aug 5, 2020

Devmalya Pramanik's work in the opening story has a darkly detailed style that strongly echoes the style of artist Timothy Bradstreet, who was featured quite extensively in rulebooks and sourcebooks for the original White Wolf game back in the 1990s.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampire: The Masquerade #2

Sep 9, 2020

Aside from being a solidly entertaining comic book, Vaults Vampire: The Masquerade continues to serve as an impressive package for a sourcebook. The info at the end of the issue features deep background on Minneapolis/St. Paul, in the World of Darkness that even features a springboard paragraph for a campaign where players might find themselves playing the late recording artist Prince who now has to face life in a world that thinks hes dead. Clever throwaway ideas like that add depth to the second outing of the series at issues end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vampirella (2019) #670

Jul 24, 2024

She's been around for a long time. And she has seen a lot. Priest is doing a good job of illustrating the complex convolutions in her life. The restlessness of the narrative is its own kind of horror. And it does feel suitable to the nature of the situation. It does, however, as though priest is going to have to settle into a more coherent narrative in order for this particular issue to have had the kind of impact that needs to have.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Vampirella (2019) #671

Aug 14, 2024

Given enough time, Priest could really be developing something phenomenal here and it would be very, very cool. Seen on an issue-to-issue level, its almost completely unintelligible but for the intensity of what is indelibly real for the people going through it in and within the scenes. Priest and company of a good job of selling that much, though...which makes it well worth the rad. Its challenging stuff...but its still kind of difficult to tell whether or not Priests story will be worth the challenge.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampirella (2019) #672

Oct 18, 2024

Its intricacies make it very difficult to assess while its in progress. There are various things that priest and company could be doing to amplify the weird nature of it all. They could also be tied a little bit more into certain realities of the human heart. But its hard to tell exactly what metaphors priest is exploring as the story still continues to sprawl out in various directions. Time will tell.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampirella / Dracula: Rage (2023) #1

Aug 10, 2023

With the basic premise of the series, a fully established priest has a long way to go with it. There is an impossibly large amount of complexity in what he is setting up in the first issue. There are a lot of ways that this could go wrong. However, Priest knows precisely what he's doing from the first issue. There isn't much of a margin of error on this sort of thing. You're dealing with two very powerful and prevalent vampires. It's a daunting task for any author.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vampirella Strikes (2022) #13

May 31, 2023

Its a nice climax. Vampirella maintains a heroic presence on the page throughout. The series ends with enough forward motion to lend anticipation to the next. Vampirella Strikes will give way to Armageddon. So...yknow...things are only going to get more intense in Sepulcher City for Vampirella and Dagwood. Its a simple action drama set-up that has a great deal of potential to move in a great many different directions. If the creative team can maintain a simple approach, things look quite welcoming for the further adventures of a beautiful vampire superhero into the Armageddon that lies ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vampirella vs. The Superpowers (2023) #1

May 25, 2023

Abnett is trying to do A LOT with the series. Vampirella is quite present on the page, but shes lost in so much worldbuilding. Abnett has many other characters to introduce. They all make it to the page with enough presence to register a very complex world. Given the right amount of time, Abnett should make them all as interesting as they deserve to be. Hopefully, he can do so without pulling Vampirella too far out of the center of the panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampirella vs. The Superpowers (2023) #2

Jun 28, 2023

At first glance, it would seem like Abnett is trying to cram too much backstory into the politics of the story. Its only the second issue, and there really is a HELL of a lot of posing and posturing and scheming and planning that doesnt quite fit the comic book format, as its all delivered in dialogue. Abnett is careful to use all of that dialogue as background for the dramatic essence of everything going on with Vampirella in the central story. It almost fails to come together, but Abnett and company know what theyre doing. Its actually remarkably good execution given what theyre going for.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampirella vs. The Superpowers (2023) #3

Jul 26, 2023

Vampirella knows that Photofit isnt at the top of the criminal food chain. Shes going to have to dive deeper, but her designs on investigation get a bit derailed when the action sets in. The story delivers smartly on some of what makes her such an appealing presence on the page. Abnett has spent some time delivering background details to the reader in the form of top-secret document pages in courier font. Its almost as though hes building a place designed for something more than a single plot. It could work. The 1957 part of the series has some really fun aspects to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampirella: Dark Reflections (2024) #2

Jul 3, 2024

The story as presented in the second issue of the current series continues to make a powerful case for Vampirella continuing on indefinitely into the future. Shes been through so much over the course of the past few decades in the hands of Dynamite Comics. It would be easy to fall into restless repetition of what works...but Sniegoski and company are clearly trying to reach for something new in a character who has been through so much in the recent past.  It all feels so well-executed in the second issue of her current series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vampirella: Dark Reflections (2024) #4

Sep 6, 2024

The overall movement of the action seems to be doing a fairly good job of delivering the intensity, even if the licked at the heart of it doesn't really seem all that well defined. The important thing is that it's all moving with the right kind of momentum under the power of visuals that feel suitably intense. It may not be all that clear exactly what's happening, but it's fun to watch it happen. And it's fun to watch the build-up to a big show-down in another fun trip into incomprehensible madness with a very appealing hero.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vampirella: Dark Reflections (2024) #5

Oct 2, 2024

Sniegoski and Acheson have put a series in motion that really would have taken a hell of a lot more than five issues to tell. The premise of the series was a bit too ambitious to be adequately covered in the course of a five issue series, though. It would be interesting to see Sniegoski and Acheson explore what theve established in Dark Reflections in a story that was a bit more focussed and a lot less scattered. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Van Helsing (2020): Hell To Pay #1

Jul 25, 2023

Liesel is going home. And hopefully, she can get things to come together for Julie so that she wont have to be quite so sick. The ongoing adventures of Liesel Van Helsing have been a lot of fun in the recent past. Her sharp resourcefulness and her quick wit would be interesting to explore in a more frequently-appearing series of comics, but its just nice to get a chance to hang out with her on occasion. A more satisfying Grimm universe would also include regular solo appearances of Hellchild and Julie as well. Theyre both quite fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Van Helsing (2020): Finding Neverland #1

May 10, 2023

A steampunk monster hunter with a stylish sense of poise and action has a great deal of potential, but its nothing that any creative team has managed all that well with Liesel Van Helsing over the course of the recent past. She remains a fun character with the occasional powerful moment and interesting bit of dialogue, but shes never given enough novelty or personality to come across with the kind of intensity that she could have. A tumble through the pages with her remains fun anyway.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Vanish (2022) #8

Jun 28, 2023

The force of the impact across page and panel is kind of impressive. The story that has been delivered over the course of the first eight issues is fun, but it wouldnt be enough to justify its existence alone without the impact of the visual reality of Vanish, which isnt enough to make it work as a complete narrative. So much of the basic premise of the plot is a fusion of various cliches. The first eight issues have been fun, but they havent amounted to much.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Venom (2021) #21

Jun 22, 2023

It's not like this sort of thing hasn't been tried before. And sometimes dramatic departures from traditional conventions of the plot structure of a comic book work really, really well. In the context of the larger run of this particular series, Venom #21 might not actually be nearly as clever as it seems to think it is. However, it's just really fun to see something like this attempted.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Victory (2023) #1

Jun 21, 2023

The first issue of the new series looks extremely promising. Walker has shown that he can work well with the character in her world while dealing with what could have been a very simple introduction meant to lead the hero into a new adventure. Walker pumps so much wit, charm, and swagger into the first issue. Itll be interesting to see what he does with an issue that actually begins to render some of the series major plot points.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Victory (2023) #2

Jul 22, 2023

Walker treads a very fine line between comedy and horror, and its a lot of fun to watch him do it. Only a couple of issues in, Victory seems like a profoundly complex person. Its already been a long and very personal emotional journey with Victory, and the adventure hasnt even really gotten started yet. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Vigil (2023) #2

Jun 21, 2023

Its still too early to predict quite which direction Ram V is going to take the series in. The darkness is nice, but it needs to have something to contrast against it for it to have any definition at all. These ARE super-heroic types, and there DOES need to be some sense of wonder for it to feel appealing enough to keep the pages turning. For the time being, however, Ram V has a story to tell. And its a story covered in pain and shadows. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vigil (2023) #3

Jul 22, 2023

Its too bad that Ram Vs fragmented narrative is so intentionally shattered. Theres a fine line between telling a compelling mystery and just...throwing a whole bunch of narrative shards at the reader and letting them work it out. There DOES seem to be enough holding everything together to keep a readers interest, but Ram V and company are really taking a chance that they might not have the ability to pull it all together before the end of the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Vigil (2023) #4

Sep 1, 2023

The super-powered squad of heroes is almost fully established by the end of the eighth issue of the series. Ram V has been patient enough, rolling out the backstory for every team member. Its been a very practiced and systematic approach to unveiling a team that maximizes the readers connection with every team member. The cleverness of Ram Vs writing isnt in its inventiveness...it lies in his technique and the overall composition of what is rapidly becoming a very satisfying new addition to the DC universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Vindication #1

Feb 5, 2019

D.M. Marie is working with energies that could turn into something profoundly original and insightful. The first issue is making all the right movements towards the possibility of a moody gaze into the nature of crime in America, but for now its interesting enough to think of all the directions Maries story might head off in as the series begins its promising journey. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Vindication #2

Mar 6, 2019

The climax at the end of the issue suggests action is on its way at the beginning of the second half of the series that will be doubtlessly accompanied by more glances into the psyche of Turn, Detective Christopher and the people in their lives. The drama here is capable of being remarkably compelling once the action starts rolling, but the series is already halfway over. The picture revealed in the series second quarter is impressive. The final two chapters will show whether or not this one bears as much intensity as it seems to have. If the series ends with another couple of issues like this one, the whole story could feel very murky indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vindication #3

Apr 3, 2019

The comic book medium can do a lot of different things. MD Marie is hauling it into a very formal place with Vindication that feels satisfying enough for another issue, but theres going to need to be some pay-off and shifting of mood in issues to come. If not, the overall energy of the mystery could easily grind to a halt.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Vindication #4

May 8, 2019

There were some really interesting elements to the series. The strange enigma of an SD card. The contrast between an exonerated criminal lifted out of criminal justice and a police detective who descends into abject criminality. There was real potential in this story. It spent way too much of its time slinking along in shadows to manage much genuine interest. This being said, the story itself isnt all that bad. Its all very internally consistent in mood, tone and content. Its too bad there wasnt more to recommend it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Violator: Origin (2024) #2

Oct 18, 2024

And now the Violator has found a new body. Its ready to find its way in the world with a renewed appreciation for its own infernal durability. Theres no telling whee life is going to take the infernal thing navigates its way to the Heptarchy in England in the eighth century. Beyond that, there are a lot of directions that Andreyko and company could develop in the course of the ensuing issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Violator: Origin (2024) #3

Nov 14, 2024

So far there doesn't seem to be an increase in tension from issue to issue. it's kind of difficult to find a central pulse of a series which just features a demon aimlessly wandering from place to place. It's fun in its own way. But it would really feel a lot more satisfying to see the direction that things are going in if they were actually going in some sort of a readily identifiable direction. That being said, it's a lot of fun. It's a lot of fun without any central conflict beyond the obvious.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Violent Flowers (2024) #2

Nov 1, 2024

There is still quite a bit of opportunity for everything to develop in a way that could be truly interesting. As it is, however,Llovet isnt doing enough with the concept to relieve register as much of anything outside of a relatively uninspired Anne Rice-inspired drama. Llovets style of visual rendering does continue to hold quite a bit of appeal that continues to keep the pages moving even if theres nothing on them that seems to be as engaging as it could be. Theres a real potential here. And theres every hope that.Llovet can live-up to that potential. 

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Void Rivals (2023) #11

Jul 24, 2024

Still.... It's fun to watch somebody having fun with the Transformers and a couple of other characters. It's a bit strange knowing that they're getting paid to play with these toys again. it's just too bad that the deeper potential of a series like this just hasn't been developed yet. And given the fact that it's been going for as long as it has, it's doubtful that Kirkman has anything terribly deep in mind for future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
W0rldtr33 #1

Apr 27, 2023

As bad as it was, The Matrix was a fusion between Philip K. Dick-style artificial reality mind-bending with special-effects-laden martial arts action cinema that made for kind of a novel experience. Tynion isnt doing enough to make for a novel fusion between all of the elements that make up the story hes delivering to the page in the opening issue of the new series. Its not that the drama doesnt have substantial impact. (It does.) Its just not a fresh and interesting enough impact to feel like anything new.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
W0rldtr33 #2

May 31, 2023

The problem with a mystery serial lies in the slow and steady revelation of aspects of that mystery. A series that is as weird and potentially existential as the one that Tynion is outlining in W0rldtr33 has the potential to go down some pretty absurd paths pretty quickly. The whole thing could collapse into absurdity on any page. Its impressive that Tynion has managed to hold it together for as long as he has without revealing too much about the plot. It continues to show promise at the end of its second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
W0rldtr33 #3

Jun 28, 2023

Once Tynion starts to dive into the mystery at the heart of the series, its actually a pretty silly concept. Judging from what Tynions revealed so far, the 30-second elevator pitch for W0rldtr33 would come across as sounding incredibly bad. (Of course...ANY 30-second elevator pitch is going to sound awful...) Exactly how Tynion is going to make the premise feel anything other than cheesy is a matter for future issues. For now, its all cool, atmospheric, and ambiguous enough to be fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
W0rldtr33 #4

Jul 28, 2023

And now we know the name of the naked woman. She once was a sweet little girl named Samm. And we also know how she got twisted into doing what shes doing. So, in a sense, the fourth issue is a bit of an origin story for her, but theres still so much more mystery that Tynion hasnt quite delivered on. For the time being, its a fascinating mystery.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
War is Hell (2019) #1

Jan 24, 2019

The poorly-matched creative team on the second story is overshadowed by a casually clever, little 10-pager by a seasoned master in the opening issue of an all-new anthology series. Its refreshing to see a couple of simple short one-shot stories with throwaway characters in a mainstream comic book rack filled with complex long-running serials with backstories that continue to get more and more convoluted over time. A series like this really has the opportunity to showcase the work of individual artists whether they be legends like Chaykin or rising unknowns looking to prove themselves.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Warhammer 40,000: Marneus Calgar (2020) #1

Oct 14, 2020

Comic books thrive on multiple interrelated storylines. With the right finesse, theres no reason to think that this might not be the first of many.  Warhammer 40K has great potential for an entire sub-universe of comics, the size of which could well rival the rest of Marvels line. Space Marines are but a small component of a universe also inhabited by the forces of chaos, Space Orks, Necrons, Eldars, and more. The quality of the first issue of Calgars series makes a strong case for Marvel venturing into further titles with Games Workshop in the future. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Warhammer 40,000: Marneus Calgar (2020) #2

Nov 11, 2020

With Calgars past fully rendered in the course of the first couple of issues of the series, its really only a matter of time before the series will have to focus substantially more in installments to come. A more central focus on Ultramarines in conflict with chaos appears to be right around the corner. Gillen could still drift back into Calgars past from here, but the center of the story is free to shift a bit to the present now that the huge event in Calgars past has been revealed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Warhammer 40,000: Marneus Calgar (2020) #3

Dec 9, 2020

With Calgars early childhood out of the way, the coming-of-age narrative can start to more completely immerse itself more fully in the iconography of Warhammer 40,000 in future issues. Gillen and Burrows have developed a respectable comic book adaptation of the beloved gaming franchise. The early formation of those elements that would define the heroic legend of Calgar is firmly planted by the end of the third issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Warhammer 40,000: Marneus Calgar (2020) #4

Feb 3, 2021

The issue has progressed slowly and deliberately in the direction of action that looks like it might have a greater sense of insidious, horrific violence about it. Theres a crash at the issues end into a snowy hell inhabited by chaos warriors who worship Khorne. Its an excellent progression that matches the feel of things on the other side of the page as winter coats the world on this side of the comics page.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Warhammer 40,000: Marneus Calgar (2020) #5

Mar 3, 2021

The close of this five-part series does justice to the long-lived UK science fantasy franchise. Sci-Fi action on the battlefield hits with the unique visual appearance of the Warhammer 40K universe. Its a natural fit for the comics page that will, with any luck at all, soon be joined by subsequent series. The world introduced to the Marvel Comics page in Marneus Calgar is one that has substantial appeal. Given the size of the Warhammer universe, theres plenty of room to grow if the two companies can get it together for more collaboration.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Warhammer 40,000: Sisters of Battle (2021) #1

Aug 18, 2021

The second Warhammer 40,000 Marvel Comics series is off to a good start with an impressively international creative team. Marvel/Games Workshop could have gone in quite a few different directions with a second series. It IS disappointing that they would go with another Imperium-based series when there are so many other interesting ends of the galaxy, including Eldar, Squats, and Space Orks. If theyre going to go with another Imperial series, the Battles Sisters certainly seem interesting enough to follow around for a few issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Warhammer 40,000: Sisters of Battle (2021) #2

Sep 15, 2021

The series direction may be following pretty closely with the type of thing that has sold well in a game of format in recent years. There is, however, a huge world out there beyond space Marines and the emperor that would benefit from a series like this. As it is, Sisters of Battle hasnt really found its own voice within the confines of the Warhammer 40,000 property. It just feels kind of like an echo of the series that came before it. It was slightly mutated and pleasantly enjoyable but lacking the distinct fingerprint that it would need to be something truly extraordinary.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Warlock: Rebirth (2023) #3

Jul 8, 2023

Its a remarkably beautiful retro comic that seems to be circulating around the edges of some really interesting themes. Marz seems content to let the ideas slowly develop and play out as the mini-series punches its way with great power through conflicts that feel like a natural progression from some of the more clever aspects of the Infinity Gauntlet era.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Warlock: Rebirth (2023) #4

Jul 13, 2023

Lim had done a lot of work over the years. Its possible that some of his most captivating work was with Jim Starlin on The Thanos Quest. That series had an intensity to it that came from far more than the mere physical conflict that Marz is bringing to the page here. If there was a bit more of an emotional component to the conflict, this would be a powerful rebirth and not just a weird...reanimation of old, dead narrative matter.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wasp (2023) #1

Jan 20, 2023

The first quarter of the series is over, and it already feels like its rushing by way too quickly. Though Ewing is clearly moving things around in a very tight four-issue space with a firm eye on the overall composition of the series, its to the credit of everyone involved that it feels disappointing that the series isnt going to survive into the coming summer. Janets great fun. Always has been. Its nice to see her in her own series again. Four issues, though? Thats simply not enough time with Janet.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wasp (2023) #2

Feb 16, 2023

The horror scene that the issue ends on promises to launch the series in a very intriguing direction. If Ewing is plunging Janet and Nadia into more of a cosmic horror sort of thing, Nie and Dazs moody, dramatic art could move into much sharper focus, allowing for the series to end in a much stronger place than where its started. For all the awkward, clunky exposition, Ewing IS putting a pair of really interesting characters on the page...and they look suitably heroic thanks to the efforts of Nie and Daz. All the right elements are there for a good series. They just need to assemble themselves on the page in the second half of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Web of Black Widow #1

Sep 4, 2019

The opening of the adventure feels firmly planted in this first issue. If the five-issue dance with Natasha is to launch itself into something more than murky moodiness. Its going to need to find a way to coax the Black Widow into a stylish glide around the past of Marvels Russian super-spy in issues to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Web of Black Widow #2

Oct 9, 2019

The larger picture of what Huser is trying to convey wont be apparent until the end of the series, but what shes delivering here seems interesting enough for now. The big revelations awaiting in the next several issues may well prove that the first couple of chapters have been worth the wait, but for now, its all a bit of a slide of uncertainty through twenty pages or more. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Web of Black Widow #3

Nov 7, 2019

Natashas background continues to emerge in an issue the brings her one step closer to her next big resolution. The art and story mix in a pleasant duet that makes for good reading without making an incredibly large effect. Like any god super spy, the issue goes in, does what it sets out to do, and vanishes before any significant impact is felt. This could prove to be an interesting approach if it continues as the series reaches its climax. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Web of Black Widow #4

Dec 4, 2019

The series has been an interesting tour through the Marvel Universe thus far. Without any more in-depth search through the themes echoing around Natashas life, the series hasnt felt terribly satisfying thus far. Still, the stark tension between a man without fear and the woman without a past stands as one of the more captivatingly framed moments in the entire series thus far. The lead-up to the final issue next month. The Black Widow might deserve better, but this isnt a bad lead-in to the final chapter. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Web of Black Widow #5

Jan 6, 2020

The year begins with the ending of another Black Widow mini-series. Housers story is an interesting contrast to the Soska sisters mini-series, which ran earlier-on in 2019. Theirs was a more populous series that lived in action. Housers work has been an altogether more shadowy journey. The two series show a bit of versatility in a character who still holds a great deal of appeal as she makes her leap to the big screen in a solo film later-on this year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Web of Carnage (2023) #1

Jul 13, 2023

Once its over and the final panel crosses the final page, you kind of have to reach for a tissue. Its all been a lot of fun and everything, but its time to clean up and get on with the process of figuring out just what the hell it was all about. There was a lot of suffering and slime and slashing and such. And its not like there isnt SOME appeal to the deeper drama, but theres just way too much mucous on the page in a conflict between Carnage and Venom. Honestly...the upcoming Carnage #1 might be a lot of fun if the title character is given something less...slimy to contrast against. 

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Weird Work (2023) #1

Jul 5, 2023

As awkward, crude, and ugly as the art is, it DOES make an impressive impact on the page. Kanes style is distinct. Anyone looking at Weird Work from across the room would know that its done by Kane. Theres power in the uniqueness thats undeniable. Theres a definite appeal to the series once a readers eyes get used to it, but with the story being as familiar as it is, there isnt a whole lot of incentive for the reader to get acquainted with Kanes art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
What If...? Dark (2023): Loki #1

Jul 13, 2023

The issue wraps up with a pretty exhaustive interview with industry legend Walt Simonson. Hes always good in an interview, but this one in particular feels like a perfect companion to this issue. Its kind of a fun retrospective on the man and his work with Thor that turns the one-shot into something more than a simple What If?

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
What If...? Dark (2023): Moon Knight #1

Sep 12, 2023

Its not just Ra who sees great potential in Marlenes heroism. And..yknow...if editors at Marvel are listening...with great potential comes great responsibility. Im ready for Luminary to have her own series. Really. It would be totally cool so long as Shultz wrote it. Its a clever idea and a fun concept, and really...it would make a nice contrast to the adventures of Marc Spector. The contrast between the Sun and the moon would be really interesting on the comics rack within the Marvel Universe. Schultz doesnt have to do much to set Marlene up as a fun hero, though it WOULD be interesting to see what kind of a costume Bill Sienkiewicz might have rendered for her in some parallel universe...

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
What's The Furthest Place From Here? #20

Dec 5, 2024

The journey continues into the unknown beyond the mountains. And though everyone in the ensemble feels distinct, theyre all survivors who are defined by the fact that theyve survived, so theyre all essentially different versions of the same survivor archetype. So its an interesting journey with them that continues to be quite interesting as the series progresses. Its been a great deal of fun so far. No end in sight. Its been a great journey so far. No reason why it should end any time soon. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wild's End (2023) #1

Jun 22, 2023

The darkness that Abnett inserts at the end of the first issue suggests that theres a greater darkness on the horizon. Theres every possibility that things could start to get VERY disturbing as the series progresses. Its a mystery,  yes...but theres just enough to suggest that there might be kind of a deeper horror lurking beneath the surface of it all.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wild's End (2023) #2

Jul 25, 2023

Cuteness often gets mixed with horror for the raw, visceral effect. What is cute is meant to be cozy and cuddly and something that's inherently safe. Give it claws and gore and sudden slashing of razor-sharp teeth, and suddenly it's very disturbing. A child scampering around can be cute. A child scampering around with a bloody butcher knife is horrifying. However, Wilds End is doing something altogether different. The cuteness of the animals cries for the reader's empathy. As a result, the horrifying reality of what's going on is that much more emotionally present for the reader. It's quite an effect.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Witchblade (2024) #1

Jul 18, 2024

The garish 1990s sexiness of the original #1 can be felt in weird echoes throughout the latest #1, but it firmly establishes a much more dark and aggressive energy than writers David Wohl, Brian Haberlin and Christina Z managed with the original #1. There was far too much of a need to render everything that was going on in the background of the original #1. Bennett wisely focusses the story on its main character and the inexplicable horror the brings her in touch with ancient magic. Its a stronger overall approach to storytelling that Wohl, Haberlin and Z were playing with back in 1995. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Witchblade (2024) #3

Sep 19, 2024

Its nice to see Bennett slowly moving-in to the series. The time that shes taking in setting up the full ensemble in this particular issue suggests a desire to really hang out with. Pezzini for the long-haul. Its always nice to see a writer of these caliber to say that she really just wants to hang out with one character for a long time. Other two seem to work well together. It will be interesting to see where things go from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Witchblade (2024) #5

Nov 14, 2024

Bennett and Company are doing a very impressive job of making this particular iteration of a series of work in a way that it's rarely worked in the past. It's working on so many different levels. It's doing so with great sense of style and poise. Hopefully the current momentum can continue into the future. Bennett has taken her time with developing all of the different fundamental angles of the character. Previous iterations of the franchise has provided a lot of potential president for the current series to explore if Bennett wants to. She's a really good writer, though. She could find something completely new. It will be interesting to see what happens in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Witchblade (2024) #6

Dec 15, 2024

There are major things are good here. And it would be interesting to see them settle down for long enough to establish more of a connection between Sarah and the vet which she now is suffering from. Domestic devices that station interlock is always been something thats been a lot more interesting than a lot of the rest of series. However, no one seems to be able to focus on it well enough to really do it justice. The relationship between the magical artifact and the woman in question. Its so difficult to get that framed in just the right way. But it is still a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wolverine: The Long Night #1

Jan 9, 2019

Whether its there to promote the podcast or to capitalize on its success, the comic book adaptation of The Long Night seems to be off on the right foot in its opening chapter. The mood and tone are captured with an admirably clean and simple energy. Time will tell if the comic book series can keep up with what it managed to accomplish in the first issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine: The Long Night #2

Feb 6, 2019

Even if the story doesnt feel like its fitting the format of a comic book perfectly, the Percy and Takara are doing a good job of bringing it to the page. The X-Files-meets-Wolverine in Alaska moodiness of the series feels well-matched with the bitter winter in which its being released, but its beginning to appear as though the mini-series may feel a bit like a strange footnote to an audio drama that Marvel produced last year.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine: The Long Night #3

Mar 16, 2019

The five-part series reaches its mid-way part in a charming style that makes up for some of its repetition. There are ways to make this sort of investigative drama live a bit more dynamically on the page, but they would require a far less straightforward rendering of the action that might get in the way of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2016) #750

Jan 29, 2020

Cunningham and Holzherr have done an excellent job of refraining from any kind of overreach here. The 96 pages of anniversary are one hell of a lot of space to fill. A big anniversary like this often tries to overreach and go for a big, nostalgic look at the winding path that led its hero to this issue. Cunningham and Holzherr keep the project from reaching for anything too big to fit between two covers. The editors bring together tales of Dianas virtues in a way that showcase the distinct brand of heroism that has made her so appealing for over three-quarters of a century.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #751

Feb 19, 2020

When Wonder Woman first moved to Boston it was in another life back at the beginning of George Perezs iconic run on the title. That run featured a rich, engaging ensemble of characters that had a tendency to push Wonder Woman to the corners of her own book. Orlando is opening THIS Boston chapter in Dianas life with a bit of a more tempered approach to the title which looks like its going to allow Wonder Woman to remain in the center of the panel. This is a promising direction for Wonder Woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #752

Mar 1, 2020

Wonder Womans return to Boston hits another snag as she encounters danger the likes of which the town rarely contends with. Wonder Womans first adventures in Boston back in the late 80s George Perez era werent nearly as tied to the region as they might have been. Orlando has an opportunity to rectify that as Wonder Woman returns to the town in a chapter of Dianas life, which shows considerable promise early on. Orlando has firmly established an appealing opening. With any luck, hell be able to move it in an appealing direction from here. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #753

Mar 25, 2020

Wonder Woman settles just a bit more into Boston as an appealing member of her supporting cast gets a few key moments with the hero. Its an issue with action, drama, and the lead-in to further tensions to come that terminates in a hyper-dramatic moment at Dianas place, which launches #753 directly into #754. Its a smartly-constructed issue that Orlando and Raynor have put together. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman (2016) #754

Mar 26, 2020

A one-shot story shoots across the page with little glimpses of ongoing story around the edges. Still, its a bit of a rush for a story centering around emotional drama and being true to oneself and history. Had this been a lighter story, it might have been more at home with the brisk pacing. Covering the kind of deep emotional ground it does, an issue like this cant help but feel rushed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman (2016) #755

Jun 6, 2020

This issue launches the opening chapter of the Four Horsewomen story that will likely end Orlandos present run on the series. The long-running conflict between Wonder Woman and Paula Von Gunther is visited once more. All of the major elements of a powerful superhuman drama are clearly rendered, but the greater complexities of the themes explored are narrowly missed. Judging from this issue, Orlando has some serious work to do if the title is going to smoothly transition to new writer Mariko Tamaki with issue #759.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #756

Jun 6, 2020

Orlando and company still have a chance to do something refreshing and novel with this storyline if theyre willing to move against the overwhelming current of the war between the Valkyrie and the Amazons that seems inevitable next issue. The unique concerns of two cultures of warriors might be interesting to explore in greater depth if Orlando can find some way to deliver it to the page that doesnt get lost in the motions of a traditional fantasy adventure climax. It might be stiff in places, but theres genuine momentum here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman (2016) #757

Jun 17, 2020

Orlando has been rolling through the motions between Valkyrie and Amazon for a few issues now. Its invigorating to see the action take a more novel direction in a story, which is becoming much more vividly allegorical as the plot progresses. Wonder Womans selfless search for a more profound inner truth is admirable. Orlando is tapping into one of those elements of Diana that makes her so appealing in a chapter that promises a potentially fascinating direction for future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #758

Jul 15, 2020

Lupacchino keeps the physical end of the action moving across the page. There's a percussive kinetic feel to Lupacchino's action. The action's overall layout manages to keep the more substantial bits of drama moving along without any breaks.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2016) #759

Jul 29, 2020

The new direction maintains a noble sense of mystery about one of the most established characters in all of contemporary pop fiction. She's front and center for the whole issue, but Tamaki doesn't allow the reader into Diana's thoughts. The narration that more or less runs throughout the issue isn't Diana's either. Tamaki renders a very appealing Wonder Woman who seems poised to reveal a more intimate personality in time. For now, she's just the beautiful woman with all the swords and vases and decorative Ionic columns who lives down the hall. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2016) #760

Aug 11, 2020

Drama, action, and detail swiftly glide from opening to closing covers of a very well-executed issue. It's pretty rare for a reader to get such an immersive and organic single-issue date-with-a-superhero that hits quite as many levels as Wonder Woman #760. It's almost disappointingly difficult to find fault with the issue. Tamaki, Janin, and Bellaire make a genuinely balanced chapter of superhero-ing seem upsettingly easy to manage. Why aren't more superhero comics done this well?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #761

Aug 26, 2020

Silliness with a malicious app aside, this is an enjoyable issue that explores the passions and intentions of superheroing in a unique light. Wonder Woman's distinctive personality is thrown into a conflict that feels fresh even if it's nothing she hasn't handled before in one way or another. Tamaki's brilliance falters a bit, but she's definitely leading to something that could stand as one of the better-executed Wonder Woman stories in the character's 75+ years of existence. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #762

Sep 9, 2020

Though he's clearly a heroic villain here, Max Lord isn't quite appealing enough to be an anti-hero status. Still, the entire team does really well with Wonder Woman's supporting cast, including a sinister neighbor girl, her pet rabbit, and what might be the single most appealing treatment of Etta Candy to have made page or screen thus far. Tamaki and company recover from the silliness of 761 with a solidly entertaining reveal of Wonder Woman's latest villain.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #763

Sep 30, 2020

Children and young adults can be some of the most complicated villains in any genre. Its easy enough to pass along the villainy of an adult to the murkiness of a complicated past. Kids are different, though. Its tricky to make the villainy of the very young feel authentic without a prolonged sense of corruption. Tamaki strikes a powerful balance between youth and malice in the full reveal of a compelling, new villain.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #764

Oct 14, 2020

Tamaki is expanding Diana a bit here. She's given an opportunity to be on vacation, which is a nice contrast from the daily life Tamaki has brought to the page for Diana in recent issues. The serene moment at issue's end is a nice contrast to the action which precedes it. Tamaki is working with a nice balance in this issue, but it doesn't settle onto the page very well. The flow from page to page lacks enough grace to feel as distinct as a trip to Miami should have.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #765

Oct 28, 2020

The impact of the last couple of pages serves as a stark contrast to the heroic march with which Wonder Woman strides through most of the issue. Prelude is given to that end in the first couple of pages of the issue. Its a really well-balanced chapter in the life of Wonder Woman that stands as one of Tamakis best issues so far. The cliffhanger ending is a nice touch. The next couple of weeks are going to be that much more tense waiting for Wonder Woman 766.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #766

Nov 11, 2020

The complexities that Tamaki is working with are fiercely interesting. Seeing Max Lord do what Max Lord does at the end of the issue is a bit of a disappointment in light of this. This is still only the beginning of the end for the story arc, though. Theres a chance that Lord could be engaging in something more interesting than simple villainy. The inner convolutions of Lords psyche have an opportunity to present themselves next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #768

Dec 9, 2020

The four-page combat begins the second half of an issue that manages to focus quite closely on Emma Lord without diverting too much focus from Wonder Woman herself. Its a strikingly deft balance between hero and villain in an issue that continues to distinguish Tamaki as one of the best writers to work with the character thus far. Minor nagging details aside, Tamaki is treading a thoughtful path through a very appealing run on Wonder Woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #769

Dec 23, 2020

Mariko Tamaki has coaxed a very heartfelt hero to the page. While her final issue isn't a wholly satisfying conclusion to her run on the series, it's nice to see Tamaki's Diana spending a few more panels fighting for the sanctity of life in a world that is locked in so much madness. Becky Cloonan takes over in issue 770 in March. If she can find even her way to the character's emotional center the way Tamaki has, the series will continue to do justice to Diana. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #770

Mar 10, 2021

Though it had its less-than-appealing moments, it would be difficult for anyone to follow writer Mariko Tamaki's satisfying run on the series, which ended at the end of last year. Editors Brittany Holzherr and Jamie S. Rich have done a solidly respectable job of taking the character in a new direction that builds on Wonder Woman's impressive 60-year history.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #771

Apr 14, 2021

The new direction for the main Wonder Woman title seemed a bit disappointing at first glance. Still, as the creative teams settle into the second issue, the title seems to be gaining some creative momentum that is breathing a bit of fresh air into the character by placing her as an amnesiac in Asgard and showing her sophisticated emotional energy in early adolescence.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman (2016) #772

May 12, 2021

Three chapters in, the most impressive thing managed by the creative team is a gradual return of Wonder Woman's memory and identity. There's brilliant pacing about it that allows the reader to feel that she is both losing something AND gaining something in the process of reclaiming her identity. It's the type of journey that creates a world all its own that will linger as a dream for fans of the character in the months and years ahead. There may not be a whole lot that's terribly original about this particular heroic fantasy journey, but it HAS been a lot of fun to hang out with Wonder Woman in Asgard these past few issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #773

Jun 9, 2021

With a major chapter in Wonder Woman's adventures completed, Conrad and Cloonan are free to move into a decidedly darker direction in future issues. The space that Diana finds herself in at chapter's end isn't anything new, but Conrad and Cloonan have proven capable of breathing fresh life into old concepts in the course of recent issues. Bellaire's story seems to be reaching a compelling point. There's more than enough in the distinct narrative style of Bellaire and Ganucheau to warrant its own series. Under their direction, Young Diana is an engagingly insightful person to hang out with.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #774

Jun 23, 2021

Conrad and Cloonan are doing an excellent job with the rhythm of a story that has taken Diana from one pantheon to the other in an enjoyably powerful serial of heroic adventure. Bellaires issue-ending feature has more of an original feel that explores the fascinating, under-explored teenaged phase of a character of great power coming-of-age in a lost world inhabited exclusively by adults. The dramatic potential of that end of Wonder Womans life is finally given some time on the page thanks to Bellaires clever storytelling. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #775

Jul 14, 2021

Wonder Woman's wisdom in the present is paired with Young Diana's strength in the past. Though it WOULD be nice to see Bellaire and company do a full-length Young Diana series, the pairing between past and present works quite well for the time being. Several issues in, the new format for Wonder Woman's main title feels solidly entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #776

Jul 28, 2021

Once again, the two-story balance allows a single issue of Wonder Woman to feel that much more substantial than the standard, single 30-page chapter. Theres an enjoyable balance between a seasoned Diana and a Bellaires younger coming-of-age Themysciran tale. Bellaires doing a beautiful job with Young Diana, who still really needs her own series, but the balance shes lending the main title with her B feature is really appealing. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #777

Aug 11, 2021

Like so much else that Wonder Woman has crossed through in her recent journeys, Earth-11 is once again shown to be a world that could clearly support its own title. Wonder Womans venture into the world is all-too-brief in the span of a single issue. The Young Diana story might feel all-too-familiar for anyone already familiar with Wonder Woman, but Bellaire and company bring it to the page with power and poise. Once again, the pairing of young drama and new action serves. the title well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #778

Aug 25, 2021

By the time that the issue arrives at the story of Young Diana, the chapters have already been so many different places. Still, the installment is actually surprisingly well-constructed from beginning to end. The balance between the two features somehow manages to hold everything together despite a wide range of different settings and revelations. It works. Wonder Woman 778 feels more wide-ranging and intrepid than most titles manage to be in a year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #779

Sep 15, 2021

Conrad, Cloonan, and company have led Diana on quite a journey in recent months. One gets the feeling that the ending might have had a bit more impact if theyd been allowed a bit more time in each of the worlds that Diana had fallen through, but this is a largely satisfying end to the journey. Bellaires story serves as an enjoyable introduction to the Adventures of Young Diana one-shot special, arriving in October. It will be interesting to see how Bellaire and Ganucheau handle an extended 80-page story. Theyve done so well with an ongoing serial at the end of Wonder Womans legacy series. Given more space, they should have a bit more freedom to explore the world of Young Diana. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #780

Oct 13, 2021

The changing of paths for a major hero can be really, really tricky to frame...especially for someone who has been around for 80 years like. Diana has been a nurse, a government agent, a private detective, a defense attorney for a dog, a slave, a space pirate, an employee at a taco restaurant, and so much more over 80 years. Whats one more change? How the hell is she supposed to define herself in the face of all that history? Conrad and Cloonan do an outstanding job of making this particular transitional moment feel unique and important..

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #781

Nov 10, 2021

Dianas return to the living pairs well with a tale of a new inductee leaving the realm of mainstream society to join the Bana-Mighdal. The twin features appear to be a solid step in the editors plans to expand Wonder Womans corner of the DC universe. Wonder Woman has had a wide appeal from a variety of different moods over the past 80 years. Its nice to see DC editorial looking to embrace more of those moods on a more regular basis in the months to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #782

Dec 15, 2021

Cloonan and Conrad have a really solid grasp of Dianas life both in and out of costume. Idle moments at a cafe and in a hotel room further explore a casual friendship between Diana and Deadman, making for some of the more appealing social moments of Dianas 80th anniversary year. Diana and Deadman make for an appealing pair. The contrast between the thoughtful nuance of Dianas story and the rugged aggression of Artemis battle makes for a remarkably well-rounded issue. The many complicated facets of Wonder Womans world continue to expand in another well-crafted, heartfelt issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2016) #783

Jan 19, 2022

Cloonan and Conrad have found an appealing rhythm for Wonder Woman that embraces the strength, heart, and confidence that make her such a fun character. The supporting cast is peppered with more than enough personality to keep everything appealing around the edges, and even the hero-being-used-as-a-villain trope feels novel and interesting. The back-up lead-in to the big Trial of the Amazons crossover is starting to pick up some interesting rhythm as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #784

Feb 16, 2022

Things come crashing together at the end of the issue in advance of the big Spring crossover that starts in March. Dianas as graceful as ever with endearing appeal thanks to some very sharp characterization in and out of action by Conrad, Cloonan, and Takara. Wonder Woman has reached a really nice momentum. With any luck, shell tumble through the Trial of the Amazons with the same grace.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #785

Mar 16, 2022

The consistency between artist and writer in the Young Diana series is a nice emotional anchor at issues end. Diana is seen at two deeply contrasting stages in her life. There are actually very few major heroes who would work with this format, which is why its so remarkably clever for the contrast between childhood and adulthood to be presented every month in Wonder Woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman (2016) #786

Apr 13, 2022

Conrad and Cloonan have a lot of story to move through if theyre going to be able to wrap-up the Trial of the Amazons series in a satisfying way. Engaging all of the contestants to come together as a team right away moves things along quite well. Bellaires coming-of-age story is a pleasant,  little moment at the. end. of the adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #787

May 11, 2022

The current run of Wonder Woman has been a great deal of fun. It was inevitable that the two-feature format would eventually land on an issue without a whole lot of physical action. There's more than enough going on in both stories to maintain interest from cover to cover. It's odd to have a drama-heavy issue that has as much going on as there is in Wonder Woman #787. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #788

Jun 15, 2022

The big reveal at issues end finds the Duke of Deception making his first appearance in quite some time. The villain has always had such great potential thats never really come together. Conrad and Cloonan have a good track record. Theres reason to hope that this might be one of the more interesting appearances. Back in the 1960s, writer Robert Kanigher would pair stories of Wonder Woman with her adventures as a teen. There were serious continuity problems with the format that Kanigher wouldnt have been bothered with. Its nice to see a similar format brought to life in the current series with a back-up by Jordie Bellaire that smartly engages with the person she would be come as an adult.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #789

Jul 13, 2022

The crazy energy that opens the issue in the main feature is a lot of fun. Once again, the current title feels remarkably well-balanced between the main feature and the back-up. The beautiful stillness in the drama of Bellaires Young Diana story ends the issue with a cool intensity that tempers the rough and tumultuous aggression that dominates the mood and energy of the main story.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #790

Aug 11, 2022

Things get complicated for Young Dianas coming of age as the contemporary Wonder Woman settles down into a more relaxed formality with an old friend and a couple of lovers in the present. (The two men shes loved are living together. The initial shock has worn off, Diana recently said of the situation. And Ive decided that I dont hate it. Its been one of the better lines in Conrad and Cloonans run so far.) Once again, the number of people working on a single issue of Wonder Woman is impressive, but each issue is big enough to feel like something out of the Golden Age...something much bigger than a modern comic book. It may only be two features, but the editors make it feel like at least a couple of complete issues between the two features.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #791

Sep 14, 2022

Conrad and Cloonans walk with Diana has taken her through various incarnations of conflicts that have been with her for the past eight decades. Theyve found a reasonably novel approach to the re-introduction of Dr. Minerva with their latest installment. She may not show up until the end of the chapter, but she makes quite an impression once shes revealed. Bellaires contribution feels deep and resonant in bringing wonder to this issue of Wonder Woman as so much of the rest of it deals with an ominous set-up to conflicts that will become more apparent in future issues. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #792

Oct 12, 2022

Minerva has occasionally shown a more heroic side on the comics page. Conrad, Cloonan, and company give the Cheetah one of her most believable moments of heroism in a very palpable transformation. Diana has always been very focused on reforming the villains that she tangles with. With issue #792, Conrad and Cloonan deliver one of the most emotionally engaging transformations that Wonder Woman has ever managed in a single issue. The Barbara Minerva that Conrad and Cloonan bring to Wonder Woman #792 is well worth her own series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2016) #793

Nov 11, 2022

Novembers issue of Wonder Woman has some action but also a tremendous amount of space to allow for casual moments of conversation. Both creative teams have done an excellent job of keeping everything moving with plenty of time to reflect on where things have been. This is a balance that can be maddeningly difficult to achieve for long-running series. Once again, Wonder Woman shows a mature level-headed sophistication that works on many levels.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #794

Dec 15, 2022

Cloonan and Conrad offer up a valiantly heroic Wonder Woman who has no fear of facing the gods themselves as she is sworn to protect the earth from everything. Her power contrasts well against theirs. Shes in over her head just enough to make the heroism feel that much more potent. The presence of Cheetah as an ally is a welcome one. The match-up between Wonder Woman and Young Diana in this issue might not feel perfect, but it still manages to make a standard-length comic book feel just a bit more substantial than it would with a single feature.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #795

Jan 11, 2023

Its always fun to see two Wonder Women team up. Given the number of different incarnations shes had, one would think that it would happen a whole lot more often than it does. Yara and Diana are excellent together in a surprisingly nuanced action sequence that is contrasted with the terror of the Titan in the main feature. Bellaire has had the enviable position of being able to completely define her own version of Young Diana at the end of each issue. Shes shown steady progression and smart pacing in the life of the young hero, which has been great fun to see develop.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #796

Feb 22, 2023

Gods and mortals shift about in one of the most emotionally engaging issues of Wonder Woman in the past couple of years. Cloonan and Conrad have managed that very, very rare accomplishment of making the extended, rather large ensemble of a title seem just as interesting as the title character herself. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #797

Mar 22, 2023

The final sprint to the end of Conrad and Cloonans run on Wonder Woman feels like its going to be an intrepid triumph. The writing team is pacing everything thoughtfully while still keeping the energy rolling. (The sudden reappearance of Ratatosk is a welcome addition to the issue as well.) Campbells continuation of Mary Marvels journey is a well-conceived back-up that integrates nicely with the rest of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #798

Apr 26, 2023

The storyline draws to a close in next weeks Lazarus Planet: Revenge of the Gods #4. The Revenge of the Gods storyline has been one of those rare instances in which a big crossover event actually turns out to be kind of good. The writers working on the series have done an impressive job with it. With any luck, the big conclusion next week will give the storyline a solid landing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #799

May 17, 2023

The events of the past couple of years reach a climax as Conrad and Cloonans run (which began in early 2021) comes to an end. The thirty-issue cycle should meet with an impressive ending if the lead-in issue is any indicator at all. Having been around for the better part of a century, Wonder Woman has periodically been summed up in anniversary issues countless times. It appears as though Conrad and Cloonan may have found a fresh approach to an anniversary celebration.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) #800

Jun 21, 2023

Theres a recurring theme this month in nearly every appearance Wonder Woman has had--shes always late. There are elements of that in Kings story and her appearance in this months Worlds Finest...even her cameo appearance in The Flash movie thats out this month. Kind of a weird coincidence and an odd detail to add in if they did it consciously. Conrad and Cloonan have a lot to focus on for their final issue. They might be going over old tropes, but theyre doing so in a way that feels very personal to both of them. From a certain point of view, it almost even looks like theyre making a cameo this issue as the entity that speaks to Diana...theres some suggestion that it might be a stand-in for the two of them. Kind of a graceful and tasteful creator cameo if thats what theyre intending.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016) Annual: 2021

Dec 1, 2021

In a remarkably concise three-act story, Conrad and Cloonan have done an outstanding job of getting Wonder Woman back into classic superhero mode just in time for her next big crossover between this annual and the first issue of Nubia and the Amazons.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman (2016) Annual #4

Aug 20, 2020

Current author Mariko Tamaki may be taking Diana in a whole new direction with the series. Still, Orlando seems to have a solid enough grasp on the best elements of his run on the series to make for one satisfying annual. From Annual #4 on, Wonder Womans primary direction is moved solidly in the direction that is firmly guiding it away from more magical and mythological concerns to more mainstream superhero territory.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2016): 1984 #1

Sep 30, 2020

Simonson and Blevins were working in mainstream comics back in 1984, but they never had a chance to work with Wonder Woman back then. (Among other things, Blevins did Marvels adaptation of The Last Starfighter. Simonson was an editor who also created Power Pack.) Diana had kind of a low profile back then. It's a bit strange for the upcoming film to feature Wonder Woman in 1984. It was kind of a nondescript year for the character in the comics. The 1980s weren't terribly eventful for Diana until the events of Crisis on Infinite Earths moved things in a completely different direction for her. Obropta, Simonson and Blevins do a good job of showing a little bit of what might have been if the character had more of a presence on the comics page back in the early 1980s.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2023) #1

Oct 18, 2023

Kings pacing hits the page with clever direction. An early showdown between a powerful Wonder Woman and a comparatively weak Steel features some very smart foreshadowing. Wonder Woman has been around for long enough that she KNOWS shes going to face this guy again many, many times. She tells him as much...which is such a brilliantly self-aware line for Wonder Woman to utter as she defeats the guy. If King can manage more of this kind of cleverness, his run with Diana should be a lot of fun. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2023) #2

Nov 8, 2023

There might have been some doubt that Wonder Woman was in good hands at the end of the first issue of the current series. That doubt evaporates pretty quickly with the second issue. King and company arent doing anything with Wonder Woman that she hasnt done before, but they manage to make it work in a way that feels new and novel while embracing the traditions of one of the most storied heroes in the history of popular fiction. Wonder Womans been a fugitive before. Shes been up against similar villains in the past. If King and company are going to keep things fresh, theyre going to have to continue to do the kind of job that they have done with the second issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman (2023) #11

Jul 18, 2024

King has a simple task: get Wonder Woman believably captured by Amazo in order to serve the larger narrative of Absolute Power. This is really, really difficult as Wonder Woman is unquestionably powerful. Its always so difficult to bring that sort of thing across believably, but King manages it with great fluency and flair in an issue that once again shows Wonder Womans greatest, most universally consistent power: her empathy. She may be one small part in a larger crossover featuring a HELL of a lot of other characters, but King manages to keep Wonder Woman deep in the heart of another satisfying issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2023) #12

Aug 21, 2024

This is not the first Tom King issue of Wonder Woman that likely reflects on KIngs seven years with the CIA. Her capture at the hands of the Sovereign featured an extended PSYOP-style attempt to break Wonder Woman down. This kind of focus on captivity and interrogation is an interesting one for the DC Universe that adds quite a bit to the darker edges of a world populated by Superman, Green Arrow and the Justice League. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2023) #14

Oct 18, 2024

This isnt the first time Steve Trevor has died. It might be the single best-framed death of Steve Trevor since the character first appeared back in 1942. All too often the death of Dianas love has come across as being tragically peripheral to the center of her life. Kings treatment of the event hits the page with great force. And naming Dianas daughter after Sarah Elizabeth Marston is a nice touch. King manages a few clever turns throughout the issue, but the overall plot structure from death to birth is deeply satisfying on a few different levels. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman (2023) #16

Dec 21, 2024

Once again, King manages what was largely only attempted by Perez and company in the post-Crisis Wonder Woman series. The extended supporting ensemble of the series is meant to be carefully inspired into action around the edges of the presence of Wonder Woman as inspiration for all that takes place. The extended ensemble in the post-Crisis series wasnt quite focussed as much on the influence of Diana. King does a brilliant job of keeping Wonder Woman firmly planted in the center of an issue in which she only makes a couple of minor appearances. Its strikingly witty stuff. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman Historia: The Amazons (2021) #1

Dec 1, 2021

It took quite some time for this volume to make it to the comics rack. It was well worth the wait. The next issue wont make an appearance until the other side of winter. If that second volume looks and reads anything like the first, Spring of 2022 couldnt come soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman Historia: The Amazons (2021) #2

Apr 6, 2022

DeConnicks re-imagining of the origin of the Amazons continues to refine a story that echoes back over 80 years to Marston and Peters original tale. Every time the story gets told again, its a bit different. This time around, it feels much more firmly rooted in ancient Greek mythology legends than it ever has before. (The issue even opens with prayers to the seven goddesses.) There is a powerful gravity to this history that echoes through the second volume in the series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #2

Jun 6, 2020

Palmiotti and Conners series seems to be developing into a Wonder Woman Team-Up series that has started rolling through a couple of really promising one-shot stories. More than just the standard team-up series, the first two issues of Agent of Peace show versatility in Conner and Palmiottis styles that suggest a mood and tone that matches the guest star of the week. The first weeks Harley Quinn crossover took a wildly comic adventure tone. An issue featuring an investigative journalist proves to be a much more reflective look at Wonder Womans potential. If Connerand Palmiotti can maintain the shifts in tone, this series could be something truly special. 

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #3

Jun 6, 2020

A wide-reaching series that has already had adventures on Coney Island and one of the tallest mountains on earth now finds its way to Gorilla City in Africa in a compelling alien invasion story. In three brief issues that have been shot out onto the internet over the course of the past month, Conner and Palmiotti have given Wonder Woman in a fun new direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #4

Jun 6, 2020

After opening the new weekly series with a few one-shot stories, Palmiotti and Conner launch into Agent of Peaces a very tightly-paced issue that delves pretty far into Wonder Womans inner psyche. The art may not work in action, but the nightmare of the visuals DO hold an impressive power that continues to build momentum for Dianas new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #5

Jun 6, 2020

Wonder Womans enduring appeal brings another couple of stories into the digital in a series which has by this time presented six different stories in five weeks as the comic book industry deals with its biggest hit since the interregnum period between the Golden Age and the Silver Age. Just as in those dark days of the 1950s, Wonder Woman is one of the few major heroes making it to page and panel to carry the torch until everything returns to some sense of normalcy.  

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #6

Jun 19, 2020

Agent of Peace continues to develop a sharp rhythm in a series of immensely enjoyable standalone stories. The overall theme of instilling peace without aggression is really, really cool, when guided along by stylish Dianas grace. Theres so much traditional superhero fare on the comics page that is so desperately trying to cast superhero conventions from a freshly skewed angle. At its best, Agents of Peace is managing to do that with a refreshingly casual approach to storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #7

Jul 1, 2020

When she was introduced nearly 80 years ago, Etta Candy was often featured as a courageous girl who Wonder Woman would call-in to help her out somewhere around the end of an adventure. This issue respectfully turns the tables as Wonder Woman is the peripheral action aid to Etta's central experience. It's an enjoyable turnabout that delicately plays with cloak and dagger action tropes while giving the genre all the respect that it is due. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #8

Jul 8, 2020

Agent of Peace continues in the series tradition of casting light on a long-lived character from a variety of different directions. The classic character comes to the page comfortably in her classic look as she dives into an adventure that makes for a pleasantly uncluttered moment of heroism. Simonson offers one more glance at Diana from another perspective. Next week could go in any direction at all, anything could happen in a series like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #9

Jul 9, 2020

Agent of Peace has been an exciting opportunity to see Diana from a variety of different angles from many different writers and artists. Still, an issue like this makes a very, very strong case for Palmiotti and Conner being given the reigns of a full-fledged Wonder Woman series. They have a solid understanding of what has made the character so very, very appealing for well over 75 years.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #10

Jul 30, 2020

Since his first work for DC back in the late 1960s, Wolfman has written a great many superhero stories, including Crisis on Infinite Earths. A towering figure of the Bronze and Copper ages, Wolfman has the kind of experience that allows him to smartly tell a simple 16-page story that introduces a reasonably novel conflict and resolution. Much like the issue of Agent of Peace that was written by Louise Simonson a few weeks back, its nice to see an old master put together a tightly-woven Wonder Woman story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #11

Aug 6, 2020

This is one of the more aggressively action-based stories in the series thus far. To Palmiotti and Conner's credit, they manage to keep the character's idealism intact in a story that rolls and bounces around the page like a standard superhero slugfest. The heart of what makes Diana such a unique character is her compassion. Palmiotti and Conner continue to hold that compassion close to the center of the story in another fun outing with one of DC's most beloved characters.  

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #12

Aug 13, 2020

With Wonder Woman having been around for over 75 years, its a real challenge for anyone to come up with a fresh take on the character that opens and closes in 16 pages without leaving open any loose ends. Given the right momentum, Erickson could deliver a much more accomplished mini-series featuring a much more nuanced rendering of this exact same story. As it is, though, the scope of this adventure feels a bit too expansive to slide comfortably into a single issue. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #14

Nov 4, 2020

The standalone historical coming-of-age story is a novel look at an aspect of Dianas childhood that is rarely given much time or space on the comics page. The simple single-story a perfect fit for the format of Agent of Peace. A story like this wouldnt really have much of a place in a traditional Wonder Woman series.  Once again, Agent of Peace proves to be a very enjoyable supplement to the characters more continuity-heavy exploits that Mariko Tamaki is exploring in Dianas main series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #15

Nov 4, 2020

Agent of Peace #15 is one of those rare issues of any superhero series that manages to be a pretty equal look at all angles of the characters personality in more or less equal quantities. Wonder Woman comes across as the hero she is not just because shes capable of standing up to the villain, but because shes a very sensitive person who understands others. Lore and Sanapo navigate Diana and Zatanna through a really fun crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #16

Nov 17, 2020

As open as things are becoming, mainstream pop fiction still hasnt found a whole lot of ground for exploration of matters like gender identity. An issue like Agents of Peace #16 remains a relative rarity to superhero fiction. Its far from the first time this sort of thing has been featured on the comics page, but its still rare enough to be emotionally engaging. As envisioned by the first people to chronicle her exploits back in the early 1940s, Wonder Woman has always worked best when balancing action and aggression with empathy and understanding. Shes the perfect character to explore human conflict few other superheroes could.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #18

Dec 2, 2020

Agent of Peace has had a really good track record over the course of its first 18 issues. The rush of one-shot stories isnt always going to be genius. This one is a straight-ahead action drama that could have been far better as a two-part story, but its fun to see Cavan Scott swing through a few pages with a very respectable adventure for one of DCs longest-lived characters. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #19

Dec 9, 2020

The balance between Lex and Diana...the balance between magical bravery and the cold, hard tactical genius of science plays-out in a fun, little 16-page story which delivers on a rarely-used dynamic between two of DCs most popular characters. Once again, Agent of Peace shows that theres real life in the idea of a series of one-shot stories that play in the seemingly infinite sandbox of the DC universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #21

Dec 30, 2020

As with some of the previous issues in the series, Agent of Peace #21 gives Wonder Woman a crossover that continues to showcase some of the really compelling possibilities of contrasting Diana against a single other hero. Abnett's script makes the concept of a Donna/Diana series feel very, very appealing. The two heroes work well together in overlapping styles that are distinctly different.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #22

Dec 30, 2020

Its been announced that the DC Digital First Wonder Woman series will be switching gears next year, which makes Agent of Peace #22 the penultimate issue in a very, very appealing series. With the initial announcement talking about story arcs, the one-story-per-issue format sounds like its going away. This is kind of a big disappointment. Agent of Peaces format has been really appealing throughout 2020.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #23

Jan 6, 2021

The prolific series comes to an end at the end of the year. Agent of Peace has seen so many artists and writers take turns with one of DC's best characters. 23 issues have delivered 23 different stories over the year. DC Digital First switches gears in 2021 with Sensational Wonder Woman...a different title with a different approach to the digital. It will be impressive if it can manage the same quality ratio that Agent of Peace had managed in 2020. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Black & Gold (2021) #1

Jun 23, 2021

A new anthology series is always welcome. Much can be made to work in a short-subject format that can be quite a bit more provocative than a single, long-running serial plot. There are 39 pages of content in the issue. DC can feel free to fill that space with stories that could be of any length...thus allowing the plots to dictate how long each feature needs to be. Its a refreshing format. Given a bit more interaction between the reduced color palette and the stories, this will be a real pleasure to follow in Wonder Womans 80th anniversary year. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Black & Gold (2021) #2

Jul 28, 2021

With two issues completed, its a bit of a disappointment that there are only four more left to go in what has proven to be a really, really appealing anthology. The variety of art and story styles open up a really refreshing spectrum of different perspectives on Diana and her life and struggles. Wonder Woman is celebrating 80 years on the comics page. With well over 1000 stories already on the page for the hero, its nice to see that there are still so many possibilities for a character created by Marston and Peter so long ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Black & Gold (2021) #3

Aug 25, 2021

The series is already halfway finished, and it feels like its just getting going. They are endless possibilities in 7-8 page standalone stories that havent really had much of a chance to develop. Its nice to see DC giving them a home in series like Wonder Woman Black and Gold, but mini-series feel far too limited to really explore the depth and breadth of storytelling possible in short-shorts. The multi-faceted nature of Wonder Woman makes her a perfect fit for an anthology like Black and Gold.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Black & Gold (2021) #4

Sep 29, 2021

There are only two issues left to go in what has been a thoroughly satisfying anthology series showcasing a wide range of different perspectives on one of the most enduring characters in pop fiction. More celebration is on its way as the year draws to a close, with several one-shots that will be arriving in the months to come. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Black & Gold (2021) #5

Oct 27, 2021

The many lives of Wonder Woman find a graceful home in quick, little flash fiction narratives that have been summoned into existence to celebrate Diana's 80th anniversary. It's been an entertaining journey. There is one issue remaining in this anthology before DC turns its attention to a larger, more integrated tapestry of different titles that will come to define the character in the next year and beyond.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
Wonder Woman: Black & Gold (2021) #6

Nov 24, 2021

In the past couple of years, DC has done more than a few Wonder Woman anthology series. Inspired quite heavily by tales of heroism in ancient myth and legend, Wonder Woman takes to shorter narratives quite well. Its too bad that there isnt a standard, ongoing Wonder Woman short story anthology. Black and Gold, Sensational Wonder Woman, and the 80th-anniversary issue have shown that Diana can make some impressive statements in very, very short narratives.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #1

Nov 17, 2021

The first of eight issues establishes the theme and hauls its title character off into the conflict, which will dominate the remainder of the series. Phillips is establishing a very thoughtful series that has great potential to be a bit heavier than the average superhero series. Lofty themes that seem to be hinting themselves into existence in this issue do run the risk of failing a bit bigger than a series of more limited scope. Still, it will be interesting to see where Phillips and company take the story throughout the first half of 2022. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #2

Dec 22, 2021

With the basic premise of the series mentioned in all of the promotional blurbs for the series, it's interesting that Diana doesn't make it to the central premise of the series until the final page of the second issue. Phillips has taken her time gathering all the right thematic elements. Everything should begin to roll into the trial at the center of the series. Now begins the real test for the hero and the creative team that is telling her story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #3

Jan 19, 2022

Sci-fi authors always want to judge humanitys crimes. Theyre not alone, of course. (Its a big population. Every one of us hates the aggregate population for different reasons. Theres a lot to hate about us. Its fun.) The weird preoccupation with judgment of the species DOES find a reasonably unique space in Phillips tale, which casts an interesting light into the nature of Diana and the guilt she carries for all that she is unable to do. If Phillips focusses on THAT for the rest of the series, it could land with a satisfying conclusion in a couple of months. 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #4

Feb 23, 2022

Phillips and company are reaching a conclusion to the trial, though it scarcely feels like there's much of a chance of the story feeling truly satisfying by the end of the series. There are far too many unanswered questions about the alien judges themselves. A deep glance into Wonder Woman's psyche is admirable. Still, it's cast against a shadowy extraterrestrial intelligence that clouds the image of Wonder Woman by placing her in a test that she KNOWS is a simulation. In the end, she is only acting the way that she would in a test with fabricated NPCs. So, in the end, it doesn't really feel like much of a true picture of Diana's inner psyche. Time will tell if Phillips can develop greater depth as the series enters its second half next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #5

Mar 16, 2022

The greater impact of this issue is blunted and mutated by the big Trial of the Amazons crossover that's going on in every other Wonder Woman title this spring. The shock of Wonder Woman's own mother casting her into certain death is compromised by her death in the crossover. Granted: this is clearly a completely different Wonder Woman from a completely different earth, but that doesn't change the fact that this particular series happens to be running through a major crossover for its mainstream DC Universe counterpart...and that series has really hammered into a major emotional impact that robs this series of some of its potential power.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #6

Apr 20, 2022

The plot that reveals itself more fully at issues end might coax the entire plot in a direction that could seem pretty silly if Phillips isnt careful. The nature of heroism and possible twistings of altruism has been explored in the pages of comics in great depth quite a lot over the years. The story that Phillips is working with might become a victim of its own ambition if she doesnt find the right insight at the heart of her story. The territory shes exploring has been paved over pretty heavily in countless panels over the past few decades.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #7

May 18, 2022

Phillips' reveal of the title's meaning would have been a bit more satisfying if the theme of evolution had been a bit more prominent in the first five issues of the series. As presented in the seventh issue, the overall premise for the series is interesting. Too bad Phillips only has one more issue to bring it to a satisfying conclusion. Given the right momentum going into the third issue, Phillips seems more than capable of guiding the story to its final scenes, but it's going to take quite a bit of finesse to keep it from crashing into its conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Wonder Woman: Evolution (2021) #8

Jul 13, 2022

Wonder Woman has been in thousands of stories. It's really, really difficult to come up with something new that she hasn't quite run into without borrowing heavily from nearly a century of superhero drama that's played out with other characters. Phillips and company have found a distinctive and cleverly unique take on Wonder Woman that could prove to be much more satisfying in the long run if it was allowed a little bit more room to run. A sequel series could provide added depth to an already satisfying 8-issue mini-series

View Issue       View Full Review
5
X-Force (2018) #2

Feb 5, 2019

Brisson and Burnett are rushing from action to action amidst time travel and interpersonal politics of power and authority. Its kind of fun to watch from a distance, but without enough time to really engage any of the characters, this mini-series is leaning REALLY heavily on the history of the popular characters to draw-in the reader. There isnt enough impact in the story thats being told here to make any one of the characters seem terribly interesting beyond the rush of instability that welcomes aggression and explosion to nearly every page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Force (2024) #1

Aug 1, 2024

On the whole, the team is doing a really good job with a group of characters who aren't necessarily A-list X-Men.  There is a respectable amount of intrigue about the story that has a very solid pacing and rhythm to it. It looks good so far. It will remain to be seen whether or not the momentum can be carried through the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
X-Men (2024) #1

Jul 12, 2024

The X-Men continue to find their distinctive appeal in a whole new #1. The action can be difficult to reconcile against some of the dialogue in places, but thats been a problem with the X-Men going back to Claremonts early days in the late 70s. What is important is that the heart of everything is firmly held onto in a promising new direction for a series which is leaning pretty heavily on reconstruction in the light of the fall of Krakoa at the end of the last major epoch for the franchise. MacKay and company have found fresh life in a new team with a whole new background. This looks like its going to be fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: Before The Fall (2023): Heralds of Apocalypse #1

Jul 7, 2023

Ewings work is a progression of what has been done by others over the years, going all the way back to Louise Simonsons creation of Apocalypse back in the late 1980s. The elements that Ewing is exploring are almost present enough in the one-shot to stand alone as a compelling pseudo-mythological story...but not quite.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
X-Men: Blood Hunt (2024): Magik #1

Jun 26, 2024

As fun as this might be for people familiar with the character, Allen actually ends up writing a story that feels very much like a very solid introduction to the character for anyone who might be unfamiliar with her. Illyana has always been a really interesting character who even managed to get her own series outside of the X-Men long before such a thing came into fashion. Its always nice to see her showing-up under a cover bearing her name again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: Days of Future Past - Doomsday (2023) #2

Sep 12, 2023

There is some poetry to the way that Guggenheim is framing the former future history, which was not destined to be the presents present on the comics page. The issue opens with a funeral and ends with a wedding. Theres a great deal of potential in a closer look at Claremont and Byrnes Days of Future Past, but Guggenheim is rushing through events in the course of the series. A more satisfying approach might involve a whole subset of issues set in that dark future. Rachel Summers saga during the era would be interesting enough to warrant its own series. 

View Issue       View Full Review
9.6
X-Men: Legends (2022) #3

Oct 29, 2022

Also featured in the cast are Kitty Pryde, Lockheed, and Spiral. And its really nice to see Spiral stand up to Mojo as best as she can. The story continues next month with the next issue of X-Men Legends. It isnt going to run for a whole lot longer, though. The contemporary comic book audience has grown into a fervor over disgusting real-world Mojo types like Zack Snyder and James Cameron. Nocentis working in a contemporary era that follows every last detail from Disney and Warner Brothers. Would it be too much to ask for Nocenti to be allowed to run an extended satire on the current superhero film culture with a new Longshot series? Please? 

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Legends (2022) #4

Nov 11, 2022

Though it lacks the kind of wit it might have had, it IS nice to see a story almost perfectly matching themes that echoed through X-Men comics in the second half of the 1980s. There is so much more that could have been done with Mojo in the era that never quite had a chance to develop as various events whipped around the Marvel Universe, sweeping it into the 1990s. With the right momentum, an extended Longshot series might still work out with a writer who has a chance to build it into a more complicated satire. As for X-Men: Legends...next month, it shuffles forward to 1992 to pursue an adventure set between X-Factor #75 and #76. 

View Issue       View Full Review
5
X-Men: Red (2022) #13

Jul 25, 2023

When a huge amount of story moves glacially towards a massive crossover event, every now and again, an issue feels like it's just connecting out major moments rather than existing as a compelling story in and of itself. Thats the case with X-Men: Red #13. There seems to be a lot of waiting around to make sure that everything is in place before Ewing can move on to more important stuff that's going to be much more consequential than this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Year of the Villain: Harley Quinn #1

Dec 12, 2019

Superhero comedy rarely works very well. Supervillain comedy? It almost works here. It may not be brilliant, and for the most part, there really isnt anything to laugh at here, but its a fun, little bit of strangeness for the end of the year.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.4
Zatanna: Bring Down The House (2024) #1

Jun 26, 2024

This particular version of Zatanna has been established. Its different from the stylish confidence that the character has so often exhibited in the past. It will be interesting to see where Williams takes the story from here. Undoubtedly the horrors that lurk around the edges of the panel are going to be moving more to the center of the panel. Hopefully Rodriguez has the strength of vision to ratchet-up the horror once it becomes the central conflict of the series next issue. The opening chapter feels well-executed. Hopefully Williams and company have something interesting to follow up with next month. 

View Issue       View Full Review

Reviews for the Week of...

December

November

More